| At
THE ANNALS ‘sey: 4
— y, G
AND Jy

! / 2»
MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

f Ye L|

INCLUDING
ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY.

(BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ANNALS’ COMBINED WITH LOUDON AND
CHARLESWORTH'S ‘MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.)
`
^

CONDUCTED BY

CHARLES C. BABINGTON, Eseo., M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S.,
JOHN EDWARD GRAY, Ph.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., V.P.Z.S. &c.,
WILLIAM S. DALLAS, F.L.S.,

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, Ph.D., F.L.S.

VOL. VI.—FOURTH SERIES.

LONDON:

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS.
SOLD BY LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER; SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, AND CO.;
KENT AND CO.; BAILLIÉRE, REGENT STREET, AND PARIS:
MACLACHLAN AND STEWART, EDINBURGH:

HODGES AND SMITH, DUBLIN: AND ASHER, BERLIN.

1870.
MISSOURI
BOTANICAL
GARDEN "ups

** Omnes res creatze sunt divine sapientis; et potentie testes, divitie felicitatis
humans :—ex harum usu bonitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini;
ex cconomiá in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis
elucet. Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper estimata ;
à veré eruditis et To semper exculta; malè doctis et barbaris semper
inimica fuit.”—Linnz

* Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu'ouvrir les yeux pour
voir qu'elle est le chef-d'euvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor-
tent toutes ses opérations."—BnmvckNwER, Théorie du Système Animal, Leyden,
1767.

e rd. 7 - » M

The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild

Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock
Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too
Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face
They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush
That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles,
Where peril waits the bold adventurer's tread,
The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne,
All, all to us unlock their secret stores
And pay their cheerful tribute
J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818.

CONTENTS OF VOL. VI.

[FOURTH SERIES.]

NUMBER XXXI.

» Sone
I. The Ostracoda and bere e of TM Rivers. By POS
Z.S., and

` STEWARDSON BRADY D RonaEnTSON, F.G
With an Analysis and Taa of he Varcninties by HENRY
B. Brapy. TES — Pari (Plates IV E) oe N
II. On the use of the term Homology in modern Zoology, and the
distinction between ao and Homoplastic Agreements. By
ay Rar LANKESTER, B.A. OXON. cogcs ia Ges eritye es eee

III. List of Coleoptera received from Old Calabar, on the Wes
Coast of Africa. By ANDREW Murray, F.L.S. (Plates II. & IL)

IV. Description of a Labyrinthodont Amphibian, a new Generic
Pow, wae es in the Coal-shale at Newsham, near Newcastle-
(Piste T By ArnaANY Hancock, F.L.S., and THOMAS ATTHEY.

942» 94«3292992492m292943*2?2294»*2424**29X**4292429«9€-«299***9259.,»——8

V. E Mollusca. By J. Gwyn JEFFREYS, F.R.S. ..

56
65

age Hackel and Mr. Kent on the ees age Affinities of
E. Ray . Oxo 86

Vi
the Sponges. By LaswkkerES, BA Oxon... sss

VII. On the ed = Age ap of eee testudo, Van
der Hoeven, By Ee o a eee

New Book :—Eminent Men of the Day, Photographed by G. C. Wal-

DE s yo os se ong ng cr ee a ai RR 9

Hie: On the Embryon isdem of Ls riocephalus

proboscideus, by E. M: ; On the Buenos-Ayres Finner,

A Dr. Burmeister; New Localities for Zonites glaber, by W.
ich 1

*os/s B» $ $4 B & P 8 V F9 6A B M QE 4 €" x . Rh. 4 « BW Ws do s d EP) d V

05—112

iv CONTENTS.

NUMBER XXXII.

Pa
VIII. On the Use of the Term “Homology.” By Sr. GEORGE
PONV AMT OIL el, ure Rer or ace eee li

IX. On some Genera and Species of a es —— col-
lected by Mr. M‘Andrew in the Gulf of Suez. By ARTHUR ADAMS
EID S ea oy Ky eee ee eer rer es arn rr

X. Remarks m Prof. Owen's eia y m on Dimorphod By

ARRY G. SEELEY, S., Assistant to Prof. Sedgwick i in the

idge

Woodwardian ees of the University of Cambridge -sce sis: T

I. On four new Species of Birds from China. By ROBERT
F.ZS

x
PBwiwBOR, FAI oases a te EAS eh nee eee 152

II. Notes on the Skull of Balena marginata, ihe type of a new

X
Genus, Neobalena. By Dr. J: E. Gray, E.R.S. &o....... oos 154

XIII. On a Collection of Birds from China and visas By R. B.
SHARPE, F.L.S., oy se Z.S., &e. With Notes by the Collector,

Rosert H. Bere: Pee ea a S ee ee EUM 157

XIV. List of ptr received from Old a on the West
Coast of Africa. By ANDREW Murray, F.L.S. ............ Ls.

On two new Species of Subspherous Sponges, with Observa-

161

XV.
tons. By H J. CanTES, F.R. X. &c. (Flato XIIE) sees 176

XVI. Br of a new Vitreous Sponge, Pheronema (oltenia)
Grayt. y Wm. S. Kent, F.Z.S., F.R.M.S., of the Geological

aic iet Y British DEE ee eet oe Peer ee Seer eerie rT 182

New Book :—The Ornithosauria : an Elementary Study of ne Bones
of dte oath made from Fossil Remains found in the Cam-

Ip reensand, and arranged in the Woodwamdan
ee m the University of Cambridge, by H. G. Seeley, of

St: John's College, Cambridge . eere een 186

Notes on the Species of Wart-Hog (or Phacochwrus), by Dr. J. E. Gray,
F.R.S. ; On the Genus Boro tes, by Dr. Burmeister; Notice of
a new Óhilian Tortoise S Testudo BA, by Dr. iray,
F.R.S.; Note on.a new Lair rd (Phelsuma grandis) from
Madagascar, by . E. . ; Cross Fertilization and
the Law of "Rag in peta a y Thomas Meehan; Fossil
Sponge-spicules ; On the Zoological A ffinities of the Sponges.

NUMBER XXXIII.
Observations on the Whales described in the * Ostéographie

89—192

XVII.
is Cétacés’ of MM. Van Beneden and Gervais, By Dr. J. E. Gray,
F.R.S. &c. 193

*-"*ste s e-be WE EUR OR OP R COS A 9 € 79 9 ^ € Sete ee Oe E E A A E N wo

XVIII. bii qe of the History of the Wasp and Rhipiphorus
paradoxus, with Description and gue -R the Grub of the latter.

By ANDREW ene, LE. CWeRIV) .2 505v 204

Auer Se E A

CONTENTS. y

age
XIX. On some new or little-known Shells &c. of the Omg
ORG Oe. By ALFARO DES ia orbe ree rrr
XX. On two new Siliceous Sponges taken in the late Dredgin
Expedition of the yacht * Norna’ off the Coasts of Spain and Portugal.
By Ws. S. Kent, F.Z.S., F. R.M.S., of the Geological Department,
British Museum. (PO EN JE a csetera a 217
XXI. uorum of a new Species of Seisura. By Joun Govrp,
ERE dui e ere X E LIC DERI RU Ede e P T 224
XXII. On some new Fundamental ees in the eer
and Clensiiicekion of Rhynchota. By Professor J. C. Scu 225

XXIII. Notulee Lichenologicze. No. CACHE By -= Rev. W.

A. LxriauTOoN, B.A., F.L.S E BO SMS 05:62 MINES 249
XXIV. Professor o and Mr. E. Ray Lankester on the Affi-

nities of the Spon By W. Savitte Kent, F.Z.S., F.R.M.S.,

of the Geological REL: British Musedta - 4435 « eere
XXV. On two Duces of us a from Borneo. By the

BU W. HODOXTON, MAG KLAR Lud ioo e Im 255

Proceedings.of the Royal Society ............S eee eese 257—263

On Phacocherus? or Sus? Sclate eri, by Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S.; On
the Circulation of the Oligochata of the Sand e by M.E

Perrier; Observations on the Natural Hist ry of the Crash,
Hy M The iopoda a division of Annelida,
d Lorse; Our Swallows and their e XE

NUMBER XXXIV.

XXVI. The M M Foraminifera of Tidal Rivers. By
GEORGE STEWARDSON Brapy, C.M.Z.S., and Dav ROBERTSON,
F.G.S. ith an AMD oa "Descriptions of the Paty ly.
Henry B. BRapy, FLS- Part IL (Plates XL & XIL)......... 273

XXVII. Notes on sarge Sponges (in a Letter to Mr. Moore).

W ie, T E Okar, ERB: EE .. uror ee eee 809
XXVIII. Description of a new Species of Pheasant from the Pro-

vince of Sechuen, China. By D. G. Errror, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c..... 312

XXIX. Some Facts towards a Life-Histo yi of Rhipip orus para-
dorus. By T. ALGERNON CHAPMAN, M.D., Hereford. ccm VL) 314

XXX. Note on the Egg of Rhipiphorus paradosus. By ANDREW
Munnar; E.L.8....... a E E a us 326

vi CONTENTS.

XXXI. On the Ultimate Structure of Marine Sponges. By H. J.
COE FER QA eoo ere er nh ee ERESEERET LONE

Page
329

marina On the Use of the Term “Homology.” By E. Ray
LANKEST 942

$ 9 49» » v. ^ * «9 94 s e £9 5». c9 »nb»9 b» «59 & 4 9 M9 V V s Na 4$ KW «o E 9

the Skeleton of Dioplodon sechellensis in the Aus-

XXXIII. On
tralian Museum at Sydney. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &. ...... 343

New Book :—An Elementary Course of oe Heater? Physio-
logical, and Systematic, by Professor
Edition. Revised, and in part en by Mawi T. Masters,

BED EB, des odor cx e tenebre PERIOD TERES 344

eae of a new Species of Humming-bird of the Genus Chryso-

, by D. G. Elliot, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e.; Aros Cliftoni, by

Dr > E. Gray, F.R.S.; Note on the Branched — — of Squa-

mulina scopula, by . Carter, F.R.S. pecies

of Land- Planarice from How rneo, by W. C. Matos; NS lar is
Barbet of the Himala of a Name!, by Robert

hoe, F.Z.S.; Pre ruling Notice of a Zi bioid Whale, probably
Berardius Ar nuxit, by Julius Haast, a P ; On

evolved by Tata Animals, especially Insects, by Moea
Girard 346—

» 9*4 »ve** 9 M A E Vs N N Ms A UA E AE A RE T

NUMBER XXXV.
n the Larval State of Molgula; with Meer: gea of
ALB

351

XXXIV. O
several new Species of Simple Ascidians. By xv HANCOCK,
FLS. 353

PALAT el ee E E A E L E E Ole ee 9 A E E "ru e» tu

V. On iip enn Acmella ( A oen tersum, Bens.), Tricula,

XXX
and Cyathopoma milium. By WiLLiAM T. BLANroRp, F.G.S.,
C.M.Z.S 368

PEA SA a e 6 629992 Ke ee A OHS t»*«€*&64*9»9*»««»»2229064232€2526829999*

XXXVI. On the Genus Climacograpsus ; with Notes on the British
Species of the Genus. By Henry ALLEYNE NicHorsoN, M.D.,
DSe, MA, FR.

&c., Lecturer on Natural History in the
870

Extra-Academical School ef Ediumh 21... an ies Sate ees
CXXVII. On an existing Coral closely HYS to the Palzozoic
Genus Favosites; with Rema rks on the Affinities of the Tabwulata.
VILLE ‘Kent, F.Z.S., F.R.M. zi of the Geological Depart-

B Sa
aes British Museum. (Plates IVI E AVL; ooo ees ts 384

XXXVIII. The Geographical Distribution of the Cetacea. By
De. J: E GRAY, ERS Gee san ee

387

Synonymical Notes on North-American Coleoptera. ie

XXXIX.
By Joun L. LzcowrE, M D., Philadelphia .........-. eee

XL. Note on ZElians Wart-Hog. By P. L. ScrarER, M.A. c.

PRDQERS. I4) o te du ITE P.

CONTENTS.

XLI. On a supposed new Species of Jue pn from re
Jonn Fakstudén Group of Islands. By Jos Gou tp, F.R.S

XLII. List of Coleoptera received from Old Calabar, on the Nm.
Coast of Africa. By ANDREW Murray, FLS. ................

New veiut es European Spiders. Part I. Review ofthe European
Gene = preceded by some Observations on their Zoo-
e :

Prehistoric Archee eni as Hiatal by the Collection in the
isbury, by Edward T. Stevens.—The
Natural History of Commerce. With a copious List of Commer-
cial Terms, and their Synonyms in several Languages, by John
Yeats, LL yide got aM CMM EU E d Al

On Astarte excurrens and ES modesta, by Searles V. Wood, F.G.S. ;
Helix personata, Lamarck, by J. Gwyn Jeffreys, F.R.S. ; Notice
of the Falanaka of Mie (Eupleres Goudotii ?), by Dr.

E. Gray, F.R.S. &c.; On some new and little- Hii wn Myr riopoda
from the Southern Alleghanies, by E. D. Cop s Note. on the
Black Crocodile of Africa = dise: J. E. Gray, F. PR S.; Hyperoo-
à vr pel f Gray); Note on Testudo chilensis, by Dr. J. E.
R. bservations on some Vegetable ves from

Viclor, by Dr Ferdinand von Müller em R. Brough Smyth,
Female of Bartlett's Spider Monkey (Ateles Bart-

The
lettii), ‘by Dr ay E. Gray, FBS, EO ees ou oes cue eh 423—42

NUMBER XXXVI.

XLIII. Report on the Testaceous Moll obtained during a
Dredging-E xcursion in the Gulf of Eroak in n the months of T
and March 1869. By RosERT M‘ANDREW ................. es

; center = to the ae of the Entomostraca. By
GEORGE STEWARDSON Brapy, C.M.Z.S.—No. V. Recent —
from the Gulf of St. TAE. Chile AIO Quo ruere

XLV. Reply to Dr. Sclater on the Wart-Hog. By Dr. J. mer
AMAT, ERD ER ty can eee pee ge we ses

4—421

8

XLVI. Mediterranean Mollusca. No.2. By J. Gwyn JEFFREYS,
457

ERS eee ere rave e rere rey as eee Oe
XLVII. Observations on the Madreporaria or “Stony Corals”
taken, in the late Expedition of the Yacht ‘ Norna, off the Coast of
Spain and Portugal. By W. SAVILLE s F.Z8., F RMS., of

the Geological Department, British Museum .................... 459

XLVIII. Notices of British Fungi ELS. Rey. M. J. BERKELEY, i

M.A; ELS., and O. B. Brooms, Esq, ELS, 1.2. eos

XLIX. Remarks on the oe Bray ce by Dr. Gray as
Testudo chilensis and Ateles Bi Ea . SCLATER, M.A.,
Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the Zoological iety of London cans

viii CONTENTS.
Page
L. Notulæ ETa A No. XXXIV. By the Rev. W. A
Lxianros, B.A., F.L.S., F.B.S. Ed. ei on the Chemieal Re.
action in the British Species of a Rr Pe a ET In 473

LI. List of Coleoptera received from Old Calabar, on the West
Coast of Africa. By ANDREW Murray, F.LS. ................ 475

New Books:—1\. Preliminary Field-Report of the United-States
Geclowical. Survey of Colorado and New Mexico, conducted,
under the authority of the Secretary of the Interior, by F. V.
Hayden, ee a With a Report on the Mines

and Mine of Color: , by Persifor Frazer, junior; and a
Report on p grieult ora 7
2. port on d Report of the Exploration of the Yellowstone and
fissouri Rivers, Dr. F. V. Hayden the direction of
tain ynolds, Eng. 1859- ith Report on the
Cretaceous and Tarta Plants, by J. S. Newberry, M.D. h
a Pere Map.—3. The Lifted and AA Rocks of Ame-

a, with their Influences on the Oceanic, Atmospheric, and
Vand Curate, and the Distribution of Races, by Geor Orge
DNI uir Lio Soe er VIEN ec ee 1 RT M 3

mena of ria Cells, by N. Lieberk | kühn; On the Reptilia of
the Triassie Formations of the Atlantic Tegion of the United
etaton Dy Pro boc Me IP TC 495—498

PLATES IN VOL. VI.
.PraATE I. Batrachiderpeton lineatum.

Hir. Coleoptera from Old Calabar.

IV.—X. New Ostracoda.

ees bnew Foraminifera.

XIII. New Species of Subspherous Sponges.
XIV. Development of Rhipiphorus paradoxus.
XV. Rhaphidotheca Marshall-Hallii.—Fieldingia lagettoides.
XVI. Development of Rhipiphorus paradoxus.
oar } Favositipora Deshayesii.
XIX. New Entomostraca.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[FOURTH SERIES.]

RE per litora spargite museum,

Pollice virgineo teneros hie carpite flores:
iveae,
At vos, o N; ymphze Craterides, ite sab ns;
Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco
ice Doe paling, ot rupibus, et m: modice x nchas |
erte, Dese pe et pingui conchylia succo,
à N. Parthenii Loss eak Ecl. 1.

No. 31. JULY 1870.

I.— The Ostracoda and Foraminifera of Tidal Rivers. By
dor Srewarpson Brapy, C.M.Z.8., and Davip
RosBertson, F.G.8. With an Analysis and Descriptions of
the PME i by Henry B. Brapy, F.L.S.

[Plates IV.—X. ]
Part I.

Tuar the stagnant water and mud of salt marshes support a
eculiar group of Microzoa has for some time past been well
nown, though the subject has received the attention of but

few naturalists. The number of ien get these loea-

lities, however, is probably very small, comprising amon
oraminifera, chiefly Polystomella recti np en Fichtel *

Moll, a Miliola hitherto confused with Qwuinqueloculina agglu-

tinans, D'Orbigny, Trochammina inflata, Montagu, Noni dia

tina Walker & Jacob ;—amongst Copepo a, Temora

* See ‘Natural History Transactions of North rude and D
vol. iii. part 1, “On the Crustace an Fauna of the Salt-Marshes of "North
umberland and Durham.”

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. vi. 1

2 Messrs. G. S. Brady and D. Robertson on the

Probably more extended investigation may add to the number
of species, but it is evident that “the fauna of salt marshes is a
very restricted on

That of eivasectubtion; on the contrary, embraces, amongst
the Microzoa to which we now refer, a very large number of
species, some of which are evidently derived from the fresh-

fossiliferous don we should at once infer "that the strata
must have been edm in water subject more or less to
marine influences. Of this group the principal members are
Cythere castanea, G. O. Bets. Cytheridea torosa (Jones) and
its varieties, and Loxoconcha elliptica, Brady; scarcely less
marked in their preference for brackish water are Cypris sa-
lina, Brady, Cypridopsis obesa, B. & R., C. aculeata (Lillje-
borg), Potamocypris fulva, Brady, Cythere D AE x & R.,
Cythere porcellanea , Brady, Loxoconcha pusilla, B. & , Cy-
therura flavescens, Brady; C. Robertsoni, Brady Os is
(Norman), and Paradoxostoma Fischeri, G. 0.
species commonly resident in fresh water we notice
twelve, the most frequent of which are Cypris levis, Müller,
compressa, Baird, gibba, Ramdohr, Candona candida, Müller,
lactea, Baird, and Limnicythere inopinata (Baird) ; while of
those usually found in the sea, but not unfrequently spreading
plentifully up into estuarine localities, we bond name Cythere
m ucida, Baird, tenera, adus albomaculata, Baird, viridis,
eee villosa (G. O. Sars), Xestoleberis oe, (Baird),
xoconcha tamarindus e ones), Cytherura nigrescens (Baird),
eata, Brady, striata, G. O. Sar ars, angulata, Brady, Cytheri-
dis subulata, Brady, Paradoxostoma variabile (Baird), abbre-
viatum, G. O. Sars, and ensiforme, Brady. The total number
of Ostracoda known to us as inhabiting tidal rivers and their
estuaries, excluding those found in the Norfolk district, of
which we shall speak separately, is eighty-six.
From this enumeration and from the accompanying cent
it will be seen that the genera Cytherura and Paradoxostom

Ostracoda and Foraminifera of Tidal Rivers. 3

(perhaps also, to a smaller extent, Loxoconcha) may be con-
sidered especially littoral or estuarine in habitat; ; the elon-
gated subsigmoid forms of Cythere (typified by C. pellucida)
come also under the same catego

The situations which seem to be most favourable to the
growth and multiplication of these animals are quiet sheltered
pools which are never left entirely dry by the tide, are un-
swept by strong currents, and thus able to retain penoy
a bed of soft mud. Many species there are, of course, whic
prefer different conditions ; but it is in such localities that we

and sc of species. A remarkably fine gathering, taken
from a place such as we have described is that from the river
Blyth (N orthumberland), which contained thirty-eight species
of Ostracoda and thirty- ‘eight of Foraminifera. Budle Bay,
on the same line of coast, with a harder bottom and more sub-
ject to the wash of the sea, and also with much less admixture
of fresh water, contained, as shown in our gathering, only
twenty-six species of Ostracoda and thirty-six of Forammifera;
while the river Coquet and the Warn burn, with much harder
beds, stronger currents, and but little admixture of salt PEE
gave respectively ten and six species of Ostracoda, and no
Foraminifera.

The Entomostraca of the tidal waters of Norfolk, -n
and the Cambridge fen-district constitute so remarkable
group that it seems best to speak of them separately ; and in
so doing we shall call the area to which we refer the Hast-
Anglian district, understanding by that term the whole tract
drained by the rivers Nene, Cam, Bure, Yare, and Waveney.
The drainage-tract of the adjoining rivers on the south, Ald,
Deben, Stour, &c., is separated by rising ground, and appears
to be zoologically distinct; but whether the more northern
fen-district of Lincolnshire be likewise distinct, we have not
= had the degere of examining. 1f, as is "probable, the

tracts were in former times one continuous fen, we shall
debidas find an indiċation of it in the similarity of their
microscopic faun

It is well nd that the present physical condition*of East
Norfolk is of very recent origin. Only a few centuries back,
the ground on which Great Yarmouth now stands was a s sand-
bank covered by the sea; and the extensive tract between
Yarmouth and Norwich was a shallow estuary, the gradual
silting-up of which has produced the present physical con-
formation of the district. "Through this extensive flat, whic
lies below the level of the sea, now flow in tortuous channels
the rivers Bure, Yare, and Waveney; and connected with

1”

4 Messrs. G. S. Brady and D. Robertson on the

these rivers are numerous Bekwati lakes or meres, locally
called “ broads,” occupying’ doubtless, areas whic were for-
merly depressions of the sea-bed. These have at the present
day all the external Urine ST of freshwater lakes; they

d dense growths of sedge and rushes, and their shallow
waters supporting rast Greis of aquatic weeds, Pota-
i iai 2n dicc illum, Chara, water-lilies, and the like. Yet
they are to a greater or less degree su ject to the influence of
the idm rising and falling to some inconsiderable extent ;
and though the water which thus ebbs and flows must usually

e fresh, we are informed that in some broads sea-water has
been known to penetrate in sufficient quantity to kill the fish.
There can be no doubt that the changes which produced the
present aspect of the district are still in progress, that the
broads are yearly becoming shallower, and that, owing partl
to the débris brought down by the rivers, partly to the choking
arising from constantly decaying vegetation, they will at no
distant date cease to exist. In 1827, Mr. Taylor stated their
depth to range from 15 to 30 feet; at the present time, 3 to
15 feet would be a tolerably correct estimate. Mr. Stevenson
tells us that “ Mr. Gunn estimates the growing-up process,
from subsidence id vegetable matter, aided by drainage, at a

ceeded scere e adds, * to my knowledge, where,
some fifteen years bk. g could pull a boat through, is now a
pathway almost firm e nough for a marsh-man in boots.” The

rise and fall of the tides along the Norfolk coast is debrüniali
small, averaging at Yarmouth only three or four feet; yet,
owing to the low level of the district, they affect the rivers for
a very great distance inland. e Rev. Canon ingsley, i in an
interesting paper on “ the Fens,” in ‘Good Words’ for 1867,
states that, were it not for the great sea-sluice of Denver, on
the Ouse, the tides would be felt to within ten miles of Cam
bridge. There can be no difficulty, then, in understanding
how a fauna introduced when the whole East-Anglian district
was overspread by the sea, should hold its ground for a
lengthened period, while its habitat was year by year becoming
less subject to marine influences, and that the more hardy or
more plastic species should remain even after fresh water
entirely usurped the place of salt, while at the same time a
new fauna derived from the landward side was also gradually
establishing itself, as the conditions of existence became more
favourable. It is, indeed, impossible to account in any other
way for the existence in the more remote broads of Norfolk,
in the river Cam at Ely, and in the dykes about Whittlesea,
of species purely marine (or, at least, decidedly estuarine) in

Ostracoda and Foraminifera of Tidal Rivers. 5

character. Their introduction along the river-channels at the
present time can scarcely be thought possible; moreover there
are two facts which strongly oppose such an i idea. In the first
place, we find in the dykes about Whittlesea several Forami-
nifera and Ostracoda, of marine character, which do not occur
in our gatherings from the closely adjacent river Nene*, and
which would therefore gas to be the relics of a previous
fauna; secon some the species found commonly in
the most inland waters of the East-Anglian district are un-
known anywhere else, and certainly cannot have been intro-
duced from the sea. Judging from analogy, we may, indeed,
say with tolerable certainty that some of them are unfitted for
a marine habitat, and, at any rate, are not now to be found there.
The Ostracoda specially characteristic of the East-An lian
district, and here, (except "Oythere Juscata) first described, are
Goniocypris mitra, nov. gen. & sp.

Polycheles Stevensoni, nov. gen. § sp.
Metacypris cordata, nov. gen. § sp.

Cythere fuscata, Brady.

More or less frequent also throughout the district, but of
doubtful significance, because probably spreading beyond its
limits, and being also less pronounced in external character, are

Cypris fretensis, nov. sp. Limnicythere Sancti- Patricii,
Cypridopsis Newton, nov, Sp. D. $ R.

Candona Kingsleii, nor sp. Cytheridea torosa (Jones) (torose
Candona niasa . Sp. form).

eM These species are Metacypris o Cypris fre-
tensis, Cythere dues nd Polycheles Stevensoni. It is not

to; and it is interesting and important to fin a further con-
pee of this relationship in the mia inhabitants of
* dredgings in the river Nene made a ral points
course np nt six miles between "Peterborough sub W these, and
must have included ever San A t characteristic E the des
ricer sa that, though . aem eran en ery abundan Whittl
ea dykes, scarcely any iniae in the river Ñene.

6 Messrs. G. S. Brady and D. Robertson on the

the two districts. But the theory of the efflux in bygone
times of many of the rivers of northern Europe, including
East Anglia, into one common estuary, though, no doubt, cor-
rect, is scarcely sufficient to explain the identity of the two
microscopic faunas to which we now invite attention ; for most
of these peculiar species appear not to inhabit estuaries or even
brackish water, but solely fresh water, which in many cases
may be affected by the tides, but not sufficiently so to render
it to any perceptible extent brackish. It is not likely, there-
fore, that these species had their origin in any estuarine loca-
lity, though doubtless such a means of communication may
easily have helped to spread them from one district to another.
Still it seems to us most oahs: that the real habitat of these
species was at that early time, as it is now, almost entirely
beyond the reach of marine eae, consisting perhaps of
an extensive series of lagoons or low-lying fens surrounding
the margins of the estuary, of which the present fen-districts
of England and Holland are but the remnants.

M. Félix Plateau has recently published a memoir on the
freshwater Crustacea of Belgium, but does not mention any
species identical with those new ones noticed by us in the
East-Anglian district. It is probable, however, that his
gatherings have been made entirely by the ordinary hand-
net, in “which c case it is scarcely likely that any of our
characteristic species would be obtained. In our own fen-
gatherings, the dredged material only yielded the species to
which we refer; though surface-gatherings were diligently

made in most places visited by us, they yielded little or no-
hing of special interest. The swimming ntomostraca taken
in this way were all of purely freshwater character, and such
as might have been found in any British waters of like extent.
Our memoranda of these captures include the following spe-
cies :—

Teni pulex (Linn.). . Cypris reptans (Baird),
vetula ( Müller). —— ovum (Jurine).
DE mwa ah —— levis (Müller).
—— rotundata (Strauss). — striolata, Brady.
i lina ( Tüller}, — 7
Polyphemus pediculus ( Zinn.) Cypridopsis
osmin irostris (Müller) — aculeata ML
Lynceus sph:ericus, Mi — em
trigonellus, Müller. M
—— quadrangularis, Müller. Limnicythere i inopinata ( Baird).
—— harpe (Baird). —— trifica (Norn an).
| — costatus (G. O. Sars). Gido pie varie).
——— nanus (ani Canthocamptus wie ce (Ju-
—— testudinarius, her.
See ( Miller) Diaptomus € Castor ( Ataa
«air = — Wes
eai lamellatus (Müller). Argulus iei (Linn. *

Ostracoda and Foraminifera of Tidal Rivers. Z
Amongst our dredged material from the Norfolk Broads

similar sources or from the Gault. In dredgings from the
river Cam, at occurred a large number of valves of
Ostracoda totally different from any thing known to us

and Professor Alfred Newton of Cambridge ; also for informa-
tion kindly given us respecting the physical peculiarities of
the district by Mr. Spencer Smyth of Gorleston and Mr. Arthur
Saunders of King’s Lynn. To Mr. E. C. Davison of Sunder-
] our thanks are also especially due for help afforded in
many ways, as well as for several interesting gatherings of
Ostracoda, which led to the researches noted in the pa paper.
e following tables show the distribution and comparative
frequency of the various Ostracoda in each locality, their rela-
tive abundance being indicated by the number of asterisks
affixed. We prefix a catalogue of the various localities, des-
cribing briefly their physical characteristics, and noticing such
other circumstances as seemed to be of interest in connexion
with the fauna
Group I.
A. Clyde Estuary.—At Langbank the tide leaves bare a long

8 Messrs. G. S. Brady and D. Robertson on the

muddy flat along the river, nearly a quarter of a mile broad,
and when the tide is out and the river swollen to any extent,
this is covered entirely with fresh water. Our gatherings at
this place were taken from low-water to near high-water mark.
Other gatherings were taken from Port Glasgow up along the
river for fully a mile, in four to eight feet water beyond low
tide. In some places the bottom is soft black mud, in others

muddy gravelly sand, much covered by mussels (Mytilus
edulis). “The estuary here is a few miles broad, and the tide
rises from eight to ten feet, the fresh water being much less
felt than at Langbank, w hich is about four miles further up,
where the water narrows greatly as it reaches Dumbarton
Castle. It is somewhat remarkable, considering the extent
of the gatherings, the diversity of bottom, and very promising
appearance in every way of the locality, together with the
profusion of Corophium, Isopoda, and other forms of animal
life, that the Ostracoda and Foraminifera met with were ex-
ceptionally few, both in number of species and individuals,

and these eed of brackish or freshwater type. We are

That some artificial cause is at work seems almost certain, as
we have not found so poor a Rund ie fauna in any river
unconnected with manufacturing operations

B. Montrose Basin, Forfarshire, is an area of Salisiderable
extent, commun icating with the sea by a narrow channel.
The whole area, with the exception of the tortuous channels
of the river South Esk, is left dry at low water, exposing a
muddy flat; at high water it is covered to a depth of six feet
by the sea.

c. Budle Bay, Northumberland.—The description of Mont-
rose Basin applies also pretty accurately to this locality, except
that Budle Bay is exposed across the whole of its wide mouth
to the action of the sea. It is thus, owing to want of
shelter, a less favourable por for the habitation of organisms
requiring an undisturbed muddy bottom "ras quiet water. Our
gathering was taken B ‘idan the only sheltered spot in

i just beyond low-

al
small streams, t e Warn burn and the Buckton burn, empty
themselves into the bay; ; but their channels on the tidal flat
were not examined, owing to difficulty of access.

Ostracoda and ansia of Tidal Rivers. 9

to exposure and rapidity of current. Our examples were
taken from beyond low-water mark, just below the ** Duchess's
— ;" the bottom a rather tenacious mu

F. River Coquet at Warkworth Hermitage. —At this spot
the river, though subject to a rise and fall of many feet, has,
owing to its precipitous banks, always a considerable depth of
water at low tides. The bottom consists of a hard muddy or
loamy sand, and must often be much scoured by the floods to
which the river is subjec

G. River Wansbeck. di eB taken from near low-water

mark, in a somewhat strong current, about half a mile from
the mouth of the river; bottom of fucus-covered stones. Pro-
bably a more sheltered and muddier spot, which might have
been found higher up the river, would have yielded a larger
variety of pean:

H. River Blyth, at the junction of the Sleek burn, about
two miles from the sea.—Gatherings taken from below low-

parle is slow and ¢ em ib E the greater part of its
course, and for a distance of several miles from its mouth
exposes at low water a large surface of muddy banks to the air.
1. River Ouse, Yorkshire. —VFrom muddy sand at low-water
margin of river, a short distance above Goole, forty-five miles
from the sea. Though the average rise of ‘the tide at high
water is twelve feet, the water at low tide is fres
iver Humber.—A dredging on the Ferrity Sand, three
miles above Hull (and twenty-three miles from the sea), "where
the river is about two miles and a half wide, and the depth at
low water is six feet, and at high water twenty-four feet. The
Humber, receiving the drainage of a larger extent of country
than any other river of England, the amount of fresh water
carried by it to the German Ocean is considerable. The ma-
terial dredged was a fine reddish sand mixed with vegetable
remains,

10 Messrs. G. S. Brady and D. Robertson on the

K. River puis at Woodbridge; L. River Stour at Manning-
—These rivers are of a character very similar to the river
Blyth (H), dh of larger dimensions, and, owing totheir course
through an exceedingly flat country, affected by the tide to a
Ahi greater distance from the sea. Our gatherings were got
chiefly from beyond low-water mark; those from the Deben
at about eight miles from the mouth of the river, the average
rise of the tide being eight feet ; those from the Stour at about
iege miles from its mouth, the rise of tide ten feet.

M. Estuary of the Thames. "The collections from the Thames
estuary, with the exception of one from the “ Girdler Sand,"
which was procured from a portion of the bank uncovered at
low water, were obtained by dredging in various parts of the
estuary between a line joming Margate and the Maplin light-
house to the eastward, and the Nore to the westward; the
depths were from two to twelve fathoms ; the ir rise of
tide at high water over this district is fourteen

N. er Harbour.—Dredged in from three o" pe fathoms,
in the harbour, which is the outlet of the river Fowey or
Losteitbiel Cornwall. Average rise of tide at high water
thirteen feet.

Grove II.

Dykes on the stte d Whittlesea Mere; P.“ Whittlesea
Dyke.” south of Whittlesea.—These are artificial drainage-
channels, containing in all Wes a few feet of water, and in
winter, on the site of the old Whittlesea Mere, often over-
flowing their banks to a considerable extent; they contain
abundant aquatic vegetation

Q. River Nene, between Peterborough and Whittlesea ;
hese

the bed of the river, in the Nene at several points over a course
of about six miles, ‘in the Cam over a very small area near the
bridge; the distance from the sea is in both cases about thirty
miles. Notwithstanding the apparently marine character of
some of the species found in both rivers, it must be remem-
bered that sea-water finds no access whatever to these locali-
ties, being entirely shut out by the Denver sluice. And even
long before the construction of this sluice, it is probable that
any tidal influence felt at these remote points would be con-
fined to the driving back of the fresh, rather than the influx
of salt water.

Broads of Norfolk and Suffolk may be considered

as expansions of the various tidal rivers, though situated at

Ostracoda and Foraminifera of Tidal Rivers. 11

shelter of which, and often far out into the lake, cage patches
of water-lily, water-milfoil, and other aquatic weeds. Hickling
Broad constitutes, however, an exception to this rule, its ve-
getation consisting to a large extent of a Chara, which is so
t as to afford occupation to some of the neighbouring
population in fishing it up and selling it at the rate of nine-
pence a ton. e broads are uniformly shallow, varying from
three to fifteen feet in the channels, and (except Hickling,
which is gravelly) have a bottom of peaty or decaying vege-
table matter; they are probably in all cases fast filling up.
Sea-water appears to find access to some of them to a small
extent at very high tides, about once in six or seven years.
rom particulars obligingly furnished by Mr. Spencer
Smyth, we here extract the following :— The level of the
broads Higham and Hickling seldom varies three inches ; and
they are not affected by saline particles injurious to fish, ex-
cept after extreme high tides at Yarmouth—say, eleven feet,
or two following tides of nearly that height, occurring perhaps
once in six or seven years: at such times some pike and bream
are killed in Hickling, but, I believe, not in Horsey or Martham
Broads, the former only reached by a long, tortuous, and nar-
row dyke from the upper part of Whittlesea, and Martham by
an equally difficult although shorter channel from the river
rtham Broad is fast filling up, choked by reeds,
with only a sailing channel four feet in depth for small
wherries to Somerton and Martham. Higham and Hickling
are also growing up; but the channel has four feet and a half
till near Hickling, where it falls off to three and a half." This
extract, though not referring entirely to broads visited by us,
ver pretty accurately to all, the more remote ones (e. g.
roxham and Barton), however, being even less affected by
tides. The information is especially valuable as coming from
one whose official duties are connected with the survey of the
navigable river-channels of the district.

z. Lake Lothing is a tidal expanse separated from Oulton
Broad, at its western extremity, by an embankment, through
which canal-boats pass by means of a lock. In this way some
slight communication exists between the waters of the two
basins; but the true outlet of Oulton Broad is by the river
Waveney, which from this point takes a circuitous course of

H Messrs. G. S. Brady and D. Robertson on the

about fifteen miles to Breydon Water. The western end of
Lake Lothing has quite a marine appearance, its pes being
coated with the usual Algæ of the upper littoral zon
gatherings are from the soft ipe: apa of the channel pa
low-water mark. The sea was once known, on the occasion
of an unusually high tide, to freak over the top of the lock
into Oulton d

Aa. River Bure near Yarmouth.—hese gatherings were
from the bed of the river, below low-water mark, the bottom
consisting of stones and mud.

Bb. Breydon Water, a large tidal basin which receives the
waters of the rivers Bure, Yare, and Waveney, is situated to
the west of Great Yarmouth. It is about four miles long by a
mile broad, and a large proportion of its surface is left dry at
low water. Our gatherings extended from Yarmouth to the
confluence of the rivers Yare and Waveney, and were taken
both in mid-stream and more or less over the sides. The
bottom at some ma was coarse sand, at other parts black or
brownish coloured m

Cc. River Ouse ( (Norfolk) ) at Lynn.— Muddy sand, from low-

water margin of the river. Rise at spring-tides eighteen feet.

Dd. River Scheldt, Antwerp.—* Material a light-coloured
sand mixed with vegetable remains. It was obtained from a
sandbank near the town, where the river is a quarter of a mile
wide. The rise of tide at springs is fifteen feet. Distance from
the sea about sixty miles.” —Æ. C. Davison

Ee. River Maas or Meuse, near Schiedam.— Material
somewhat similar to the last mentioned. A good many years
have elapsed since I obtained them, and my information is but
scanty respecting the localities.” —H. C. Davison.

Genus Crpris, Müller.
Cypris ventricosa, nov. sp. (Pl. IV. figs. 1-3.)

Carapace art s female?), as seen from the a“ inis oce
middle; greatest height equal t
thirds of "s uc anterior extremi ity virt obtusely,
peces boldly rounded: superior margin boldly arched,
ighest in the middle, where it is somewhat gibbous; in-
ferior almost straight, slightly sinuated, however, in the
middle, in front of which is a slight convex protuberance.
Seen from above, ovate, widest in the middle, thence taper-
ing gradually towards the anterior extremity, which is
sharply acuminate; posterior extremity well rounded,
greatest width equal to half the length : end view bro
oval, nearly circular. Surface of the shell smooth, sparingly

Ostracoda and Foraminifera of Tidal Rivers. 13

beset with minute rounded papille. Colour (of dried spe-
cimens) very slight, whitish. Lucid spots narrow, cres-
centic. Length +; meh. Animal unknown.

Hab. Site of Whittlesea Mere. Only one or two perfect spe-
cimens obtained.
-Cypris tumefacta, nov. sp. (Pl. IV. figs. 4-6.)

Carapace (of the female?) very tumid, seen from the side,
subreniform, highest in the middle; greatest height equal-
ling rather more than half the length; extremities rounded,
sloping steeply above the middle: superior margin very
boldly i. rising almost to a point in the middle, infe-
rior gently sinuated in the middle. Seen from above,
broadly ovate, suddenly and acutely mucronate in front,
well rounded behind; sides subparallel, greatest width
situated in the middle, and somewhat greater than the
height: end view subrhomboidal, pointed above, broadl
rounded below, sides excessively convex. Shell perfectly
smooth, opaque white. Length > inch. Animal un-

Hab. Warn burn and river Coquet, Northumberland.

If viewed only from the side, this species might not un-
reasonably be suspected to belong to C. virens or perhaps C. :
(ncongruens; but when seen in any othe rdirection, this simi-
larity entirely disappears: no species possesses a more cha-
racteristic or well-marked contour when looked upon from
above. In the Warn burn about half a dozen specimens were
found, in the river Coquet only one.

Cypris fretensis, nov. sp. (PL. IV. figs. 7-9.)

width equal to about two-thirds of the ae end view
ovate, pointed above, broadly rounded below. Valves
smooth, minutely and closely punctate ; right valve crenu-
lated in front and on the posterior portion of the ven

margin; the left valve has a row of small tubercles parallel
to and a little within the anterior border: the margins of
the valves are considerably incurved along the posterior

14 Messrs. G. S. Brady and D. Robertson on the

portion of the dorsal aspect, forming a T: ——

sulcus when viewed from above. Length y in
Hab. Rivers Deben and Scheldt, ea Water and Lake

mera Somerton Broad and dykes on the site of Whittle-

sea Mer

The specimens from the last locality are doubtfully ae
to the present species. C. fretensis is more nearly a t
C. salina, Brady, than to any other British species, but differs
from it in the less compressed and more distinctly ovate form
of the carapace when seen from above, in the peculiar emargina-
tion of the posterior margin, in the absence of the peculiar
form of contact margin which distinguishes the valves of the
latter species, as well as in other characters of form. We have
not observed any colour-markings in this species; _ but those
of C. salina are also sometimes observed to be wan

Genus Cypripopsis, Brady.

Cypridopsis (?) Newtoni, nov. sp. (P1. VII. figs. 14-16.)
Carapace, as seen from the side, reniform ; greatest height in

the middle, and equal to a little more than half the length ;

extremities rounded, the anterior being the broader of the

wo: superior margin boldly and evenly arched, inferior

sinuated in the middle. Seen from above, compressed,

ovate, acuminate in front, rounded behind; greatest width

situated near the middle, much less than the height. Sur-

face of the shell punctate, and covere with numerous ad-

pressed hairs; colour dull green. Length 5*; inch.
Hob. Rivers Nene and Cii and dykes on the site of Whittlesea

Our « OPERUM of this species are not numerous, and we have
not Loon successful in finding perfect specimens of the con-
tained animal. The postabdominal rami are rudimentary, as
in Cypridop ts; but the lower antennæ seem to be destitute of
the setose brn ash, which in that genus is usually very long.
The species would therefore appear to be an aberrant one; but,

without a ‘iorough acquaintance with its internal structure,
we think it best for the present to place it in the genus to
which it is here assigned. It approaches closely in diesen
appearance to Cypridopsis villosa and Potamocypris fulva; it
is, however, larger than either, is more tumid, less strongly
arcuate, and coarser in texture than the former ; whilethe almost
equal and well-rounded valves, coarsely hispid surface, and
ovate form when seen from above sufficiently distinguish it from
the latter: it agrees very much with Fischer's figures of Cypris-
prasina, but is more elongated and more densely hairy.

Ostracoda and Foraminifera of Tidal Rivers. 15

We have great pleasure in inscribing this species to Prof.
Alfred Newton, of Cambridge, whose assistance we have
acknowledged in a previous page.

_Cypridopsis obesa, B. & R.,

brown in fresh water; moreover some of those taken at
Whittlesea, though brownish in the ground tint, had distinct

dark bands, after the manner of C. vidua. In some localities
both species ist ee E D is remarkable that C.
vidua, when it occurr dredged terial, was never other-

wise than wenn etu C. rase was often exceedingl
abundant; on the contrary, gatherings made with the Wem
net amongst weeds or in clear water, though often n
C. vidua in plenty, never showed a single specimen of C. obesa ;
so that it appears certain that the brilliantly banded vidua and
the dingy obesa, whether we regard them as distinct species or
merely as varieties, live often in the same situations, the one
on the bottom mud, the other amongst the supernatant weeds.

Genus GONIOCYPRIS, nov. gen.

Valves compressed, subequal, thin, and fragile. Seen from the
side, triangular, the inferior margin terminating at each ex-
tremity in an acutely produced angle, the superior margin
rising to an acute central point; “hinge simple. Animal `
unknown.

Goniocypris mitra, nov. sp. (Pl. VII. figs. 10-13.)

Carapace, as seen from the side, triangular; right valve rather
larger than the left; height and length nearly e ual; ante-
rior and posterior morgins obliquely arched (the anterior
the more convex) and meeting in an acute point nearly over
the cce of the shell: inferior margin straight, produced

at cach extremity into an angular point. Seen
rom picos ve, compressed, ovate, widest in the middle; ex-
tremities obtusely and nearly equally pointed ; width eq

16 Messrs. G. S. Brady end D. Robertson on the

to half the length: seen from the front, ovate, widest below

the middle, pointed above, broadly rounded below. Shell

thin, semitransparent, sparingly and minutely punctate, or
often perfectly smooth, somewhat granular in appearance.

Colour yellowish or reddish brown. Length s% inch.

Hab. Dykes on the site of Whittlesea Mere, “ Whittlesea
Dyke ;" rivers Nene at Peterborough, Cam at Ely, and Ouse
at Lynn; Wroxham, Barton, Somerton, and Ormesby
Broads.

Though generally distributed throughout the East-Anglian
district, this remarkable species appears to be rather rare as to
number of individuals; nor have we succeeded in finding a
trace of animal structure in any specimen that we have exa-
mined. The minuteness of the shell may perhaps partly
account for its apparent rarity; and as we have not met with
it except in dredged material, we presume that it is a creeping
rather than a swimming species, and probably inhabits ex-
clusively the muddy bottoms of the broads and rivers.

Genus ArcitLacta, G. O. Sars.
Argillecia(?) aurea, nov. sp. (P1. VIII. figs. 4, 5.)
Carapace, as seen from the side, compressed, subovate, some-
what depressed in front, nearly of the same height through-
out; height much less than one-half of the length; extre-
mities rounded, the anterior narrowed and oblique: superior
margin straight or very gently convex in the middle, curv-
ing gently downwards at each extremity; inferior very
slightly convex along its whole length. Seen from above,
ovate, acuminate in front, rounded behind; greatest width
situated in the middle, and about equal to the height. Sur- '
face of the shell quite smooth; colour golden yellow.
Length 5}, inch.
Hab. River Ouse at Lynn.
But one specimen of this species was noticed ; and we place
it provisionally only in the genus Argillecia.

Genus CANDONA, Baird.
Candona candida (Müller), var. tumida. (PI. IX. figs. 13-15.)

Throughout the East-Anglian district occurs a form of this
species differing from the typical C. candida chiefly in its ex-

cessive shortness and tumidity. In the female the greatest
height is equal to nearly two-thirds of the length, and the width
to more than half of the length. Seen from above, the extremi-

ties are very abruptly tapered, giving an almost elliptical
contour. The male is much more compressed, but more tumid
than in the ordinary form of the species. The lucid spots are

Ostracoda and Foraminifera of Tidal Rivers. 17

arranged in a rosette, five in number, each being broadly
UA in shape, their apices directed towards the centre of
the gro
Hm erat Table that Candona compressa, Koch, which
occurs also very abundantly ID the district, likewise
puts on an excessively tumid form, differing almost as mue
from the typical form as ide the variety of C. candida just
described (see Pl. VII. figs. 8, 9).

Hab. We have found the tumid variety of C. candida
abundantly i in the dykes in the ME of Whittlesea,
also in the rivers Nene, Cam, and Scheldt, in Barton Broad,
and in the Warn burn, Neduba. "The normal form
occurs also constantly throughout Norfolk and Suffolk, and,
so far as we know, throughout the kingdom. Candona com-
pressa we found in all our East-Anglian gatherings, except
those from Hickling Broad and the rivers Bure an &,

The two forms of C. candida run into each other so much
that it is sometimes difficult to say whether an example should
be referred to the species or its variety. The rosulate disposi-
tion of the lucid spots, however, and the peculiar reticulation
of the posterior portion of the "shell (figured in the * Mono-
graph of Recent British Ostracoda’), are pari eye only
in the tumid varie We are not aware that this form ever
occurs in localities entirely uninfluenced by the emis

Candona Kíngsleit, nov. Sp. (Pl. IX. figs. 9-12.)

Carapace of the female, as seen from the side, subreniform ;
greatest height near a middle, and equal to half the length;
extremities rounded : superior margin boldly arched, inferior
rather deeply Saa, in the middle. Seen from above,
ovate, width somewhat less than the height, greatest in the
middle; pointed in front, sharply rounded behind. Shell of
the male, as seen from the side, more deeply sinuated be-
low; the dorsal margin obscurely sinuated in front of the
middle, and more arched than in the female: seen from
above, much more compressed: shell thin and fragile,
colourless, showing the limbs of the a distinctly
through it. Length of the female 4. inc

Hab. "des e; Barton, Horsey, and Hickling Broads ;
Breydon

cimens gan the last-mentioned locality somewhat

differ from the rest, but probably belong to the same species.

It is with much pleasure that we dedicate this elegant spe-
cies to the Rev. Canon Kingsley, in acknowledgment not only
of the great services which he has rendered and is still ren-
dering in popularizing the deus sA JAM Row n but also

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4.

18 Messrs. G. S. Brady and D. Robertson on the

of his kind assistance in the prosecution of our researches in
the Fen-district.
Candona diaphana, nov. sp. (Pl. V. figs. 1-3.)
Carapace of the male (?), as seen from the side, elongated,
subreniform ; greatest height situated behind the middle,
and equal to less than half the length ; obtusely and evenly
rounded in front, obliquely behind ; superior margin highest
at the posterior third, thence sloping almost in a right line
and with a very gentle declivity forwards, very steeply and
with a slightly concave curve backwards; inferior margin
gently sinuated. Seen from above, compressed, tapering
equally and rather suddenly to the extremities, which are
pointed; sides subparallel; width scarcely equalling one-
third of the length. The hinge-margin of the left valve is
suddenly produced towards each extremity into a very con-
spicuously overlapping curve, the posterior being much
larger than the anterior. Shell-structure as in the preceding
species. Length =; inch.
Hab. Ormesby Broad, and the river Nene at Peterborough.
e specimen only from each locality. From the com-
pressed outline and very pronounced characters of the shell,
we suppose this to be probably the male. The limbs are not
sufficiently preserved to indicate the sexual character through
the shell. .
Candona hyalina, nov. sp. (Pl. IX. figs. 5-8, and
Pl. V. figs. 4-11.)

male more compressed; seen from the side, the inferior
margin more deeply sinuated ; superior margin excessively
elevated and gibbous in the middle, behind which it sud-
denly dips and zm steeply backwards with a marked
concave curve, ell-structure as in the two preceding
species. Superior antenn: sparingly setose, last two joints
of nearly equal length, about twice as long as broad, the
rest shorter and thicker; inferior melee Cae of any
proper setose brush, the place of which is occupied in the

ET meena

Ostracoda and 2 m di Tidal Rivers. 19

10). tx ulative organs of exceedingly complex structure,
Dec

ppoe (fig. 11). aros an spin rami (fig. 9) well
developed ; two long and nearly equal terminal claws, and
one minute seta; also from the border of the ramus, a little
below the middle, one long slender seta. Length of female
zs inch, of male 4; inc

Hab. Site of Whittlesea Mere; Wroxham, Barton, and Ormes-
by Broads.

are identically t e: those most nearly allied are bine
rivularis, pellucida, Taeao, and compressa, e small
number d the imperfect peranna of their

Genus METACYPRIS, nov. gen.

Shell moderately strong and thick. Seen from the side, de

€ is subrhomboidal, rounded in front, and obscur
hind ; the posterior portion of the bingecmásgiód
aad angularly. Seen from above, heart-shaped, ex-
cessively tumid, widest behind the midje ventral surface
deeply impressed along the central and posterior portions of
the median line. Hingement formed on the n valve by

20 Messrs. G. S. Brady and D. Robertson on the

a laminated angular projection anteriorly (fig. 7 c), poste-

riorly PY a strong rectangularly produced flange (fig. 7 d,
fig. 5 d, and fig. 9d), from which projects a single sharply
cut tooth, the flange itself being continued round the poste-
rior margin of the valve (fig. 9 e); on the left valve by a
deep sulcus behind, and a shallower one in front (fig. 6 f, 9).
Except in front and at the supero-posteal angle, the margins
of the valves are incurved considerably, so that the actual
contact-margins embrace a much smaller area than that of
the entire ee the right valve is larger than the left.
Animal unkno

Metacypris ce nov.sp. (Pl. VI. figs. 1-9.)

Carapace excessively tumid and depressed: seen from the
ds subovate or subrhomboidal, highest in the middle;
height equal to more than half the length : anterior extre-

mity well rounded, posterior obscurely angular: superior
margin gently arched, produced at its posterior extremity
into an angular process, corresponding in position to the
aa hinge-joint; inferior margin distinctly convex,
urving upwards behind, in front rather deeply and abruptly
sinuated at its junction with the anterior margin. on
m above, the outline is heart-shaped, pointed in ia
posteris extremity broadly rounded and indented at the
ume of the two valves; greatest width situated behind
e middle, much greater than the height, and equal to
bunt five-sixths of the length; the lateral m margins are
boldly curved and somewhat sinuous in the anterior part of
their course; end view subreniform, depressed; sides ex-
cessively cony superior margin arched and slightly in-
dented 1n the erige pom deeply sinuated in ihe middle,
where, however, it is encroached on by the downwardly
roduced anterior margin. Surface of the valves ey
set with small rounded impressions, which are arrange
longitudinal rows, running on the ventral surface into ide
rupted furrows; ventral surface deeply and broadly sulcate
along the greater ‘par of the median line. Colour brownish
yellow. Length s inch.

Hab. Rivers Nene, dm and Scheldt, Wroxham and Barton
Broads, and Breydon Water. Scarce in all these localities.
We much regret that we have been unable to find a trace of

the animal structure of this remarkable ies, all our speci-
mens being merely empty shells, the abnormal external cha-

racters of which leave no doubt as to the propriety of establish-
ing for it a new genus; but it is not so clear whether it ought

to be placed amongst the Cypride or the Cytheride.

Ostracoda and Foraminifera of Tidal Rivers. 21

Genus CyrHERE, Müller.
Cythere fidicula, nov. sp.

Carapace, as seen from the side, pu height equal to
not much more than one-third of t he length ; extremities
narrowly rounded below, above the middle sloping steeply
upwards to the short and straight superior margin, which
they join at an obtuse angle ; inferior margin almost straight,
but slightly protruded in front of the middle by a roun

tubercular eminence. Seen from above, elongated, sub-
hexagonal, with parallel sides and obtuse or subtruncate
extremities ; the two anterior angles well marked, the pos-
terior rounded off; width equal to the height; seen from
below, the ventral surface exhibits at its anterior angles two
prominent rounded eminences, behind which it becomes
slightly constricted, again swelling out into a convex mar-
gin behind the middle; the outline on this aspect is thus
remarkably fiddle-shaped. End view triangular, apex
rounded off, basal angles prominent and acute, sides convex,
base concave. Shell marked with irregular and sinuous
longitudinal rugæ, which on the concave ventral surface are
especially conspicuous. Length 3!

Hab. Estuaries of the rivers Thane ‘Sele and Meuse;
very rare in all these localities. One wien has also
occurred in a dredging from the north of cotland

Genus CYTHERIDEA, Bosquet.
Cytheridea torosa (Jones). (Pl. VIII. figs. 6, 7.)

A peculiar form of this species, which occurs commonly
throughout Norfolk and Suffolk, but has not yet been found
in the recent state elsewhere, requires a few words of notice.
It agrees closely with the typical fossil specimens described
by Professor Rupert Jones, and differs from the common recent

rm only in the presence, on the sides of the valves, of se-
veral large rounded eminences or tubercles, which are variable

marked example may be understood from our fignres. The

occur bee in many localities "a ine món in com-
pany, and both exhibit their peculiar characters in very early
stages of growth ; but there are many grades between perfectly
smooth specimens and the strongly marked valves represented
in our pae We find the smooth form (C. littoralis, Brady),

* I take this opportunity of withdrawing an opinion recently expressed.
by me as to ‘the synonymy of | the present species, in a paper on the

22 Messrs. G. S. Brady and D. Robertson on the

which we propose to call var. teres, commonly in the river-
outlets and salt-marshes of Northumberland and Durham, in
the rivers Ouse (Yorkshire and Norfolk), Deben, Stour, Cam,
Bure, Thames, Scheldt, and Meuse, in all theb roads visited
by us except Wroxham, i in Lake Lothing and Breydon Water,
and in the dykes about Whittlesea. The typical torose form
we have not found at all north of Norfolk; but it occurs in all
the broads known to us, except Barton, in Lake Lothing and
Breydon Water, and in the river Bure: it thus appears to be
peculiar to the East- Anglian district. It is worthy of note that
thisspecies has not occurred to us at all in Scotland,except in one
gathering from the Clyde near Dumbarton Castle (var. teres),

though that it is not a strictly southern species is shown by
its occurrence abun nun according to G. O. Sars, in Chris-
tianiafiord. It is remarkable also that, though occurring

Cytheridea inequalis, nov. sp. (Pl. IX. et 1-4.)
wong as seen from the side, subtriangular ; greatest height
tuated in the middle, and equal to two-thirds of the length ;
EUR extremity broadly rounded, posterior broad, scarcely
rounded: superior margin excessively arched, highest i in the
middle, slopmg with a gentle eurve towards the front, more
steeply behind, where it is obscurely angulated. Seen from
above, lozenge-shaped ; greatest width in the middle, equal
to half the length; extremities obtusely pointed; end view
subtriangular, twisted. Right valve very much smaller than
the left, its superior and posterior margins obtusely angu-
lated in the middle; anterior margin fringed with a row of
eight long and sharp. spines directed forwards and down-
wards; posterior margin having at the lower angle one long
and four smaller rudimentary spines: left valve devoid of
spinous armature, and overlapping the right throughout its
entire circumference. Surface of the shell polished, obscurely

“ Crustacean Fauna of the Salt-Marshes of Northumberland and Durham”
ver Ree Pitay. Transactions of N orthumberland a nd Durham, vol. iii.
arapaces, I wasled to
ae the imperfect specimens in Prof. Rupert Jones’ 8 collection to a elosel y
allied ipee C. d ris (G. O. i to which it is indeed probable that

one or two o Pak examples may Bea but his figures
grs in the "Mora of the Tertiary Ento a clearly represent
ideration. I Fir withdraw the specific

nam: is, and revert to the ee adopted in my ‘ Monograph
of the iod British Ostracoda,’ considering the form there called Cy-
theridea torosa, and afterwards littoralis ,a8 av Yet (feres) of that origi-
nally described by Prof. Rupert Jones. s.

Ostracoda and Foraminifera of Tidal Rivers. 23

waved, impressed with distant rounded punctures: lips of
the valves much thickened and roun ed, those of the
ventral surface somewhat depressed. Animal unknown.
ength zy inch.
Hab. Dredd in the river Cam at Ely. One specimen only
taken.

We have already mentioned en several Ostracoda and
some fragments of other animals (Echinus-spines and shells of
Balanus) were met with in our dredgings from the river Cam.
The fragments of Echinus and Balanus must be regarded as
fossil, and may have been derived either from some posttertia
deposit or from the Gault. It becomes difficult under these
circumstances, where the animal itself is absent, to decide
which of the Ostracoda are recent and which fossil specimens ;
but that from which our present description is taken is alto-
gether so unlike a fossilized shell, being semitransparent,
highly polished, and in almost perfect condition as regards the
preservation of its spines and surface-markings, that we can
scarcely doubt its recentness. If it be really so, it constitutes

a most interesting addition to the wee not only by reason of
its peculiar configuration, but of its occurrence in fresh water.
The only known recent species at all nearly resembling it is
C. Sorbyana, Jones (dentata, Sars), which exhibits the same dif-
ferences in the form of theright and left valves, but differs greatly
in general form. Some of the fossil specimens obtained in the
river Cam belong to strongly spined and probably deep-sea
species. But associated with them occurred examples of se-
veral species usually found at the present ay living in estua-
ries or in littoral marine situations : erede e regard as being
of recent origin; they are as follows :—Pontocypris heus
nella (2), Cythere Piden C. villosa, (. Pieter. (9), MÀ obit
ridea torosa, var. teres, Loxoconcha elliptica, L. tamari

Genus Loxocowcna, G. O. Sars.
Loxoconcha pusilla, nov. sp. (Pl. VIII. figs. 1-3.)

Carapace, as seen from the side, subrhomboidal, rues equal
in height throughout ; ee CLE to half the ength ; ex-

widest in the middle, extremities nearly acuminate,
width considerably less than the lu Shell delicato and

hairs and papille. Length =; inch.

Hab. Montrose Basin, Firth of Forth; rivers Wansbeck
Blyth, Deben, Ouse (Norfolk), and Scheldt, Searce in all
these places,

24 Messrs. G. S. Brady and D. Robertson on the

Its small size and peculiar shell-structure distinguish it
readily from L. elliptica and tamarindus, with which alone it
could be confounded.

Loxoconcha fragilis, G. O. Sars. (Pl. X. fig. 3.)
Loxoconcha fragilis, G. O. Sars, Oversigt af Norges marine Ostracoder,p.65.
Shell of the female, seen from the side, subrhomboidal; greatest

height situated in front of the middle, greater than half the
ength; anterior extremity rounded, posterior produced be-
low into a short obliquely truncated process; superior mar-
gin moderately arched over the eyes, thence sloping back-
wards; inferior sinuated in the middle, convex behind.

Seen from above, compressed; greatest "width situated in
front of the middle, and much less than the height ; pu

nearly straight and horizontal; posterior extremity obtusely
rounded below. Valves excessively thin and fragile, almost
transparent, ornamented sparingly with very small tubercles
and but slightly hai Antenne very slender; second
joint of the superior short, much shorter than the united
lengths of the two following, and shortly pilose on the an-
terior margin, last three joints much elongated and nearly
equal; third joint of inferior antenne very narrow, its an-
terior margin smooth, without any sete. Feet very slender,
second joint of the last pair about equal to the conjoined
length of the two following. Copulative organs of the male
obtusely prU in front. Eyes confluent. Length of

female =}; i
Hab. Moe Basin and Budle Bay.

The few specimens of this species which have occurred to
us consist only of se arated dose from one of which our
figure was drawn*. Th ption given above is taken from
G. O. Sars.

Genus CyTHERURA, G. O. Sars.
Cytherura propinqua, nov. sp. (Pl. X. figs. 1, 2.)
Carapace, as seen from the side, subrhomboidal, adah
dl

C. similis in shape; greatest height situated in the middle, ©

and equal to about half the length ; anterior extremity well
and evenly rounded, posterior produced. in the middle into
an obtuse subtruncate process: superior margin evenly
arched, inferior straight or very slightly sinuated. Seen

from above, compressed ovate, slender and acuminate in
front, broadly mucronate behind; greatest width behind
* Since this was written we have found perfect examples in a Seottish

ng.

LEER EP AIL IIR ia os iste cago do sese Mena pe prov me cede URE o MR

Ostracoda and Foraminifera of Tidal Rivers. 25

the middle, and ag m less than the height. Animal
unknown. Length ;'; inch.
Hab. Thames estuary.

Genus POLYCHELES, nov. gen.

Shell fragile, structureless. R oblong, higher behind
than in front ; lucid Jgs ten to twelve, linear-oblong or
wedge-shaped, arranged in a subradiate manner in front of
the centre of the yes Seen dee the side, compressed,

n

small slender teeth ; first maxilla mU of a broad,
ee basal portion, from the distal border of which
spring eight long and strong curved sete, and from its an-
terior hecate a long biarticulate digit, "which terminates
in four curved claws, two of which are long, and two short;
second maxilla consisting of four digits, the anterior larger
and stouter than the rest, biarticulate, and terminating in
four slender claws, the other three Tn e opted, small and
slender, each terminating in two long sete; at the base a
large branchial plate surrounded by Tasa thirty plumose
processes. First pair of legs small, almost rudimentary,
four-jointed, second and third five-jointed, the third much
the longest, its last joint armed with two strong curved
claws and one shorter seta; the longer of the two vta
twice the length of the shorter. Abdomen ending in
short conical process. Copulative organs of the male of
complex structure, the basal portion (on each side) consist-
ing of a subrhomboidal acuminate lamina, the apical portion
of an irregularly shaped plate produced laterally into an
aliform process, and on the distal margin into a short,
strong hook. Female probably viviparous.

Polycheles Stevensoni, nov. sp. (Pl. VII. figs. 1-7,
and Pl. X. figs. 4-14.)

Carapace of the female, as seen from the side, oblong, depressed
in front, height equal to more than one-third of the length ;
extremities obliquely rounded, anterior narrowed, posterior
broad and obtuse: superior margin nearly straight,
downwards in front of the middle ; inferior slightly pedes
in the middle. Seen from above, ovate-acuminate, widest
near the posterior extremity, greatest width about equal to

26 Messrs. G. S. Brady and D. Robertson on the

the height; posterior margin indented in the middle at the
junction of the two valves: end view nearly circular. Shell
of the male somewhat more compressed, when seen from
above, having the greatest width near the middle. The
right valve much overlaps the left, especially in the middle
of the ventral margin. Superos antenne excessively short
and stout, the joints much broader than long, except the
last two and tlie first, whose breadth and length are nearly
equal ; all the joints except the first armed with very strong
curved sete, the longer of which are nearly equal in length
to the last five joints of the antennz, the shorter equal to
the last two joints. Inferior antennas also very short and
stout; terminal claws nearly straight, with upturned extre-
mities ; ; last joint very short, with two stout, equal, apical
spines ; penultimate with three apical spines of equal length
and one short seta, antepenultimate with one long and one
rather shorter seta ; [RE joint thicker, having two slender
sete rising from independent bases. Joints of the second
and third feet gama serene in length from the first
to the last; the longer e two terminal claws equal in
length to the three cius joints ; second and third joints
armed on the posterior margins with several short sha
sete or prickles. The shell is me or milk-white, often
slightly granular in appearance, and showing through it
the limbs of the EE e as well as the ova and fully deve-
loped young. The infero-posteal angle of the shell is eet
with a dense tuft of microscopie beaded hairs (fig. 14).

Length 4*4 inch.

Hab. ittlesea Dyke, and on the site of Whittlesea Mere ;
the rivers Nene, Cam, Ouse, Deben, and Scheldt ; Lake
Lothing and Breydon "Water; and the broads of Wrox-
ham, Jarton, Horsey, Hickling, Somerton, Ormesby, and
Oulton.

A most extensively distributed and abundant species through-
out the East-Anglian district, the only gathering in which we
failed to find it being that from the river Bure, which it may
be said was made under very unfavourable circumstances.
Except in the river Scheldt, P. Stevensoni pee not yet been
found outside of this district, where its t abundance in

objects of our visit to the d we are indebted for much o
our success.

O"O———T mm

. River-estuaries, England and Scotland.

DI

A. B. C. D. E. F. G. 1. J. K. L. M. N.
DIDE. Ey ; E NES E à P» j > ae
RES 2 | ge) 2 | 2B] #2 | n BR B OH nul
AS | ge) Y PAZ BS as | Me Bos Be) BA Bi | Be | me
Cypris
mncongreuens, Famdohr .| rire | err | eiserne | oe ont duke Eam] «svievess *
BENE WT io, Loose eceealenons en BEI ACD EIE cescexsa ll macto b xin M
tumefacta, nov. sp. ......| eesse Balcone eri * Nucl. *
compressa, Baird ...... Apodo Does »* * ka Soiiys r E dm od O EES * *
I ioter Liscovce d rennen »* * e] «esee *
vis, Mü Do aa aaa a ** E T O ET A ore arn T
e cie (Baird) exec] koa teeseal | soceeuson] ienteveev | estvesieey 3 sieur ll ui elaodes * 390€
ibba, Ramdohr .........] .. P EE S EE S P PREE Dow NM sd inue 3e ER ene * seit
—
obesa, Br. & Rob. .... A3 sued Sardis * rec padres Md esses 1 DATE LEER **
aculeata (Lalfjeborg) ~- mulu Re EN ae Aon (euer d ose qua aM TRENE pesas Y b PTUS A *
Pota
fl vet sesso * * rent HH * HE * *
candida T ATE E sonas oaa * * 333 * HH ptasssevs || etuearene| 1 x
CeCe eeeee) toto LE * eeeeee | vocan * III LILIIIITIII *
mee seotovesecsa| vovoooto rta DT * * Th dI ..eweyod erkecses [sues D * * *
rada Brady ......... Eoi huna A od * ED Sig | che ae cH: AOE, *
( üler)..... pa * TILIDT ecseovec | vost95oss * * ? *
dycsere oa is
mytiloides het TSN ER H ena Verve 3 LST 4 e TR Abd I anan S] riexceis ab p eA aod dies * xx
a eed ella, G. ? epos a sesso | rnt on sssssosos | aogtsteon | terse reese DUUM TISRNERCITETIT. 599.426€ waswei Tl deebyvete FPE *
non DUI Lissserres ?
Spincids, Baird ......... H — je] He DD * A iw 33€ 4%% xx HEE PEET E PTA OENE AT HK *
Br ea, G. O, Sars xx aie »* * HE nox PIT 3* E 33* 3* *
at orellanes iade CC ow. m ee I eee dit "NES ia x 3t 3% Ai Aces os os 339€
.| macal II eene D DEE NEA RU 3» EDO ES asd abies 39
Monera, Brady ......... | cesses Sa E a vesci sd: * IR * * se AS t x
lutea, Müller... A exa * focum Muere qim M COSE * *

LU PUY 0p090428()

VUVUDLO

Y WPL Jo v«o

"$4902

TABLE I. (continued).

g
bi
"j
Q
Es
M
=
n
p
B
=

Budle Bay. Q
River
Aln
River
Coquet
River
Wansbeck
River
Blyth.
River
Ouse at
Goole.
River
Humber
River
Deben
River
Stour
River
Thames.

Cythere
irm npo i abd iius irn * SURE
Müller *

n sett nnn * 33 sossossos | eccsocece | ocoosseose | cccooccos HK
He

esssosunu| soesooeos | osotssso [eee mme oem tn vsessesen | dcceevece | vesocn Vee Déseeenose [|0»0vossev | ccccécdstus * HEE
villosa ( G. 0. Sars) * OE ow Db Wo Duel eges E * LESEN SEME. 9€
gbbom, D E Boce nn oo A ee AW lv »* E

IN UD C INIM aa a ae leben | avcetees nd reete M eicit. ETETE A * * * *
Robertsoni, Brady ......| ......... * Nc es cartel) tei ? TR E E Xs CTAA * *
se RGR, ii] hni SR Leve ea BILE c E N SRT N s e EIR i oria kai x% EER x
tuberculata, G. O. Sars} ...... Rbussenlscnestundue e bebo is Pakea eir. ; Zinc restore aasvarave E
finmarchica, G. O. Sars .| ......... eei Londen
euneiformis, Brady......| ......... Bee eiiis Li A CER DU e ETI * Sin gi Deerwessn ['euseeines Descecoses x
angulata (G. O. ds eel deris TF dude D. SS Las ETT ET TN e S X20 XPUR UR MEDIAE is *

ta

Baku encounter aes RUE Quae | vens oooss *
cung (Baird) usus eua udin [vno
White III tereee OOO eeeee | eee esetose | seseeeees

pentipanctata, rady ...| .. eseesssen | eoonoes | 3
Limnicythere
inopinata (Baird) es * SM

sect nn **teatent | cett v**ssaat9a | vassosose | secos $99essoso | cov tn eee *

*

Bosquet)......
— on) :

rs

nnn —————— vvossoseo | roro * 393€ * o je * HE x

x
x
əy} uo uosy1oqoq ‘q pun ApeIg *g ^x) ‘sasso

Ezo
lacustris ( G. O. inan vU EUN uu d AM VOR RS ae UN (eaves a V TECTORIO *
song Brady Ae teu hne Ug hala ss qa as ERES deese [oeste] eee ha Chas xU 2E ESAE d Peery x
a, B. [3 heresi de Exc dice uii. P CC PEEL uus a ea * a Tuus. ;
deolivis d NM) DENNIS MEN REUS MO Qm c DE QUI eee EC ON a EM "TU *
aah O. Sar F8)...... wee * LHIIILIIIMMDDII LIIIILILLI weostsovos | docvecece | sostàsocv * weevvsvsans | evvtoevveoc | covvansoe | covtovcict x*
vani (Baird) Wages Heli DI x I eT WOO IS e * * * NN 34 m x
depressa, Zo. Aid tisse vos | onsosncess | cceceses a —————m—— duet rtt nn sector Ve*eteoes | eevoteseo | suvevuven | ayonsoceo HHH
ere ts Si ah CIA "n es HEUTE TM SM ECTETUR TESI e me ERIS

impressa Baird) TETTE rey eseoecece | cocveceee | ceocosvev * eehtt nnn sesoosooo sertostun $»s»e»eso | aooovtvs HH * xt
elliptica, ve Side Geist eer ELI [Lote ere | sieUerces | sesoscnss * 333€ Xw dri a 3x HH 39
oe tpa x 3x d o NCC DNUS 393€ 3 d Lucr ees A easak et 1 NE
gutta "tw m **' oees ELERESE ES LEETE E "se! nn n
E itfora s (Airman) LIII eeeeeaeee * "ettet t

d s , * *
pusilla, sal e hired eic NE 3X sides | sse dire 3 x A de n *
eni (Boird) W S cw We Lose * do. * x * x xe * 3
similis, Ge. Sars.. oleas ape eeces ; E E

e a date gd d es

cunea Ij E ves Do HE iib
, acus G O Gare ......| oen | ennt * xccl ase ois * 3*

sesos | sasisssor ses es T DI

erit rmn sesta mn teet n senusosse | veovvece | *ecoocton

RETETEI sess] ran sesto ton no Cee eeeree | vssscsdaa | eeveovons | eeevevecr

gibbe (Müller).......... e ELI diclus TORIS. Bee) C APR eo VERRE NP TS
BION, 400. OD eis cena] enemies Pass I EU deserves eters tees os upbeat heseedxen T MR
etn “ad sere eeeeel tht eee eee ware t n sas tnn sas toston **t ohh n Pee eeeee eeeterene eters tee *
ws iz PAREM A REOR B Uh TU NR

vemm | oen en e nn | rmn * — Ht
* Rake dS aa v * xx* * * eet | rna He
sere) | see ntm m sastotonn setettnn section testet rm secsovon * CFSE BE LRL S tr *

vessossos | eosccceve | cesso *

Sclerochilus
E iue ceil venons | ve ST PTS *

wessastun He * $e tense a | eeceeccae | covdescee | eseseneee *

vert nnn * HHH deveecees * ten | nnm nnn *

LEXEIIIIII *

orses * D sett * * * tessere entm HE

Normani, Brady .........| ... *
j Eon T DUM. olus R |e

eer HE

aeveeeis | veseccecs | vevsecece | cectenses | Gucneeues VRINRARUE RIPE UR TCPEIT soubesktt D VCEEENS PII X mE EY te *

pun vpoon.gs)

A

WULULDLO

Y PPL fo v«4o

“Slane

Taste IH. Illustrating the distribution of Ostracoda.— Groups IT. and ITI. English Fen-district and Holland.

08

oO |. Q. | R. S. T. U Meo W a Z. | Aa. | Bb. Oc.tiDd. t
* o " o í ;
S g H . . oP . = E . [=] En z] g . Ef 44 i
Set : : =
didis JAJEBEHEHEHEHEHEHEHFHEBEHEHE:
ám EA E | E [ga dä jaa ds dà Bà loa S| E | ES i| P
E M |A D: go E
-
Oypr
virens (Jurine) .........| ss epe nmm ` *
obl ua, Br Y SONRA 4^ | (9 $e» 1 oxewes bes | ors *
tricosa, nov, :
fretensis, nov. sp. ...... * sem | rmm | erence gm] eI V7 usse eie WEE oio d ee *
na, Bri V tresse déo | voe | acesse E A DE TIAE ae E PA e E Tr TVT r T E ET E ITT E e RE ETT TT *
ovum (Jwrine) .........| e | ee ai »* ee o | o9 E x ini [eoe bb was | epi xx
læ KOAN »* * 3* m * We ar 3x 4 As * * MUT %*
, Baird ... 3d x* 3393 He x 9 WAS cAMP RS 39€ HHI x% 3e * * * *
e. BOE ees] reo ere ecce] deest [ines ae sa Deter POMA *
reptans (Baird DEAE Wt Li * e * HH | REPPEE x LL MM SHEER Eon: E
serrata (Norman) ...... iioc db ens iit
gibba, Ramdokr .....| wee | we | xe | e | we | ox x e pu uus x "Ss x *
vidua, Müller ......... We d elus xx m m EA Tuned decr *

B mq Suus Lnd ae 3* ae 3 x * m 33 * * dei. * * *
aculeata (Lilljeborg) OV oue] oan Deci NR e | oe uc bin Kr E use ere *
Newtoni, nov. sp. ...... | HH EE Lid *

Me i
cordata, 408, $9. saceee| pnm * * * WE LaL dee Dosen oie A Chasen |) T ulii *
otamocy
falte Brady .......... eae >
lona
candida (Müller) ......| ...... He | nec E xx x 3x | 399 | eer |O m Jo 1 see. He Whee *
var, tumida ......... * * ie ee do DEM OLI dene Mu Ix CER TM *
lactea, Baird ............ 3k ** ** ** xx 3* * 3x 3 it ME homo” bons * * E
detecta (Müller)... ione * * * *

ay, uo uosyoqoy "qp pun Ápeag "S ^£) ‘sasson

hrdua, nov. sp.
Goni

irse,

Cyt
pellucida, Baird ......

tian, Brady

NO sn

D

LINES

iloides (Nor ney
tfacnella G. O. Sar.
rady

cylindrica, G. O. Sars
gia Cray NS
urea, nov.

erit mm

castanea, G. O. Sars...

tessen

rady .....
g lobulifors, Body i
antiquata (Baird) ..

II

cnn n

ETET

ETETE

ED

tern nnm

eet nns

sen

trt nn

"estt n

sector

serres

tenses
teense

sett n

DIM

sesoses

trn

D

ences

EE

ETTET

ETET]

tet nnn

seen

sies

tasses

tasses

mn

m

nm

aer n

ee etee

** LEJ

seran

tas

EI

ERETT

ertt nn.

e.s...

DIEI

DE

n

DI

ertt ntn

D

tsss.,

nm

D

cett nn

.
DI
serene
n

eee

resin

citt anm
n
ETTET
n
sect
. ʻ

dado

DIE

[ILI
LI
ss...
ETET
e.s
essre

aen n

tasses

sen

m

severe

ertt n

m

DE

ETET

nr

tet

LED

x k ck OK k k k xk

*

KO OK OK Ok ok OK Ok

*

+ In the last three columns we have not attempted to indieate the comparative frequency of the species.

p PUD np0oov.jse)

VUVUDALO

.

qr pa fo vao

“SHALL

Taste II. (continued).

een
o. P. Q. R. S. T y. V Wt X x; Z. | Aa. | Bb. |Cc.t |Dd.t | Ee.t
E I [s etis dM Spo gs ip
Set x : o g B 3 tae IM an E BE rid 32
ella) 4 | alale fy tlala 4 las /de| ea]
m D Pe]
ag A] E | | ee laa aa ea | ee Salsa] S3] E PE PB || E
[s £A un Fa id ae
Cythere
IM Guage da tu iion oot] ise | aun $t BU oda iced cus xen Mie e Dec] oen
Adel s tetto oc E | gansta’ ea a | cancer een FPR OMS sarees | cocene DEN *
Limni
_ inopinata (Bair 1 33 m Lr. wee | ont m 339 m ** x NECI ** * m" x
Bancti- Patricii, 2 FR. ee xx xx
monstrifiea (Norman)..| «* EI Klo Tess verdi sese saam dise d RR Ee | terere * *
Oytheridea
BEEN eel asic ese (uss Ves ICON d ss. 3x | 308€ | 390€ m xx m xx rmm
— war. teres ............ UR ae rhs os m X338 | Gene | aee xx * m 33€ | 3t * x *
lacustris (G. O ini To ut x
EE — 0) 2|. Dbeobossleoeleclecss tz LES lu * 3
d ncwelium de vuelo. Mucius setibesen s R a sue * x *
insequalis, Nov. $p.......| ...... | uses *
vi deed
20 od I ADIT X ONLUS M MIENNE. MEE *
BU Borman) a p nores ru TES DIET ees fl ase ean doen 1) veies |) sem si ke [imam 1) oaran * * *
Xestoleberis
aurantia (Baird) ......| ...... 2eebosTtboo du. ioecliesl oe lee stes, 1h RED Sides: m x * E *
Loxocone
ee tel su —cocehespstet Liu Mi eeedicesdiecelhlese dee ii se * * * E
BEEN Du. ulus. luus EE casa. iss | veces x 3 | Gene | de] | dent E * *
BENED due los o a a a E na PE uci ui ra *
ii igi "ndn eus bu CELL FM Duel lcu csse el N "ens * x *
pusilla, nov. sp. .........| ...... Bs Duca on Dues seen EG nudo «d enel nolui deese * *
niuiltifora (| ein) Aa eae ane mo Ne. cene lu X oae (Gc M | acess | vce x "
“nigrescens re Dm Ww Tino. m DM s... m sett II Peeves | cnn m XV dovesse * * * *
similis, G. O. Sar eee] oseese m eters | ttn n n mM sss E ecu sc | T E T EE M T FTE tl tees cae i persse | oem nm cni] conn * L3 *
Mioa, P De i terssssse| oeuse teres sitos sets evans I m eee TE esstos | serves enl] nnnm * * *

ay? wo uosjyroqow *([ pun Apeig *g ^x) “sasson

“sH "NC Bop p ‘uuy

"Ao “FPS

co

owners Brady ......
G. 0. 2e

eer amm prom
nodosum, Brady ....
boum, G.

contortus (Norman) ...
— var. abbreviatus ...

osum,
vum cR Brady ......

Polycheles

tevensoni, nov. gen. &

.

Polyco

ansad PYR 30s
|

serres

III

DII

LIE

EEXILLI

*
.
-
.

LIII

II

Lad

|

nr
eueeee

EI

eetese

eeeeee

eresse

sesoses

LLLIIII
* .

LAXIS

LETTET]

MALIS

III

LILIIII

etn n mr

LIII

artt

LIII

tact

ss.

DII

eeetee

eaters

aeeeee
. oe

III

seses

LIII

tet m

[III

sisser

ETTET

ETET

seeeee

mI

299599

bosses

DII

weaver

secere

eevee

eevee

ETTET

sss..

tet tmn

EDITI

LEETE

* Xx k kkk K

LEETTT

xk kk

T In the last three columns we have not attempted to indicate the comparative frequency of the species.

pun vpoov.«5()

A

VUVUNLO

A IPPUL fo wa

"84901

34 Mr. E. R. Lankester on the use of

II.—0On the use of the term Homology in modern Zoology,
and the distinction between Homogenetic and Homopiaete
agreements. By E. Ray LANKESTER, B.A. Oxo

Wuttst the adoption of the theory of evolution ~ broken
down the notions at one time hod by zoologists and botanists
as to the existence of more or less symmetrical classes and
groups in the organic world, seiahlinhed by some inherent law
of Nature which limited her productive powers to arbitrary spe-
cial plans or types of structure, and has taught us to see, in the’
variously isolated and variously connected kinds of animals and
pw simply the parts of one great genealogical tree, which
ha

achec l and separated from one another in athou- .
‘aad different oe through the operation of the great de-
r Time, yet certain terms and ideas are still in use which `

stroyer
belonged to the old Platonic school, and have not been defined

afresh in accordance with the doctrine of descent. The notion: :
of the possibility of classifying organisms accurately by means. . .

of division into large groups of equal value and significance, `
these again being divided into smaller groups of equal sub-
ordinate value, and so on, is still almost universally preva-
lent, although one of the first conclusions to which we are led
by a consideration of Darwin’s doctrine i is that the groups into
which we may be. able to = the few and scattered. samples
of organic development known to us must be in every way
most unequal and dissimilar, s line which we can draw in

one case being sharp and clear , in another much less certain ——

and definite, sometimes including a vast variety of minor.

groups, sometimes cites definitely marked large groups, -

in no case offering us examples of two series of forms strictly. .
alike in extent and significance; and thus it is rendered im-
possible to indicate the genetic relations of organisms by the
use of the neat and symmetrical system of terms generally
employed (consisting of kingdom, subkingdom, class, order,
family, &c.). To do this adequately, additional terms are
required ud. nac have been proposed), and the important
fact has t eld in mind that we have not to search out a sup- .
posed chefs Doaa of organisms existing in nature, `

but to simply indicate as clearly as we can the aaant o

orms and the innumerably various gaps in the serie

The term “homology” belongs to the Platonic pi: but.
is nevertheless used without hesitation by those who reject
the views of that school. Professor Owen (who first clearly-
defined this term, in developing those researches into the
agreements of essential structure under various modifica-
tions by which the biologists of the first part of this cen- -

the term Homology in modern Zoology. 35

logue “the same organ in different animals under every
variety of form and function ;” by analogue, “ a part or organ
in one animal which has the same function as another part or
organ in a different animal.” But how can the sameness (if
we may use the word) of an organ under every variety of
form and function be established or investigated? This is,
and always has been, the stumbling-block in the study of
homologies without the light of evolutionism; for, to settle
this question of sameness, an ideal “ type” roup of
organisms under study had to be evolved from the human
mind, after study of the component members of the group ;
and then it could be asserted that organs might be said to be
the “same” in two animals which had a common representa-
tive in the ideal type. i4
This reference to an ideal type was the only criterion o

homology ; and yet we find those who have adopted the doc-
trine of evolution making use of the term “ homology” with-
out any explanation. The study of homologies was brought
under a very important influence from the appreciation of the
value of developmental changes in indicating the similarities

tury so much advanced science) would understand by homo-
d

not consistently have the same meaning as a Platonist; and
yet it appears that, from the force of habit or some accidenta
cause, the term homology és used at the present time in the
old sense by many authors who accept the doctrine of evolu-
tion, or at any rate not with any definite meaning which has
been agreed upon by those who belong to the new school.
Without particularizing the authors whose views are alluded
to, we may mention the attempt to trace the homologies of the
bones of the skull in detail through the vertebrate series, the
y of the chain of nerve-ganglia of Arthropoda with
the sympathetic of Vertebrata, the homology of the four cavi-
ties of the heart and also of the individual muscles of the
limbs in Sauropsida and Mammalia, and especial the so-
called serial homologies of the fore and hind limbs in Vertebrata

and of the teeth of the upper and lower jaws. is

36 Mr. E. R. Lankester on the use of ©

and B from x. Though this is the definition of homology
which we should expect from an evolutionist, it is yet not that

who, there is e reason to believe, accept the doctrine of
evolution, we sl L

Arthropoda at a point in the series where the nervous syste mis
of the simplest and most rudimentary kind, it is only to a small

the term Homology in modern Zoology. 37

extent that there is homogeny between the chain of nerve-
ganglia of Arthropods and the sympathetic ganglion-system
of Vertebrata—merely an agreement which is so general that
we can only say that the nervous system as such in the two
cases is in the most general way homogenous, and must seek
for some other cause to account for the more detailed resem-
blance of the insect’s nerve-chain to the vertebrate s pa-
thetic. In this case we see that in discussing so-called

which segmentation of the lower jaw and suspensorium had
been carried to a very small extent. o, too, with regard to
the homologies of the same bones with the Sauropsidan sus-
pensorium*. The homogenetical agreement can be one of no
greater detail than is indicated by the condition of this region
in the supposed common ancestor of Mammalia and Saurop-
sida; and it does not appear probable that the incus and mal-
eus, or the quadrate and articulare, were represented by simi-
larly segmented bones in their common. ancestor. To take
another case, the four cavities of the bird's heart are generally
regarded as homologous with the four cavities of the mamma-

uxley on the homologies of the malleus and incus and neigh-
acceptable if we recognize homogeny, since he dwells

Lim :
"(of fish ndoubtedly to potential hard parts in the
Ea Jie ana of the pe " (Brit. Med. Journ. (Abstract) 1869,
P. 375).

38 Mr. E. R. Lankester on the use of

lian heart; but since the common ancestor of mammals and
birds in all probability had but three cavities to its heart, the
ventricles are only homogenetic as a whole, and not each to
each. The disposition of the aorta and the important light
thrown on the origin of the muscular right auriculo-ventricular
valve of the bird's heart by comparison with an Ophidian or
Lacertian heart, harmonize decidedly with the conclusion that
the right ventricle of the bird is not homogenetie with the
right ventricle of the mammal. But it is said to be homo-

? What is there more involved in the term

r

The common stock of these groups most
, certainly had not such a specialization of this part of its mus-
cular structures. What, then, is it that produces so close a
resemblance in the disposition of these parts as to lead one to
of homology? What is the other quantity covered by
the term homology over and above homogeny $
The consideration of one more case, that of serial homolo-
gies, will bring us to this: Unless it be maintained that the
vertebrate animal is an aggregate of two individuals, one re-
presented by the head and arms, the other by the legs, no
genetic identity can be established between the fore and hind
limbs. And since no one will maintain such a constitution for
the Vertebrata (though it is exceedingly probable that the
earliest segmentation which they exhibit 1s a remnant of such
a history), the possibility of serial homogeny is out of the
question in Vertebrata, though the segments of Arthropoda,
Vermes, and other tertiary aggregates present it. And yet
we speak of serial homologies; and it is possible to trace a
very remarkable correspondence between the bones and mus-
cles of the fore and hind limbs. What is the nature of the
correspondence between fore and hind limb which is called
“ serial homology ?” If we can ascertain this, we may expect
to ascertain at the same time the nature of the correspondence

the term Homology in modern Zoology. 39

movement and support required from the fore and hind limbs
in subsequent developments of this stock, whether towards
Mammalia or Sauropsida, would be the same; and hence the
muscular and skeletal parts would agree in many striking
details, these details serving as the groundwork for further
modifieations when the character of a flying, grasping, or
offensive organ was assumed by either pair of extremities.
The muscles of the pectoro-humeral region are homogenetic
in a general way in mammals and Sauropsida ; but such de-
tails of agreement as that between the pectoralis major of
mammals and the gracilis of Iguana, the subclavius and the
deeper head of the pectineus, the coraco-brachialis and part of
the obturator externus, we must set down to the fact that they
are to a great degree homoplasts,—similar forces or require-
The concomitant variation of fore and hind limb in such matters as
See qmwih seems to point to a somewhat closer relation between
i :

*

nu
termed homotrophie; such dre teeth and hair, eyes and ears, and others
enumerated by Mr. Darwi and hind limbs. :

40 Mr. E. R. Lankester on the use of

ments operating on similar materials in the two stocks, the
Mammalian and Sauropsidan, having produced results in the
way of structure which have a certain agreement. What,
exactly, is to be ascribed to homogeny, and what to homoplasy;
in the relations of this series of structures, is a matter for
careful consideration. s was remarked above, the right
ventricle of the bird's heart is not homogenous with the right
ventricle of the mammal's heart, nor the left with the left;
but the two cavities in each case are homoplastic—the same
conditions as regards the maintenance of animal heat and
other matters belonging to the circulation, which evoked or
were the cause of the perpetuation of this structure in the one
case having equally operated in the other. As to the bones of
the skull, the room for diversity is not very great when the
homogenous basis is given which all higher Vertebrata have
inherited from a common ancestor; but there can be no doubt
that many of the bones in the fish's skull are not homo-
genous with those of other Vertebrata, whilst they appear to
be related as homoplasts. That similar forms may arise in
this way in the skulls of two divergent stocks, and lead to
close correspondences which are not traceable to homogeny, is
indicated by the fact that membrane-bones corresponding in
position and relations in the skulls of one group to cartilage-
bones in the skulls of another group are observed*. The
membrane-bone in this case is certainly not homogenous with
the cartilage-bone ; but it is homoplastic with it; and in the
same way it is very probable that membrane-bones in two
skulls are in some cases only homoplasts, though they may
have been the subject of speculation as to their homology.

e mammalian malleus and mandible present an homogeny
of the general region only, when compared with the bones of
the suspensorium and lower jaw of the fish, the individual
bones of which, as well as the opercular bones, are not repre-
sented in the mammalian skull by corresponding individual
bones. and not even by homoplastic developments. The
Sauropsidan suspensorium, in being segmented, presents a
closer homoplastic agreement with that of osseous fish; an
probably a true homogenetie correspondence is to be admitted
in the quadrato-articular articulation of Fishes and Saurop-
sida.

It may be said that the term “analogy,” already in use, is
sufficient to indicate what is here termed * homoplasy ;” but
analogy has had a wider signification given to it, in which it is

* As en example, the cartilage-bone in the fish's skull, which Mr.
Parker proposes to call pterotic, oe ^d considered the homologue of
ay be cited,

the squamous in mammals, may

eer eS
—

the term Homology in modern Zoology. 41

found very useful to employ it, and it could not be used with
any accuracy in place of homoplasy. Any two organs having
the same function are analogous, whether closely resembling
each other in their structure and relation to other parts or not;
and it is well to retain the word in that wide sense. Homo-
plasy includes all cases of close resemblance of form which are
not traceable to homogeny, all deta?/s of agreement not homo-
genous, in structures which are broadly homogenous, as well
as in structures having no genetic affinity.

There may be other less direct causes at work in pro-
ducing homoplasy besides an agreement in environment or
external evoking conditions; such a cause is indicated in the
remarkable cases grouped by Mr. Darwin as correlations of

. growth, and for which the term homotrophy may perhaps be

rae
med and slightly modified in various branches of the race.

though their homology has not been maintained for man

years. "The beak of a bird is to a considerable extent homo-
plastic with the beak of a chelonian, the dorsal and caudal
fins of a cetacean with those of some fish, the sete of Acan-

42 - Mr. E. R. Lankester on the use of

thobdellea with those of Chetopods; but zoologists would he-
sitate to assert homology in these cases, and it certainly seems
improbable that there 1s homogeny. What Mr. Spencer calls
“ superinduced segmentation," hitherto included by many
zoologists as serial homology, falls under simple homoplasy,
the detailed resemblances of the vertebre being thus explained,
though it is possible that there is an obscured homogenous
segmentation indicated in the earliest stages of vertebrate
development.

trust now to have said sufficient to illustrate the distinc-
tion which I wish to draw between homogeny and homoplas
and to have shown a probability that a good deal of the latter
has been associated with the former under one head, “ homo-
logy.” It is less likely to cause confusion if we have a new
term than if we amend an old one, which is my reason for not
retaining “homology.” It is not improbable that homoplasy
may admit of further analysis; but it 1s sufficient here to dis-
tinguish it from homogeny. I do not propose to defend
against criticism the cases I have used in illustration. The
views suggested with regard to particular cases are open to
much discussion, and the views alluded to as being commonl
held may in some instances be not very widely prevalent.
This, however, does not affect the matter in hand. Concrete
cases are given merely with a view to illustration, and to
render clear what is the relative significance of the terms
* homology,” “ homogeny,” and “ homoplasy."

What is put forward here is this,—that under the term
“homology,” belonging to another philosophy, evolutionists
have described and do describe two kinds of agreement—the
one, now proposed to be called *homogeny;" depending simply
on the inheritance of a common part, the other, proposed to be
called *homoplasy;" depending on a common action of evoking
causes or moulding environment on such homogenous parts
or on parts which for other reasons offer a likeness of materia
to begin with. In distinguishing these two factors of a com-
mon result we are only recognizing the principle of a plurality
of causes tending to a common end, which is elsewhere recog-
nizable and has been pointed out in biological phenomena.
The explanation of the phenomena by the one law o
logy is a part of that tendency to view Nature as more simple
and more easily mastered than she really is, against which
Bacon cautions us.

the term Homology in modern Zoology. 43

matter of time and labour, but is feasible. Besides the homo-
logies of the vertebrate skeleton and muscles, I would mention
the various vascular systems of the Invertebrata as likely to
be better understood in this manner. The vascular system of
leeches, with its hemoglobin, is not homogenous with that of
Cheetopods, though closely homoplastie with it: its relation to
the nervous system, segment-organs, its development, and the
nae ancestral relations of the Leeches and Trematodes
ead to this conclusion. Yet most zoologists would consider
these two vascular systems homologous, or Beg only qualify
the term by refusing to regard them as strictly homologous.
Again, the heemochyle or blood-lymph system of Vertebrates
has no homogen, or but a very rudimentary one, in the other
rade of animals. The vascular fluid of mollusks and insects
as a homoplastic agreement with one part of the vertebrate

the segmentation in various groups o _ the Annulosa, Leav-
ing the question as to the origin of this i pores by
ide, we are led

.

ancestor, the primitive Annelidan and Arthropodan sam

two groups, and their points of contact 1n tegumentary deve-
lopment, sense-organs, &c., are simply homoplastic, and not
homogenous.

may, it is suggested, be possibly solved by the
admission of true zooid-segmentation as being frequently due
to homoplasy, and not by any means necessarily an indication
of genetic affinity.

44 — Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar.

IlI.—List of Coleoptera received from Old Calabar, on the
West Coast of Africa. By ANDREW Murray, F.L.S.
[Continued from vol. v. p. 438.]

[Plates II. and IIL]

Pacuypissus, Newm.

1. Pachydissus femorellus, Chevr. Rev. et Mag. de Zool.
1856, p. 340.

angule subrotundatis, ad apicem oblique truncatis; spina
e J

onoitndine
[o]

Brownish black, covered with a short, ashy-grey, velvety
pubescence, except on the head, thorax, and tarsi, where it is
replaced by silky, irregularly interrupted, brownish golden
hairs. Head strong, deeply channelled above. Eyes very
projecting, making the head at its widest nearly as broad as
the widest part of the thorax, coarsely granulated, strongly
emarginate above, and almost touching each other; a golden
brownish-yellow pubescence both in front of and above the eyes
and on the front of the head. Labrum piceous. Palpi an

mandibles black. Antenne in the males about a fourth or
a fifth longer than the body, in the females very little longer ;
with the first article thick, punctate, pitted, with a shallow
channel on the upperside, blackish, the remaining articles
elongated, and those from the fifth to the tenth inclusive some-
what angulated at the apex. Thorax rounded, constricted in

front and behind, covered with large, short, transverse folds, —

which are interrupted by oblique channels, producing a sort
of coronet-shaped space a little before the base on the posterior
part of the disk, which is black and free from pubescence, as
is a narrower dorsal middle space continuing on to the front of
the thorax ; the yellowish-golden pile occurs in patches on the
rest of the thorax—one at the base in front of the scutellum,
one on each side a little behind the middle, and one on each

E px lus

Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. — 45

side nearer the front and not so far apart, others on the side
near the anterior and posterior angles; near the anterior mar-
gin, on the side, is a large tubercle, and a smaller one a little
behind and further from the side, a longitudinal channel lead-
ing from the one to the other. Scutellum triangular and im-
punctate. Elytra flattened, parallel, of the breadth of the
thorax, truncated at the apex, each with two spines; their
surface has a dull opaque ground, and is covered in the middle
with small, scattered, shallow punctures; these become very
few and fine towards the base, and wholly disappear towards the
apex ; clothed with a fine, hoary-grey, velvety down, changing
its reflections in different lights, Legs rather long ; the thighs
reddish or brownish red, and feebly keeled on the inferior
margin ; underside blackish, clothed with the same hoary pile.
Abdomen with five abdominal segments.

ery few specimens have been received, but their size has
been very various.

2. Pachydissus dilatatus, Chevr. Rev. et Mag. de Zool.
1856, p. 567.

Sericeo-luteus ; palpis, antennis pedibusque ferrugineis ; oculis
amplis, nigris; thorace elongato, antice valde et postice late
attenuato, stricto et recto, in lateribus et in medio fusco,
longitudine inzequali et subplicato ; elytris minute punctatis,
ultra medium infuscatis, subito dilatatis, dein obliquis, et
apice recte truncatis.

Long. 44-5 lin., lat. 1 lin.

One of the smallest species of the genus, silky, and of a pale
i ea rounded, with a short pile,
reddish and somewhat rugose only on the posterior part.

Eyes large, black, almost united behind, deeply emarginate

above. Mandibles obscure. Antenne ferruginous, with the

first article thick, rounded, the third a little longer than the
fifth, the sixth equal to the third. Thorax at least twice as
long as broad, very attenuated, margined and straight in front,
more broadly behind, unequal, and with short transverse folds
in the middle ; its colour is brownish black, with two longitu-
dinal lines and the middle in front silky; a lateral ridge
borders the silky part; the sides are rounded. Scutellum of
an obseure ash-colour, rounded triangular. Elvtra a little
broader than the thorax, nearly three times as long, shortl

rounded on the outside of the shoulder, parallel for two-thirds
from the base, suddenly widened and narrowing obliquely

afterwards, and then truncate at the extremity; they have a

punetured space, and a small, oblique, blackish line in the

46 . Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar,

middle of the elytra near the dilatation; the margin at that
ps is also obscure. Abdomen of an obscure silky grey, of

ve segments, which are nearly equal, but which diminish in
size towards the extremity.

This was not among the species which came to me from Old
Calabar; it was procured by Mr. Hislop, and by him commu-
nicated to M, Chevrolat, in whose collection (now in the British
Museum) it now is,

ALLOGASTER, Thomson.
Allogaster annulipes. Pl, III. fig, 2.

Corethrogaster annulipes, Chey, Rev, et Mag. Zool. (1855) p. 183,

Cinnamomeus; capite rotundato, anguste sulcato, genis
ate nigris; antennis flavis, palpis rufis ; thorace in dorso
septemtuberculato, lateribus obtuse unidentato; elytris
acupunctatis, duabus lineolis obsoletis costiformibus, postice
rotundatis et parce fulvo setosis (fcemina).

Long. 11 lin., lat. 4 lin. |
Pale cinnamon-coloured, with the apex of the thighs black.

The figure given in Plate III. renders it unnecessary to say

more by way of description. :

are. In the British Museum and my collection.

An African form, the only other species being from Sene-
gambia,

DIASTELLOPTERUS, Thoms.
JDiastellopterus clavatus.

Paristemia clavata, Chevr. Rev. et Mag. Zool. (1855) p. 513,

Alatus, crebre punctatus, luteo-fuscus ; oculis, antennis (primo
articulo fulvo, tertio dilatato), pedibus, pectore abdomineque
nigris; elytris costulis octo.

Long. 63-7 lin., lat. 3 mill.

Only one example. The species ranges from Old Calabar
to Gaboon.

PARISTEMIA, Westw.
Paristemia apicalis, Westw. Arcana Ent. ii, p. 57,
pl. 64. fig. 2 9 , var. costata.

The Old-Calabar partners are a little broader and stouter,
and the lateral tubercle on the thorax stouter and straighter,
than those from Sierra Leone. The tubercle in the Sierra-
Leone specimens which I have seen has a very slight tendency
to look backwards, which is not the case in the Old-Calabar in-
dividuals. At first I distributed specimens under the name of P,
costata, which has led Prof. Lacordaire (Gen. Col, ix. p. 162)

eee ee ee a oe el TOOS TEE

EEEE RE ee SP eee ee ee

Mr, A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar, 47

to say that a third species is known in collections under the
name costata, Murray ; but I am now satisfied that the differ-
ences are not specific, and that it is only a climatal variety.
cannot agree with Prof. Lacordaire in placing this species
e same genus as the preceding (D¢astellopterus). The
different form of the thorax and the different facies of the whole
animal seem to call for the erection of a different genus for
each. Similar reasons lead me to preserve the genus Amphi-
desmus of Serville for the Brazilian species of this type of
Longicorns, instead of sinking it in Paristemia of Westwood as
Lacordaire has done. I preserve that name for the West-
African form, to which it was originally applied by our great
English entomologist.
- It appears to me, too, that the relations of affinity of this
genus and its allies are greater with the Lepturide (Desmo-
cerus &c.) than with any other group; and I have placed them
accordingly where, thanks to Prof. Lacordaire, it seems now
generally admitted that that group ought to be taken in.
This is another instance of affinity between Brazilian and
West-African species,

CALLICHROMA, Latr.
1. Callichroma afrum, auct.
` Cerambyx afer, Linn. Mantis, Plantar. p. 532; Drury, iii. 1. pl. 89. fig. 4,

—— ater, Fab. Syst. El. ii. p. 268. :

Occasional,

This species seems to range all along the coast from Senegal
to Old Calabar, It belongs to a type which is especially cha-
racteristic of Brazil and West Africa. The smallest species
of the genus, and distinguished by the elytra rapidly attenu-
ated behind, the light-green opaque elytra, bright golden
suture, and red legs. — Callichroma assumes a number o dif-
ferent forms and facies; and although it is impossible to find

enerie characters by which to define them, the eye can
easily detect and separate them. C. afrum and its allies,
which follow, are of this character; and I claim them as in-
stances of the extension of Brazilian species into Africa or of
the converse.

...9. Callichroma calcaratum, Chevr. Rev. et Mag. d. Zool.
1856, p. 341.

Affine C. albitarsi, attamen latius et. brevius, viridi-letum,
nitidiore in marginibus thoracis suturaque ; palpis, antennis
pedibusque ferrugineis, femoribus infra emarginatim calca-
ratis et abrupte clavatis, posticis elongatis ; capite punctato,
longitudine sulcato; thorace transversim plicato, angulose

48 Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar.

dentato; scutello acutissimo; elytris creberrime rugulosis ;
corpore infra viridi, segmentis abdominalibus infra anguste

scis.
Long. 124 lin., lat. 34 lin.

3. Callichroma simulatum, Chevr. Rev. et Mag. d. Zool.
1856, p. 342.

C. calearato simillimum, sed differt statura minore, antennis

gracilioribus et femoribus clavatis, sed non dentatis ; viridi-
prasinum ; capite rugose punctato, antice trisulcato ; thorace
vage punctato, in dimidia pene ostica arcuatim rugato
acutius spinoso; elytris rugulosis, subparallelis, ad suturam
flavido-sericeis.

Long. 9 lin., lat. 24 lin.

Belongs to the same type as Callichroma calcaratum, and is
very like it in colour, but smaller, with more slender antenne
and thighs, not dentate, of a fine tender vegetable-green.
Head more strongly and somewhat rugosely punctate in front,

Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. 49

subparallel, rounded on the shoulder, and a little more nar-
rowly at the apex, finely rugulose and longitudinally faintly
impressed with the remains of one or two depressed lines;
suture entirely of a yellowish green. The four anterior
Sg are abruptly swollen; and the posterior are long, flat,
an

the extremity (female).
pparently not common. In my collection.

4. Callichroma obscuricorne, Chevr. Rev. et Mag. d. Zool.
Similimum C. afro, Linn., differt ab illo statura, capite,

thorace elytrisque brevioribus; his ad apicem latiusculis,

subparallelis, in sutura aureo-viridibus, necnon albicantibus.

Alatum, punctatum, viride; capite antice subquadratum, ad

latera silcato et marginato, vage et fortiter punctato, sulco

frontali longiore; palpis, labio pedibusque rubris; mandi-
bulis apice, oculis antennisque nigris; thorace transverso,
rugis integris parvis tecto, punctulato, antice posticeque
recto et late constricto, ad basin canaliculato, aureo, costula
recta superposita, spina laterali validiuscula, acuta; scu-
tello triangulari, producto, aurato; elytris viridi-obscuris,
singulatim rotundatis ; pectore et abdomine viridi-albicanti-
us, subsericeis.
Long. 9 lin., lat. 4 lin.

This species has much resemblance to Callichroma afrum,
Linn., but may be distinguished by the following differences :—
Altogether the head, thorax, and elytra are shorter ; the latter
are parallel, and do not become more attenuated posteriorly,
and, instead of being green passing into whitish, are coppery-
green; and, moreover, the antennz, instead of being ferrugi-
nous, are black.

Rare. In my collection.

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. vi. 4

50 Mr, A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar.
5. Callichroma ias red ky Rev. et Mag. d. Zool.
1855, p

Viridi - auratum ; sate longi et thorace (latitudine)
plicatis ; scutello ue (obscure rugose punctatis)
vittis duabus obliqui viridia thorace infra, pectore
abdomineque virentibus, albido-sericeis.

Long. 74 lin., lat. 14 lin.

Of the size a form of C. vittatum, Fab., and of a brilliant
golden green. Head punctate, raised etween the antennze,
long citudinally grooved and plicate, with eurved wrinkles behind.

Palpi short; maxillary obscure, labial red. Mandibles d

wrinkled, green, black at the apex. Eyes black. Ante

red, with the first article obscure. Thorax as long as ed

of a beautiful golden green, with very regular transverse folds,

which are curved behi e middle; smooth and irre larly
unctate below the sides’ depressed strongly plicate, ps con-
stricted near the inferior margin ont; median angles ob-

tuse; in the middle of the back is a loaptudinal line marked
by a ’ depression. Scutellum triangular, moderate, golden, and
punctate. Elytra obscure, rugosely punctate, each with a

coppery line which proceeds from the exterior of the stttidier
and goes to the taii of the suture. Underside of the

6. Callichroma puc iind 2.458 Rev. et Mag. d. Zool.
1856

Planiuseulum, nigrum ; ag dba vel ceruleo-viridi ;
antennis carinatis pedibusque clavatis nigro-cyaneis ; tibiis
quatuor anticis tarsisque totis cinereis; thorace viridi, elon-
gato, transversim rugato, ateribus posticis spinoso ; elytris
opacis, rugose punctatis, nigro-cyan aneis, vitta lata communi
postice attenuata et abbreviata virescente ; corpore infra

ridi, tee ih alba induto.

Long. g lin.,

Flattened; narrow, od attenuated behind. Head of a fine
violet or bluish green, abruptly truncate and raised between
the antennz, punctured in front, longitudinal channel aries
Maudibles, palpi, labrum, clypeus, and eyes black. Antenn
slender, angular, flattened, grooved longitudinally, bluish black,
velvety ; first article club-shaped, strongly and rugosel punc-
tate, with a ee or claw at the apex ; second very small; third
very r long, s uddenly in and ofa shining black at the apex ;

Ur TET ae A a DUE ERR TENERE

NEE eee ee eee ee

Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. 51

fourth and fifth a little longer, and terminating in an angle ; the
rest simple. Thorax subcylindrical, elongated, of a deep bril-
iant green, covered with entire transverse wrinkles, furnished
with two small tubercles behind near the base and near a small
longitudinal ridge; lateral spine situated a very little behind
the middle. Scutellum triangular, depressed, of a deep
blackish green, marked by a small lateral stria. Elytra flat,
as broad as the thorax at its widest, rounded on the shoulder
(with a strong depression inside of it) and at the apex, marked
by an abbreviated longitudinal middle nervure and by a broad
green sutural stripe, which begins behind the scutellum and
gradually diuini in breadth until it disappears about a
fifth or fourth from the extremity. Legs black, changing into
blue according to position ; thighs moderately abruptly swollen;
anterior tibiæ and all the tarsi clothed with a silvery-grey
pubescence.

This belongs to a different and more parallel and elongate
type than the preceding species.

n my collection. Apparently rare.

7. Callichroma cineretpes.
Litopus cinereipes, Chevr. Rev. et Mag. d. Zool. 1856, p. 437.
Minutissime coriaceum, supra viridi-cyaneum, infra viridi-
endens; mandibulis, oculis, antennis pedibusque ater-
rimis; tarsis posticis cinereis; thorace lateribus angulose
producto et supra depresso, antice constricto posticeque arcte
tricostato.
Long. 11 lin., lat. 5 lin.
This belongs to a different type from C. afrum; C. calca-
leus, Oliv. Finely

a
green below. Head raised and longitudinally grooved be-

left most projecting, een at the base, black, smooth, and re-
curved at the apex.
emarginate. Clypeus almost straight. Eyes black. Antenne
ebo: bia

Thorax rounded, unequal, angular near the anterior margin,
compressed near the head, ane: the base with three transverse
contiguous raised ridges, a strong dorsal depression on each
side, between which is a green cruciform line, which is punc-
tate. Lateral tubercles thick and obtuse, almost glabrous, and
with scarcely amy punctation. Scutellum triangaler, depressed

MISSOURI
BOTANICAL
GARDEN.

52 Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar.

and punctate. Elytra of the breadth of the thorax, rounded
on the shoulder (a small longitudinal depression within), and
more narrowly at the apex, smooth, green and more brilliant
at the apex, with the suture bluish and depressed in the mid-
dle at its posterior part. Legs smooth, of an ebony-black ;
the four anterior thighs abruptly swollen, posterior elongated
and club-shaped; posterior tibie long, flattened. Tarsi
blackish, grey below, posterior clothed with a silvery ashy
pubescence.

I have only seen one specimen, which is in my collection.

M. Chevrolat described this as a Litopus ; but the characters
of that genus, as exposed by Prof. Lacordaire (Genera des
Coleopteres, ix. p. 23), forbid its being ranked with it. It pro-
perly belongs to the genus Callichroma: for example, one of
the characters of Litopus is to have the thorax rounded on the
sides, and without spine or tubercle, while in Callichroma it is
tuberculate ; and the thorax of this species has thick and obtuse
lateral tubercles or spines. e other characters also agree
with those of Callichroma, and I have therefore removed it
to that genus.

LrroPus, Serv.
Litopus glabricollis.

Facie simillimus Callichromati episcopali, sed thorace differt
i aniusculus, niger vel nigro-cyanescens ; capite
nitido, supra viridi, subtus nigro ; antennis carinatis omnino
ut in C. episcopali, pedibusque clavatis, nigro-cyaneis ;
thorace subgloboso, supra planato, glabro, nigro-cyaneo,
lateribus parum viridibus, lævissime sparsim acupunctato;
elytris opacis, rugose punctatis, nigro-cyaneis, vitta lata
communi postice attenuata et abbreviata virescente ; corpore
infra cupreo et cupreo-viridi, densissime punctato, lanugine

brevissima parum albida induto

ong. 12 lin., lat. 2-23 lin.

Exceedingly like Callichroma episcopale; scarcely any dif-
ference can be noted in the antenne, the parts of the mouth
the legs, and the elytra; but the head differs somewhat, and
the thorax entirely. Flattened, narrow, and attenuated behind.
Mouth, eyes, antenne, upper side of thorax, and legs black
or bluish black; head, sides of thorax and scutellum green.
Elytra blue-black, with a sutural stripe of green, broad in
front, gradually attenuated behind, and terminating before
reaching the Ee Head irregularly impressed and punctate,
with three foldings in the middle between the eyes, and other
irregular folds and grooves. large, at its widest

Thorax
nearly as broad as the base of the elytra, subglobular, flattened

Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. 53

margin sinuate, the posterior straight; a slight longitudinal
fovea in front in the l

punctate, widest behind the middle. Scutellum triangular,
hollowed, and terminating in a poi Elytra square at the
base; shoulders rather prominent, with a hollow on their

LITOMECES¥*, nov. genus vel subgenus.

Genus vel subgenus affinis Promeci, differt ab illo antennis
tenuibus haud incrassatis versus apicem; capite et thorace
valde elongato; elytris parallelis; femoribus elytrorum
apice longioribus.

Litomeces splendidus.
Promeces splendidus, Chevy. in Thoms, Archives Entom. ii. 243, pl. xiv.
fig. 2.

iere vix longioribus, humeris rotundatis, fere paralle

versus apicem paululo dilatatis, lete viridibus versus su-

turam, nigro-viridibus ad latera; pedibus lete cyaneo-
nigris,
Long. 81-9 lin., lat. 2 lin.

According to M. Chevrolat, this beautiful species is very
like the Closteromerus imperialis of White. Tt differs from the
true Promeces by its more delicate form, as well as by the
characters given above.

* Name compounded from Zifopus and Promeces, of both of which it
shares the characters,

54 Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar.

Head narrow, prolonged in front, of a brilliant glabrous golden
copper-colour, sparsely punctate ; it is keeled and grooved on
its anterior margins, and a tolerably deep longitudinal channel
extends to a little beyond the forehead. Palpi brownish black,
pale at the apex of the articles. Mandibles black, wrinkled,
punctate, sharp, smooth and curved at the extremity, tolerably
dilated on the interior margin, and furnished with a toot
with an emargination near the base. abrum transverse,
narrow, black. ypeus almost cut straight. Eyes rounded,
emarginate above, black. Antennz a little longer than the
body, black, with elongate articles almost equal (with the ex-
ception of the second, which is short). The first is thick,
rugosely punctate; its base has a transverse notch, and its
apex is feebly angular. Thorax of a very brilliant golden
copper, subcylindric, straight both in front and behind, more
slender and attenuated near the anterior edge, wrinkled on the
base, with small and distant punctures. Scutellum subcordi-
form, punctate, brilliant green. Elytra very closely punctate,
and, as it were, shagreened, searcely broader than the thorax,
rounded on the shoulder, a little dilated towards the apex,
which is rounded; they are of a fine green on the inner half,
and a blackish green on the outer half, Breast and abdomen
of a more delicate green; the segments, which are five in
number, have their posterior margin blue. Legs of a fine
indigo-blue; the four anterior thighs are suddenly swollen,
the posterior are longer, passing beyond the elytra, and gra-
dually thickened without becoming very strong; the apex of
the four anterior tibiæ, as well as the first pair of tarsi, has
an ash-coloured pubescence, and the remainder are fringed with
that colour.

I have not received this. M.Chevrolat describes it from
the collection of the late General Feisthamel. It is now in
the British Museum (Chevrolat’s collection).

CORDYLOMERA, Serv.
1. Cordylomera gratiosa, Dej. Cat. 3rd ed. p. 353.

eee NEGROS ee ent eee ee es ye nee ws

Lebrun, £c.

aper. del.
6 Tra go ceph ala Galathea. &. Pro sopocera MYOPS» 3. Smodicum ebeainum.
4. Monohammus 7homsoni
73. Glenea guinguelineata. ig. Glenea carneipes.

7. (Eme nigrita.,

N. Remond inp? R. Fiedle Estrapade, 15. Paris.

Wapler. aec.

5 Fa chys tola annulicornis .

a Apomempsis 4z/^

Lebrun: FE

zo Temnoseelis JA.

zw Velleda cathxona.

.9 Teeton y

Va Geloharpya Murraus .

X. Rémond imp? A elle

{s t d
2 Allogas ter annulipes.

Evtrapade, 25. Parir ,

Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. — 55

punctatis; femoribus fortiter abrupte clavatis; tibiis et

56 Messrs. Hancock & Atthey on a new Labyrinthodont

in an incurved tooth or spine. Underside opaque, with a dull
concolorous velvet pile. Thighs with the club large s — ;
tibiz and tarsi clothed with a fine cinereous pubescen
Found both at Old Calabar and other parts of the west
beau
2. Cordylomera €— Chevr. Rev. et Mag. d. Zool.
1855, p. 283
Affinis C. spinicorni, Fab. (torridum, Oliv.), sed minor, medio-
criter et sat crebre punctata," viridis ; antennis, thorace infra,
pectore pedibusque rufis ; thorace antice prende con-
stricto; elytris singulatim i in sutura aculea
Long. T} lin., lat. 1$ lin
This is very near the cose popes (C. gratiosa of
Dejean), but differs from it by its antenna, which, instead of
being black, are red. The elytra are more flattened, the thighs
more suddenly swollen, and the green colour above is more

nder.
In the British Museum (Chevrolat’s collection).

3. Cordylomera suturalis, Thomson, Archiv. Ent. ii. p. 155
(1858) ; Chevr. Archiv. Ent. ii. p. 242, pl. 14. fig. 3.
Precedenti valde affinis; capite, VE thorace et scutello

nigris; thorace bituberculato; elytris singulatim apice acu-
leatis; pedibus nigris; tibiis 'anficis et tarsis pube cinerea
vestitis ; subtus pube plumbeo- argentea vestitus.
Long. 9-10 lin., lat. 2 lin
Diiiiked from C. spinicornis and C. ruficornis by its
black legs, its white silky underside, &c.

[To be continued. |

IV.—Description of a Labyrinthodont Amphibian, a new
Generic Form, obtained in the Coal-shale at Newsham, near
Newcastle-upon-Tyne. By ALBANY Hancock, F.L.S., and
THOMAS ATTHEY.

[Plate I.]

THE fossil Vertebrata of the Coal-shale overlying the High-
main seam at Newsham do not yet appear to be exhausted,
notwithstanding the great attention that has been bestowed
upon the subject, for many years past, by one of the authors
of this paper.

n proof of this we have to record the recent occurrence, in
the above locality, of two specimens of a small Labyrinthodont

PRT "T

Amphibian from the Coal-shale of Newsham. 57

skull, differing from any thing with which we are acquainted,
and of such a peculiar character that it is necessary to esta-
blish a new genus for the reception of this curious species,
which we propose to name Batrachiderpeton lineatum. One
of the specimens is in a good state of preservation, and is
almost entire. The anterior portion of it, however, is crushed
and otherwise injured; but the characters of the hinder part
are well displayed, and so are those of the median coronal
bones, the surface-structure of the whole being beautifully
preserved. The other specimen has lost a considerable por-
tion of the right side, and is much crushed and distorted, but
nevertheless exhibits, in excellent order, some of the more
important characters.

lateral expansions of the occipital region, which are very

58 Messrs. Hancock & Atthey on a new Labyrinthodont

fs
lines, the two inner cornua project ; they are a quarter of an inch
long, are conical and irregularly three- or four-sided, with the
surface roughened with ornamentation like that of the skull,

In front the occipitals are divided from the parietals by a
double, raised, transverse line. The latter are as wide as the
occipitals, and have their lateral boundaries marked in the
same manner by raised lines, which are in continuation of
those of the occipitals, but are not so much elevated. ‘These
parietal lines slightly incline towards each other as they ad-
vance forward, which they do for about half an inch; they
then diverge a little, and are lost in front in a circular groove
which reaches four tenths of an inch further forward. The
anterior boundary of the parietals appears to be at the point
where the lateral lines are most approximate; and in front of
this the circular groove may perhaps circumscribe the frontals
and nasals.

On the longitudinal middle line, a little in advance of the
posterior margin of the parietals, there is a circular foramen a
tenth of an inch wide, thus proving that we are correct in de-
nominating this elongated area the parietals: consequently
the area behind must be that of the occipitals. But we must
remark that the forward position of the parietals and the great
extent of the occipitals are uncommon features in the Laby-
rinthodonts, and seem to indicate an approximation to the
Batrachian form of structure—though, as we shall afterwards
endeayour to show, our new genus is more closely related to
the recent genera Siren, Proteus, and Axolotl.

It is difficult to say of what bones the lateral expansions
are composed; they remind us much of similar expansions

. The posterior margin of each lateral expansion extends in a
straight line outwards and backwards from the base of the

Amphibian from the Coal-shale of Newsham. 59

of the occiput are very strong, and, together with the lateral
ridges of the parietals, form along the sides of the central
portion of the skull two nearly parallel lines enclosing the
occipitals and parietals, each of which is rectangular in form,
Other lines pass diagonally backwards in a radiating manner
from the junction of the parietals and occipitals (that is, from
the point where the transverse double line divides these two
sets of bones), and are continued to the base of the outer horns ;
there are three or four of such lines on each side. Also from
the base of the outer horns other three or four somewhat in-
terrupted lines stretch diagonally forwards and inwards, ex-
tending nearly as far as the front of the parietals. At the
posterior margin of the lateral expansions, and parallel to it,
there are likewise two or three obscure lines. :

Besides these lines, the occipital area and lateral expansions
are irregularly tuberculated ; in front the skull is compara-
tively smooth; but the whole surface, including the ridges
and tubercles as well as the smooth portions, is covered with
a minute reticulation of raised ridges; the meshes, being deeply
sunk, give, when seen under a lens, a punctured appearance,
and when so magnified this minute reticulation much resem-
bles the usual Labyrinthodont honeycomb-like surface-struc-
ture.

The under surface of the specimen displays the roof of
the mouth, which, though imperfect, exhibits some very in-

teresting characters. In front the remains of the premaxille

60 Messrs. Hancock & Atthey on a new Labyrinthodont

are seen at either side doubled inwards and pressed down;
they seem to have been short, probably not much over six
tenths of an inch in length. That of the right side is nearly
entire, and lies with its outer surface exposed, which is covered
with a minute reticulation of raised lines. The posterior ex-
tremity is considerably produced beyond the teeth, and is
pointed and conical. ‘This process is apparently for cartilagi-
nous attachment. The alveolar border is straight and thick,
and contains seven teeth, three or four of which are perfect ;
they are close-set, stout, and slightly incurved, with the tips
rather abruptly pointed, a little compressed in the direction
of the length of the jaw, and finely and sharply striated, the
strim being raised; the base and middle portion are smooth
and cylindrical. A mere trace of the left praemaxilla is visible;
but four or five of its teeth are pressed down upon the vomer.
These teeth are well preserved, and have all the characters of
those of the right side.

e vomer is largely developed, and extends backward
quite half the length of the skull; it is divided by a suture on
the longitudinal middle line, and the two lateral portions
diverge a little behind. To these diverging points the ptery-
goids are attached; they are wide, stout bones, which, passing
outward and backward, abut at the posterior portion of the
malars or the bones forming the hinder lateral margins of the
Skull. In front of the pterygoids there is a large depression
on each side, which may be the palato-temporal foramen:
these depressions are circular in front; but their inner posterior
boundaries are formed by the almost straight line of the ptery-

goids.

: On the middle longitudinal line behind the pterygoids there
is an elevated process, which probably indicates the presence
of the sphenoid; and behind this, on either hand, at the pos-
terior margin of the skull, which is bounded by a strong ridge,
there is a rounded elevation. "These two elevations are proba-
bly the occipital condyles, pressed inwards; or it may be that
they are the lateral margins of the sphenoid turned upwards
and distorted

they are short, stout, pointed, conieal, and have the RE
striated, This great patch of minute teeth is bounded on

Amphibian from the Coal-shale of Newsham. 61

either side by a row of eight or ten stout close-set teeth, similar
in all respects to the premaxillary teeth, even to the apical
compression and striation; and they are nearly as large, if not
quite as large, as they are. The posterior one, which is placed
close in front of the palato-temporal foramen, is larger than
the rest, and is certainly equal in size to the premaxillary

eeth.

The other or less perfect specimen of the skull has lost the
whole of the right side; and the margin of the left side is much
injured, and is doubled inwards. It is quite evident, however,
that this specimen, when perfect, was quite as large as the one
first described ; and the surface-ornamentation is of the same
character. "The two principal coronal bones, the occipitals, and
parietals are almost entire, and are of the same rectangular
form. The parietal foramen is distinctly displayed, and in
every respect agrees with that of the other example. The left
outer horn is present, and shows no variation in character; the
two inner horns and the right outer horn are broken awa

The left premaxillary bone is pressed inwards, and agrees
in size and position with that previously described. It has
seven teeth, beautifully preserved, the exact number in the
other specimen ; and, in fact, the preemaxillaries of the two in-
dividuals are in every respect similar; only in that now before
us the posterior pointed extremity is apparently hidden in the
matrix. The greater portion of the vomer is preserved, and
is studded, in the same manner as in the first specimen, with

but in it these teeth are broken down and are much encum-
bered with the matrix, and there can be little doubt some of
them have entirely disappeared ; eight nevertheless can be
counted. Had we not had the first-described specimen for
comparison, we night have taken this lateral row of pag
teeth to have belonged to either a maxilla or a mandib e
pressed inwards; but after carefully considering the evidence
for and against, we think it favours the opinion we have
adopted, though it is quite possible that we may be mistaken.
At the same time it must be remarked that this row of teeth
occupies exactly the same position that the lateral vomerine row
does in the other specimen, that it is of the same length, an
that the number of teeth is Die eid the same, two or three
having been removed in the first specimen,

62 Messrs. Hancock & Atthey on a new Labyrinthodont

The folded margin of the cranium exhibits in front a longi-
tudinal depression, which there can be little doubt indicates
the position of the orbit; indeed at one point the inner orbital
margin can be traced. A similar depression is observable in
the other specimen, at the right side. The only other feature
worthy of notice in our second specimen is the pterygoid ; that
on the lett side is pretty well preserved, and shows no varia-
tion of character, except that the surface is minutely striated
in a longitudinal direction.

For three or four years past, Mr. Atthey has had in his
possession a mandible belonging to this new Labyrinthodont ;
and, though always believing it to be distinct from that of any
known species, we have kept it back till now, not feeling our-
selves justified in encumbering the nomenclature with terms
signifying so little and, in a scientific point of view; almost
valueless. We are now, however, in a position to associate it
with a cranium possessing important and interesting features.
There can be no doubt that this mandible is really that of
Batrachiderpeton. The surface-character of the bone, its size,
and the character, form, and size of the teeth all go to prove

is.

This mandible is perfect in front, where it is obtusely
pointed; behind it is imperfect, a considerable portion evi-
dently having been removed. The outer surface is exposed,
and is seen to be covered with a few coarse, irregular, longi-
tudinal ridges, having much the character of those on the
cranium ; and in front there are a few reticulated ridges, quite
similar to those on the premaxille. It is an inch long and a
quarter of an inch broad at the widest part; the margins are
nearly parallel, the jaw narrowing only very slightly forwards;
the Ms border is thick and almost straight, there being à
slight depression near the centre, dividing the teeth into two
groups. In all, there are fifteen teeth; they are closely
arranged, stout, a little incurved, rather obtusely pointed, and
have the tips finely striated and slightly compressed in the
direction of the length of the jaw—agreeing in these pecu-
liarities, as in all the other characters, with the premaxil
teeth ey are confined to the anterior portion of the man-
dible, there apparently having been none in the posterior part.
The range of the teeth will therefore correspond very well to
those of the præmaxilla. They are the sixteenth of an inch in
length, being of the same size as those of the preemaxilla.

it is impossible to contemplate the structure of the roof of
the mouth of this curious Labyrinthodont without being re-
minded of the arrangement of the parts in that of Siren, Pro-
teus, and Axolotl. The well-armed vomer in particular is

Amphibian from the . Coal-shale of Newsham. . 63

very striking. The extensive development of this vomerine
armature, and the deficiency of bony maxilla, would seem to
ally Batrachiderpeton to Siren and Proteus; while the rela-
tionship of the vomers to the pterygoids, and the form of the
latter, are very similar to what obtains in Axolotl. And the
alliance with this interesting form would be rendered still
stronger if it should turn out that our new genus has reall
bony maxille, particularly as the premaxille are armed wit
teeth. In Stren and Proteus the premaxillaries are quite mi-
nute, and are devoid of teeth.

The characters of the premaxille in Batrachiderpeton are,
as we have seen, only imperfectly displayed, and some
as to their form and extent might be entertained. But it would
seem likely that in them we see the whole of the bones of the
upper jaw, and that they must have stretched outwards and
backwards, and have each been united toa membrane orcartilage
(the representative of the maxilla), and in this way have be-
come attached to the under surface of the malar or the lateral
cranial bone where it is smooth and seems well fitted for such
attachment ; they could not have been attached to the outer
edge of it, for it is covered with surface-ornamentation. By
this arrangement spaces for the orbits are provided ; and thus,
again, our new Labyrinthodont would seem to resemble Siren
and Proteus,
_ That this is the fact is apparently corroborated by what can
be traced of the bones themselves. The premaxilla of the

efore, it is wide, and is continuous with the bone of the

ment. Behind, however, it appears to have been free, and to

seem fair to assume that the premaxille comprise the whole
of the bony structure of the upper jw. At the same time it
must be allowed that, as previously pointed out, the row of
teeth on the left side of the vomer in one of the specimens has
much the appearance of having belonged to a maxilla ; and if
this should prove to be the case, then Batrachiderpeton would
be more closely allied to Axolotl than to Siren.

64 On a new Labyrinthodont Amphibian from Newsham.

In the large size of the coronal bones, Batr veut
also shows an alliance with Siren and Axolotl, while, in the
squareness of the occipitals and parietals it agrees with the
Salamander and the Batrachians. But, notwithstanding these
deviations from the usual ponerent there can be little doubt
that our new form is a true Labyrinthodont; for the lateral
cranial expansions, though more developed than commonly,
are very similar to those characteristic features of these am-
phibians. And the parietal foramen is most significant, as
well as the stoutness of the teeth; and the row of strong vo-
merine teeth on each side is also characteristic.

= shows its pree to Siren by the reduction of tho
ateral cranial expansions, Batrachiderpeton d the large de-

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.

Fig. 1. Dorsal view of the cranium of Batrachider, p — a little
enlarged; the iia ed me —G the restored parts: a, occi-
b LÀ

> e, lateral expansion; f, one e outer cornua; g, sup
pons xillæ, indicated in outline, in their supposed
a iind positio n; 5 orbits indicated by pius ines.
of the same: a,

e outer com E^ ft malar; d, right Maddie, ben inwards ;
e, right pre semet doubled inwards ; , free e posterior paar.
of ditto; g, teeth of the left premaxi a, bent inwards ; h, hen
sida ed with minute teeth ; di, two lateral rows of large

e teeth ; j, pterygoid; Æ, an eminence, probably the phenol
it ra elevations, perhaps portions of the sphenoid, or possibly

t. S 4 Vol. 6. PL T.

Ann.& Mag. Nat. His

ABAAA AAA
" ze j b LAA 3

XQ a

he.

Mr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys on Mediterranean Mollusca. 65

the cou condyles; m, a oh ridge; », palato-temporal
ee nn , & depression, proba ly marking the position of the
rig
Fig. 3. View or the anterior portion of the left mandible, exhibiting the
à teeth and surface-ornamenta tion: a, anterior extremity
A 4. Three præmaxillary tobti, seen in front, ewe - nlar; gei.

ud
Fig, 6. nah bag ee view of the apical proai of pa same, exhi-
ng the stri
Fig. 7. Two of the ated variates teeth, considerably enlarged.

V.—Mediterranean Mollusca.
By J. Gwyn Jerrreys, F.R.S.

ALTHOUGH the coasts of the Mediterranean have been dili-
gently explored by many naturalists during the last half-
century, the Mollusca from deeper eal are not sufficiently
known. With the exception of Forbes’s dredgings in the
JEgean, which reached the extreme limit of 230 fathoms, and
of the accidental discovery of abyssal life by means of the
electric telegraph-cable taken up between Cagliari an
at a depth of from about 1100 to between 1500 and 1600 fa-
oms, 1 am not aware that any a une yearn of

n
dredgings carried on for two years by Mr. M‘Andrew in dif-
ferent parts of the Mediterranean, and which have been of the
greatest service to all who are interested in the geographical
distribution of the Mollusca ; but these dredgings, as recorded,
did not exceed the depth af fifty fathoms. For the sane
reason I will not specially refer to the dredgings of Admiral
Acton, the Marquis de Monterosato, Herr Weinkauff, Mr.
Hanley, Professor Capellini, the Marquis James Doria, 1
Susini, Dr. Man ere myself, and others on the coasts of
Naples, £ Sicily, Algeria, Nice, Spezzia, Corsica, Elba, and

The kindness ^ my friend Capt. Spratt, R.N., F.R.S. (who
is so well known to the scientific world, not only i in connexion
with Tobes. (a exploration, but as the author of an
admirable work on Crete), and of Capt. Nares, R.N. (the
commander of H.M.S. ? Newport), enables me to offer the pre-
sent small contribution towards our knowledge of the Medi-
terranean Mollusca. "The dredgings of Capt. Spr att were
made in 1845 and 1846, those of Capt. Nares in 1868 and
1869. The former may be thus stated :—5Sea of Marmora,
20 fathoms; east coast of Eubcea, 100 f.; Hydra Channel,
130 f.; off the south end of Hydra, 250 f; ; and F miles

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4, Vol. vi.

66 Mr.J. Gwyn Jeffreys on Mediterranean Mollusca.

east of Malta, 310 f. The latter are :—Pantellaria, 40 f. ;
outh Syracuse, 40 f.; the Adventure Bank, between Sicily
and Tunis, 60 f.; T unis s Bay, 30 f. ; and off that coast, 50 to
100 f. These na be distinguished by the following abbre-
viations :—* " for the Sea of Marmora ; “Æg.” for the
ean, pierin : Eubæa and the Hydra coast ; and * Med."

for the other places.

I will again refer to the Porcupine Expedition (see the last
Number of ves Annals,’ p. 439) whenever any of the species
occurred in i

Not the "e i so from all these Mediterranean
dredgings consists in t very in a living or recent state
of several species which Md "fdesipislty been known as fossil
-only, and were considered extinct. More d investiga-
tions and gradual experience con my opinion, published
eight years ago*, that probably all the Mothasta which lived
during the periods represented by our newer cise strata
still survive in some part or other of the European sea

With regard to not only the subject of this cortan
but also to the Norwegian Mollusca mentioned in the last
Number, Mr. J. T. Marshall has most obligingly and skilfully
assisted me by examining the produce of the various dredgings.

quick eye and great patience are indispensable for such
work. My best thanks are likewise due to Herr Weinka
and Professor Allman for sending me typical specimens of
some of Forbes's /Egean species. " Unfortunately his descrip-
tions, or rather diagnoses, are insufficient to identify many 0
these species ; and his types were dispersed among public "cu

rivate collections. Another inspection of my friend
l'Andrew's Mediterranean shells has also been of ias
able use to me.

Dr. Carpenter will do full justice to the Foraminifera, and
Mr. Robertson to the Ostracode Crustacea which were proc
in the dredgings of Capt. Spratt and Capt. Nares.

BRACHIOPODA.
Terebratula var Gmelin. poe En. Moll. Sic. 1. 95,
t. 6. f. 6, and i1. 66. Med. 5 O fathoms; var. minor,

Med. 40% The i inner layer ofa a gam from the greatest of
these depths is traversed in every peus by the same

kind of branching organism whic s puzzled so many
pee sone: See ‘ British Gaetei i. Intr. Ixii, and
iii

* British Conchology, i, Introd, p. xci.

Mr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys on Mediterranean Mollusca. 6T

uk decollata, Chemnitz. — C. ii. 18, and v. 164, pl. 19.
f.9. Med. 40-100 f.; Æg. 130 f.

A. euneata, Risso. Ph. i. 96, t. 6. f. 18, and ii. 69 (Orthis

. pera); and var. albicolor. "Med. 40 f. Several specimens
occurred, all the Brachiopods being gregarious. Terebratula
sco nata, cupio

A. lunifera, Ph. B.C. ii. 19 (A. eistellula), and v. 164, pl. 19.
f.4 pom 100—130 f.

A. neapolitana, Scacchi. Ph. i. 97, t. 6. f. 15, and ii. 69;

. C. ii. 22. Med. 40-100 f.

Megerlia truncata, Linné. Ph. i. 95, t. 6. f. 12, and ii. 69
B. Oy 5. :32.- "Med. 40-100 f. ; ` Æg. 100 f. The habitat
given by Linné (“in pelago Norvegico’ ’) is erroneous, 80
far as we at present know.

Platydia Davidsoni, E. Deslongchamps, Ann. & Mag. N. H.
ser. 2. xvi. 443, pl. 10. f. 20, 20 a-d. Aig. 100 f.

Thecidea mediterranea, Risso. Ph.i. 99, t. 6. f. 17, and ii. 70.
Med. 50—100 f.

Crania anomala, Müller. B.C. ii. 24, and v. 165, pl. 19. f. 6

= Anomia turbinata, Poli. Med. 40-100 f.i Porcupine
. Expedition, 30—290 f.

CONCHIFERA.

Anomia ¢ hippium, L. B. C. ii. 30, and v. 165, pl. 20. f. 1;
ir. ailean. Med. 40-100 ff UR 100 fy iad
551 f.
A, patelliformis, L. B. C. ii. 34, and v. 165, pl. 20. f. 2.
Med. 40 f. ; P. 60-420 f.
Ostrea perce Poli. Ph. i. 80, and ii. 63. Med. 40-100 f.;
P. 96-110 f.; Mediterranean cable, 1100 f. (A. Milne-
. Edwards). This is the O. spectrum of Leathes's MS., from
the Coralline ae at Ramsholt, but not the variety ; para-
sitica of O. edulis, which is a "wholly different form.
Spondylus gederopus, L. Ph.i.86,andii.62. Med. 40 f.;
1 30 f.

Gussoni, Costa. Ph. i. 87, t. 5. f. 16, and ii. 63. Med.
0 f.
Pecten n me y L. B. C. ii. 51, and v. 166, pl. 22. f. 1. Med.
0-40 f.

B varius, L. B. C. ii. 53, and v. 166, pl. 22. f. 2. Med.

BG. P 10 f.

P. opercularis ,L. B.C. ii. 59, and v. 166, pl. 22. f. 3. Med.
60-100 f.; Marm. 20 f. ; P. 30-96 f.

P. septemradiatus, Müll. B.C. ii. 62, and v. 166, pl. 23 f. 1.
Med. 50-100 f, ; Æg. 130 f. ; Min 20 f.; 364 f.

68 Mr.J. Gwyn Jeffreys on Mediterranean Mollusca.

Pecten Teste, Bivona. B. C. ii. 67, and v. 167, pl. 23. f. 3.
Med. 50-100 f.; Æg. 130 f.; P. 30-164 f. ; Mediterranean
cable, 1100 f. (A. Milne-Edwards).

P. similis Laskey. B.C. ii. 71, and v. iie pl. 23.1. 5. Med:

00 f.; Æg. 130-250 f. ; P. 40-4

£ n. Ch. B. C. v. 168, pl. 99. * 4 ` Med. 310 rr

208—664 f.

—

P. Philippi, Récluz, Journ. de Conch. iv. 52, t. 2. f. 15, 16 =
P. gibbus, Ph. Med. 40-100 f.

Pleuronectia fenestrata, Forbes, nno Association Report
1843, 192 (Pecten): B. C. v. 168. Med. 50-100 f.;
Æg. 100-250 f. ; ; P. 203-2435 E The lower valve is Pecten
concentricus of Forbes and P. antiquatus of Philippi.

Lima d Lovén. B. C. ii. 78, and v. 169, pl. 25. f. 1—

L. crassa, Forb., ex typ. Med. 50-100 f. ; ; Æg. 100-250 f. ;

L. elliptica, Jeffreys. B. C. ii. 81, and v. 169, pl. 25. f. 9.
Med. 40 f. ; P. 45-208 f.
L. NN Montagu. B. C. ii. 82, rn v. 169, pl. 25.
f.3. Med. 40-310 f.; Æg. 130 f. ; P. 125-1443 f.
L. Loscombit, G. B. Sowerby. B. r ii. 85, i v. 170, pl. 25.
f.4. Med. 50-100 f.; P. 64-75
L. squamosa, Lamarck. Ph.i. re e i. 56. Med. 40 f.
Avicula hirundo, L. B. C. ii. 95, and v. 170, pl. 25. f. 6.
Med. 50-100 t.
Mytilus phaseolinus, Ph. B. C. ii. 118, and v. 171, pl. 27. f. 5.
Med. 40—100 f. ; : Æg. 130 £.; P. 30-11 0 f.
M. vitreus (Holbill), Möller, Ind. Moll. Greenl. 19 (Modiola?)
Dacrydium vitreum, Torell, Spitzb. Moll. 19, t. 1. f. 2 a,b.
Med. 50-100 f.; Sicily, 35 f. (Marquis d. Allery de Monte-
rosato) ; Greenland (Müller and Torell); Spitzbergen (To-
rell) ; Finmark (M'Andrew and Sars); P. 164-2435 f.
Fossil in the Arctic shell-clay, Fife (Rev. Thos. Brown).
Living specimens from the Porcupine dredgings in very
deep water (2090 and 2435 f) were of a reddish-brown
colour, and enclosed in a membranous case. The genus
Deni ydium proposed by Prof. Torell for this species seems
o be unnecessary; at least I cannot detect any characters
" distinguish it generically from Mytilus phaseolinus. The
name Dacrydium has been long used in botany.
Modiolaria marmorata, Forb. B. C. ii. 122, and v. 171, pl. 28.
f.1. Med. 40 f. ; P. 15-80 f.
ome rhombea, Berkeley. B. C. ii. 131, and v. 172, pl. 28.

Nvcula sulcata, Bronn. B. C. ii. 141, and v. 172, pl. 29. f. 1.
Med. 30-100 f. ; Æg: 130 f. ; Marm, 20f.; P. 15-208 f.

Mr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys on Mediterranean Mollusca. 69

Nucula nucleus, L. B. C. ii. 143, and v. 172,*pL 29:12.
Med. 40-100 f. ; P. 10-1180 f.

N. tenuis, Ea 'B. C. ii. 151, and v. 172, pl. 29. f. 4. Med.
6 g. 130-250 f.; P. 15-18 3 f.

Leda pen Münster. B.C. ii. 15 A and v. 173, pl. 29. f. 5.
Med. 50-310 f.; Æg. 130 £.; P. 40-1180 f. A valve of
this species from 310 fathoms is permeated by the same
tubular organism as the above mentioned valve of Terebra-
tula vitrea, Some extremely minute shells, which have the
general appearance of young L. pygm«a, but are Roe

| oval and rounded at each end, without any slope from

E. - beak, were in the dredgings from 310 fathoms. They dem
be the fry of L. pellucida, Ph. (a Calabrian and Bein
fossil), although in that species the teeth are numerous
and close-set, Soie in these shells they are very few and
remote.

Leda acuminata*, Jeffre

=F
o
nS
oO
m
e
E
flee:
ex
me
TR
B
e
Qu
C
|
T
fe)
—
e
e
5
=
oO
A
E
o
et
4
[e
br!
<
et
a
—
B
n
e
.B
Ó*
1

ee eem distinct. L. 0-112 25,
310 f.; P. 370-862 f. Biher known only as
Sicilian fossil, "Professor Seguenza having kindly sent me
(— from the neighbourhood of Messina, as L. messa-
e has not described it, I venture to prefer the

iumscioriie name which I had Prem to the species when
I dredged it off the west coast of Ireland to the local name
propo: sed b im.

L. commutata, Ph. i. 65 (Nucula striata), and ii. 46 (N. minuta).
Med. 130 f.

30-1 00 £.; g.1
L. pella, L. - Ph. i. n Erap ii. 45 (Nucula emarginata). Med,
50-100 f.; Marm. 2
* Pointed,

70 Mr. J. Gwyn Jeftreys on Mediterranean Mollusca.

T glycymeris, L. B.C. ii. 166, and v. 175, pl. 30.
Med. 40-100 t; P. 60-80 f.
Area ecco Sc. B. C. ii. 17 1, and v. — pl. 30. f. 3.
Med. 40-100 f. ; Æg. 100-250 f. ; P. 66-422 f.
A. obliqua, Ph. - B. C. ii. 175, and v. 175, B 30f.4. Med.

‘ B By Gi
30-100 f.; Æg. 130 f.

A. nodulosa, "Mall. B.C. ii 180, and v. 176, pl. 100. £ 2.
Mg. 100-250 f. ; P. 155-363 f. It varies considerably in
shape, some specimens having the dorsal margin more an-
gular than in other specimens from the same locality.

A. imbricata, Poli. Ph. i. 58, and ii. 42; B. C. i, 180, Med.

A. barbata, L. Ph. i. 57, and ii, 42; B. C. ii. 183, and v.

A. diluvii, Lam. Ph. 1. i. 59, te 52%, ? (A. antiquata), and ii.
48. Med. 30-100 f. ; Marm. 20

A, tetragona, Poli. B. 'C. ii. 180, n v. 176, pl. 30. f. 6.
Med. 40—100 f.

A, Noe, L. Ph. i. 56, and ii. 42; B. C. ii. 182, Med. 30-
100 f,

Lepton nitidum, Turton. B. C. ii. 198, and v. 177, pl. 31. f. 3.
Med. 50-100 £.; Æg. 130 f.

L. sulcatulum, Jefe, B. C. ii. 201, and v. 177, pl. 31. f. 4.
Med. 40-100 f.

Scacchia elliptica, Be. Ph. i. 34, t. 4. f. 1 (Lucina? oblonga),
and ii. 27, t. 14. f. 8. Med. 30 f.

Montacuta substriata, Mont. B.C. ii. 205, and v. 177, pl. 31.
f.6. Med.40f; P. 73-420 f. The last depth indicates
also the habitat of Spatangus purpureus, to which this mol-
lusk is almost ends de attache

M. bidentata, Mont. B. C. ii. 208, and v. 177, pl. 31. f. 8.
Med. 30-100 LA "P 3-1366 f.

Kellia? cycladia, S. Wood. B. C. ii. 228, petit 179, pl. 32.
:3. Med. 40f.; Æg. 100 f.; P. 1366-1380 f.

Loripes divaricatus, Li OS : 935, and v. 7 9, pl. 32. f. 5
Med. 40 f.

Lucina spinifera, Mont. B. C. ii. 240, and v. 179, pl. 32. f. 6.
Med. 40-100 f. ; Marm. 20 f. ; , 45-50 f.

L. i ger" L. o B Con. 242, and v. 179 ,pl32.f.7. Marm.

; P. 25-208 f.

L. eriala, Poli. Ph. i. 31, t. 3. f. 14, and ii. 24 (L. pecten).

Med
Woodia digitaria, L. Ph. i. 33, t. 3. £. 19, and ii, 25 (Lucina
digitalis) ; B. ©. ii. 238, 230, ‘and v. 179, pl. 100. f. 6.

; à
pecu T pu cu csp d gi Le A ^ i REIS AUIE
SERIO RS OU A AREE j ANIM
mi c a I a uy SE RE I RR M ERE RD uk EN eae Per o le LR EAE T Er ok al MM cM RTTE USt

My. J. Gwyn Jeffreys on Mediterranean Mollusca, 71

Med. 30-100 f. This species may also be the Tellina pisi-
- formis of Linné, although its mention in the * Fauna Suecica’
and the habitat there given (“ad O. Europsei ostia fluvio-
rum ”) are clearly erroneous.

Axinus transversus, Forbes, B. A. Rep. 1843, 192 (Kellia).
- Med. 810 f. Not Lucina transversa of Bronn, which is A,
os var. Sarsit.

A. ferruginosus, Forb. B. C. + 251, and v. 180, pl. 33. f. 3.
Med. 50-100 f.; P. 40-557

Diplodonta rotundata, Mont. B C. ii. 254, and v. 180, pl. 33.
f.4. Med. 60 f.

D. trigonula, Bronn. Ph. i. 81, t. 4. f£. 6, and ii. 24; and
young (D. apicalis). Med. hs ; Aig.

Cardium echinatum, L. B.C. i i. 270, and v. 181, pl. 34. f. 2.

. 15-114 f.

C. papillosum, Poli, B. C. ii. 275, and v. 181, pl. 35. f. 1.
d. 40-100 f.
C. El. Gm. B. C. ii. 278, and v. 181, pl. 35. f. 2.

Med. 40 f.: P. 8f.
C. festa, us Dx a 281, and v. 181, pl. 35. f. 3.

be^ 30-75
C. minimum, Ph t dh 392, and v. 182, pl. 35. f. 6.
Med. 30-100 £. ; Ez 130-250 f.; P. 15-542 £

C. oblongum, Ch. ' Ph. i. 50, and ii. ET (C. sulcatum). Med.
50-100 f.
Cardita corbis, Ph. i. 55, t. 4. f 19, and 1. 41. Med. 40-
100 f.

C. sulcata, Bruguière. Ph. i. 53, and ii. 40. Med. 40 f.

C. trapezia, L. Ph. i. 54, and ii. 41. Med. 40 f.

C. aculeata, Poli. Ph. i. 54, t. 4. f. 18, and ii. 41. Med, 40-
100 f.; Æg. 30

Chama gn yphoides, Li Ph. i. 68, and ii. 49. Med. 50-100 f.

Isocardia cor, L. B. C. ii. 298, and v. 182, pl. 36. f. 1. Med.
50-810 f.; Æg. 100-250 £. ; P. 106- 11380 f. All but
one of the Mediterranean and. /Egean specimens were the
fry, which I noticed in the last Number of the ‘Annals.’

Astarte sulcata, Da Costa. B. C. ii. 311, and v. 183, pl. 57.

- 1; var. incrassata. Med. 40-100 f.; ’ Eg. 130 f.; P. 15-

A. modest esta, H. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, 275, pl. 19.

“shy 14 (Gouldia). Med. 50-100 f. Allied z 4. excurrens of
ee W ood, and possibly the same spec

rea, Food, X A en Crag Moll. 192, ey 17.£ 12, a, b.

ed. 50-100 f£. Hitherto known only as a Tertiar

species. This may possibly be the A. pusilla of Forbes,

because of the words “ concentrice striata” in his descrip-

72 Mr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys on Mediterranean Mollusca.

tion; but the present species (like the Crag fossil) has
strong oblique ridges, and the shape is remarkab y inequi-
lateral. ‘The inside y is notched in my specimen

Astarte bipartita, Ph. i. 32, t. 3. f. 21, and n. 25 (Lucina?
bipartita). Med. 40-100 E

A. triangularis, Mont. B.C. e 318, and v. 183, pl. 37. f. 5.
Med. 40-100 f. ; Æg. 130

Circe minima, Mont. B. ab ii. i. 322, and v. 183, pl. 37. f. 6.
Med. 40-100 f.; P. 45-50 f.

Venus rudis, Poli. Ph.i. 40, t. 4. f. 8 Sye venetiana),
and ii . 82. Med. 40-100 $: Mg. 130 f. ; « 20 f£,

V. inodo, Da CBC. i. 334, and v. 184, n 38. f.4. Med.
40-60 f. ; Æg. neri . 60-8

V. casina, L.-B..6, i. 937, and v. 184, pl. 88. f. 5. Med.
40-100 f.

V. verrucosa, L. B.C. 1i. 339, and v. 184, pl. 38. f. 6. Med.
40 f.

V. cygnus, Lam. Ph. 1. 42 VAY ‘ea rugosa), and ii. 32 (C.
multilamella?). Med. 40-100 f.

V. effossa, Biv. Ph. i. 43, t. 8. f. 30, and ii. 534. Med. 50-
100f. A true Venus, but very distinct from the last spe-
cies,

V. ovata, Pennant. B. C. n. 342, and v. 184, pl. 39. f. 1.
Med. 30-100 f.; Æg. 130 £; Marm. 20 f.; P. 10-1366 f.

Tapes aureus, Gm. E: C. ii. 349, and v. 185, pl. 39. f. 4.
Med. 40-100 f. ; P. 3f.

Luctnopsis undata, Penn. B.C. ii. 363, and v. 186, pl. 40.
f.1. Med. 40f.; P. 40-1366 f.

Tellina prés L. B.C. i. 371, and v. 186, P 40. f. 3.
Med. 40-100 f: ; Æg. 130 f. ; Marm : 204.2 P. 45-420 f.
T crassa, Penn. B.C. ii. 373, and v. 186, pl. 40. f 4. Med.

E

T. donacina, L. B.C. ii. 386, and v. 187, pl. 41. f. 4. Med.
40-100 f. ; and var. distorta.

T. pusilla, Ph. B.C. ii. 388, and v. 187, pl. 41. f. 5. Med.
40- 90 f.

T. serrata (Renier), Brocchi. Ph. i. 25, and ii. 21. Med. 50-
1

.; Marm.
Peace conlata, Turt. B. C. ii. 394, and v. 187, pl. 42.
f.2. Med. 40£ P. 85 f.

P. ferrüensis, Ch. B. C. ii. 396, and v. 187, pl. 42. f. 3.
Med. 40-100 f. ; Marm. 20 f.; P. 10- 208 f.
euis prismatica, Mon bs BC us 435, and v. 189,
)l. 45. Med. 30-100 f.; P. 40-517 f.
S. nitida, Ga B. 0. d 436, and v. 189, pl. 45. f. 2. Med.
; P. 3-2435 f, -

:
4
j
am
4
:
r
A

Mr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys on Mediterranean Mollusca. 73

site ig a W. Wood. B. C. ii. 438, and v. 189, pi.
yis 40-310 f. ; Æg. 130-250 £. ; Marm. 201.
P 405
Solecurtus nii Pulteney. B. C. iii. 6, and v. 190,
1.46. f£. 2. Med. 50-100 f.
Pandora inequivalvis, L., var. pinna. B.C. iii. 24, and v.

A lll
d P. 48.f. 1*. Med. 30-100 f. ; Eg. 130 f.; P. 45-
Thracia papyr — Poli. B. C. iii. 36, and v. 191, pl. 48. f.4.
16

Med.

I prbescens, M B: C. iii. 38, and v. 191, pl. 48. f. 5. Æg.
130 f.

Poromya granulata, Nyst & Westendorp. B. ge y 45, and
v. 191, pl. 49. f. 1. Med. 50-100 f. ; P. 110—420 f.

Newra abbreviata, Forb. B.C. iii. 48, and v. Loh 49. f. 2.
- Aig. 250 f.; P. due

N. fen ode Deshaye B. C. ni. 49, and v. 191, pl. 49. f. 3.
Med. 5 RS 130-250 f.; P. 96 -664 f.

N. rostrata, Spender B. C. ii. ob and v. 191, pl. 49. f. 4.
Med. 30 f. ; Mig. 250 f. ; P. 8 9 f

Verticordia granulata, a ani de Conch. 2° sér. iv.
293, pl. 10. f. 2 fA. 7g. 130 f. Hitherto known only as a
Sicilian fossil.’ The hinge of the right valve is furnished
with a small but distinct and prominent tubercular tooth,
which is curved, and fits like a bolt into a triangular note tch
or cavity in the hinge of the other valve ; and it has also
a long lateral ridge and furrow on the anterior or broader
side. This species is rea he ie (except in its smaller
size) from V. multicostata of A. Adams, a North-Japanese
shell. The venerable and excellent conchologist, Dr. Lea
having kindly sent me a specimen of his Aippagus isocar-
dioides, | am enabled to state that, in my opinion, it belongs
to the genus Crenella, as represented by C. glandula of

otten.

Corbula gibba, Olivi. B. C. iii. 56, and v. 192, pl. 49. f. 6.
Med. 30-100 f. ; Æg. 130 f. ; Marm. 20 f.; P.3-1476 f.
Saxicava rugosa, $i: ; var. arctica, B.C. i 82, and v. 192,

pl. 51. f. 4. Med. 40-100 f.; P. 15-42 0 f.
Venerupis substriata, Mont. Ph. i. 22, : 3. f. 5, and ii. 20
(V. decussata); B. C. iii. 88. Æg. 130 f.

SOLENOCONCHIA.

Dischides Olivi, Se. Notizie geologiche, 56, t. 2. f. 6; B. C.
iii. 171, and v. 194 (D. bifissus). Med. 30-100 f. Denta-

74 Mr.J. Gwyn J effreys on Mediterranean Mollusea.

. lium coarctatum, Ph. (but not of Lamarck, Brocchi, or
: Deshayes, which is a species of Cadulus) = D. bifissum,
S. Wood.

Cadulus ka mis, Sars. . B. C. v. 196, y ifa:
Med. 50-100 f. ; Æg. 100-250 f. ; P. 114-1180 f.

Siphonodentalium lofotense, Sars. B.C. v. v pl. 101. £. 2.
Ted. 50 Aig. 130-250 £.; P. 30-1180 f.

S. quinquangulare, Forb. B. A. Rep. 1543, 188. Med. 50—-310f.;
Æg. 130-250 f. ; P. 40-725 f. S. pentagonum, Sars.

Dentalium Pala L.; and var. novemeostata. Ph. i. 243,
and ii. ; B. C. iii. 196, 197, and v. 197. Med. 30-
100 f. ; Mari. 20 f.

D. aby pene Sars, var. agilis. B. C. iii. 197, and v. 197,
pl. 101. f£. 1. Med. 310 f. ; P. 45-1476 f.. D. incertum, Ph.
(not Desh.) =D. striatum, Sc. (not Lam.) =D. agile, Sars.

D. tarentinum, Lam. B. C. iii. 195, and v. 197, pl. 55. f. 2.
Med. 40 f.

D. gracile**, J effr

SHELL erorii narrow and slender, gently curved,
thin, nearly transparent, and glossy: sculpture, slight con-
centric lines of growth, which are scarcely perceptible : co-

r clear white : margin at the anterior end more or less
jagged, owing to its excessive tenuity and fragility ; at the
posterior end truncated, with an internal pipe, and slightly
notched ; in the fry this latter bed has a pear-shaped and
perfor ated point.

Med. 310 f.; Æg. ` 100- 250 f. ; ve (M‘Andrew).

Mr. M‘ Andrew tells me that the animal was of a greenish
colour. Not D. filum of G. B. Sowerby, jun., from the
Philippine Islands, in the late Mr. Cuming’s collection, nor
the young of D. rubescens. The present species is more
regularly inc. sese d nearly equal in breadth
throughout. It is curved, | shows that it is adult,
the very iie of all pelos p Destin being almost
straight. j

GASTROPODA.

Chien n feces L. B.C. iti. 211, and y, 197, pl. 55. f. 3.
d 50-100 f.; P. 10 f. Of this and the following three
pec sehen aus STU 5 the Mediterranean dredgings.
C. SUR ray. DA | squamosus), and
i. 82; B. C. v . 199. "Med. 50—100 f.
C. Poli Ph 106, and ii. 88. Med. 50-10
C. variegatus, Ph. i. 107, and ii. 83, t. 19. f. et "Med. 40 f...

* Slender. -

RUM T TICINS ht Fab TER Sue TEE

La RT P ESEI W,

Fe i e us M DER OP NE S NEVEN cua. CERE

EIEEE sr POLPRE Eos ect mds tiM adm RS Te MT Ne int

asa NE 7

Mr. J. Gwyn Jeftreys on Mediterranean Mollusca, 175

Tectura virginea, ier B. C. iii. 248, and v. 200, pl. 58. f. 4.
Med. 40- 60 f; . 10 f.

Q: g op BRE i Ph. i. 111, and ii. 85, Med. 40 f.
Emarginula rosea, Bell. B. C. iii. 261, and v. 200, pl. 59.
f.3. Med.40f.

E. adriatica, Costa. Ph. i. 114, t. 7. f. 15, and ii. 89 (X.
cancellata) ; B. C. v. 200. Med 40 f.; ; Æg. 100-250 f.
E. Huzardi, Payr. Ph. i. 115 (Z. Huzardit), and i. 89.

Ted. 40 f.

E. gongata, Conta: Ph. i. 115, t. 7. f. 13, and ii. 89. Med,

Fiesi Se .L. B. C. iti, 266, and v. 200, pl. 59. f. 5.
Med. 40-100 f.

F. Prado Ph. i. 117 (F. nimbosa), and ii. 91 m rosea ?);
B. C. iii, 267, 268, and v. 201. Med. 50-100 f.

Ca = Jungaricus IB Uu 269, and v. 201, pl. 59. f. 6.
Ted. 40 f. ; -180 f.

Le hed eh Ji B Gtk 273, and v. 201, pl. 60. f. 1.
Med. 40-100 f. ; Æg. 130 f. z

Crepidula unguifor mis, . Lam. Ph. i. 120, and ii. 93; and

. var. fulvo-lineata. Med. 40 f.

Scissurella crispata, Fleming. B. C. iii. 283, and v. 201,
pl. 60. f. 3. Med. 40-60 f.; Æg. 100-250 £.; P. 164-
725 f.

Cyclostrema nitens, Ph. B.C. iii. 289, and v. 201, pl. 61. f. 2,
Aig. 250 f.

C. serpuloides, Mont. B. C. iii. 290, and v. 201, pl. 61. f. 3.
led. 40 f. :
Trochus magus, L. B. C. iii. 305, and v. 203, pl. 62. f. 1.
Med. 40-100 f. m
T. striatus, L. B.C. iii. 322, and v. 203, pl. 63. f. 2. Med.

x f.
T. exasperatus, Penn. B. C. iii. 324, and v. 203, pl. 63. f. 3.

"Med. 40—100 f.
T. millegi Ph. B. C. iii. 325, en v. 204, pl. 63. f. 4.
Me od. 10. 60" . 20 £.; P. 45-190 f.

I bar L. Ph. jim and ii. 149; B. C. i. Mio 333.
Med. 40 d p

76 Myr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys on Mediterranean Mollusca.

se eto eret "ees Ph. i. 186, and ii. 157 (Monodonta

Jussi M 0 f

€. smallest Gm. Ph. i. 186 (Monodonta Coutourii), and ii.
157. Med.

Craspedotus limbatus, Ph. ii, 157, t. 25. f. 19: B: C; ve204.
Med. 40 £.; Æg. 100-250 f.; P. 155 £.; ' Mediterranean
cable , 1100 f. (A. Milne-Edw ards).

Phasianella pulla, Li, s tenuis. B.C. im. 338, and v. 204,
1.64. f. Í. Med. 4 |

JP. speciosa, v S. Mithlield, ` Ph. i. 188 (P. Vieuxit), and ii. 158.

5
D

ed. 40 f.
Turbo rugosus, L. Ph. i. 173, and ii. 151 (Trochus). Med.
40 f.
T. sanguineus, L. Ph. i. 179, and ii. 151 (Trochus). Med.
30-100 f.

Fossarus costatus, Brocchi. Ph. ii. 148, t. 25. £5 (F. cla-
thratus). Med. 60 f.

F. Petitianus, Tiberi, Journ. de Conch. a 179. Med.
40 f.

Hela*, gen. nov.

SHELL shaped like that of Lacuna, pes a similar oper-
culum; but it has no epidermis. The apex is truncated or
flattened, and instead of an umbilical dd or groove, there
is merely a narrow chink. The tentacles are ciliated, as in
Trochus and Rissoa.

H. Are Jeffr. B. C. v. 204, pl. 101. f. 7 (Lacuna). Med.
310 f£. ; Pp. 420-862 f

Rissoa cancellata, DaC. B.C. iv . 8, and v. 207, pl. 66. f. 3.
Med. 40-100 f. "This and many of the followi ing species of
Rissoa were probably drifted out to sea by the tide and
curren

It. Oceani, D D ee = R. crenulata, var. minor, Ph. 11. 126.
Med

R. calathus, Nd & Hanley. B. C; iv. 11, and vi: 207,
pl. 66. f. '4. Med. 40-60 £

Hi. reticulata, Mont. B. C. iv. 12, and v. 207, pl. 66. f. 5.
Med. 40-100 f.

R. depre Forb. B.C. iv. 14, and v. p pl. 66. f. 6.
Med. 40-310 f. ; Æg. 100-250 f. ; P. 90-4

R. punctura, Mont. B.C. iv. 17, and v. 207, pl. 66. f. 8.
Med. 30-100 f. ; Æg. 130 f. ; P. 25-33 f.

R. scabra, Ph. ii. 126, t. 23. d 8; and var. major. Med.40f.

H. am Forb. B. C. . 19, and v. 207, pl. 66. f. 9.

e Scandinavian Maio. See Gray's ‘Descent of Odin:
d Hela’s dread abode,’

Mr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys on Mediterranean Mollusca. 17

P.165f. Var. 1, obtusa. Shell oe d oval, with a shorter
spire and less oblique outline. Med. 50-310f. Var . 2, con-
Jormis. Med. 30-100 f. deben 950. ; (Si pratt). This

Rissoa sland, Mose: aR clathrata, Ph. B.C. iv. 20, and
v. 207,pl. 67. f. 1. Med. 60 f.; P. 173-208 f. in the last
Number of the ‘Annals’ 808 was erroneously given for

tat):

R. aas Jeffr. Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 2. xvii. 183,
y+ Var. tehealti (Alvania tessellata, Schwartz).

Biai « somewhat larger and more so "s than usual. Med.
50-100 f. Perhaps X. Lancet, Calca

R. areolata, Ph. ii. 132, t. 23. f. 23. Med. 50-100 f. ; Naples
and Sicily (Stefanis and Monterosato

R. dictyophora, Ph. ii. 128, pl. 23. f. 11; ^ x var. Weinkauffi
(Alvania eric. Schw} Med. 4

R. costata, Adam . 22, s v. T 901, pl. 67. f. 2,
Med. 40 f.

hk. parva, Da C. B. C. iv. 23, and v. 207, pl. 67. f. 3. Med.
40-60 f. ; P. 0-10 f.

R. pulchella, Ph. i. 155, t. 10. f. 12, and 1i. 127; var. minor
Smaller and spirally striated, with a labial rib. Med. 40 f.

FH, nana, Ph. i. 154, t. 10. f.3 (R. pusilla), and ii. 127 (1844).
Med. 40 f. If this be the R. pulchra of Forbes (1843),
his name would take precedence of nana ; Hina s work, in
which he changed the specific name to dolium, was not
siblished till 1845.

Pe adele, Alder. B. C. iv. 26, and v. 207, pl. 67. f. 5
Med. 40-100 f.; Æg. 100 f.; P. 3f.

R. aur Per bs Ph. i. 151 (R. diia, and ii. 125, t. 23.

3 ! . 40 LE D]
R, tutivbihs, y. Mable Ph. i. 149, and ii. 123 (R. costata).
Med. 40 f.' 2
R. membranacea, Ad. B. C. iv. 80, and v. 208, pl. 67. f. 8.
Med. 40 f. M
R. violacea, Desraavets. _ B. C. iv. 33, and v. 208, pl. 67. f. 9.
Med. 40 f.

R. costulata, Ald. y: C. iv. 35, and v. 208, pl. 68. f. 1; var.
similis. Med. 4

R. vitrea, URP 3. z ii. 40, and v. 208, pl. 68. f. 4. Med.
60 f. ; P 95-40 f.

78 Mr. J. Gwyn cupi on Mediterranean Mollusca.

Rissoa piia, Ph. C. iv. 45, and v. 208, pl. 68. f. 7.

. Med. 40-100 f. ; LA 130 f.

R. dedu Mont. B. C. iv. 46, and v. 208, pl. 68. f. 8.
Ted. 40 f.

Rissoina decussata, Mont. Ph. i. 153, and ii. 130 (Rissoa

_ Bruguieri). as 40 f.

Barleeia rubra, Mont. B. C. iv. 56, and v. 209, pl. 69. f. 4.
Med. 40-100 f. ; drifted?

Skenea poe bis, Fabricius. B. C. iv. 65, and v. 209, pl. 70.
f.1. Med. 30 f.; dnte

Cecum trachea, Mont, B. C. iv. 75, and v. 209, pl. 70. f. 4.
Med. 50-100

Vermetus subcancellatus, us RU i. 172, t. 9. f. 20, and ii.
144. Med. 40 f.; Æg. 1

Kili mene anguina, bs. Ba i. is t. 9. f. 24 a-c, and ii. 144.

60 f.

Turritella terebra, L. B. C. iv. 80, and v. 209, pl. 70. f. 6.
Med. 30-100 f.; Marm. 30 £; P. 10-422 f.

Mesalia? pusilla, Jeffr. Ann. & Mag ". N. H. ser. 2. xvii. 184,
pl. 2. f. 10, 11 (Turritella ?). Med. 30-100 f. Although
the sculpture i is that of some species of Cerithium, the mouth

. 18 entire and not grooved at the base.

Scalaria clathratula, Ad. B.C. iv. 96, and v. 210, pl. 71. f. 5.
Med. 30-100 f.

S. pulchella, Biv. Ph. i. 168, t. 10. f. 1, and ii. 145. — S.
Schultzii, Weink. Med. 40.60 hi ; Æg. 100-130 f. The
spiral stria not having been noticed by Bivona or Philippi,

_ I thought this might be S. clathratula; but the greater
e of the ribs otherwise distinguish it from that

m

S. doni. Forb., B. A. Rep. (1843), 189. = Rissoa? coro-
nata (Sc.), Ph. = S. Scacchiz, Hórnes? Med. 40 f.; C
Isles (M‘Andrew). Specimens from the latter ledi are

g.

Aclis Tem Jeffr. B. C. iv. 105, and v. 210, pl. 72. f. 4.
Æg. ; P. 422-1380 f.

Odosomia allida, pun. B. C. iv. 124, and v. 211, pl. 73.

O. conoidea, 5 aes di B. C. iv. 127, and v. 211, pl. 78. f. 6.
Med. 40-100 f. ; rot 130 f; P. 25-9208 f.

ura Jeffr. B.C. iv. 130, and v. 211 , pl. 73.£8. Med.

0. "ese OE wa B. "d iv. 134, and v. 211, pl. 74. f. 1.
O. turrita, Hanley. BG 3: iv. 135, and v. 211, pl. 74. f. 2.
Med. 30-40 1. ; Aig. 130 f.

Mr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys on Mediterranean Mollusca. 79
EUSE n Jeffr. B. C. iv. 141, and v. 212, pl. 74.
5. Med. 30-4

0. “intone, Monk B. C. + 151, and v. 213, pl. 75. £. 2.
30-310 f.; Æg. 250
0. baa, Ph. B. C. iv. iss, and v. 218, pl. 75. f. 6.
Med. 40 f.

0. ae Ph. B.C. iv. 160, and v. 213, pl. 75. f. 7. Med.
0 f

0. rufa, Ph. B. C. iv. 162, and v. 213, pl. 76. f. 1. Med.
50-100 f.; P. 25-208 f.

0. "rie L. B. C. tr, 164, and v. 213, pl. 76. £. 3. Med.

-4 . 15-20 f.

-100 f

Q Caiet Ph. - B. C. iv. 170, and v. 218, P 16. f. 6. Med.
30-310 f: 4Eg. 100— 250 f.; P. 25-1366

O. nitens*, Jeff

one-third of the eee outer lip th in zi nosh ce
icus none: toot.

Re 150 f. Its nearest ally is O. (Syrnola) minuta of

H. Adams, which I have from Corsica; that shell, however

- is cylindrical, with more whorls, a golden band encircling
the periphery, and a strong tooth.

0. Perge Jeffr. Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 2. xvii. 185, pl. 2.
2,13. Med. 40-100 f.

0. dba: L., Syst. Nat. ii. 1238; Ph. i. 157, t. 9. f. 8, and

ii. 136 (Chemnitzia ‘pallida a); B. Q. iv. 7. Med. 30-100 f.

. Not my Eulimella striatula (Piedmontese Mollusca), which

must have another name, say hyalina. One specimen of

. the present species has the outer lip crenated or toothed on

| the inside, «d in Recien costaria of S. Wood, which in
| other es with the recent shell.

| Pyramidella le erit. N B Wood, Cr. Moll. 77, pl. 9. i. 2a, b.

* Shining.

pe 3 de E D vr ie lr Te

80 Mr.J. Gwyn Jeffreys on Mediterranean Mollusca.

= Turbo terebellatus of Brocchi, not Auricula terebellata of
Lamarck, Med. 50-100 f. Another case of the revival of
a species supposed to be extinct.
Mathilda quadricarinata, Brocchi. Ph. i. 191, and ii. ws
eum = Eglisia Waasia, H. Adams. Med.
100 f.

Eulima potita, L. B. C. iv. 201, and v. 214, pl. 77. f. 8.
Med. 40-100 f.

E. intermedia, Cantraine. B. C, iv. 203, and v. 214, pl. 77.
f.4. Med. 40 f.

E. distorta, Desh. ; and var. gracilis. B. C. iv. 205, and v.
214, pl. 77. f. 5. Med. 30-100 f.; Æg; 130 f.; P. 15-
164 f.

E. stenostoma, Jeffr. B.C. iv. 207, and v. 215, pl. 77. f. 6.
Med. 310 f. ; P. 64-290 f.

E. subulata, Donovan. ip C. TE 208, and v. 215, pl. 77. f. 7.
Med. 50-100 EPI

E. bilineata, Ald. B. GL iv iv. 310, and v. 215, pl. 77. f. 8.
Med. 50-100 f.; Æg. 130 f. ; É. 40-42 2 f.

E. Jeffr aati. Brusina. Journ. Coach. xvii. 245 (Leto-
straca). Med. 40-100 f. ; edie Isles (M‘Andrew) !

E. cine Brus. /. c. 244. Med. 40 f.: ; Canary Islands
¢ [4

A fragment (the last whorl) of another and a remarkable
species of (apparently) Fulima occurred in the Tunis-Bay
dredging at a depth of 30 fathoms. It would be about the
size of E. subulata, and is cream-coloured, with longitudinal,
slight, and flattened ribs, and a few spiral strie at the base;
the lower part of the inner lip is thickened and reflected.
If a perfect specimen should be found, it might take the
name of cælata.

Natica Eee Risso, Hist. Nat. de Eur. mér. iv. 149
(Nacca). = N. lineolata and N. filosa, Ph. = N. Sagraiana,
W Kode- not D'Orb. Med. 50-100 f.

A intricata, Don. Ph. i. 162 (N. Valenciennesii), and ii,
140. d. 40 f.

N. Dillwyni, Payr. Ph. i. 162, and ii. 140. Med. 40 f.

N. Alder, Forb. B. C. iv. 924, and v. 215, pl. 78. f.
Med. 50-100 f.; P. 10-420

N. Bebes mint, Payr. Ph. i. 162 2, and n. 140 f. Med. 40-

Neritina viridis, L. Ph. i. 159, and ii. 138. Med. 40 f. ;
drifted ?
Solarium Archite, Costa. Ph. i. 173, and ii. 148 (S. strami-

neum). = S. falla aciosum, Tib. Med. 50-100 f.; P. 140 f.
According to Weinkauff, this species is the S, siculum of

Mr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys on Mediterranean Mollusca. 81

Cantraine ; but Petit refers the latter to the next species.
Cantraine’ s descriptions are very unsatisfactory.

Solarium hybridum, L. Ph. i. 174, t. 10. f. 27, and ii. 148
(S. luteum). Med. 50—100 f.

Aporrhais pes-pelecant, L. B. C. iv. 250, =e 216, pl. 80.
f.1. Med. 60 f.; Marm. 20 f.; P. 10-422 f.

A, wean Michaud. Ph. ii. 185, t 97. 6. (Chenopus).
Med. 50-100 f.; P. 45-458 f.

Cerithium tuberculatum, L. Ph. i. 192, t. 11. f. 38-6, and ii,
161 (C. vulgatum) ; B. C. iv. 264, and v. 917. Med. 40f.

C. lacteum, Ph. i. 195, and n. 162. =C. elegans, De Blain-
ville, not Desh. d. 40 f.

C. reticulatum, DaC. B. C. iv. 258, and v. 217, pl. 80. f. 4.
Med. 40-100 f. ; ; Æg. 130 £.; P. 3

c ed ed eig L. B.C. iv. ' 261, mes: 217, pl. 80. f. 5.
Æg. 100—130 f

Corithiopets tubercularis, Mont. B.C. iv. 266, and v. 217,
L 81.f£.1. Med. 30- 100 f.

C. pulchella, Jeffr. B. C. iv. 269, and v. 217, pl. 81. f. 3.
Med. 40 f.

C. Metaxa, Delle Chiaje. B. C. iv. 271, and v. 217, pl. 81.
f.4. Med. 40-100 f£. Delle Chic expressly mentions
four rows of tubercles (which this species possesses), C. tu-
bercularis having three only; and his figures exactly suit
the present species

Triton reticulatus, De BI. Ph. i. 211, t. 11. f. 28, and ii. 183
(Ranella lanceolata). Med. 40 f.

Murex lamellosus, Cristofori & Jan. Ph. i. 204, t. 11. f. 30,
and ii. 179 (Fusus). =? M. brevis, Forb. Med. 50-100 Ls
Mediterranean cable, 1100 f. (A. Milne-Edwards) ; P.
110 f. M. imbricatus of Brocchi seems to differ only in its
much larger size

M. vie Brocchi. Ph. i. 209, and ii. 182. Med. 40-
100 £.; Æg. 100 f.

M. aciculatus, Lam. B. C. iv. 310, and v. 218, pl. 84. f. 2.
Med. 40 f.

Lachesis minima, Mont. B. C. iv. 313, and v. 218, pl. 84.

f. 3; and var. mammillata. Med. 40-100 f.

L. Folinec, D.Ch. Ph. ii. 189, t. 27. £ 10. Med. 40 f.

Trophon muricatus, Mont. B.C. iv. 318, and v. 218, pl. 84.
f. 5. Med. 60-310 f.; ; Æg. 250 f. ; P.1

T vaginas, C ist. & Jan. Ph. i. 211, CILE 27, and ii.
182 (Murex). Med. 310 f.; ; Æg. 250 f. This and the
lo ing. Ew two span appear to belong to the genus Trophon.

eB 315.

F. Baaai, L. Ph.: 208, Ka ii. d d 1. nd 40-310 f.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4.

82 Mr.J. Gwyn Jefireys on Mediterranean Mollusca.
Trophon craticulatus, Brocchi. Ph.i. 204, and ii. 178. Med.
100 f.
Pisania cornea, L. Ph. i. 202 (Fusus lignarius), and ii. 177.
Med. 40 f.

Cassidaria tyrrhena, Ch. Ph. i. 216, and n. 186. Med.
60 f.; P. 458-725 f.

Nassa incrassata, Ström: B. C. iv. 351, and v. 219, pl. 88.
Ei Med. 3040 f. ; P. 10-40 f.

N. limata, Ch. Ph. i . 219, and ii. 188 (Buccinum prisma-
ticum). Med. 40 "310 E ; and var. striata, without ribs.
Med. 50-100 f.

Columbella scripta, L. Ph. i. 225 (Buccinum Linnæi), and
ii. 190. Med. 40-100 f.

C. Pase Sc. Ph. i. 190, t. 27. f.12. Med. 40 f.

D. Leufroyi, Mich. B. d iv. - 866, and v. 219, pl. 89. f. 1.
Med. 310 f. ; ee 130-250 f.

D. linearis, Mont C. iv. 368, and v. 220, pl. 89. £ 2.
Med. 60 f. ; E 12-1 73 f.

D. reticulata (Renier), Bronn. B. C. 370, and v. 220,
pl. 89. f. 3, 4. Med. 50- 100f. This ee name has been
so long in use, that it may be unwise to change it; but as
it was not accompanied by a description or figure, Brocchi's
name echinata is in strictness preferable.

D. hystrix, Jan. Bellardi, Mon. Pleur. foss. Piem. 613,
t.4.£. 14. Med. 40-100 £. Not D. reticulata, var. formosa,
which (although it has also a spiny sculpture) is much

arger and not so slender, with proportionally more trans-

erse ridges; and it especially ba: the apex conical an
E alee the apex in the present species being twiste

ds spirally striated, like that of Trophon. Forbes’s Pleu-
rotoma reticulata, var. spinosa, may belong to either species;
it was dredged by him (according to Reeve) off the coast of
Nice, at the depth of from 5 to 40 fathoms. P. spinulosa of
Risso and P. Paaran of De Blainville are evidently the

Mr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys on Mediterranean Mollusca. 83

Pleurotoma, crispata, Jan. Ph. i. 200, and ii. 170, t. 26. f. 12.
Med. 40-100 f. ; ; Æg. 130-250 f.

R EPS Hartt Phi. BO. iv . 916, and v. 220, pl. 90. f. 1.
Med. 40 f.; P. 15-20 f. Apparently P. Loeviana of Reeve;
but his eel are very insufficient, and his figures
often more picturesque than scientifically exact.

P. costata, Don. B.C. iv. 379, and v. 220, pl. 90. f. 3. Med.
40-100 f. ; P. 10-208 f.

P. Vauguelini, y Payr. Ph. i. 198, t. 11. f. 19, and ii. 167.

d. 40 f.

B MS het PH. <B: Q Sb 382, and v. 220, pl. 90. f. 5.
. 00-100 £.; P. 15-4
P. EN Mont. B. C. iv. " 384, pl 91. f£. 1. Med. 40 f.;
P. 13-40 f.

B hune Ph. ii. 172, t. 26. f. 15; B. C. v. 221, pl. 102. f. 6.
Med. 50-100 f£. A fragment, but unmistakable.

P. carinata, Biv. B. C. v . 221, pl. 102. f. 7. Med. 310 f. ;
P. 80-664 f.

P. septangularis, Mont. B. C. iv. 390, 392, and v. 222, pl. 91.
f. 5; var. secalina. =P. «geensis, Forb. ex typ. Med. 40-
100 f.

P. nana, Sc. Ph. ii. 169, t. 26. f. 11. =P. fortis, Forb. Med.
40 f.

P. clathrata, Marcel de Serres. Ph. i. 199, t. 11, f. LAC mu

rude), and ii. 170 (P. granum). Med. 40-60 f.
sensis, Bare from Forbes’s Ægean dredgings.

There is also a young specimen of a Pleurotoma, from

250 f. in the Ægean, which I cannot identify with any

living or fossil species. It is rather solid for its size, and

has numerous fine curved lo DIT ribs. Not the yog

an

nana, Med. 40 f. Hind's genus Conopleura seems a good
one, by reason of the peculiar characters afforded by the
apex and the tubercular process on the pillar. P. sigmot
of Bronn is congeneric.

Conus mediterraneus, Brug. Ph. i. 238, t. 12. f. 16-22, and

ii. 200. Med. 40 40 f
Banata cancellata, L. Ph. i. 201, and ii. 176. Med. 50-
100 f.

C. coronata, Sc. Ph, ii, 177, t. 25. f. 27. Med. 50-100 f.;
a fra

Bogna th auriculata, Menard de la Groye. Ph. i. 231, and
ii 198, Med, 40-100 £; Gulf of Suez (Andrew )!

-

84 Mr.J. Gwyn Jeffreys on Mediterranean Mollusca.

According to Bronn, this is the Voluta ae of Renier ;
but the latter neither described nor figured

Ringicula ventricosa, J. Sow. |. S. Wood, Cr. Mol, 22, pl. 4.
f.la eH. striata, Ph. Med. 310£.; P. 557 f.

Mitra columbellaria, Sc. Ph. 1. 230 (M. obsoleta), and u. 195,
t. 27. £. 1T. Med. 40-100 f.

M. tricolor, Gm. Ph. i. 230, and ii. 195 (M. Savigny?). Med.
40 f.; var. granum, rather larger and broader, with the
pillar-folds ee strong and conspicuous — M. granum, Forb.
Med. 40-100

M. cornicula, te Ph. i. 229, t. 12. f 9, 10, and ii. 195 (M.
ebenus). Med. 40 f.; var. minor =M. ’Philippiana, Forb. ;
young — M. littoralis, Forb., ex typ.

M. lutescens, Lam. | Ph. i. 229 (M. cornea), and ii. 195. Med.
40—100 £; P. 200-420 f. Volutomitra grenlandica of
Gray, and probably Voluta eap. of Linné.
arginella secalina. Ph. i. 232 (Volvaria triticea), and i.
i197, 27.1. 19. Med. 40-100 f.

M. clandestina, Sess Ph. i. 231, and ii. 197. Med. 40-
100 f.; Aig. 130 f. Var. major. Med. 40 f.

M. occulta, Monterosato, Testacei nuovi dei mari di RES
(Palermo, 1869, 8vo), 17, f. 10. Med. 50-100 f. .
inclined to consider this distinct from the last species, Ber
an intermediate or connecting form has been foun

M. minuta, L. Pfeiffer. Ph.n. 197,127. E. 23 Med. 30-
100 f.

M. miliaria, L. Ph. i. 232, and ii. 197 (M. miliacea). Med.
40—100 f.

M. levis, Don. B. C. iv. 400, pl. 92. f. 1. Med. 40-100 f. ;
P. 30-420 f.

Cyprea europea, Mont. B. C. iv. 408, and v. 222, pl. 92. f. 2.
ed. 40-100

f.; P. 10-110 f.
Cylichna nuc Mont. B. C. iv. 413, and v. 223, pl. 93.
f. Med. 30-100 f.

Er cylndrcea Penn. B.C. iv. 415, pL 93. f. 4. Med. 50-
100 £.; P. 10-517 f

Utriculus mammillatus, Ph. B.C. iv. 420, and v. 223, pl. 94.
f.1. Med. 40 £f; P. 25-33 f.

U. striatulus, Forb. P. A. dee (1843), sk Wein. x Lees
ires A. Adams = C. Hoern Med. 40-

U. obtusus, Mont. B. C. iv. 423, and v. 223, pl. 94. f. 3;
var. minor, apice depresso. Med. 30 f.

Acteon tornatilis, L. B. C. iv. 433, and v. 224, pl. 95. f. 2.
Med. 40 f.; P. 13-420 f.

A. pusillus, Forb. B. A. Rep. (1843), 191 (Tornatella). Med.

fect ü =

Mr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys on Mediterranean Mollusca. 85

40-310 f. Very different from A. tornatilis in size, shape,
solidity, and sculpture. Forbes’s T. globulina appears to
be a younger state of A. pusillus, having the stri; rubbed
down, but showing traces of the puncture-like markings.
I have before me the types of this and A. pusillus, which I
had previously regarded (judging only from the short de-
scriptions or diagnoses) as the young and fry of A. tor-
natilis.
Acteon exilis*, Jeffr.

SHELL oblong or somewhat spindle-shaped, semitranspa-
rent, and glossy: sculpture, numerous spiral striæ or im-
pressed lines, which are quite smooth or plain, instead of
being punctate as in other species of this genus: colour
clear white: spire elongated, with a blunt apex: whorls
three, moderately convex ; the last occupies three-fourths of
the spire ; the first is mammiform : suture distinct, margined :
mouth rather narrow, irregularly pear-shaped, expanded at
the base; length three-fifths of the shell: outer lip gently
curved, and folding inwards: inner lip folded back on the
lower part: pillar flexuous: fold strong and conspicuous.
L. 0:075, B. 0:045.

Med. 310 f. It is not unlike A. levidensis of S. Wood,
from the Coralline Crag at Sutton; but in that species the
suture is deeper (making the spire appear pyramidal), and
the striæ are punctate.

Bulla hydatis, L. B.C. iv. 437, and v. 224, pl. 95. f. 3.
Med. 40 f.

B. utriculus, Brocchi. B.C. iv. 440, and v. 224, pl. 95. f. 4.
Med. 40-310 f.; P. 10-584 f. s
Scaphander gibbulus, Jeffr. Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 2. xvii.
88, pl. 2. f. 20, 21. =?Bulla turgidula, Forb. Med. 40 f.
S. lignarius, L. B. C. iv. 443, and v. 224, pl. 95. f. 5. Med.
60 £.; P. 15-517 f.
Philine scabra, Müll. B. C. iv. 447, and v. 224, pl. 96. f. 4.
Med. 310 f. ; P. 420-1215 f.
Assiminea littorina, D. Ch. B. C. v. 101, pl. 97. f. 6. Med.
; drifted ?

Atlanta Peroni, Lesueur. Ph. ii. 205. Æg. 100-250 f.

* Slender.

86 Mr. E. R. Lankester on the Zoological

of the ocean were such as is generally supposed. Such
physieal Lopes are fully discussed in the Report to the
oyal Society of the late exploring expedition in H.M.S.

* Porcupine.’

A. rosea, Les. Voyage sur la Bonite, ii. 377, pl. 19. f. 16-20.
Med. 310 f.; Æg. 100-250 f.

Ladas Keraudreni, Les. Ph.ii.205. -L.planorboides, Forb.
Æg. 130 f.

PTEROPODA.

Embolus rostral Souleyet, voy. Bon. ii. 216, pl. 13. f. 1-10
eere EE B.C. v. 114. = ? Bellerophina minuta, Forb.
d. 310 f.; Æg. 100-250 f.
Spiralis raices fu. B. C. v. 115, pl. 98. f. 4. Med.
310 f.; P. 25-173
S. bulimoides, Eydoux = Soul. ar Zool. (1840) 138; Voy.
i f.; P. 664 f.

. Æg.
S. "e riii Forb. B. A. Rep. (1843), 186 ’ (Peracle). Æg.
100
ode tridentata, Forskal. Ph. i. 101, and ii. 70. Med.
: 30 f.

C. inflexa, Les. Ph. i. 101, pl. 6. f. 18 d mer erui
and ii. 71 (H. vaginella). Med. 310 f.; Æg.

C. "irado. Browne. B. O. v. 119, pl. 95. y ve Ped.
40-310 f.; Æg. 130-250 f. ; P. 110-1380 f.

C. subulata, "Quoy & Gaimard. Ph. ii. 72 (Cleodora spini-
Jera). Med. 40-310 f.; Æg. 100-250 f.

C. eua. Rang. Ph. po 2 NUS = Cleodora zonata
(D. Ch.2), Ph. Æp 2

VI -— Professor Hückel and Mr. Kent on the Zoological "eges
ties of the Sponges. By E. Ray LANKESTER, B.A. Oxo
Ir is scarcely right that the criticisms of my friend p
Kent should be the only response called forth in this country
by the admirable paper of Hiickel, in which he proposes to
give the sponges an Intelligible position in the dice
of organisms. Since others who share Hiickel’s views have
not pointed out the destructible nature of Mr. Kent’s position,

be unfounded. In the first in Mr. Kent commences by
admitting one of the chief points which Hiickel contends for,

Affinities of the Sponges. 87

difference of the function of common parts, and has no homo-
logical import. No one thinks of separating certain oligochzet
worms, such as ZEolosoma, which take in their food by ciliary
action, from the others which use a powerfully developed suc-
torial pharynx; nor of detaching the Chætopods with pre-
hensile jaws in their pharynges from those which have none.
Mr. Kent’s statements with regard to the voluntary action of
muscular tissue and the involuntary action of cilia, and the
consequent psychical distinction between sponges and corals,
are worthy of remark, because, in the first place, if the distinc-
tion be allowed, we have to admit a totally novel differen-
tiating character. Mr. Kent ventures to say that Hückel asso-
ciates sponges with corals by looking to analogical rather than
homological affinities,—and then actually proposes to distin-
guish them by psychical manifestations. Can any thing be
further from homological argument than that which he here
uses? Moreover the voluntary nature of muscular action
and the involuntary nature of ciliary action cannot be admitted
on any terms. It is useless to import the term “ voluntary ”
into the discussion ; but it is true that where a nervous system

* In another paper (p. 34) I have discussed the signification of the term
homology in evolutional zoology, and have proposed to replace it by the
term is komioying in the particular sense which is above implied.

88 Mr. E. R. Lankester on the Zoological

influences animal movements, it usually operates on muscular
tissue, though there are cases (among the Vermes) where

all in Actinozoa, and has no reference to homology, as
Mr. Kent must see on reflection. The development of the
osculum into an aperture for the inception of masses of food
18 quite conceivable, especially when we look at such a sponge
as Prosycum. e must also remember that the currents di-
rected by cilia in the Sponges and the contractile organs round
the mouth of Actinozoa are special developments gradually at-
tained by these two diverging stocks which their common
parent possessed but in general outline*.
second source of error in Mr. Kent's conclusions is that
* Dr. Richard Greef has this year described, in ‘Kölliker u. Siebold’s
Zeitschrift,’ a very simple form of marine hydroid ( Protohydra Leuckarti)
quite devoid of tentacles or tentacular processes. a

———

Affinities of the Sponges. 89

we Sponges, and Infusoria. It matters very little that Pro-
essor Hiickel is “ entirely upsetting the clear limits by which

subkingdom designated Protozoa, in company, we suppose (for
Mr. Kent does not say what are the limits of his subkingdom),
with Monera, Amceboidea, Foraminifera, Gregarine, Radio-
laria, and Infusoria. Mr. Kent says that if we view the com-
sae sponge-organism as an aggregation of Amcebe (or, as

r. James-Clark would say, as far as the Calcispongie are
concerned, of flagellate Monades), “the affinity of the Spon-

90 Mr. E. R. Lankester on the Zoological

itself eminently conspicuous;" and at the same time their

ints of agreement with Coelenterata, which he enumerates,
‘entitle them," he says, “in a natural and morphological
system of classification, to be ranked as the highest represen-
tatives of the Protozoa.” hy, * viewed in this light,” the
Coelenterata themselves exhibit greater agreement with the
Protozoa than with themselves as usually viewed! And it
is not difficult thus to view all organisms as Protozoa, since
the common descent of organic beings from unicellular
forms is exhibited in all by a more or less cellular structure,
many of the cells in all cases agreeing closely with certain
free-living amceboid and flagellate forms. The histological
differentiation of the Spongiade is not so great as in many
Ccelenterata* ; but it is still carried so far that it would be as

iade to the Protozoa rather than to the Coelenterata makes
: d : :

__* What Mr. Kent calls an essentially Protozoic property in sponges (as
to toe HAETT t f t p ) is t] proper ty 0 CO jc tissue
in all animals ; and sponges are largely sarcodie; but this does not make
them Protozoic.

Affinities of the Sponges. 91

Tn preceding paragraphs it has been pointed out that the
function of the mouth, cavity, and canal-system does not affect
their homology or homogeny ; and in the face of such forms
as Prosycum, and the clearly demonstrable ectoderm and endo-
derm and antimera of some forms and the general community
of plan which Sponges and Corals exhibit (as even Mr. Kent
allows in assenting to Protascus), it is not possible to maintain

way of clearing up doubt as to the possible independence of
these two systems ; but Professor Hückel's facts go a very long

92 On the Zoological Affinities of the Sponges.
The degree of intimacy in which Sponges are to be

associated with Actinozoa, Hydrozoa, and Ctenophora is a
question which Hiickel does not attempt to decide as yet; and

ere Mr. Kent has unintentionally done the brilliant Professor
of Jena an injustice. He does not definitely propose, as Mr.
Kent represents, to group Sponges with Corals as Thamnoda,
at the same time placing Hydromedusse and Ctenophora in
an equivalent group Meduse ; this he merely offers as a sug-
gestion of the direction which affairs may have to take on
account of the closer affinities of Sponges with Corals than
with Hydroids*. He is more inclined at present to the

to exhibit their relations in a true genetic classification ; and
as yet, I venture to think, the two groups cannot be placed
much nearer than within the limits of a large division:
the higher Nematophora are not more closely ‘related in
blood” to the Sponges than is Aphrodite to the bested or the
Mammalia to Amphioxus, allowance being made in the com-
parison for the increased complexity of structure of the Worms
and Vertebrates.

Professor P. J. Van Beneden of Louvain long since ex-
pressed very much the same opinion as to the nature of Sponges
as that now advocated by Hückel, and previously to him b
Leuckart—that is, so far as affinities with the Coelenterata
generally are concerned. Professor Van Beneden, in his work
* Zoologie médicale ’ (Paris, 1859, t. ii. p. 394), written in con-
je with Professor Gervais, said of the Sponge, “ C'est

animal du type polype réduit à sa plus simple expression.”
3 x Through such a form as Protohydra it is more easy, if we only look

omacmea eanne

but we must allow that in ast time there have existed very simple
Anthozoa also, which are not known to us now.

On the Origin of Periphyllus testudo. 93

VII.— On the S Ones and Mobel pimeni ef ar m testudo,
n der Hoeven. By €

In the sixth volume (for 1863) of the * Nederlandsch Tijd-
schrift voor Entomologie, Professor Jan van der Hoeven
called attention to a small Hemipterous insect which frequently
occurs on the leaves of Acer campestre and A. pseudoplatanus.

. He named it Periphyllus testudo.

It was observed in 1852 by J. Thornton, who gave it the
name of Phyllophorus testudinatus, and regarded it as the pupa
of a new species of Aphis, for whic robably a new genus
would have to be establishedt. Subsequently (1858) Lane
Clarke mentioned the same little animal under the name of

* Translated from the Dutch by W. S. Dallas, F.L.S., from a separate
impression communicated by the author, from the he Mededcelingen der Kon.
Akad. van Wetenschappen, 2% Reeks, Deel iv

d

ii. Proc. p. 7
1 ‘Objects for the Microscope, being a popular Descri tion of the most
ei and beautiful sh for ies by L. Lane Clarke.

ha as early as : . I cannot, however, see clearly why Van der

Hoeven changed the sige name of testudinatus, given by Thornton to

this animal, into mes and I believe that there is no reason for so
:n thi

insect
must sink, I have thought it better to abstain from a strict appli of
the law of priority, a a to adopt Van der Hoeven’s name in this paper,
than to increase still further the number of pants

94 M. C. Ritsema on the Origin and

17th Junein that year *. Asthe result of their investigation,
they state that Periphyllus testudo, Van der Hoeven, of which
neither a new genus nor even a new species is to be formed, is
nothing more than an abnormal infertile form of Aphis aceris,
Linn., and that this form is produced from individuals iden-
tical with those from which normal larve, capable of further
development and of reproduction, originate; nay, they some-
times even ascertained that the same mother produced both
forms.

one specific type.

In the spring of 1868, whilst still unacquainted with the
investigation just noticed, I had made some passing observa-
tions upon the same subject. The results of these investiga-
tions, continued and completed in 1869, will be stated in order
in the following pages.

s early as the beginning of February, I observed upon a
tree of Acer pseudoplatanus (Linn.) young larve of a species of
plant-louse; and on closer examination of a small branch, I
also found on the bark, especially in the axils and at the base
of the buds, the glistening, black, oval eges from which they
had issued.

* This memoir is translated into English in the * Annals and Magazine
of Natural History,’ ser. 3. 1867, vol. xx. pp. 149-152, and is transferred
from this without change, but with the addition of a figure of Periphyllus

, into Hardwick's ‘Science Gossip’ for Sept. of the same year.

t Comptes Rendus, February 4, 1867,

Development of Periphyllus testudo. 95

In this state some of them were winged, others wingless.

seqq.), L had already determined the species to be Aphis aceris
(Linn.); and this was confirmed by the comparison of the
winged individuals of the second generation with Kaltenbach’s
and Koch’s descriptions of this species.

After the nurses of the second generation had brought forth
many young which perfectly agreed with the first life-phases
of their mothers, I saw, in accordance with Balbiani's results,
that individuals were born which I immediately recognized as
Periphyllus testudo. The ordinary larvee were further deve-
loped, and about the middle of May had become winged and
wingless nurses, whilst the Periphylli had remained unaltered.

e third generation, again, instheir turn gave birth at first
to ordinary larve and afterwards to Periphylli, the latter even
in greater number than had been produced by the second ge-
neration. I was now much surprised by findmg among these
larve examples which distinctly formed a transition between
the two larval forms (the ordinary larve and the Periphylli),
as in them the leaf-like appendages were fewer in number and
more narrowly lanceolate, and, indeed, in some of them passed
gradually into hairs. All these transitional forms were desti-
tute of the regular figures which occur upon the back of the
Periphylli, but possessed the two rows of setigerous tubercles
and the two honey-tubes which we find on the dorsal surface
of the ordinary larve, but which are wanting in the Periphylli.
These mue ap became further developed, and, after the

tion of the Periphylli of different generations. Up to the end
of August I could not detect even the smallest change in
them. At that time, however, they became thicker in the
body, and on both sides of the back some darker contents

96 On the Development of Periphyllus testudo.

began to show through the integument. After this, in the
beginning of September, I found Periphylli changing their
skins.

After this first moult they agreed exactly with the second
life-phase of the ordinary larve, while a fortnight later they
had attained their perfect state, in which they were all wing-
less. These nurses began immediately to propagate by light-
yellow ordinary larvæ, which at the end of September changed
their skin for the last time, and remained wingless like their
mothers. The larve born from these nurses agreed very
nearly with those of the preceding generation, and became
developed before the middle of October into winged male and
wingless female imagos, which quickly paired, after which
the females attached about eight brownish-yellow eggs to the
bark of the maple tree. These eggs slowly became black,
and in the beginning of February 1870 will again furnish the
first generation of Aphis aceris (Linn.).

aving reached the end of my memoir, I will briefly run
over the results to which the investigation described has led.

In the first place, it is proved that Periphyllus testudo (V.
d. Hoev.) is not a distinct species, but a peculiar larval form
of Aphis aceris, occurring in the earliest period of its life.

cond place, that this larval form is not, as has
hitherto been supposed, incapable of further development, but
that it is merely subjected to a long-continued cessation of
development in its first stage, by which the multiplication of
the above-mentioned species of Aphis is greatly limited.

In the third place, that it is produced only by the genera-
tions in which both winged and wingless individuals occur.

In the fourth place, that it is produced both from the winged
and wingless nurses, in association with the ordinary larval
form which undergoes a rapid development, and with indivi-
duals which form a sort of transition to the latter. And
in the fifth place, that in the successive generations the Peri-
phylli continually increase in number, whilst the number of
the ordinary larve diminishes, and, indeed, to such a degree
that the fourth generation (that is to say, the third from which
Periphylli are born) only produces a few ordinary larve.
From this I think we may conclude that nothing but Peri-
Phylli are produced from the fifth generation, which, in my
case, unfortunately died. Should this actually prove to be
the case, it would serve especially to prevent any very great
increase of this species during the summer.

97

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

Eminent n of the Day. Taoweraphed by G. C. Warrrcg, M.D.
cientific Series. London: Van Voorst, 1870.
WE are E y well aceustomed, in our journeyings through some
of the principal streets of London, to see photographic portraits of
those scientific men whose names occupy the la argest space in the
estimation of the general public. Some of these “ counterfeit pre-
se Sea ants ” are undoubtedly good; but others are deficient in
those qualities of artistic effect which to a great extent constitute
the charm of a portrait, whilst others are so badly managed in every
ould thi

o such reproach can be laid upon Dr. Wallich, whose portraits

of sixteen of our leading scientific men, now just published by Mr.
Van Voorst, really leave little to be desired. All of them are nearly
ams likenesses ; and to some the praise of actual perfection is due.

vignetted and printed with a care which brings out the more
delicate shades wonderfully, whilst Dr. Wallich’s cet acquaint-
ance with his sitters has enabled him, in most cases, to select the
best positions for developing their characteristic peak ie sri

ume of the ‘ Scientific Series,’ n w before u us, inclu-

the a Society. The other portraits are Ta of Professor
Tyndall, Sir William Logan, Director of the rim tangi of
Canada, Mr. Lassell, the President of the Royal Astronomical So-
ciety, the Rev. J. B. Reade, President of the Royal fsted
Society, and Professor Williamson, President of the Chemical Society.
Artistically the best of these portrai aits are those of Mr. Bentham,
Sir William Logan, and the Rev. J. B. Reade.
That we have referred specially above to the qualities of individual
is due rather to the desire of expressing the pleasure which

98 Royal Society :—

that all are very good and some admirable, there is little occasion
for special criticism. We can only hope that the success of this ele-
gant little volume may be such as to induce the artist and his pub-
lisher to continue their undertaking, and to furnish us in the same
form with a complete series of these portraits, which will be of the
highest value hereafter as illustrations to the history of scierfce.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.
ROYAL SOCIETY..

April 28, 1870. = William Allen ev Treasurer and
ice- President, in the Chai

** On the = a Vision in the Common Mole.” By ROBERT
James LEE

The eye of the Common Mole and the structures connected with
it undergo some remarkable changes during the growth of the ani-
mal. The gentleman who does me the do to present the results
of an investigation into that subject to the Royal Society was desi-
rous that it should be undertaken in order to ascertain the cause
of the rg inue condition in which the organ of vision is found in
the adult Mol

It was the CART of Mr. Solly that an examination of the eye
of the young or fcetal Mole might assist in the explanation; for
Mr. Solly had reflected much on the subj ect, and entertained reasons
for believing that such an inquiry would be attended with a satisfac-
tory resuit.

It is known that there is distinct evidence of the existence of an
eye d other parts concerned in the endowment of sight in many of
the various species of the Molegenus. To what extent, however, the
defective state of the organs permit of Sight, or whether the animal
is Pay blind, are questions still undeci

the organs of vision in i young Mole would be found in a
more ket state than in mature age was what Mr. Solly anticipated,
while he conjectured, for Andes reasons, that the cause of the
difference between them would be found to be a process of atrophy
or degeneration in the various structures essential for the enjoyment

The specimens sent me for the purpose of examination cine
of a female Mole, which appeared, from its dimensions, to hav
tained the full period of development, if it had not somewhat aod
it, and of six unborn young about an inch and a quarter long, and,
as far as I could judge, beyond the middle of the period of gestation.

Before entering into anatomieal details, I venture to review briefly
the res which have been made by anatomists into this sub-
ject ary of the views entertained by those who preceded
him is ape 3 Gottfried Treviranus, in his work published in 1820,
* Vermischte Schriften, anatomischer und phere Inhalt,’
in the chapter on the Nerves of Sense in Mammalian Animals.
From this account it appears that it was Zinn who first dri an

On the Organs of Vision in the Common Mole. 99

optic nerve in the Mole, and declared it to be a branch of that divi-
sion of the fifth pair of nerves which is distributed to the nose.

boscis. It takes a long oblique course, lying above the muscles of

the nose, and passing in an outward and backward direction, sur-

rounded by dense structures, is finally inserted into the posterior
ision."

He described certain filaments, which he stated to be unconnected
with the optie nerve, and to be similar to those brauches which are
found in the tissues around the eye in other animals. "The absence

nerves of another and different sense.

sequent to the birth of the animal. : xri i ^
Von Siebold has published the results of inc into the

100 Royal Society :—

difference between the eyes of certain species of Talpa. ‘‘The e
are rudimentary,” he says, “in the Mole and Spalax viue which
live underground; and above all in Talpa ceca and t ryso-
chlores are die dee rudimentary. They are a little more | developed
in the Shrews and the Common Mole. ates to Ollivier
(Bulletin de la "Société Philomathique, vol. ii. No. 38, p. e all the
ordinary elements of the eye are found in Spalax typhlu
Leydig, in his * Handbuch der Histologie, has some siopa
remarks on the eyes of blind animals, and has described, in Müller's
* Archives,’ 1854, p. 346, the cellular structure of the lens of the
Iole's eye, as presenting the character of embryonic structure, from
which he concludes that the lens remains in its primitive embryonic
condition.

r. Solly's peque were directed to the state of the optic
commissures at the base of t ain. ‘In the Mole," he says, ‘in
which the optic nerves are so cedido minute that they have often
escaped detection, and are by many authors described as entirely

sure; while the small black speck, evidently the rudiment of the eye,
is supplied by a minute branch from the fifth pair” (p. 289, op. cit.).
In P i

exemplify this condition, in which, as in Spalax typhlus, x skin
. Mr. Herbert Mayo has given a similar — in his * Phy-

is represented as sending a filament directly to the globe of the eye.

rom the above enumeration of the views entertaine anato-
mists regarding the eye and optic nerve of the Mole, it is apparent
that attention has been directed by some to the eye in particular,
and to the structures intimately connected with it, while others have
arrived at their conclusions from examination of the interior of the
skull and the optic region of the brain.

It remained therefore to ascertain the condition of the optic nerve
in the posterior part of the orbit, val ears that portion of the nerve
which lies in the optic foramen, and t endeavour to connect the
sape described in the eye with thes observed at the base of

It is proposed to give an account of the dissection of the full-
wn M

—— = of difference shall be apparent without separate
compari

On the Organs of Vision in the Common Mole. 101

mass of cellular fibrous tissue which assumes on dissection a fusiform
shape, with an attenuated portion passing towards the base of the
Skull." The filament becomes so exceedingly delicate in the deeper
part of the orbit that the difficulty of ascertaining its precise con-
dition is probably the reason of the difference of opinion on the
t.

In Mr. Solly's specimen there was found to be no attachment
whatever of the filament to the base of the skull; but in a former

outer and inner side, it is not in my po J
whence they come, as their
them in the deeper part of t
skull. ;
The eye of the full-grown Mole presents a surface uniformly
black and glistening, in which there is no indication of a cornea and
sclerotic distinct from one another, nor any evidence of an iris or
pupillary aperture. Within the globe, when ruptured with the
points of needles, a layer of black pigmentary particles was found
to line the internal surface of the dense structure which corresponds
to the sclerotic. ;
In addition there was a confused mixture of grey and white
granular substance, in which there was no distinct evidence of re-
mains of the usual contents of the globe of the eye, though, as will
seen, those structures exist in fcetal life. ;
The specimens were sent to me preserved in alcohol, consequently
the brain was firm, and easy to be removed entire from the cranium.

102 Royal Kociety :—

On raising the anterior lobes gently from the base of the skull,
it was ascertained that no nerves saga be the brain with the bone
anterior to the fifth pair. The base of the brain also exhibited an
entire absence of the optic nerves pee. a vestige in a very minute
eae A as A ribed by Mr. Solly.
ining the internal surface of the base of the skull, the
usual SRT for the optic nerves are found to be wanting, a con-
dition which is observed with facility in the dried specimens in
the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons. Among these there
is one in which there is a vestige of an optic foramen on the left side
of the head, while on the opposite side the surface is smooth and
perfect
In the arrangement of the details which have been given above
of the appearances observed in the course of the examination, atten-
tion has been directed to three points in particular, gener to the
condition of that part of the optic nerve which is situated externally
re

to the skull which exists as a mere t d of connective tissue ;
secondly, to the eye itself, and the structures withi it
as necessary to consider them in their efficiency for opt -

the ke of the brain from which the optic nerves take their oe =
The following description of the various structures in the
Mole will be more general than the above account of them in de

jacent, a part of the globe of the eye is exposed. When the whole
side of the face and the temporal region are dissected, the eye is
found to be in close proximity to the large branch of the facial
ne

head of the jade iet cornea V trebalücin) 5 the sclerotic perfectly
distinct, and of dense white pee: © bas iris apparent through the
cornea, "with a clear pupillary apert
etween the eye and the facial nerve a small portion of the optic
nerve is seen in the superficial dissection, and appears to form an
upright peduncle for the globe.
is necessary to divide the seventh pair in order to examine the
deeper parts of the orbit. When the dissection is completed, and

the optic nerve exposed in its whole extent, from the eye to the base .

of the cranium, the branches of the fifth pair of nerves are brought
into view. The main branch of the second division of the fifth nerve

eep dissection of the orbit, as I observed nothing u unusual to re-
quire particular notice. There are some minute muscles attached
to the globe which do not admit of separation into distinct parts,
but completely surround the oai half of the globe.

To trace the optic nerve through its foramen to the brain was
successfully accomplished in only a denies After exposing

sre Ee de NES. P NITIDIS

|
at

On the Pre- Carboniferous Floras of North-east America. 103

the optic nerve and the eye completely, all the surrounding parts
were removed, and a section made through the skull so as to exhibit
a lateral view of the interior of the cranium.

The brain itself was disorganized in all the young specimens; but

distance, so that it would have been possible, if the brain had re-
mained perfect, to trace it to its origin.

With regard to the eye itself, no difficulty was experienced in se-
parating the iris, choroid, and lens. The other structures usually
existing in the eye had been so long subjected to the influence of the
alcohol that Y could not determine their condition.

It must necessarily happen that many interesting observations are
made in the course of an investigation like that which has been

May 5, 1870.—Lieut.-General Sir Edward Sabine, K.C.B.,
President, in the Chair.

Tue BAKERIAN Lecture was delivered by Jon W. Dawson,
LL.D., F.R.S., &c., Principal and Vice-Chancellor of M‘Gill College,
Montreal, “On the Pre-Carboniferous Floras o orth-Eastern
America, with especial reference to that of the Erian (Devonian)
Period.” The following is an Abstract.

y 3 ;
_ Subsequently additional material was obtained by personal inves-
tigation of the Devonian of Maine and New Brunswick, and, through
the kindness of Prof. James Hall, from that of New York. These

abled the author to prepare a catalogue of 121 species, and to attempt
a thorough revision of the Erian flora, an investigation of its
conditions of growth and relations to the Carboniferous flora.

104 Royal Society.

The term “ Erian ” is applied to the formations included between
the top of the Upper Silurian and the base of the Carboniferous, on

limitation of the Devonian of Europe, and also on account of the
immense area occupied by these beds on the south and west of Lake
Erie, and their gear development wit th regard to subdivisions
and fossils. The name “Erie Division” was also that Mp pen

Lower Devonian, were described, and full details given of the form,
structure, and fructification of two species of Psilophyton. The
eg

were examined and corrected, and several interesting trunks and stipes
belonging to Tree-ferns were described. The fruits of the genus
Cardiocarpum were illustrated with reference to their structure.

he occurrence of Lepidophloios, ine EA and other forms in
the Middle Devonian was noticed for the first

The third part of the memoir was tuii h comparisons and
general conclusions. At the close of the Upper Silurian period there
was a great subsidence of the land in Eastern America, proved b

the wide extent of the marine beds of the Lower Helderberg (Lud-
low) group. It was on the small areas of Lower-Silurian and Lau-

Devo
extension in the shallow-water beds of the Lower Erian. The
subsidence inditéted by the great Corniferous limestone interrupted
these conditions on the west side of the Appalachians, but not on
their eastern side. At the close of eee e find the rich Middle-

ppalachians terminated the Erian age, it is followed by the bm
and quite dissimilar flora of the Lower Carboniferous ; and this, after
the subsidence indicated by the Carboniferous limestone, is followed

by the Coal-formation flora.
If we compare the Erian and Carboniferous floras, we find that
the ene oe of the latter are represented in the former (but,
st part, under distinct specific forms), that the Erian

erous.
In comparing the Erian flora of America with the Devonian of

ST E

Miscellaneous. 105

Europe, we meet with the difficulty that little is known of the plants
of the Lower and Middle Devonian in Europe. There are, however,

A Table of specific types of the Erian was given, and its bearing
shown on the questions above referred to; and the hope was ex-
pressed that by separating such types from doubtful species and
varietal forms, some progress might be made towards understanding,
at least, the times and conditions in which specific types were intro-
duced and perished, and the range of varietal forms through which
they passed.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Observations on some Indian and Malayan Amphibia and Reptilia,
By Dr. F. Sroxiczxa. (Abstract.)

he N.W.

ayas. Short notes on the geographical distribution, and on

the general character of the amphibian and reptilian fauna of the

Andamans and Nicobars, form a brief preface to the detailed descrip-

tions. Complete lists of all the p ones occurring on the two
last-na islands are appended. e

The pe raid of the san noticed, with the localities

wherefrom specimens have been obtained, and brief characteristics

of the new species.

106 Miscellaneous.

AMPHIBIA.
BATRACHIA.

1. Rana gracilis, Wiegm. (typical). Sundarbans, Arracan, Ran-

goon, Moulmein, Penang, Wellesley gi we: &c.
Rana na gracilis, var. andamanens ndamans.
— —, var. nicobariensis. ars
—— —, var. pulla. Penns =

2. Rana c yanophlictis, Sc Schneid. Ori

3. Pyxicephalus breviceps, Schneid. Pon near Kotegurh.

4. Polypedates Hascheanus, n. sp. A small species from the forests
of Penang hill. Distance between anus and heel slightly less than
the length of the body; brown, lighter or darker; a bra band
between the eyes, a W-mark between the shoulders, a pair of
blackish spots about the middle of the body ; limbs with dark cross

6. Hylorana Tytleri, Theob. (?? A. Schleg.). Moul-

mein
T: Hylorana nicobariensis, n. Sp. From the Nicobars. Allied to
H. temporalis of Günther, but has two small glandular tubercles be-

alf.
nsonia, n. gen. (Rhinodermatide). Body deir limbs long

and slender, fingers free, toes half-webbed, disks scarcely swollen ;
muzzle short, canthus rostralis sharp; no teeth; tongue entire,
oval, elongat ted

8. A. penangensis. aes on rocks in streams on Penang hill.
Full-grown specimen +4 inch, hind limb 1,5, inch ; body nbeda.
black with pale yellowish-white spots on the side, and purplish-red
below, between the limbs and on the lower belly.

iplopelma carnaticum, Jerdon.

10. Caloula pulchra, Gray. From Moulmein

ll. Bufo viridis, Laur. From the Sutlej valley

12. cmt melanostictus, dina From Bengal, Burma, Malay
peninsula, Andamans, and Nie

REPTILIA.
LACERTILIA.
13. Ptychozoon homalocephalum, Kuhl. Nicobars.
14. Gecko guttatus, Daud. Veiis diee Andamans.
stentor, Cant. Andam
16. —— Smithii, Gray. Java
17. Phelsuma andamanense, Blyth. Andamans.
18. Peripia Peroni, Cant. Penan
19. —— Cantoris, Günth. Andamans.
Pere Hemidactylus frenatus, Schleg. Burma, Penang, Andamans,
an
21. Hemidactylus maculatus, D. & B. nire Andamans,
Caleutta, &c.

Miscellaneous. 107

22. bidispa igs rubidus (Pathi rubida, Blyth). Andamans.
23. affinis, n. sp. Penang. e ymnodactylus pulchellus,
Gray, in form and ‘coloration, but with longer fingers and toes, and
apparently more depressed body, no enlarged chin-shields or sub-
caudals, and no femoral d

24. Tiliqua carinata, Schneid. e rufescens apud Günth.).

aoe Burma, Penang, Nodame
5. Tiliqua olivacea, Gray, Nieobars.

ra, n. sp. Nicobars. Each scale five-keeled ;
scales i in 26 series round the body, io^ E TOWS ph the
limbs, 8 longitudinal rows on the belly ; above, two pale
streaks on the anterior half of the body, Hs pk ibet or greenish-
white below

2T. Mabouya Jerdoniana, n. sp. Penang. Like M. agilis, Gray,
but it has 7 supraciliaries, 8 upper labials, scales in 39 series round
the body, 60 transverse rows between the limbs; preanals scarcely,

nl

: an.
29. Riopa lineolata, n. sp. Martaban. Similar to R. pane a,

series round the body, and 60-65 transverse series rat the
limbs.
90. Calotes mystaceus, D. & B. ios aed ure Moulmein, &c.

31. Bronchocele cristatella, eon

32. moluccana, Less. hacia

98. —— ju ore a,D.& B. Java, Nicobars. ;

94. Tiaris sera, Blyth (Coryphylax Maximiliani, Fitz.).
xr mue and Nico

. Draco DAE E Penang.
Ornipia.

36. Cylindrophis po. np pe
7. Ablabes melanocepha ne EUST Singapore.
Si

Si

40. nicobariensis, n. Sp. Nico Scales smooth, in 17
Series, ventr vim 189, anal bifid, Sek Is 87; in coloration similar
to meine hale, but the lateral spots are smaller and much more
numerous: length 171 inches, of which that of the ma is 41 inches.

41. Ptyas mucosus, 2 N.W. Himalaya, Moulmein, Andamans.

42. hexagonotus, Cant. (Xenelaphis vum par Giinth.).
Penang.
43. Compsosoma radiatum, Rein. Moose.
44, melanurum, Schleg. Andam

semifasciata (Plats i T ‘Blyth. South of Simla.

46. Hodgsonii, Gun N.E a.
47. Tropidonotus vei Schleg. (Trop. Tytlert and strio-
latus, Blyth). Burma, urea

48. Trop. stolatus, L. Moulmein, Amhe
"icd - platyceps, Blyth esa re Steindachner).

u.

108 Miscellaneous.

50. Gonyosoma oxycephalum, Boie. Andam
51. Dendrophis picta, Gmel. Burma -Axudaana Niubsts, TE
5 udo bois Gray. Penang.
53. AEE ornata, Shaw. Penang, Burma.
54. ens, Gray. Penang

55. Papka condanurus, Maer (Phayrea isabellina, Theob.).
are

ps fronticinctus, Günth. Amherst.
sr ke hexagonotus, Blyth. Andaman
— multifasciata, Blyth. South of Simla.
=p. weed striatus, Shaw w. From near Kotegu
60. aulicus, L. I gene hypsirhinoides, f aecbala), Anda-
mans and India generally
. Tetragonosoma «frons, Cant., var. Banc

62. Python molurus, Linn. Upper Burma, a peninsula.
63. reticulatus, Schneid. Nicobars.

64. Hypsirrhina plumbea, Boie. Upper Burma.

65. am rhynchops, Schneid. Burma, Andamans, Nico-
bars

66. Hipistes hydrinus, Cant. Amherst.

67. Cantoria Dayana, n. s Amherst. Form typical, scales
in 19 series, ventrals 268, eat bifid, subeaudals 56; dull bluish
black, with numerous yellowish cross bands, narrow on the back
but TROUPE laterally.

6 urus ceruleus, Schneid. Bassein.

69. aapka elaps, Schleg. Burma, Andaman

70. Naja tripudians, Merr. N.W. Him pues Andamans

71. Callophis intestinalis, Laur. per

Enhydrina valakadyn, Boie (E. bentes Gray). Orissa.
schistosa, Daud. Gopalpore.
Pelamis platurus, L. (P. pel peer c Bay of Bengal.
imer

à amans.
mutabilis, n. sp. Andamans and Nicobars. Scales in
21 series, ventrals 156-167, subcaudals 48-62; second labial
forms the angle of the facial pit, or is divided into two shields ; colour

uniform reddish-brown, or with numerous greenish-white cross bands

on the ogi laterally with longitudinal bands.

80. Trimeresurus Cantori, Blyth. Andamans and Nicobars

. —— convictus, n. sp. Penang. Like T. monticola, Günth.,

but with much larger scales, which are disposed i in 21 series; ven-
trals 132, subcaudals 29.

82. Halys himalayanus, Günth. N.W. Himalaya.

83. Daboia Russelli, Shaw. N.W. Himalaya.

CHELONIA.
| 84. Emys crassicollis, Bell. Penang.

Miscellaneous. 109

Dr. Stoliezka gave a short sketch of the relations upra ven
the Andaman and Nicobar reptilian fauna and t f

one hand, and of Java, Sumatra, and the Philippine RN ep on the
other hand. All these islands, &e., he said, have many species in
common, e sten specially noticed the ve great number of vi-

species has the poison-glands extending from the head to ao 3 of
the total length of the body, ie free in the cavity of the anterior
part, and causing the heart to be much further removed backward
than is generally the case in other species of snakes.—From the Pro-
ceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal for April 1870.

On the Organization and Embryogeny oh ae Ascidia. Min gir ees
of Molgula tubulosa. By M. Lacaze-DvurnrE
There are few zoological discoveries x have more EP
- justly excited the interest of naturalists than that of the metamor-
edd of the Ascidians, Savigny, in studying the Tees d
these animals, found some little bodies ** among diss
fated between the tunic and the branchial sac, ews appeared io

significance of these little bodies was not really incontestably proved
ilne-Edwards’s researches.

The subsequent observations of MM. Kölliker, Van Beneden,
Kowalewski, Küpffer, and of many other naturalists have only con-
firmed the remarkable observations of the French zoologist; and
now-a-days aou admits that all the Ascidians, when young,
at their escape from the egg, have a larval form which makes them
comparable, in appearance alone, with the tadpoles of the frogs
This hitherto has been an opinion not only undisputed, but appa-
rently indisputable.

The anatomy of Molgula, one of the most interesting types of the
group of esr Ascidians, has oceupied me during nearly two sum-
mers. In studying its development, I wished to compare the mor-
phological data furnished by the observation of — adult with those
revealed by the — agar ce of the organ

ppean
comparatively easier; and it is by means of artificial fecundati
that I have been able to follow the various transformations of the
ovum, commencing with its segmentation, which is appreciable only

110 Miscellaneous.

by the employment of this experimental process; for the ovum of
the Ascidians is surrounded, outside its vitelline membrane, by a
cellular envelope, the elements of which may be mistaken (as indee

has been done) for cells of the mulberry-like mass which is the
result of segmentation. But when we first of all study the iere

envelope, we can no longer have any doubt as to the nature of the

4 The results of artificial fecundations are easily obtained ; and with
their aid we may with certainty trace, starting from the segmenta-
tion, the «leere of the first form of the embryo, its exclusion,
and the transformations which lead up to the perfect animal.

ere is not a naturalist who has observed the embryos of the
Asidians and En not expressed the astonishment produced in him
by the sight of these tadpoles, so active at first, and finally getting
rid of their tail or locomotive organ, fixing themselves and becoming

sedentary.

Now, from this point of view, Molgula presents a very remarkable
exception. Long before hatching, the tadpole-like embryo of the
Phailusie moves within the she : which encloses it, and turns about

rking movements. The embryo of Molgu la, on the contrary,

with jer ry
moves slowly, and its vcrc are but slightly perceptible beneath `

e cellular envelope which covers it. Nevertheless its movements

through which it issues like an Ameba, by flowing like a rounded,
plastic, fluid, pasty mass, destitute of a tail, and remaining sedentary
at Aisles of the vessel,
times I repeated this observation in the fear that I might
Rare um abnormally formed embryos for properly constructed
indi D^ s; and the results were always the same.

m this time, therefore, it is ascertained that the body of the
jim Mağa is supple and contractile, modifies its form mid y
amæboid movements, but never enjoys that agility or activity which
so remarkable in the first movements of the life of the other grise
whose embryogeny has been studied.

ost immediately after exclusion, the young Molgula presents,
in its globular body, zones, the different nature of which is shown
by different tints. à One of these, the outermost, produces some pro-

natural fecundations, and seen them quickly attach themselves.
The ease with which they may be kept alive enabled me to follow

Miscellaneous. 111

the same individuals for more than two months, and to see the organs
form and the young Molgula become complete

In this abstract it would be difficult to give any details with re-
gard to the transformations of the tissues and the formation of the

regarded by all zoologists as one of the most certainly established.
A ‘fact so unexpected must show what reserve and n e should
always guide us in zoological generalizations. F ther’ was
no induction more legitimate than that which ciel fa all the Asci-
dians a tadpole-like embryo; and yet the Molgule do not fall under
this general rule.

In this remarkable exception we also certainly find a fresh example

geny may and must furnish pu information, by itself it may also,
in some cases, lead us into the gravest errors. Of this, Molgula,
by the Petr iae orm B its PE S a proof,— Comptes
Rendus, May 30, 1870, tome Ixx. p.

On the Embryonal ue mdi d: mu proboscideus.
By E

Kölliker has already eee that in B pee proboscideus
oly part of the contents of the ovum is employed in the formation
f the embryo, and that the remainder forms a layer of peripheral
sail, the fate of which was unknown to him. M. Knoch has re-
cently questioned the accuracy of this observation, ns it appears,
erroneously. Mecznikow describes the ova of t estoid worm as
occupied by an ovarian cell surrounded by a mass of antes vitellus,
The cell pues ms complete segmentation, whilst the vitelline mass
re no part in the formation of the embryo. From the cellular
ass pro er by segmentation, two cells, furnished with larger
sakes than the rest, soon ge ; they fix themselves at the two
poles of the ovum, and do not disappear un e close of em-
bryonic life. The author e seen a perfectly similar arrangement
in the ova of Tenia cucumerin
After segmentation the mass sof embryonal cells acquires a rounded
form; and the embryo divides into a central nucleus and a peripheral
mass formed of very evident cells. the nucleus forms the

pheral cells becomes connected into a delicate membrane, which
finally loses its cellular structure, and acquires the appearance of a
homogeneous cuticular envelope.

though this envelope of the embryo never becomes covered with
vibratile cilia, Mecznikow does not hesitate to compare it to the
ciliated envelope of the larva of Dicikeiscephalis latus. This « com-

112 Miscellaneous.

parison is interesting. In fact the development of Bothriocephalus
proboscideus shows that the embryonal envelope is the homologue
of the amnios of the embryos of insects and other Arthropoda.

lat ould be a sort o os persi for time after
exclusion. Butthen we must extend this HT to the ciliated
envelope of the embryos of the Monostomata a M. Desor's

as a sort of provisional envelope of its Nemertes—as an amnios which

acquires a remarkable degree of independence .—Mélanges Biolo-

mon tirés du Bull. Acad. Imp. des Sciences de St. Pétersb. tome vi.
; Bibl. Univ. tome xxxvii. Jan. 15, 1870, Bull. Sci. p. 87.

On the Buenos-Ayres Finner. By Dr. BURMEISTER.
(In a letter to Dr. J. E. Gray.)

I have received another Whale, well preserved and entire, of
which I have made a careful drawing, which I intend to publish as
soon as the skeleton is cleaned and transported to the Museum. At
present I am not quite certain of the identity of the animal; but I
believe it is Physalus patachonicus. The body is sixty feet long, six
feet high, and sixteen feet in circumference ; it is a
plete specimen which I described three years ago was a female, so
that now I shall have both sexes of the species. Unfartaustély

and I a i

any thing of the intestines. As the body is deposited on the shores
of the river nearly two miles from Buenos Ayres, it is somewhat
difficult for me to study it in detail; so that I shall only be able to
present to the scientific public a drawing of the entire animal and
its skeleton, which I shall send to you, to have published in London.

New Localities for Zonites glaber.
To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History.
GENTLEMEN,

In your May number of the * Annals, Mr. Jeffreys describes a
new British land-shell, Mens glaber. Tt may be interesting to
many of your readers to a few other localities whence I have
obtained it:—In 1862 Rea near Leeds ; in 1864 my son took it

in Guernsey ; in 1868 I took it at Bristol ; same year near London ;
in 1869 from Jersey.

I remain, Gentlemen,
Yours, &c.
W. Rica.

14 Great Russell Street, Bloomsbury.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[FOURTH SERIES.]

No. 32. AUGUST 1870.

— e

VIIL —On the Use of the Term “ Homology.”
By Sr. George Mrvart, F.R.S.

ANATOMICAL science in this country will ever be very deeply

Nor did these latter seem to many to fall alone. Teleo-
logy had been a favourite subject with ProfessorOwen; and with
teleology evolution ap Ka to wage battle à outrance. It
was not that this or that application was disputed ; but the
Whole conception fell into utter disesteem, and the purpose-

8

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. vi.

114 Mr. St. George Mivart on the Use

lessness of the organic world became with some almost a
dogma of faith.

ime, however, has again brought about a change in the
situation. From the same professorial chair whence Profes-
sor Owen, in 1849, propagated his views, Professor Huxley,
in 1869, gave out in turn a quasi-vertebral theory of the skull;
and the same Professor, in the first number of the ‘ Academy,’
has eloquently proclaimed, not only the complete compatibility
of “ teleology” with “ evolutionism,” but even the utter im-
potence of the latter to weaken in however small a degree the
position of the teleologist.

e impulse given so long ago is yet far from being ex-
hausted; and the latest manifestation of it is the interesting
paper on homology by Mr. E. Ray Lankester, which appeared
in the last number of the ‘ Annals.’

In that paper Mr. Lankester proposed to suppress the old
term “ homology,” which has done such signal service, and to
substitute for it two others, which are well chosen and will
probably be useful.

Before noticing them, however, I must protest, in limine,
against the notion (which Mr. Lankester seems to favour
that the acceptance of the theory of evolution, even of the
special Darwinian form of it, is any bar to the reception
of that view which represents all organic forms as i
been created according to certain fixed ideal types. The two
beliefs, far from being reciprocally exclusive, can and do co-
ait in perfect harmony in one and the same individual
mind.

As to the proposal to abandon the term “ homology,” I, for
one, should very much regret that dereliction, which would be,
I think, prejudicial to science.

mongst the valuable results of Professor Owen’s long
labours may be mentioned the many happy terms devised by
him, and his suggestions as to the formation of a convenient
anatomical nomenclature.

substitute “homogeny” and “ homoplasy.” The former of
these refers to parts the resemblances between which are due
to close genetic relations; the latter includes “all cases of
close resemblance of form which are not traceable to homo-
geny, and all details of agreement not homogenous, in struc-

of the Term “ Homology.” 115

tures which are broadly homogenous as well as in structures
having no genetic affinity.” Mr. L
words “analogy” and “analogous” in Professor Owen’s

ployed when it is possible to determine to which process any
given resemblance is due, ¢. e. whether it is a homogenetic or
a homoplastic homology. ;

Tn this way we shall have parts divisible into two categories,
viz.: 1. Analogues; 2. Homologues. The latter will be
further divisible, and “ homology ” will be, as it were, a generic
term, with homogeny and homoplasy as two species under it.

I advocate this arrangement for three reasons :—

Because it is not possible always to discriminate between
homogeny and homoplasy.

2. Because there is more than one kind of homogeny ; 8o
that if the word “ homology ” be abandoned, two terms wi
not be enough to replace it. :

3. Because instead of there being three relations tolerably
equivalent in value expressed by the terms analogy, homo-
geny, and homoplasy, homogeny and homoplasy are ve
much more st related than is either of these two wi
analogy,—the two latter terms both referring to relations of po-
Sition and having nothing to do with the action of the parts
named, the first term, on the other hand, referring to function
exclusively.

In the first place, it is not necessary to do more than refer to
the great number of cases where at present it is impossible to
. Say whether, on the theory of evolution, certain parts should

be ed homogens or homoplasts. I quite agree with Mr.
Lankester that * valuable results may be obtained from an
investigation of the numerous problems of homology by the
light s the discrimination of homogenous and homoplastic
formations can afford ” (how fruitful have been the investiga-

*

tions as to the vertebral structure of the skull!) ; ini I, indeed,

116 Mr. St. George Mivart on the Use

,
ues.
Tn the second place we have two kinds of homogeny :—one,
such as the evolutionary homogeny between the tarsus of

. are formed from “imaginal disks " cannot be said to be de-
velopmentally homogenous with the legs of such Diptera as
are not so formed. i :

That developmental homogeny is important, can hardly be
denied, seeing that the great argument for the homology of
any two parts has been generally held to be the fact of their
undergoing the same process of development. Now it is in-
convenient not to be able to indicate both kinds of homogeny
and homoplasy by a common term; and therefore I think it
better to preserve the word * homology." :

Thirdly, I think it better to regard homoplasy as a species
under homology, because the affinity between homoplasts and
homogens is so much greater than between homoplasts and
analogues, even sometimes when the latter are to a certain

* Of course I mean not directly homogenous ancestrally, i. e. indepen-
dently originated in structures which may or may not be homogens of a
more remote and general kind,

of the Term “ Homology.” 117

mogenetic basis: and if there ¢s room for diversity, then the
concordance is most remarkable; for the homologies are so
conspicuous as, in many cases, to be hardly disputable; and
the result is, that the question as to the mode in which such
homologies arose, though always a very interesting inquiry,
becomes, as has been said, of subordinate importance.

s to the difference in the mode in which certain bones are de-

guments
against the laying of so great a stress upon the mode of ossifi-
cation as has of late been
In the same way it does not seem unreasonable to regard the
auricles and ventricles of birds as homologous with the auri-
cles and ventricles of mammals, in spite of the diversity in their
modeoforigin. Although the homology will be a homoplastic
one, yet it will be an homology—the parts having a very close
resemblance, in their relations to surrounding structures, in
both birds and mammals. On the other hand, between these
cavities and the chambers of the heart of a Myriopod there is
ut a certain relation of analogy.
With regard to the question, What here is “ covered by the
term homology over and above homogeny?" in this case
(as also in the relationship of certain homologous muscles in

118 Mr. St. George Mivart on the Use

birds and mammals) it may be replied that it is a complex
correspondence between parts as to their relative positions,
according to a certain line of thought, and independently of
their mode of origin; in other words, conformity to type.
'This answer will, Í know, be distasteful to some; but I con-
tend that it is a very rational answer for all that. It is true
that types have none but an ideal existence, that types, as
types, are not real, objective entities ; but that is no more rea-
son for refusing to recognize their ideal existence and their
objective realization in individuals than is the non-existence
objectively of species, as species, a reason for refusing to re-
cognize their individual realization or to make use of zoologi-
cal specific names.

An intellect of a higher order than that of man would pro-
bably detect an indefinite number of relations between two
animals between their component parts, which relations
escape us altogether. As it is, we can detect a certain num-
ber of relations of function, of origin, and of conformity of
relative position of different kinds according to the different
ways in which we regard the subject matter, 7. e. as we follow
up different lines of thought. It is well to have distinct
names for at least the more obviously different conceptions
of this kind, about a quarter of a hundred of which may be
readily distinguished.

r. Lankester proposes to use the word “ homotrophy”’ to
denote that kind of homoplasy which is due to causes at work
other and “ besides an agreement in environment or external
evoking conditions."

I would suggest the term “ actinology " to denote that kind
of homological relation which exists between the successive
segments, regions, or divisions of a part or organ. Processes
or parts annexed to or springing from such segments, regions,
or divisions would be secondarily actinologous, while appen-
dages of these latter again would be tertiary actinologues, and
80 on.

In this way we may have :—

_1. Non-homologous analogues, 4. e. parts which have a
similarity of function without any similarity as to relative
position, e. g. the legs of a lizard and those of a lobster.
- Homologous analogues, 7. e. parts which are similar both
as to function and relative position, e.g. the wings of a bat
and a bird

3. Homogenetie homologues, 4. e. parts which, on the evo-
lutionary theory, have a genetic relation, e.g. the humerus of
a horse and that of an ox.

4. Developmental homogens, 7. e. homogenetie homologues

of the Term “ Homology.” 119

which arise similarly, whether they descend from the same

ncestral homogens, č. e. homogenetie homologues which
do not arise similarly, though probably descended from common
ancestral parts, e. g. the legs of flies of diverse development.

- Homoplastic homologues, 7. e. parts closely similar as to
relative position, but with no genetic affinity, or only a remote
one, e. g. the ventricles of a bat and a bird.

Homogenetic serial homologues, 4. e. different parts of
one individual, the correspondence between which is to be
accounted for genetically, e. g. perhaps any two somites of the
abdomen of a lobster (?).

8. Homoplastic serial homologues, 7. e. different parts of one
individual, the correspondence between which is to be ac-
counted for by the influence of external conditions (the * su-
perinduced segmentation" of Mr. Herbert Spencer), e. g. the
fore and hind limbs of one side of any mammal.

9. Vertical homologues, 7. e. different corresponding parts of
one individual, of which one part is dorsal the other ventral,
e.g. dorsal and anal fins of certain fishes.

10. Lateral homologues, i.e. different corresponding parts
of one individual, of which one part is right and the other left,
€. g. the right and left arms of a man.

11. Antero-posterior homologues, t. e. different corresponding
parts of one individual, of which one part is anterior, the other
posterior, e. g. the mouth and the cloaca. :

12. Radial homologues, 7. e. different corresponding parts of
one individual which radiate from a central axis, e. g. any two
arms on the same starfish. rd

13. Homotrophic homologues, 4. e. parts of an individual
the correspondences between which are regarded as due to in-
ternal modifying influences, e. g. the eyes and the ears.

14. Serial homotrophes, 7.e. homotrophic homologues the
correspondence between which is antero-posterior, e. g. an extra
thumb and an extra great-toe on the same side of the same man.

15. Vertical homotrophes, ¢. e. homotrophie homologues
which correspond vertically. :

16. Lateral homotrophes, 4. e. homotrophie homologues of
the two sides of one individual, e. g. the nt and left eyes.

17. Antero-posterior homotrophes, 7. e. homotrophic homo-
logues which correspond antero-posteriorly. . Seog

18. Actinologous homologues, ?. e. successive subdivisions,
parts, or regions of a part or segmented organ, e. g. two suc-
cessive joints of an antenna of a lobster, or the vertebral and
sternal parts of the same costal element.

120 On the Use of the Term “ Homology.”

19. Serial actinologues, 4. e. segments, parts, or regions of
one part or organ which correspond with segments, parts, or
regions of another serially homologous part or organ, e.g. a
protopodite of an ambulatory leg and a protopodite of a swim-
meret of the same lobster.

20. Secondary actinologues, i.e. appendages annexed to
successive segments, parts, or regions of a part or organ com-

ared one with another, e.g. two appendages belonging re-
spectively to two successive joints of an antenna, or two teeth
of the same side of the same jaw.

. Serial secondary actinologues, 7. e. appendages annexed
to successive segments, parts, or regions of a part or organ
compared with corresponding appendages annexed to succes-
sive segments, parts, or regions of another and corresponding
(serially homologous) part or organ, e. g. the radial tuberosity
and the tibial trochanter, or processes of two successive bran-
chial arches.

25. General homologues, 4. e. parts of two organisms be-
longing to the same general skeletal category, e.g. vertebral
centra of man and the cod, or lateral appendages of the lobster
and scorpion.

In this way may be clearly distinguished different kinds and
degrees of relationship perceived according as the mind is di-
rected along one line of inquiry or another, whether concerning
different individuals or different parts of the same individual
and whether concerning derivation, process of development,
relative position, or function.

. These distinctions could, no doubt, be easily augmented or
improved, and they are here set down for augmentation or
emendation.

_ it may or may not be well (I think it will be well) to dis-
tinguish these different relationships by distinct terms; but

* Special and general homologies were defined and explained by Profes-
sor Owen in his book on the archetype and homologies of the vertebrate
skeleton (pp. 1 & 72). e

On Gasteropodous Mollusca from the Gulf of Suez. 121

anyhow i must be kept clear and distinct in the mind in
order to make progress in scientific zootomy.

While protesting er the abandonment of the very use-
ful, nay, necessary term “ homology,” I accept with pleasure
Mr. Lankester's new terms, and thank him very cordially for
this latest contribution to pileo anatomy.

IX.—On some Genera and Species of Gasteropodous Mol-
lusca collected by Mr. M‘Andrew in the Gulf of Suez. By
ARTHUR ADAMS, F.L.S.

Mr. M‘AnprEw jain submitted to my inspection numerous
small and obscure forms of marine gasteropodous Mollusca,
for the purpose of identification, I hes made a careful exa-
mination and comparison of them, to assist him in his re
searches into the geographical dotibution of Mollusca, udi
have included the results in this paper.

Fam. Rissoidz.
Genus CERATIA, H. & A. Ad.
C. pyrgula, A. Ad.
C. testa turbinato-turrita, imperforata, alba, tenui, nitida, semi-
opaca, spira apice obtusa ; ; anfract. 5, convexis, su pro ;

apertura ovata, antice vix effusa et subdilatata ; labio arcuato,
acu ag

. Gulf of Suez.
bs turreted, turbinate, wana ue white shell, with e
d of the spire very obtuse, and with the aperture som
hat effuse and dilated anteriorly.

Genus MICROSTELMA, A. Ad.
M. concinna, A. Ad.
M. testa ovato-turrita, imperforata, alba ; anfraet. 7, planis, postice
angulatis, supremis longitudinaliter plicatis, plicis rectis, validis,
sequalibus, interstitiis transversim striatis ; anfractu ultimo magno,
plicis evanidis; apertura oblongo-ovata, antice producta, effusa ;
labio areuato, simplici; labro postice ad suturam angulato.
Hab. Gulf of Suez.
The only other shell I have seen resembling this somewhat
worn specimen found by Mr. M'Andrew is Microstelma de
. Ad., from the Gotto Islands, in Japan (Ann. & Mag. Nat.
Hist. 1863, xi.p.348). The nucleolar whorls are o eabintandicly

122 Mr. A. Adams on Gasteropodous Mollusca

broken off. It has the aspect of a Pyramidellid ; but, from
the absence of plaits on the columella, I should pr efer to place
it with the Rissoids.

Genus Corena, A. Ad.

Testa tat aden rimata, spira apice obtusa; apertura cireu-
ari, peritr uo; labio cal ui expanso obte cto, et
aene abai acia instructo ; labro margine duplicato, extus
valde r
Honest in form some species of the little Bulimoid group

called Ena by Leach; but it has a double peritreme, and the

inner lip is furnished posteriorly with a dentiform tubercle.
enus seems nearer Onoba than any other form with
which I am acquainted.
C. tuberculifera, A. Ad.

C. testa elato-turrita, rimata, albida, tenui, subpellucida, apice spira

obtusa; anfr. 5, convexiusculis, longitudinaliter oblique striatis.

Hab. Gulf of Suez.

Genus Rissoa, Fréminv.
R. gracilis, A. Ad.
R. testa aciculato-turrita, alba, solida, in medio convexiuscula ;

anfr. 8, convexis, longitudinaliter catita. costis confertis ; aper-
tura ovata ; labro arcuato, dilatato

Hab. Gulf of Suez. .

The only species of Rissoa proper which at all resembles
this very elegant little shell is 2. awriscalpium, Linn., whic
however, is much larger, and has not the regular, longitudinal,
rather crowded ribs of this shell. Only a single specimen was
obtained.

Genus Onosa, H. & A. Ad.
O. mirifica, A. Ad. Ann. &. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1863.

Hab. Gulf of Suez (M'Andr.), Japan (A. Ad.).

Genus FENELLA, A. Ad.
1. F. pupoides, A. Ad. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1860.
Hab. Gulf of Suez (M'Andr.), Japan (A. Ad.).

2. P. n A. Ad. (Dunkeria), Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

Hab. Gulf of Suez (M'Andr.), Japan (A. Ad.).

collected in the Gulf of Suez. 123
3. F. reticulata, A. Ad. (Dunkeria), Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.
1860.

Hab. Gulf of Suez (M‘Andr.), Japan (A. Ad.).
4. F. rufocincta, A. Ad. (Dunkeria), Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.
1860.

Hab. Gulf of Suez (M*Andr.), Japan (A. Ad.).

Genus Hyata, H. & A. Ad.
1. H. nitida, A. Ad.

H. testa elato-turbinata, imperforata, albida, tenui, levi, nitida,
semipellucida; spira apiee obtusa; anfract. 6, convexis, ad su-
turas subangulatis, suturis profundis, anfraetu ultimo rotundato ;
n ovata; labio vix reflexo; labro arcuato, simplici, mar-

cuto.

Hab. Gulf of Suez.

Very similar in form to the succeedin ng species; but the
axis is not perforated, the inner sd is hardly reflexed, and the
whorls are angulated at the sutures

2. H. concinna, A. Ad.
H. testa dete c porforata, athe. t enui, levi, subdepbene; ;
spira apice obtusa; t. 53, convexis, suturis impres

fractu ultimo eg guinis ov. eris Tara iubciian A

vix reflexo; labro margine acuto.

Hab. Gulf of Suez.

A pretty shell, more nearly resembling the type of Hyala
than any other form with which I am acquainted, but the
true position of which must remain doubtful until the animal
shall have been discovered and examined.

3. H. pumila, A. Ad.
H. testa elongato-turbinata, imperforata, alba, wity pellucida ; spits
apice aiia anfract. planiusculis, su margin an
magno, elon RD apertura mu peritremate con-
tinuo ; labio. subincrassato ; labro margine arcuato, subdilatato.

Hab. Gulf of Suez (M'Andr.), Japan (A. Ad.).

This pretty little shell, which — to be identical with
specimens I found in Japan, resembles in form some species
of Onoba, but is smooth and nearly pellucid, and has the ob-
tuse spire seen in Hyala. The inner lip being continuous
A the outer, also, reminds one rather of Onoba than o

Yala.

124 Mr. A. Adams on Gasteropodous Mollusca
Fam. Litiopide.
Genus DIALA, A. Ad.

1. D. varia, A. Ad. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1861.
Hab. Gulf of Suez (M*Andr.), Japan (A. Ad.).

2. D. suturalis, A. Ad. (Monoptygma), Sow. Thes. Conch.

(Monopt.) pl. 172. f. 31, 33.
Hab. Gulf of Suez (M‘Andr.), Philippines (Cuming).

3. D. succincta, A. Ad.

D. testa turrito-pyramidali; spira conica, elata; levi, solida, poite,
lutescente, fascia'angusta rufa ad suturas ornata ; anfr. 8, plan
transversim obsolete suleatis ; a: tu ultimo antice fascia alk
succincto; apertura ovata, antice produeta et acuminata ; labio
rec tiusculo, fusco tincto ; labro arcuato, simplici.

. Hab. Gulf of Suez.

A pretty species, quite distinct from any hitherto deseos
being elevated and conical, 2 the aperture very much pro
duced and narrowed in fron

Genus ALABA, H. & A. Ad.
1. A. imbricata, A. Ad. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1862.
Hab. Gulf of Suez (M‘Andr.), Japan (A. Ad.).

2. A. lucida, A. Ad. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1862.
Hab. Gulf of Suez (M‘Andr.), Japan (A. Ad.).

Genus STYLIFERINA, A. Ad.
1. S. goniochila, A. Ad. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1860.
Hab. Gulf of Suez (M'Andr.), Japan (A. Ad.).

2. SS. callosa, A. Ad.

S. testa remige alba, vitrea, vix de red mia polita ;
anfract , convexis, su argina . ultimo basi
conv as wirds umbilieali callo btebte. apertura ‘ovato-lunari,
labio obliquo, superne incrassato, antice sube
Hab. Gulf of Suez.

A small, polished, semipellucid shell, = turbinate re and
with the umbilicus Manor ith a shining callus. T fice
nucleolar whorls are ficken: off; but the genus ie. to
be nic ne which more resembles Alaba than Stylifer
pepe.

collected in the Gulf of Suez. 125

Fam. Pyramidellidz.
Genus PYRAMIDELLA, Lam.
P. mitralis, A. Ad., Sow. Thes. Conch. (Pyr.) pl. 172. f. 9.
Hab. Gulf of Suez (M'Andr.), Philippines (Cuming).

Genus OBELISCUS, Humphr.
l. O. terebellum, Müll. (Helix), Verm. p 123. no. 319; Sow.
Thes. Conch. (Obel.) pl. 171. f. 5, 6
Hab. Gulf. of Suez (M‘Andr.), West Indies (auct.).

2. O. tessellatus, A. Ad., Sow. Thes. Conch. ( Obel.) pl. 171.

Hab. Gulf of Suez (M‘Andr.), Philippines (Cuming).

3. O. pusillus, A. Ad., Sow. Thes. Conch. (Obel.) pl. 171. f. 7.
Hab. Gulf of Suez (M‘Andr.), Philippines (Cuming).

4. O. vitreus, A. Ad. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1860, vi. 335.
Hab. Gulf of Suez (M‘Andr.), Japan (A. Ad.).

Genus SYRNOLA, A. Ad.
l. S. pulchella, A. Ad. Aspen Sow. Thes. Conch. (Mon.
belisc.) pl. 171. f. 20.
Hab. Gulf of Suez FIOR Japan (A. Ad.).
2. S. aclis, A. Ad. (Obeliscus), Sow. Thes. Conch. (Mon.
Obel.) pl. 171. f. 30.
Hab. Gulf of Suez (M'Andr.), Philippines (Cuming).
3. S. aciculata, À. e ANH Sow. Thes. Conch. (Mon.
Obel.) pl. 171. f.
Ob. ornatus, Gld.
Hab. Gulf of Suez (M'Andr.), Philippines (Cuming), Japan
(A. Ad.). .
4. S. pupina, A. Ad. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1860.
Hab. Gulf of Suez (M'Andr.), Japan (A. Ad.).
5. S. subulina, A. Ad. Proc. Zool.Soc. 1862.
Hab. Gulf of Suez (M‘Andr.), Japan (A. Ad.).
6. S. lucida, A. Ad.

S. testa acuminato-conoidea, imperforata, semipellucida, a
nitida; anfract. norm. 5, planis, ultimo amplo, ad basin ro

126 Mr. A. Adams on Gasteropodous Mollusca
= apertura subquadrata, plica parietali conspicua, trans-

Hab. Gulf of Suez.

Most nearly resembles S. pyramidalis, A. Ad., but is not
umbilicated. It is also like Ob. vitrea, A. Ad., but is without
any coloured red band on the whorls.

Genus ORINA, A. Ad.

Testa vitrea, conico-turrita, umbilicata ; anfractibus planis, simpli-
cibus. Apertura subquadrata, plica parietali unica transversa
instructa,

O. pinguicula, A. Ad.

O. testa conoidali, profunde Rr alba, tenui, levi; anfr.
norm. 5, planis, suturis can atis ; den. "ribquaiia
antice subangulata ; plica pariak transversa, valida ; labro intus
transversim sulcato

Hab. Gulf of ka
Like a short umbilicated Syrnola. S. pyramidalis, A. Ad.
(Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1860) also belongs to this newly
indicated sa
Genus STYLOPTYGMA, A. Ad.
1. S. lendix, A. Ad. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. Nov. 1862.
. Hab. Gulf of Suez (M'Andr.), Japan (A. Ad.).

2. S. nivea, A. Ad.

S. testa subulata, in medio Pagar. solida, cherie, nivea, polita ;
anfract. norm. 6, planulatis, su uturis marginatis ; Sperm elon-

Hab. Gulf n Suez.

A solid, ivory-white, highly polished species, with an elon-
gated aperture, and with the plait on the inner lip very oblique.

Genys MONOPTYGMA, Gray.

M. fulva, A. Ad. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1851; Sow. Thes. (Mon.
Monopt.) pl. 172. f. 23.

Hab. Gulf of Suez EN ; Philippines (Cuming),

Genus MxoNA, A. Ad.

M. casta, A. Ad. (Monoptygma), Sow. Thes. Conch. (Mon.
Monopt.) pl pL.i7x f 3 a »

Hab. Gulf of Suez neret China Sea (A. Ad.).

collected in the Gulf of Suez. ` 127

Until the animals of Monoptygma, Myonia, and Agatha
shall have been examined, it is difficult to say whether they
should be placed in Pyramidellidze or Actæonidæ.

Genus AGATHA, A. Ad.
A. vitrea, A. Ad.

A. testa subulata, alba, vitrea, semipellucida ; anfract. 6, planulatis,
suleis transversis distantibus exaratis ; apertura elongato-ovata,
antice producta et effusa; labio in medio oblique subplicato.
Hab, Gulf of Suez.

This is a species of a group of shells of which A. virgo, A.
Ad., is the type. They are beautiful white, polished, vitreous
shells like elongated Actwones or, rather, Myonic, but without
the sculpture peculiar to those forms.

Genus MonMULA, A. Ad.
M. Macandree, A. Ad.

M. testa subulato-turrita, crassa, solida, rissoidea, alba; anfract. nor-
malibus 11, planis, hic et illic valde varicosis, longitudinaliter
costatis, transversim totis liratis, fasciis duabus rufis ornatis;
apertura subquadrata ; labio spiraliter tortuoso ; labro extus valde
varicoso, margine ar
Hab. Gulf of Suez.

This shell agrees dira: with the Mormula egregia, A.
Ad., from the Philippines (Proc. Linn. Soc. Zool. vol. vii. h
but specifically it differs i in Fea whorls being ornamented with
but two red-brown bands instead of three, and being provided
an and there with strong conspicuous yee M. rissoina,

A. Ad. (Proc. Linn. Soc. Zool. vol. vii.), from Japan, Lancea,

Sp., Pse., from the Sandwich Islands, ui FT Proto
Cornelliana, Newcombe (Am. : ourn. Conch. 2 v. pl. 17. f. 3),
are examples of the same ‘Andrew’s
specimens the little embryonic indeed. ell i is Fire shown—
proving the genus to belong to m It most nearly
resembles Turbonilla; but the imer li "d te lew and
simple as in that group. Pyramidella Sow.

Thes. Mon. Pyram. a 172. f. 16,17), and d Pyranidell am-

bigua, Gould (Otia iod: p. 60), also belong to this genus.

Genus TURBONILLA, Risso.
l. T. bifasciata, A. Ad. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1861.
Hab. Gulf of Suez (M*Andr.), China (A. Ad.).

128 On Gasteropodous Mollusca from the Gulf of Suez.
2. T. acicularis, A. Ad. (Chemnitzia), Proc. Zool. Soc. 1853,
. 182.

Hab. Gulf of Suez (M‘Andr.), Philippines (Cuming).
3. T. metula, A. Ad. (Chrysallida), Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.
1860.

Hab. Gulf of Suez (M‘Andr.), Japan (A. Ad.).
4. T. candida, A. Ad. (Chemnitzia), Proc. Zool. Soc. 1853,
p- 181.

Hab. Gulf of Suez (M‘Andr.), Philippines (Cuming).
5. T. fusca, A. Ad. (Chemnitzia), Proc. Zool. Soc. 1853,
« 481.

Hab. Gulf of Suez (M'Andr.), Philippines (Cuming).
6. T. decussata, A. Ad. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1861.
Hab. Gulf of Suez (M‘Andr.), China Sea (A. Ad.).
7. T. scitula, A. Ad. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1861.
Hab. Gulf of Suez (M'Andr.), China Sea (A. Ad.).
8. T. modica, A. Ad. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1860.
Hab. Gulf of Suez (M‘Andr.), Japan (A. Ad.).

Genus CINGULINA, A. Ad.
C. circinata, A. Ad. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1860.
Hab. Gulf of Suez (M'Andr.), Japan (A. Ad.).

Fam. Styliferidz.
Genus SCALENOSTOMA, Desh.
S. Deshayesii, A. Ad.

S. testa ee superne attenuata, spira styliformi,
albida, nitida, semio anfract. normalibus 7, primis con-
vexiusculis, sequ edibus ee ad suturas acute carinatis ;
anfractu ultimo in medio carinato, basi convexo; apertura o
antice subeffusa ; labro arcuato, in medio produc cto.

Hab. Gulf of Suez.

This shell seems to have all the characters of M. Deshayes's
Scalenostoma carinatum, described in his * Cat. des Mollusques
de l'ile de la Réunion,’ pl. 7. f. 26, 28. S. Deshayesi? has the

orm of a Rissoina with the texture and spire of a Stylifer.

The inner lip is not so straight as in the Bourbon shell, and

the spiral keel is less acute and defined. In his specimens

On Prof. Owen's Monograph on Dimorphodon. 129

M. Deshayes was unable to ascertain if the nucleolar whorls
were arranged in the form of a little sinistral embryonic shell,
as they are in all true Pyramidellids; and, unfortunately,
neither is Mr. M‘Andrew’s shell in a condition to prove the
fact, the apex of the spire being broken off. I am of opinion,
however, that Scalenostoma belongs to Styliferide, and proba-
bly should include Chemnitzia Rangii of Folin, Méléagrini-
coles, pl. 6. f. 1. rU

X.—Remarks on Prof. Owen's Monograph on Dimorphodon.
By Harry G. SEELEY, F.G.S., Assistant to Prof. Sedgwick
in the Woodwardian Museum of the University of Cam-
bridge.

only defects, often unaccountable, in contributions to know-
ledge which are made in strivings to attain to truth. But all

First, of Osteology.—This is descriptive of specimens of
Dim Avg foin fs Lias, and interpretative of the osteo-

ut, I think, both misunderstood and misrepresented ; so that

it has seemed to me desirable to reproduce as well as I was

able in English the following account which Von Meyer
9

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist, Ser.4. Vol. vi.

130 Mr. H. G. Seeley on Prof. Owen's

gives of the skull in Ornithosaurians from the Lithographic
slate*.

« The skull of the Pterodactyles, which Oken placed between
Chameleon and Crocodile, after all can only be compared to
the skulls of birds and of lizards. The preponderating resem-
blance to the bird's head cannot be disputed ; but, on the other

and, it has opposed to it a surprising dissimilarity in certain
parts, which incline to the type of the Sauria. Several spe-
cies are characterized by an exceedingly depressed snout,
which occurs more frequently in birds. In other respects,
also, the general shape of the head is more like birds than
it is like reptiles, which show a cranium more or less flattened.
The bats, which deserve notice as flying Vertebrata, are en-
tirely mammalian animals, and totally different, especially in
their heads. In Pterodactyles, as in birds, the bones of the
skull blend together so imperceptibly that their sutures at
best are only indistinctly seen, and are sometimes obliterated ;
while even in full-grown reptiles they are all to be made out
with great distinctness. There is the more difficulty in ascer-
taining the structure of the Pterodactyle skull, since generally
only the lateral aspect is exposed, and hence we get scarcely
any information about its upper and under surfaces. Among
the skulls which are die. from the side, information is at
times afforded by those in which the parts have suffered some
displacement; but the separations so produced are to be ac-
cepted with great caution, for they do not always coincide
with the real boundaries of the bones.

* From ‘Zur Fauna der Vorwelt. Reptilien aus dem lithographischen
Schiefer, &c.,’ von Hermann yon Meyer, (Frankfurt am Main, 1859.
Folio) pp. 15,16,

Lea ii notre en ns

Monograph on Dimorphodon. 131

of the orbit, and covers the greater part of the cerebrum
which consisted of two hemispheres, in which Oken recognized
a resemblance to higher animals.
“ The posterior vault of the skull is bird-like. The double
arietal bone succeeds behind the principal frontal bone, and
18 constituted as in birds. Geoffroy, regarding the mastoid as
the parietal, described this bone in birds as the interparietal.
“ upraoceipital seems to be single as in birds, and
tolerably well expanded; it generally forms that part of the
skull which lies furthest back. The side bone of the occiput
{exoccipital] lies lower down x and was probably directed some-

as in birds, and not as in mammals and reptiles.
* Froriep's Neue Notizen, No. 5, Bd. xx. Oct. xm

132 Mr. H. G. Seeley on Prof. Owen's

exoccipital. I would here remark that the exterior closing of £
the cavity or ring for the passage of the temporal muscles also fj
occurs in birds.

* The malar and superior maxillary do not follow the type
of birds. The malar consists of a single bone, which forms
the greater part of the anterior and inferior boundary of the |
orbit of the eye (which is surrounded with bones), and in this 7
respect resembles most of all certain lizards, such as the
dragons and Iguana. In birds the cavity for the eye is not
generally closed below with bones; but whenever it is so
closed, it is not by the malar bone.

“ The process of the malar bone which ascends in front of

downward and attenuates towards the end. Of these two

the front part of the border of the orbital cavity. In addition

by a bony partition, and contained, as in

Monograph on Dimorphodon. 133

When this ring is found, it either consists of a single smooth
piece (Pterodactylus scolopaciceps, P. crassirostris) or is made
up of small plates, which lie over each other, and whic may
be either smooth (Pterodactylus Kochi) or granulated (F:

eyert).

“The nostril was double, and often distinguished by its
large size. The two holes, however, were not separated inter-
sally, by a partition of a partly bony consistence, as Oken

cut out. This bone, like most of the skull-bones of the Ptero-
dactyles, is very thin. But as the intermaxilla ridge, which
overlies it and extends to the principal frontal bone, is con-
siderably thicker, as is also the lower margin of the jaw
which in that part is generally provided with teeth, it could
not but happen, owing to the pressure to which these petrifac-
tions have been subjected, that the thin exterior bone received
a more depressed position in comparison with its borders. It
thus acquired the appearance of a thin bony partition in the
inside of the skull.

in P. brevirostris and P. Meyeri.
opening is only partially separated by bones from the Dok
and varies in size according to the distance of the prefront

from the lachrymal. These two bones are sometimes so near
together, that the middle hole seems scarcely developed, or
may even not be noticed at all, as, for instance, in £. Kochi ;
and P. longicollum and P. rhamphastinus may justify the con-
viction that there are Pterodactyles which rely have no
| . Where the middle hole is completely bordered
by bones, the separation between it and the orbital cavity is

t by the maxillary. ;
oniy to a yery Ambient PY is the quadrate, to which

ulates. Th not.
birds, but cylindrical and shaft-like, which circumstance was

134 Mr. H. G. Seeley on Prof. Owen's
regarded by Cuvier and Oken as an infallible sign that go

Pterodactyle was a saurian reptile, and not a mamma

this, as in some other parts, the animal shows the greatest
similarity to the chameleon, in which, however, the back of
the skull is not arch-like, as in birds, but sharper in its
backward prolongation, and therefore quite different from
Pterodact. e It is characteristic of Pterodactylus that the
articulation of the lower jaw lies more or less in front of the
posterior angle of the orbit. In birds this region lies further
backward; and in lizards it is coincident with the posterior
termination of the temporal fossa.

* At the same time the lower jaw of the Pterodactyle, except
in being armed with teeth, closely resembles that of birds. The
very firm union of its rami, their flat ledge-like form, their
straight antero-posterior direction, and slight vertical curve,
the facing of its articular surface (which lies rather backward),
and the surprising shortness of the process which is behind
it greatly remind us of the lower jaw in birds, and, among
reptiles, of the chameleon and the turtle. Sometimes traces

the spot where both ledges terminate anteriorly, a clear sepa-
ration between the coronoid and dentary bones may be seen.
Hence it results that the lower jaw of the Pterodactyles, at
any rate, 18, even in its composition, only to be comp to

Monograph on Dimorphodon. 135

those of birds and lizards; but the foramen is missing from it
Which perforates the hinder half of the lower jaw in birds and
in crocodiles. With all this resemblance, it is amazing to see
the Jaws armed with teeth, which are planted in separate
alveoli, like those of crocodiles, and which have the succes-
sional tooth at the side of the old one, as in lizards. The
mechanism of the hyoid bone is more bird- and reptile-like.”

figured the premaxillary bone of Pterodactylus compressirostris
(Owen), which extended back to the nasal cavity, and demon-
strated that the teeth were in the premaxillary bone. Ac-
cordingly Prof. Owen made a restoration of the Lan. in which
the premaxillary and maxillary bones have avian proportions.
But in Dimorphodon it is said of the premaxillary, “ The pair,
by confluence or connation, constitute the fore part of the
upper jaw ” (p. 58), And in the description of plate 17 it is
said, * Beyond the fourth alveolus the maxillary (20) appears,
underlapping the part of the premaxillary (22") which defines

tered to agree with the description ; but D = "E -
y founded) is let-

said, * In no Pterosaurian has any obvious and unmistakable
suture been seen indicative of the respective shares taken by
maxillary (21) and premaxillary (22) in the formation of the
dentigerous part of the upper jaw,” &c. 80, it is not evi-
dent why Prof. Owen asserted, but a few pages before, that
there was a suture, and described the extent and character of
the alveolar rays of the premaxillary bone. we are to be-
lieve this last statement, then it is evident that both views
given in the plates are incorrect, and that every passage in

136 Mr. H. G. Seeley on Prof. Owen's

the text which describes the limit of the premaxillary bones
is equally erroneous. Yet, notwithstanding this statement,

rof. Owen continues, in the next sentence: ‘ Both bones
combine to support the array of teeth ; they have coalesced, at
least at their external or faci-alveolar plates, as likewise have
the right and left premaxillary portions forming the fore end
of the upper jaw. e suture between this premaxillo-
maxillary bone and the suborbital portion of the zygomatic
arch remains. Accordingly there is a choice of analogies in
the interpretation of the observed facts : a portion of the com-
pound bone may be assigned to the premaxillary, according
to the analogy of the crocodile and lizard ; or the whole may be
called premaxillary, according to the analogy of the Ichthyo-
saur.” If the latter part of this paragraph 1s true, it convicts

TN

E N E Nanc cadens EE

Se S

Monograph on Dimorphodon. 137

logical affinities of birds are stronger with reptiles than with
mammals, the teeth also might be expected, in a bird-ally, to
have some reptilian characters. But to assert, without evi-
dence or argument, that the dentition of these animals is rep-
tilian, seems to dogmatize on a matter against which there is
actual evidence and theoretical improbability. It can only be
by suppression of facts that the teeth are named reptilian. No
one has asserted that they are avian; but the absence of teeth
from the jaws of Echidna, Myrmecobius, and Balena* among
Mammals, and from the jaws of Chelonians* among Reptiles,
is quite consistent with their having allies in which teeth are
developed ; and similarly the absence of teeth from the jaws
of birds cannot militate against bird-allies having teeth, i
such animals existed. If, therefore, it shall be evident that
Pterodactyles have strong affinity with birds, it would be un-
philosophical and untrue to speak of the dentigerous mandible
as Aroi reptilian.

gives attachment to the lower jaw. In the higher Vertebrata
Prof. Owen names this bone squamosal ; in some of the lower
Vertebrata the bone which has that function is named by
Prof. Owen the mastoid. Hence the difficulty is not with
Von Meyer, but follows from Prof. Owen's theory of the skull.
Von Meyer is singularly clear about the relations of his tem-
poral bone: entering into the brain-cavity as in birds, and
forming much of the temporal fossa, it is exterior to the parietal

Squamosal bone.
z
d *

én
Bird. Pterodactyle.
* As is well known, teeth have been demonstrated in an early stage of
life in Balena and Trionyz.

138 Mr. H. G. Seeley on Prof. Owen's

Ornithosaurian cranium. It a Vor to me to demonstrate
that there can be no doubt about Von wai af RR Mi

stru
the grounds on which Von Meyer pronounced definite judg-
ment in the matter. If Prof. we was conversant with the
facts, as I have here figured them, this is a gross misrepre-
sentation of Von Meyer; and if he was not cognizant of the
true structure of the bird's skull, the remarks upon Von Meyer
which I have quoted should not have been written. German
Ornithosaurians differ from birds in having a postfrontal bone
of Lacertian form ; but the fact that that bone may articulate
with the squamosal does not alter the avian characters of the
squamosal bone, which does not enter, in any reptile, into the
formation of the cranial cavity.

Prof. Owen states that the quadrate bone (tympanic, Owen)
is immovably articulated to the squamosal (mastoid, Owen),
opisthotic (paroccipital, Owen), and quadrato-jugal (squamosal,
Owen). These relations are not evident either from the de-

the nasal and orbital holes; and in this character they are
matched by most Pterodactyles. Prof. Owen reminds us that
a representative of this foramen characterizes the extinct Te-

se sores ruminant mammals any reasoning on affinity
from isolated characters is calicis absurd; and this charac-
ter, as reptilian, avian, or mammalian, can ‘only have weight
in the sum of those characters which define the animal’s
plan of structure.

Monograph on Dimorphodon. 139

it existed; and if it was developed, it could only have been
applied to the exterior of a ind. ike cranium. And for the

al
wen, some indication of these affinities should have been
ven.

Then, with regard to the brain, it is said, “ The lodgment
of the poorly developed brain enlists a miserably small pro-
portion of the skull" (p. 49)*. The epithet miserably i
not state a scientific fact, and must be objected to as endea-
vouring to make a feeling of contempt do duty for a knowledge

* Prof. Owen (Anat. Vertebrates, vol ii. p. 121) says, in the huge
scone is the brain does not exceed 24 inches in length, and 2 inches in

140 Mr. H. G. Seeley on Prof. Owen's

of structure. Immediately afterwards, however, it is justly
remarked that the skull is enormously large in Dimorphodon
even for an Ornithosaurian. It is also remarked that “ the
parietals swell out slightly at the temporal foss, indicative of
the size and saurian position of the mesencephalon "—that is, of
the optic lobes. It is due to a correct appreciation of this fact
to mention that in the Report of the Syndics of the Cambridge

specimen existe was about to be figured, which would
show that the size and position of the mesencephalon was not
saurian, but avian. or was Prof. Owen unaware of the

value of this character; for in the ‘Comparative Anatomy of
the Vertebrates’ it is said of the bird’s brain, “ It differs from
the brain of every other class in the lateral and inferior posi-
tion of the optic lobes."

I know nothing of the brain of Dimorphodon; but the
second figure represents the outline of the cerebrum and cere-
bellum in an Ornithosaurian from the Cambridge Greensand.
Another specimen* shows the lateral and inferior position of
the optic lobes.

Strix otus. Pterodactyle. Ornithorhynchus,
0, optic lobes; c, cerebellum.

* Figured in my work on the Ornithosauria.

Monograph on Dimorphodon. 141

142 Mr. H. G. Seeley on Prof. Owen's

Buckland's inference that the dorsal vertebre are crocodilian

nous epiphyses come away from the dorsal centrum, and
leave flat or slightly concave articular ends—a condition cha-
racteristic of some dorsal vertebre of Cretaceous birds. ‘The
proccelous articulation can only be a mark of crocodilian affinity

in a crocodile. à
On the sacrum it is remarked, * With all the evidence that
ike the Dinosauria and Dic i

porns avian affinity or for building thereon a derivative

The eee sacrum has nothing in common with that of
any true (7. e. living) reptile. There is no evidence on record

have Tineppeatets as in Dimorphodon.
Bi ese considerations it seems to me that, without de-
viating from fact, Prof. Owen might have given to his account

Monograph on Dimorphodon. 143

of the vertebral column less of a crocodilian bias. If its
procclous character is reptilian, its pneumatic character is
a

of Ornithocheirus. It would seem a very simple matter to

i 7i Certainly some-
thing very similar to the postcoracoid lateral emargination of
Ornithocheirus occurs, among birds, in the Merganser. d
wherein the distinctive and essential crocodilian characters of
the sternum consist I cannot discover. It is not in the dis-

justify.

Passing on to the carpus, it is said :—“ A carpus with one
large and one small bone in a proximal row, and with a second
large and at least one smaller bone in a distal row, is another
character by which the Pterodactyles manifest their closer
affinity to reptiles than to birds. The remains of the gigantic
species from the Cambridge Greensand have yielded the cha-
racters of the two larger carpal ossicles.” I some time since
pointed out that the carpal bone which Prof. Owen named
scapho-cuneiform, and regarded as the proximal row, is really
the distal, while the bone which was supposed to be d 18
proximal. Osteologically a mistake of this kind is hard to
avoid; but it is of considerable importance, since it would in-
volve regarding the back of the hand as the front, and the
“ little finger” as the index finger. To the talon"of the distal
carpal was attached the lateral carpal or pisiform bone which,
as in Chrysochloris, supported the third bone of the forearm.

The distal carpal shows the articular surface for the meta-

144 Mr. H. G. Seeley on Prof. Owen’s

carpal of the wing-finger. Now, seeing that the pisiform
bone is always on the side of the hand towards the little finger,
it follows that the wing-metacarpal is on the side towards the
index finger, and is the index finger, as in bir

I here give for comparison diagrams of the carpus and mé-
tacarpus of the Ostrich and of the Pterodactyle Ornithocheirus;
and a ae only draw the conclusion that the carpus is essen-
tially ornithic.

Fi —————
-
-—
--

Carpus and Metacarpus of Ostrich. Carpus and adjacent bones of Ornithocheirus.

4, lateral carpal; 5, ulna ; c, radius; d, proximal carpal; e, distal ;
m, index metacarpal ; a third MEME. —

Among important bones there remains the pelvis.: Prof.

Owen figures the pelvis in the two different specimens, and in

|
|
|
|
|
|

Monograph on Dimorphodon. 145

the explanation adopts the reptilian views on the subject held
by Von Meyer. D

In the ‘Fauna der Vorwelt’ the case is stated thus.
After remarking upon the reptilian character of the ischium,
it is observed :—“ This is still

PP
Echidna.
li. Ilium; Js. Ischium; P. Pubis; PP. Prepubic.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. vi.

146 Mr. H. G. Seeley o» Prof. Owen's

Finally, as a mark of osteological affinity Prof. Owen ignores
the pneumatic foramina which are found in near the
bones, though they do not occur in Reptiles, and are charac-
teristic of Birds. :

From Prof. Owen's osteology the conclusions seem irresis-
tible :—

First, that it was written with a bias in favour of the
crocodilian and reptilian affinity of Pterodactyles.

Secondly, that the crocodilian affinity was a delusion which
cannot be substantiated in a single point.

It is also clear that it was written as an argument against
their affinity with birds. I cannot but think it undesirable
that such bias should be introduced in science.

Secondly, of Philosophy.—Here the issues raised are of the
gravest kind :—first, upon the method of determining an ani-
mal's affinities by comparing its skeleton with those of other
animals; and, secondly, upon the method of determining
affinities by physiological inferences from structure.

e following passage from Von Meyer is translated :—
‘ The skull of Pterodactyles is essentially comparable only

* By an oversight this word has been printed “ epipubic” in my book

of Pieisduis bs r Les d

SN

A CETERAE CE

wr

Monograph on Dimorphodon. 147

vital organs which determine the systematic place of the ani-
mal. ‘This comparison can be made with birds, and with the
living orders of reptiles, because the skeleton in them is the
exponent of definite and known kinds of organization in the
lungs, and heart, and brain, and reproductive organs. lfit were
not, comparison could give little or no clue to affinity. Bu
in Enaliosauria, Dinosauria, and Dic odontia not one of these
organs is known ; and I cannot but consider the packing of these
groups into the Reptilia, in the absence of such knowledge or
even of osteological coordination *, entirely subversive of scien-
tific investigation. If such comparisons are made, t ea

ties must be spoken of as Dinosaurian or Iehthyosaurian for
instance, but never as Reptilian; otherwise the word Reptile
becomes meaningless, and we substitute personal fancies about
an animal's affinities for knowledge; this would be the result
of accepting Prof. Owen's views. Prof. Owen, however, has
abstained from making any other comparisons of this kind,
except those already noticed.

s The length and flexibility of the neck is correlated with
the covering necessitated by the high temperature of the bird.
The cold-blooded flying reptiles have a comparatively short
and rigid neck," &c. (p. 67). Such a doctrine is misleading,
since in many Plesiosaurs the neck is even longer than in
birds, and often not less flexible; yet there is no ground for
affirming that they were covered with feathers or had hot
blood ; while in mammals the neck is usually at least as short
as in Pterosaurs. The argument about the covering is con-

* This I have attempted in a MS. catalogue of the Woodwardian
Museum.

: 10*

148 Mr. H. G. Seeley on Prof. Owen's

tinued in these passages:— The plumous covering of the
long-tailed bird of the period [Archwopterya] proves its heemato-
thermal character, as the want of it shows the long-tailed
Pterosaur to have been cold-blooded ” (p. 73). “ The constant
correlative structure with hot-bloodedness is a non-conducting
covering to the body. We may with certainty infer that
Archeopteryx was hot-blooded because it had feathers, not
because it could fly ” (p. 73). Living crocodiles, chelonians,
lizards, and serpents are more or less perfectly covered with
bony scutes or horny scales, or, as in the case of some che-
lonians, with both ; neither of these conditions, nor, indeed,
any covering is known in Ornithosaurs ; therefore Prof. Owen
has no reason for inferring from the covering of the body that
the Pterodactyles were reptiles or that they were cold-blooded.
Yet even scales might not be conclusive of reptilian character,
for something analogous to a scaly covering is seen on the
legs of birds; but to infer that the animals were cold-blooded
because there is no evidence of their having had feathers, 1s
plainly an absurdity. Not to mention other cases, our own
species and whales are instances of warm-blooded animals in
which the skeleton could show no trace of any non-conducting
covering to the body, even if it existed ; it therefore seems to
me that in these matters Prof. Owen's philosophy has no basis
in fact

lation to high temperature ; and he adds, p. 80, * By the pae
erre

n these passages it appears to me that errors are made of
two kinds :—first, in considering functions without regard to
their correlative structures; secondly, in not reasoning from

structures back to the functions of which they are the evi-

|
|
!

$
|
i
|
i
|

Monograph on Dimorpbodon. 149

and its potential energy, without which physiology as a e
losophy can, I submit, have no existence. Thus the grade of

radiation by the contact of the parent's body with the eggs,
which are acquiring an kadetienidest heat of their own, that it
should occasion no more astonishment than that we are warmer
with a fire than without one, and certainly should not have

150 Mr. H. G. Seeley on Prof. Owen's

been given as evidence that heat is not dependent upon energy ;
for here the heat is not generated but only conserved.

In ascending from the lower to the higher groups of the
vertebrate province, increase in temperature is found to
sociated with perfection of the respiratory system, and not
necessarily with a non-conducting covering ; and it is to su-
perior respiration and its concomitant superior nutrition that
must be attributed, as a chief cause, the grades of organization
which divide vertebrate animals into classes. Any modifica-
tion of the skeleton which throws light on the respiratory
function is therefore of great classificational value in palæ-
ontology. The avian type of skeleton differs typically from
that of other classes in having the respiratory organs prolonged
into the bones. It is stated by a good observer, and is, I be-
lieve, well known, that 1f the larynx of a bird be tied, and the

umerus broken, and the fractured surface exposed, the animal
will breathe feebly through its humerus. Similarly to birds,
unlike all other animals, the bones of Pterodactyles show
pneumatie foramina, which, so far as comparable, are placed,
as in birds, in the limb-bones and vertebral column. I draw
the conclusion, therefore, that the foramina are evidence in
Pterodactyles that the respiratory organs extended into the
nes; and seeing that from a bird’s bone with this pneu-

only known clue to their interpretation. Prof. Owen admits

and many mammals air is admitted to several bones, but this

see

LB He LAL RP SEOANE ASIE] dias Ro Hcc ter UELUT SNOS

Monograph on Dimorphodon. 151

bear investigation, and that it cannot replace the old paths of
physiology

vol. ii 2. p. 23, published at Darmstadt in 1836,
troduced the Ree er as the second order in his second stem o
Amphibia. And earlier still (Nouv. Ann. Muséum, 1835, vol. iv. p. 238,

* Si i i i ths ago, I find that, in * Das Thierreich,'
Since this was written, six months ago, rre Ee

152 Mr. R. Swinhoe on four new

Finally, there are two passages of a kind that are rarely
seen in a scientific monograph, one reflecting on Prof. Huxley,
the other reflecting, I think, "upon myself. The former pas-
sage is as follows :—‘ The tyro, fresh from the lecture-room
of his physiological teacher, ambitious of soaring into higher
ad of biology than were opened to him at the =

the amount of work involved in sustaining a Ptero ae in
the air would make it, plainesogienily, highly probable that it
was a hot-blooded animal. But a competent friend, finding

im bent on rushing with such show of knowledge into print,

adapted to the delicate testing of the internal heat of small ani-
mals. , if he should chance to beat down a chafer
in full fight, the experiment, made with due care and defence
fingers g the instrument, would teach him how
fallacious would be the iufetebbe that, because an animal can
fly, it must, therefore, be hot-blooded, ? &c. &c.
The other passage, referring seemingly to myself, —
as follows :—“ An argument - ea of Avian affin p
the joint-structures could on ropounded by one dot
ga with the judgment Borie to d with peius of this
nature." These passages I leave to the consideration of
others. Yet I would express my conviction that it did not
fall within the province of the Paleontographical Society to
publish such matter.

XI.— On m new Species of Birds from China.
y ROBERT SWINHOE, F.Z.8.

pem glabripes, sp. nov.
Similar to Eph. semitorques (Temm. & S of Japan,

De Blainville introduces a scheme of Vertebrates as having been n give

his lectures, in which Pterodactylia is given as the third class of Vorté-

brata, intermediate between Birds and Reptiles. I reprot not having

[ees aware of this fact at an earlier period, since the name Pterodac tylia

is in all ways preferable to other names. As, howev e. it has hitherto
wn, lam not prepared to adopt it now, the name Orni-

i 0:

roprement dit, comme G. Cuvier l'a dit, mais un étre oun le

es oiseaux aux reptiles, et Sent s épidermique n'était peut-étre
pas squameux.'

Species of Birds from China. 153

but differs from it in having the toes always bare, instead of
feathered along their upper surfaces as in that species.
Inhabits South China and Formosa.

Ephialtes Hambroeckt, sp. nov.

A robust rufous little species, with very long feathery horns,
and the bill nearly hidden by the long bristle-ending feathers
of the lores. Wing much graduated, the fifth quill the longest;
tail comparatively long, somewhat graduated. Tarsi bare just
above the junction with the toes; toes covered with minute,
oblong, prominent scales, except at the insertion of the claws,
they are broad and transverse.

per parts, wings, and tail chestnut-brown, blotched and
mottled with black on the head and hind neck. On the upper
back the feathers are banded with reddish white, forming a
distinct halter-mark across the shoulders, the white being suc-
ceeded by a border of black blotches. Some of the scapulars
have their outer webs pure white; the carpal edge and a patch
close to it also white. Under neck reddish white waved with

Quills blackish brown on inner webs, chestnut-brown on outer,
mottled with black and banded with ue A pub ri

sma h ‘ 1
ae (Horsf.) group than for Ephialtes japonicus
(T. & S.)
and 1866, p. 307). It has occurred only in Formosa.

I name this species in remembrance of the celebrated Dutch

neck lighter. Breast and belly cream-colour, banded with
broad blackish-brown bars ; a few bars also occur on the lower
tail-coverts. Under wings marked with white as ordinary. Tail
with a broad black subterminal bar, tipped with cream-colour.

Length about 13:5; wing 8'3; tail 6°75; bill, from fore-
head :9, depth at base :35.

154 Dr.J. E. Gray on the Skull of Balena marginata.

Iris brownish yellow; rictus and eyelids bright yellow.
Upper mandible and tip of lower black, rest of lower mandible
ight green; inside of mouth yellow. Legs orange-yellow ;
claws brown, with black ridges.

'l'his species stands midway between the true cuckoos and
Hierococcyx. We found it abundant at Szechuen (Western
China) in May. It is very noisy, flying excitedly from tree
to tree, uttering its loud notes, which may be syllabled có/ó-
tóló.

To Mr. Alexander Michie of Shanghai, for the kind assist-
ance he gave me in the pursuit of natural history on the
Upper Yangtsze, I dedicate this species.

Henicurus leucoschistus, sp. nov.

n
inwards, has the basal third of the quills edged on the inner
web with white, commencing with the fourth quill.

Inhabits the hills of Southern China.

XII.—Notes on the Skull of Baleena marginata, the type of a
new Genus, Neobalena. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &c.

In the essay on Whales published in the ‘ Voyage of the
Erebus and Terror’ I established a species of true Whalebone-
Whale on three examples of whalebone which I had received
from Western Australia, believing it to belong to the same
genus as the Greenland Whale (Balena), as the whalebone
was of long slender shape, and of a very fine texture, with a
large quantity of enamel, which is a peculiarity of the baleen
of that genus. Sir George Grey, the late Governor of New
Zealand, has obtained the skull of Balena marginata from the
island of Kawan, New Zealand, and has presented it to the
Museum at Wellington. Dr. Hector has given figures exhi-
biting four views of this skull in the ‘ Transactions and Pro-
ceedings of the New-Zealand Institute’ for 1869, vol. ii.,
which was issued in April 1870. These figures show that the
whale, which has long, slender, and fine-textured whalebone
or baleen like that of the Greenland Right Whale, forms a very
different genus from the restricted genus Balena. The brain-
cavity forms a much larger part of the skull; the beak is much

Dr. J. E. Gray on the Skull of Balena marginata. 155

shorter and broad at the base, gradually tapering to a point in
front ; and the lower jaw bones are thin, compressed, and high,
with the upper edge dilated and inflexed the greater part of
their length, and the lower edge similarly dilated in the front
part or chin.

I propose for this animal the name Neobalena; and it may
be thus characterized :—

NEOBALANA.

Skull rather depressed; brain-cavity nearly as long as the
beak, depressed, much expanded on the sides, with a very
deep notch on the middle of each side over the condyles of the
lower jaw, and with a subtriangular crown-plate. The nose
as broad as the expanded brain-cavity at the base, regularly
attenuated to a fine point in front, and slightly arched down-
wards. Lower jaw laminar, compressed, high; the upper
edge thin, and inflexed the greater part of its length, erect in

Fig. 1.

Figs, 1 & 2. Side view and top view of the skull of Neobalena marginata,
from Dr, Hector’s figures.

156 Dr.J. E. Gray on the Skull of Balena marginata.

front; the lower edge inflexed in front, the rest of the edge
being sim mple. The baleen elongate, slender, several times
as long as broad, with a fringe of a single series of fine fibres;
enamelled surface smooth and polished, “thick.

Neobalæna marginata.
Ta marginata, Gray, Cat. Seals & Whales Brit. Mus. p. 90; Hector,
Trans. of the New-Zealand Institute, 1869, t. 2b. f. 14; Ann.

& & Mas. Nat. Hist. 1870, vol. v. p. 221.

Hab. New Zealand.

This is Dry e as showing that the true Balena or
Right Whale of the Di orth Sea and that of the South Sea are
each a peculiar genu

The width A cán form of the beak of the skull is
somewhat like the beak of some of the Finner Whales; but
it does not at all justify Mr. Knox's idea that Balena margi-

nata is a Finner. But this difference of skull makes us more
aous to have the description of the entire animal and its
skeleton, as the animal may prove to be the type of a new
family of Whales, between the true Whales and Finners.

This pigmy whale, which is not more than 15 or 16 feet
long, is a representative in the Southern Ocean of the gigantic
Right Whale of the Greenland seas. It has the most beau-
tiful, the most flexible, most elastic, T the toughest whale-
bone or baleen yet discovered ; an it were of larger size,
it would fetch a much higher price dian the whalebone of the
Greenland whale, the latter being three or four times the
value of the brittle coarse whalebone of the Eubalena or Right
Whales of the Southern and Pacific Oceans. The trade of the
Continental nations being chiefly confined to their colonies, or
their merchants obtaining the whalebone that is used in their
manufactures second-hand, there are not in the market the va-
ate of whalebone and finner-bone which we have in this

where the studs bone and finner-bone from different

distinguishing the genera and bor, It has been a fertile
subject of reproach to me that I established some species on
the characters afforded by this substance; but I need only
quote, as a proof of the little attention M. Gervais has paid to
this part of my work, that, in his book on the anatomy of
whales, now in progress, after saying that I have established

On a Collection of Birds from China and Japan. 157

the species Balena marginata on three blades of whalebone,
he says I have called it Hubalena marginata—thus confound-
ing it with the whales with brittle and coarse whalebone,
whereas the chief reason that induced me to consider the blades
to belong to a distinct species was their very fine and tough
structure. The accuracy of the determination is now proved
by the very different form of its skull from that of any other
known whale. In the same manner, the Physalus antarcticus,
also established on finner-fins or baleen imported from New

ealand, has been proved to be a very distinct species of that
genus, named Sulphur-bottoms by the whalers.

XIII.—On a Collection of Birds from China and Japan.
By R. B. Snanrz, F.L.S., Libr. Z.S., &c. With Notes by
the Collector, Ropert H. BERGMAN.

I Have lately received from my friend Mr. Bergman a small
collection of birds which he has formed during his leisure time
in the course of his cruises between China an

by him ;

all praise. I shall hope from time to time to contribute further
notes on Chinese birds as they are sent home to me by the
present collector. The T A employed is that adopted
by Mr. Swinhoe in his ‘Catalogue of the Birds of Chima’
(Proc. Zool. Soc. 1863, p. 259) ; and I have availed myself of
that gentleman's presence in England to obtain his assistance
in the identification of some of the species.

1. Turdus Naumanni.

Turdus Naumanni, Temm. ; Swinh. P. Z. S. 1863, p. 280.

No. 15. Shot at Shanghai, Jan. 7, 1870. Legs, eyes,
and beak black. Generally found in pairs in the villages.—
R. H. B.

9. Turdus fuscatus.

Turdus fuscatus, Pall.; Swinh. P. Z. S. 1863, p. 280.

No. 2. Thrush, caught in the rigging of the S.S. ‘Cadiz,’

oing up the Yangtz river to Shanghai, Nov. 28th, 1869.

ens beak, and eyes black. Common in North China and
H. B.

158 Mr. R. B. Sharpe on a Collection of Birds

3. Petrocincla manillensis
Vogt manillensis (Bodd.) ; Swinh. P. Z. S. 1863, p. 281.

No. 24. Grey Thrush, shot at Puro Feb.1,1870. Bill,
eyes, id feet black. LR HOB

4. Ruticilla aurorea.

cope aurorea, Pall.; Swinh. P. Z. S. 1863, p. 291.

No. Redstart, shot at Nagasaki, Feb. 1, 1870. Eye
black ; un and legs brown. This species appears to be very
numerous at Nagasaki, as four or five pairs were seen in one
morning flying about the plum-trees, which were just in blos-
som.—4. A. B.

5. Lanius schach.
Lanius schach (Gm. ); Prak P. Z. S. 1863, p. pie

6. Lanius bucephalus.
Lanius bucephalus, Schl. ; Swinh. P. Z. S. 1863, p. 287.
No.17. Shot at Yokohama, Jan. 22, 1870, on the out-

skirts of a wood. Stomach contained several small beetles.
Bill and legs dark brown; eyes black.—R. H. B.

1. Motacilla ocularis.
Motacilla ocularis, Swinhoe; Swinh. P. Z. S. 1863, p.

3.
No. 14. Water-Wagtail, shot at ee Jan. 7, 1870.
Beak, legs, and eyes black.—Z. H.

8. Emberiza rustica.
Emberiza rustica (Pall.) ; Swinh. P. Z. S. 1868, p. 301.
Kobe, Japan, Jan. 27, 1870.—R. H. B.

9. Emberiza ciopsis.
poeta ciopsis, Bp.; Swinh. P. Z. S. 1863, p. 300.
ap
10. Chlorospiza kawariba.
Chlorospiza kawariba (T. & S.) ; Swinh. P. Z, S. 1863, p. 299.
Nos. 21 & 22. Cock and hen Greenfinch, shot at Kobe,
Japan, Jan. 27, 1870. Eye black; bill and legs brown.

Poit ww of these birds were seen about Kobe and Naga-
saki H.

»

from China and Japan. 159

ll. Passer montanus.
Passer montanus, Linn.; Swinh. P. Z. S. 1863, p. 299.
No. 3. Shot at Kobe, Japan, Nov. 30, 1869. Very common
throughout Japan.—R. H. B.

12. Microscelis amaurotis.
Microscelis amaurotis (T. & 8.) ; Swinh. P. Z. S. 1863, p. 334.
No. 29. Yokohama.
No. 18. Shot at Yokohama, Jan. 22, 1870. Beak and legs
brown; eyes grey, with black pupils. The stomach contained
several kinds of berries.—Z. H. D.

13. Sturnus cineraceus.
Sturnus cineraceus, T. &. S. ; Swinh. P. Z. S. 1863, p. 301.
No. 12. Starling, shot at Shanghai, Jan. 8,1870. Legs
yellow ; bill yellow, terminal half black ; eyes black —R.H.B.

14. Acridotheres philippensis.

Acridotheres philippensis (Temm.) ; Swinh. Ibis, 1867, p. 387.

No.11. Mynah. Shot at Shanghai, Jan. 8, 1870. Legs
and beak light yellow; eyes yellow, with black pupils. The
habits of these birds are very similar to those of the common
iw They whistle very well, and can be taught to talk.
—R.H.B

15. Cyanopica cyanea.

Cyanopica cyanea (Pall); Swinh. P. Z. S. 1863, p. 304.

No. 6. Shot at Shanghai, Dec. 26, 1869. Beak, eyes, and
legs black. These birds are found in flocks in the bamboo-
groves about the villages in North China. "They have the
mpi of paroquets when flying, but have a harsh cry,
like a magpie or jay. Their food appears to consist of worms,
grubs, and beetles.—R. H. B.

16. Pica media.
Pica caudata, var. media, Swinh. P. Z. S. 1863, p. 303.
No. 9. Magpie, shot at Shanghai, Jan. 7, 1870. Eyes,
beak, and legs Tack Very common about Shanghai, and may
be seen in flocks of fourteen and fifteen together.—Z. H. B.

17. Lycus dauricus.
Lycus dauricus (Pall); Swinh. P. Z. S. 1803, p. 304.
No. 10. Jackdaw, shot at Shanghai, Jan. 8, 1870. In
flocks.—R. H. B.

160 Ona Collection of Birds from China and Japan.

18. Buteo japonicus.
Buteo japonicus, Schl. ; Swinh. P. Z. S. 1863, p. 260.
No. 19. Shot on a tree at Yokohama, Jan. 22, 1870, while

devouring a cocoon. Eyes yellow, with black pupils. Legs .

bright yellow; beak bluish black.—Z. H. B

19. Tinnunculus japonicus.
renta Japonicus, Schl. ; Swinh. P. Z. S. Pio p. 261.
Hawk, shot at Foochow, Nov 1869. Eye
flack, db yellow ; legs bright yellow ; kak bluish black,
yellow at the base.—R. H. B.

20. Circus cyaneus.

Circus cyaneus, Linn.; Swinh. P. Z. S. 1863, p. 261.

No. 8. Shot on the banks of the river Yangtze at Shanghai,
Jan. 6, 1870. Legs ees yellow ; eyes yellow, with black
pupils ; beak bluish black and ye ellow at the base. Stomach
contained only a few ae —RR. Dx JB.

21. Circus eruginosus.

Circus eruginosus, L. ; Swinh. P.Z. S. 1863, p. 332.

No. 26. Shot in a swamp at Yokohama. Eyes yello
with black pupils; legs yellow. I have seen this bird Agnes
times catch fish in a large lake.—. H. B.

The specimen sent by Mr. Bergman is apparently a female
Marsh-Harrier, but in a eee stage of plumage. Mr.
Gurney, to whom I showed the bird, thought it might belong
to Circus spilonotus; but on conferring with Mr. Swinhoe,
who is thoroughly nae with the last-named species, pe

r
generally vag coloration, and by the ia upper tail-coverts,
as depicte R. B. S.
22. Alcedo bengalensis.
Alcedo bengalensis, Gm. ; Swinh. P. Z. S. 1863, p. 269.

No. 13. Kingfisher, shot at Shanghai, Jan. 8, 1870. Legs
dark yellow, almost red; eyes and beak black. —R. H. B.

23. Botaurus stellaris.
Botaurus stellaris, Linn. ; Swinh. P. Z. S. 1863, p. 320.
No. 20. Bittern, ee in a reed-swamp at Yokohama, Jan.
24, 1870. Eyes yellow, with black pupils; legs light pue

Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. 161

beak light brown. Whilst oe. this bird, I was asto-
nished to find a quantity of white worms in the muscles of the
thigh. I examined the rest of the hody and the stomach, but
: did: not find any elsewhere.—Z. H. B.

24. Mergus serrator.
Mergus serrator, Linn. ; Swinh. P. Z. S. 1863, p. 323.
No. 25. Shot at Nagiak, Feb. 11, 1870. Beak and legs
red; eyes yellowish brown. Stomach contained half-digested
fish.—R. H. B.

25. Fuligula marila.
a marila (Linn.) ; Swinh. P. Z. S. 1863, p. 324.
No. 4. Duck, shot at Yokohama, Dec. 16, 1869. Legs and
beak bluish black ; eyes yellow, with black pupils. —AR. H. B.

XIV.— List of Coleoptera received from Old Calabar, on the
West Coast of Africa. By ANDREW Murray, F.L.S.
[Continued from p. 56. ]

HELYMÆUS, J. Thoms.

Helymeeus rufiventris.

Closteromerus rufiventris, Chevr. Rev. et Mag. d. Zool. 1855, p. 514.
Alatus, niger ; capite punctato ; thorace — plicato ;
scutello bifido, viridi ; elytris cyaneo-viri albo setosis,
medium versus subcoarctatis, ultra Mode acu pati et con-
vexis, apice truncatis et singulatim bidentatis, pone scutel- .
E um seriebus tribus vel quatuor punctorum plus minusve
ressorum ; pectore crebre punetato, M albo villoso ;
ih omine rufo; femoribus valde clavatis
Long. 33 lin., lat. 1} lin.
As black as ebony. Head narrow, elongated, vertical in
front, very finely an distinetly punctate. Thorax cylindrical,
bous à above, with some silky white pubescence on the sides;
above feebly transversely wrinkled. Scutellum triangular,
bifid. Elytra blue or greenish blue, advanced a little obliquely
at the shoulder, sli htly narrowed towards the middle, broader
and convex behind it, truncated and bidentate at the apex o

n. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.

162 Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar.

PunosyNE (Pascoe in litt.), nov. genus.

Genus affine Euporo, differt ab illo antennis corpore breviori-
bus (et maribus et foeminis) versus apicem incrassatis, arti-
culo tertio longitudine art. 4-6; thorace medio vage fortiter
punetato, antice et postice breviter constricto; femoribus
posterioribus elytrorum apicem haud attingentibus.

Phrosyne brevicornis.

Euporus brevicornis, Fab. Syst. Eleuth. ii. p. 289.

—— disparilis, Chevr. Rev. et Mag. d. Zool. 1856, p. 571 ?

splendidicollis, Thomson.

Leete viridis; mandibulis antenni jue nigris cyaneo micantibus;
capite creberrime punctato, breviter suleato; thorace antice

. recto, plieato, postice constricto, basi bisinuato, medio glo-
boso et fortiter punctato, lateribus rotundatis; scutello tri-
angulari, aurato; elytris thoracis latitudine, viridi-obscuris,
vittis duabus longitudinalibus, una mediana, altera suturali,
pectore abdomineque viridi-aureis, glabris, minutissime

~

Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. 163

punctatis; ano producto, truncato; pedibus nigris; femori-
bus quatuor anticis medio rubris.
Long. 5-54 lin., lat. 1-1} lin.

Very near Euporus viridis, Serv. (madagascariensis, Dej.),
but narrower, of a fine golden green above, and coppery below.
. Head. narrow, sinuate alongside the eyes, covered by a close
punctation, longitudinal groove disappearing in front. Palpi
black. Mandibles of an indigo-blue, passing into blackish.
Antenne of the same colour, short, thickened towards the
apex, grooved on the outer side, with the third article very long,
bent and slightly angular at the top. Thorax straight in front,
transversely wrinkled on the anterior third, with a smooth
space neither punctured nor wrinkled behind this, constricted
and wrinkled behind and bisinuate at the base, rounded above
and on the sides, and coarsely irregularly punctate, the pos-
terior part of the dorsal space being partially impunctate.
Scutellum triangular, golden. Elytra finely shagreened, dull
blackish green, shining on the hatte and each with two
narrow lines of a more delicate green, one on the middle of the
elytron, and the other on the suture. Breast and abdomen
polished golden copper and very indistinctly punctate. Legs
of an indigo-blue, passing into blackish; thighs abruptly and
much thickened near the knees, four anterior thighs red on
the swollen part; soles of the tarsi covered with a thick yel-
lowish brush of hair.

Appears to be rather common at Old Calabar. Aes

I can find no difference between M. Chevrolat’s description
of Eu. disparilis and Eu. brevicornis but that the male differs .
from the female by having all the thighs blue-black; the
females seem to correspond exactly. It may be that this is
nothing more than an accidental variation ; and I treat it as
such, with a point of doubt, in the meantime. Should it not
be so, I am then inclined to think that M. Chevrolat has had.
under his eyes the females of Ew. brevicornis and the male of
a new species (disparilis), the more so that he does not include
Euporus brevicornis in his list, although it is one of the com-
moner species at Old Calabar, and he certainly had it from me.

X YSTROCERA, Serv.
l. Xystrocera femorata, Chevr. Rev. et Mag. d. Zool.
1855, p. 282.
Ruge punctata, viridis ; femoribus, pectore abdomineque rufis;
mandibulis, antennis (corpore longioribus, primo articulo

rufo), tibiis tarsisque nigris. : :
Mas. Thorace globoso, magno, creberrime dme. plagis

164 Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar.

quinque aureis. Elytris unicostatis, ad apicem attenuatis,

singulatim apice rotundatis.

am. Thorace minuto, subrotundato, remote asperato ; elytris
amplis, parallelis, bicostatis.
Long. 11-12 lin., in.

Green, with the usual subrugose texture of Xystrocera.
Thorax globose, with smooth shining spots. Underside
rufous. Mandibles, antenne (first article excepted, which is
rufous), and legs black, except the thighs, which are reddish.

Not very rare.

This genus belongs to the original Indo-African element.
The species are confined to Africa and the Indo-Malayan dis-
trict, with a few wanderers over the borders into the nearest
parts of Australia.

2. Xystrocera cyanella, Chevr. Rev. et Mag. d. Zool.
1855, p. 545.

Alata, cyanea vel viridi-cyanea; mandibulis, oculis, antennis
(scobinatis) pedibusque (femorum basi excepta) nigris ;
corpore infra nigro vel fusco-brunneo, segmentorum mar-
ginibus dilutioribus ; scutello lzvigato, reflexim marginato,
violaceo ; thorace medio levigato; elytris transversim ru-
gosis, fecere lanugine alba induto.
ong. 5 lin., la in.

Of a very brilliant blue and bluish green at the top of the
head and base of the elytra. Head with a very fine black
groove in the middle, covered with asperities. Palpi (whitish
at the truncature), mandibles, eyes, and antenne black, the
latter bearing a great many rough small tubercles, making
the surface like a file. Thorax a little broader than long,
rounded on the sides, with the anterior margin straight and
the posterior bisinuated, broadly channelled on each side,
smooth, glabrous, and of a fine brilliant blue above, greenish
on the lower sides. Scutellum triangular, elongated, margined,
smooth, violet or brown with a violet tinge. Elytra a little
broader than the thorax, rounded and smooth on the top of the
Shoulder, almost parallel, only a little wider towards the ex-
tremity, which is rounded. Their surface has the rough
punctate wrinkling which is characteristic of the genus. Legs
and body below deep black; sides of the metasternum clothed
with a white pubescence,

Apparently rare, only one or two specimens having been
received out of many envois. In my collection.

3. Xystrocera marginipennis.
Ruge punctata, flavo-ferruginea ; mandibulis, oculis, antennis

Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. 165

(primo articulo rufo-fusco) nigro-brunneis; thorace mar-
ginibus antico et postico lateribusque et subtus violaceo-
b

ing back in a lobe in the middle ; the disk slightly foveolated
on each side of the middle, and again in a curved depression

in front. Scutellum rather large, and coarsely and distinctly
punctate. The elytra coarsely rugosely punctate. Mesoster-
um and metasternum villose.
Rare. One specimen in my collection.

4. Xystrocera Pascoet.

Supra viridis; elytris parum flavo intermixtis ; scutello et
iius fae de tibiis tarsisque fuscis. Affinis X. mar-
inipenni, differt colore, thorace magis punctato et cipis
to; scutello minus, elytris fortius punctatis; femoribus
minus clavatis.
Long 9 lin., lat. 24 lin. wes
Allied to the preceding species, but distinguished by the
colour, which is green above and flavo-rufous beneath. The
thorax in the preceding species is pale above and darker be-
neath, and the abdomen blackish brown, and only the meso-
sternum and metasternum flavous, whilst here the abdomen 1s

166 Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar.

of the same colour as the metasternum. The thorax is more
coarsely punctate, and has deeper fovez, and one immediately
in front of the scutellum; the sides have two more decided
tubercles; the scutellum is not so much punctate; the elytra
are more coarsely punctate ; the suture rufous, and indications
of the same colour shine through the green on the rest of the

it in honour of my friend Mr. Pascoe, who has done so much

(ime, Newm.
Gime nigrita, Pl. II. fig. 1. Chevr. Rev. Zool. 1855, p. 183.
Fortiter et crebre punctata, nigra, nitida, pube rutila partim
"induta; antennis pedibusque validis; capite magno, rotun-
dato, rugoso, antice profunde medioque supra vix sulcato,
antennis articulis undecim planis elongatis; thorace brevi,
transverso, subrotundato, lateribus subangulato, antice recto
(dein stricto), postice leviter bisinuato et marginato, in lon-
gitudine postica suleato; elytris conjunctim rotundatis, a
medium unicostatis ; abdomine segmentis quinque.
Long. 10 lin., lat. 3 lin.
The figure, by M. Migneaux, renders any further descriptive
remarks unnecessary.
are. e or two specimens only.
Until the discovery of this species, the genus contained
nothing but American species, mostly Brazilian, which, in-
stead of black, are of a bright reddish yellow.

CEDENODERUS, Chevr.

, Among the species which I received from Old Calabar, and
intrusted to M. Deeds for description, was a livid testaceo-
ferruginous insect, that looked something like a Callidium.
M. Chevrolat described it as such, with a point of doubt,
under the name of Callidium? spheericolle. He said, * The

eed

Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. 167

only specimen which I possess being in a very bad condition,
I have not been-able to study this species completely. It
ought, without doubt, to form a new genus.” Better speci-
mens of another species of the same genus having been sub-
sequently received from the Gaboon, M. Chevrolat was enabled
to characterize the genus from them. This he did in M. J.
Thomson’s ‘ Archives Entomologiques’ (ii. 245), with the
remark that “ Our Callidium sphericolle (Rev. et Mag. d. Zool.
1855, p. 283), from Old Calabar, enters into this genus."

M. Thomson, judging from the facies and some other cha-

Africa, that at the same date Brazil was isolated from the

168 Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar.

rest of America, and that the two were then united to-
gether. i
The numerous instances to which I have already had to
draw attention, in the course of this work, of forms now predo-
minating in Brazil and properly known as Brazilian types
being also found in Old Calabar, show, according to my mode
of interpretation, that a connexion formerly did exist between
these two portions of the old and new continents; and I
refer it to that particular period for several reasons: one is
that there are some particular groups of beetles which have
not been communicated to West Africa from Brazil, although
now common there; and these are invariably, so o far as m

` examination has yet gone, not truly apenes of the natural

Brazilian type, but species of the European type. Few men
who have studied the geology and geogeny of Brazil will dis-
sent from the opinion that it was once isolated from the rest
of America. This is a safe assumption, and is a step to prove
the original absence of the European type from Brazil; and
it seems to stand to reason that after Brazil ceased to be iso-
lated, it would be invaded by the North-American type, which
is only another phase of the European type. If it had been
so invaded, and at the time of its connexion with Africa the
fauna was “composed of the same proportions of Coleoptera of
European and of Brazilian type as now subsist in it, the same
aes ought to have migrated into and be now found in
est Africa. Therefore, if none of the European type now
present in Brazil are found in West Africa, but plenty of the
true Brazilian, it seems to fix the date when the intercom-
munication took place. We must guard ourselves here from
being confused by the introduction of the European type
into West Africa, direct from North Africa or in other direc-
tions, in more recent times; but very little of this has come
in, no doubt from the physical isolation, still subsisting, in
consequence of the deserts or barriers surrounding it; and
we can generally refer what has come to its proper source
E inquiring whether it is now present in Brazil. Thus the
taphylinide are properly a European form which is now
largely developed 1n Brazil; but I have never met with o
from West Africa. By t the kindness of m y Old-Calabét
missionary friends, I have had the eani: of examining
thousands upon thousands of all sorts of insects from that
country, from the most minute Phytophage to the Dynastes
Centaurus, and I have never seen a single Staphylinus : that
is not chance. They are also very rare in other parts of
Africa and in India; but I must refer to the paper I have
above spoken of for an explanation of the mode in which this

uu 1 2

Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. 169

West Africa and Brazil from the Azores southwards. In the
different patches of land (the islands of Madeira, Canaries, &c.)
which are the surviving remnants of this continent we have
many species of Coleoptera identical with those of Europe,
and a still greater number most closely allied to them; and
that fact in itself, I think, shows that the existence of this
Atlantic continent must have been more recent than the con-
nexion between Brazil and West Africa; for, although Africa
has many species closely allied to those in Brazil, they are fewer
than the allied species of Europe found in Madeira &c., an
not above two or three instances of actual identity of species
can be pointed out: and the case in which most similarity and
identity of species is to be found ought surely to be regarded
as the most recently united; for the greater the lapse of time,
the greater the opportunity for changes of condition and con-
sequent alteration in species. Independent of this altogether,
however, if it is once admitted that the Atlantic continent must
have been of recent date, it follows that it must have been the
last ; for the faunas show the last relation still surviving ; and
therefore the equatorial connexion between Brazil and Africa
must have been older ; for they could not both have existed at
the same time, as is proved by the entire absence of the
Brazilian element in the Atlantic faunas.

Applying these considerations to the case before us, they
will correct the first impression that might naturally occur to
to us, viz. that @denoderus was just as likely to belong to the
Clytide as the GZmide, as both until now occurred in Brazil,
but not in West Africa ; for if we separate the Brazilian types

Achrysonide (a group-also suggested by Lacordaire) ; but I
think the n tm ess is ic that of the former than the
latter. And if Lacordaire is right in pa the European
genus Zcosium in it (which, however, I doubt), that seems an
additional reason for giving the preference to the Œmidæ.

170 Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar.

CEdenoderus sphericollis.
Callidium sphericolle, Chevr. Rev. et Mag. d. Zool. 1855, p. 283.

Lividus, minute scabrosus; antennis gracilibus pedibusque
pallidis ; capite antice quadrato et oblique declivi, in longi-
tudine obsolete canaliculato ; mandibulis brevibus, crassius-
culis, triangularibus, apice nigris, juxtapositis ; oculis sub-
rotundatis, postice rectis et supra depressis; thorace valde
globoso, marginato in er et fortiter constricto ; emi
elongato triangulari ; is thoracis latitudine, usque
apicem sensim herir d et singulatim anguste ir uen
in pane ane et intus basi depressis.

Long. 4 2 lin.

Livid, NE saree antenns slender, and feet pale.
Thorax 'globose, marginat e, and strongly constricted. u-
tellum elongate triangular. Elytra attenuate at the apex.

ly one specimen received, which I gave to M. Chevrolat.

TRACHELOPHANES*, genus novum.

Caput rotundatum, antice elongatum. Oculis subtriangulari-
bus, convexiusculis, supra et intus .Subemarginatis. An-
tennis brevibus, circiter sesqui corporis longitudine, undecim
articulis elongatis subeequalibus, tertio quinto ue tamen
longioribus. Thorax elongatus, duplo longior quam latior,
cylindraceus, medio modice subampliatus, antice posticeque
rectus et supra leviter depressus. Scutellum. transversim
rotundatum. Elytra thorace latiora et duplo tamen lon lort,
poala ypa rotundata et in sutura subrectangula.

emoribus, late clavatis, subcompressis ; tarsi articulo pies
conico, secundo quadrato, tertio longe bilobo, sat lato, un-
lis brevibus curvatis
I agree with M. OR ein and Prof. Lacordaire in thinking
that a new genus is necessary for the following species. It is
at ee distinguished from Hesperophanes by its cylindrical
nec
Trachelophanes puberulus.
-Hesperophanes ? puberulus, Chevr. Rev. et Mag. d. Zool. 1855, p. 284.

Validiusculus, brevis, rufus vel fusco-obscurus, erebre et me-
diocriter punctatus, pube cinerea indutus ; palpis pedibusque
ferruginel

Long. & Ri; ie 12 lin.

Rufous or obscure fuscous, short and stout, closely and mo-
* Tpaxndos, neck, in allusion to its elongated thorax (which is its most
won d distinction from Hesperophanes), and $aívo, I appear (apparent).
ied to Hesperophanes.

Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. 171

derately deeply punctate, and clothed with a cinereous pubes-
cen Palpi and legs ferruginous.
y one specimen received, which I gave to M. Chevrolat.

CERASPHORUS, Serv.
Cerasphorus murinus.
Ceropogon murinum, Chevr. Rev. et Mag. d. Zool. 1850, p. 568,
Punctulatus, griseo-murinus; palpis, antennis (villosis cor-
pore longioribus) pedibusque (geniculis obscuris) pallidis ;
thorace rotundato, arcubus duobus oppositis elevatis, ad
latera anguloso spinoso; elytris parallelis, angustissime
truncatis et fere emarginatis (fcemina ).

Long. 9 lin., lat. 6 lin

Very densely pubescent and finely punctate, of a dirty pale
grey colour. Head rounded, elongated posteriorly, deeply
channelled. Palpi, antennz (which are clothed with a long
pubescence, and are longer than the body), and legs pale fer-
ruginous. Mandibles pubescent, smooth and black at the ex-
tremity. Thorax rounded above, truncated, straight both in
front and behind, and grooved along the margin, bearing on
the disk a sort of horseshoe in relief, and on the side a little
beyond the middle a sharp angle. Scutellum rounded. Elytra
straight at the base, somewhat convex, parallel, narrowly trun-
cated and emarginate at the extremity, scarcely broader than,
and three times as long as the thorax. Legs tolerably long,
ferruginous; thighs regularly thickened towards the middle,
slightly flattened on the anterior side; knees obscure. Abdo-
men swollen, composed of five segments. £c

This species comes near the Cerasphorus hirticornis of Ser-
ee but may be distinguished by the following characters :—

not so sha ; :
Only a single specimen received, which I gave to M.
Chevrolat. ;
ANISOGASTER, Deyr.
Anisogaster? semifemoratus.
Heterogaster ? semifemoratus, Chevr. Rev. et Mag. d. Zool. 1856, p. 569,
Ochraceo-fuscus ; antennis pedibusque rufis, cum dimidia parte

172 Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar.

- apicali femorum nigro-nitidis ; mandibulis oculisque nigris ;
thorace brevi, antice subanguloso et postice recte truncato,
- basi trinodoso; scutello rotundato; elytris thorace multo
latioribus, planiusculis, antice posticeque rotundatis, in su-
tura aculeatis, costulis duabus longitudinalibus obsoletis. 4
Long. 81-9 lin., lat. 23-3 lin.
Pubescent and of a reddish-yellow colour. Head rounded
in front, cylindrical behind, shortly grooved between the eyes,
but flat, plicate, and grooved in front. Eyes black, projecting,
emarginate above. Palpi brownish. Mandibles black, mode-
rate, bent, sharp, punctate. Antenne ferruginous, with the Hy
first article thick, cylindrical, of the length of the fifth; second
nodular; third and fourth equal, slightly swollen at the apex.
Thorax as long as broad, projecting on the head, and of its
breadth at their junction, straight behind, two-grooved trans-
versely, sides obtusely projecting in the middle, attenuated
towards the posterior angle, which is oblique and truncate
ind; three tubercles behind near the base. Scutellum
rounded. Elytra broader than the thorax, flattened, raised
and rounded on the shoulder, each rounded at the apex, with
a spine at the suture and two longitudinal obsolete ridges.
Legs short, the first four tolerably near at their insertion,
posterior longer, ferruginous, with the thighs ferruginous at
the base, afterwards of a brilliant black, and a little swollen ; £
the anterior are bent and depressed in front; claws simple. :
Abdomen with five segments, swollen, depressed on the mar-
gins of the segments, which are rather broad and decreasing

VU DRE ce Epiri re

*

in size from before backwards.

M. Chevrolat placed this species in the genus ZZeterogaster
(now Anisogaster) with doubt; but as I have parted with the
only specimen I received to him, and as I cannot trace it in
the British Museum, although his collection has been secured
by that institution, I am obliged to leave it as he has placed
it, with a point of doubt. Anisogaster is a genus which as
yet has been found only in Mauritius. r

OSSIBIA, Pascoe.
Amn. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1867, xix. p. 311.
Ossibia fuscata. ;
Obrium fuscatum, Dej. Cat. p. 358 (mas).
—— ustulatum, Dej. Cat. p. 358 (foem.).
Obrium? fuscatum, Chevr. Rev. et Mag. d. Zool. 1856, p. 570.
Ossibia fus 1

t
cata, Pascoe, loc. cit. supra.

Linearis, depressa, lurida, crebre punctata denseque cinereo
pilosa; antennis (basi preetermissa) elytrisque lateribus late

Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. 173

infuscatis ; oculis amplis, nigris, fortiter granulatis ; thorace

ongiore quam latiore, lateribus medio subangulosis ; abdo-

mine pedibusque pallidis.
Long. 4-5 lin., lat. 1-14 lin.

Linear, depressed, livid testaceous, strongly and closely
punctate, clothed with an ash-coloured pubescence. Head
rounded, square and hollowed out in front. Eyes large,
rounded, coarsely granulated, black, tolerably distant from

The male differs from the female in having larger antenne
and a narrower thorax keeled in the middle above and scarcely
angular on the sides. Considerable variation occurs in the
coloration of different individuals of the same sex.

M. Chevrolat, in describing this species, followed Dejean,
and placed it under the genus Obrium; but he did so with the
qualification that it ought to constitute a new g r

ethia, Newm. Subsequently Mr. Pascoe (loc. cit.) described
it under the name here adopted, but without expressing any
opinion as to the affinities of the genus. Prof. Lacordaire has
overlooked it; but I think it should come near Gime and its
allies

Not rare. In many collections— British Museum, Pascoe’s,
Fry's, my own, &c.

APHOPLISTUS*, nov. gen.

Angustus, parallelus, alatus, irregulariter sparsim punctatus
et tenuiter pilosus, textura opaca. Caput parvum, mandi-
bulis parvis; labrum transversum, recte truncatum ; palpis
tenuibus, brevibus, articulo ultimo ceteris paululum latiore,
truncato; labio brevi, lato, vix emarginato; oculis sat for-
titer granulatis, lateralibus, distantibus, subreniformibus,

subtus multo majoribus et latioribus; antennis (foem.) te-

*’Adomards, disarmed, in allusion to the absence of spines on the
thorax.

174 Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar.

nuibus, simplicibus, dimidia corporis longitudine, undecim
articulis, primo majore, tertio longiore, quarto tertio dimidio
breviore, quinto tertio fere equali, sequentibus gradatim
minoribus. "Thorax capite duplo longior, sine spinis vel tu-
bereulis equaliter subovatus, ad medium latior, antice et
postice recte truncatus, sat convexus, dorso hic et illie le-
viter impressus. Scutellum semicirculare. — Elytra dorso

shows that this is only superficial. The texture is different,
the thorax and the eyes different in shape, the antennze more
slender, and the underside of the tarsi clothed with a thick
brush of hair, while in the Asemideæ it is only sparingly fur-
nished with finer hairs. The ligula would supply a test by
which it could at once be settled whether it belongs to the
section in which the Asemidz are placed, or to the section to
whic have referred it; but I have only one specimen in
rather a fragile state, and I hesitate to risk 1t in dissecting out
the ligula, the more so that I think the above characters are
sufficient to show that it does not belong to the Asemidze, but
that it either belongs to the Hesperophanide or is in their
vicinity.

The species for which I have found it necessary to propose
this genus was described by M. Chevrolat as an Gimona; but
it seems to me not to belong to the group in which GZmona is
placed, and is most certainly not an CEmona, which has a
cylindrical thorax with transverse folds or wrinkles, neither
of which this has.

Aphoplistus pilosellus,

(mona pilosella, Chevr. Rev. et Mag. d. Zool. 1858, p. 53.

Saturate purpureo-brunneus, fere niger, sat crebre sparsim
irregulariter punctatus, pilis brevibus inflexis cinereis sat
dense vestitus; labio et palpis ferrugineis; antennis nigris.

Long. 7 lin., lat. 2 lin.

Deep purplish brown, irregularly and sparse!y punctate,

Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. 175

covered with sparing ashy hairs springing from the unctures,
generally bent. Palpi and labium ferruginous. andibles
and antenne black. Scutellum smooth, black, and impune-
tate. Legs fuscous. Body below lightly pubescent and finely
punctate.

I have only seen a single female specimen. In my collec-
tion.

HESPEROPHANES, Muls.
Hesperophanes fasciatus.
Callidium egit c oma Be Re ad jepi ms pp. 191, 269.
Hesperophanes caliginosus 9rd ed
Valde pubescens, rae aneus; wide Mead fasciisque
tribus elytrorum villoso Vases antennis longis. .
Long. 6-12 lin., lat. 11-3 1
This has come in ieee REO

SMODICUM, Lec.
Smodicum ebeninum, Pl. II. fig. 3. Chevr. Rev. et Mag.
d. Zool. 1855, p. 183.

Dense pen. nigro-piceum, nitidum; antennis (11 ar-
ticulis) pedibusque obscure rufis; capite longitudine sul-
cato; thorace longiore ic latiore, subovali, antice pos-
ticeque recto, vix marginato, in dorso circulatim depresso ;
elytris rotundatis, bicostatis ; corpore infra nitidiore; abdo-
mine quinque segmentis.

Long. 7 li $ is ee Sin
picni black, y punctulated, shining; antennz and

legs dull rufous. ” Head longitudinally sulcate. Thorax longer

than broad, somewhat oval, scarcely margined, with a cire
depression on the disk. "Elytra rounded, with two codi.

dy below more shining. vins with five segments.

In Chevrolat's and my collectio

This is the first instance that as eceurred of a species of
the American genus Smodicum having been met with out of
the New Continent.

DISTENIA, Serv.
ee iiia Rev. et Mag: d. Tor 1895, P 9s

Palidis; thorace antice posticeque recto, transversim bi-
stricto, lateribus angulato; elytris singulatim in humero
late, in apice anguste rotundatis, punctato-striatis (sex striis,

176 Mr. H.J. Carter on new Species of Subspherous Sponges.

secunda ante medium tertiaque prope maculam apicalem,
abbreviatis).
Long. 7 lin., lat. 2 lin.
Shining piceous black; the mouth, palpi, antenne, the Pepe
and apex of the elytra, the legs (except the middle of the
ee a

near the o dd spot
e specimen. This also is a Brazilian genus.

[To be continued. |

XV.—On two New Poms tro Subspherous ^s mg with
Observations. CARTER, F.R.S. &

ads XIII.]

AT the request of my kind friend Dr. J. E. Gray, I have
examined, described, and illustrated the two following Sponges
belonging to the British Museum. Both a appear to me to be
new, and one the type of a new genus. The former is a
Teth, a, and, from its dark purple colour externally, will be
designated « atro-purpurea ;” and the latter, from its asperity
externally, will be generically termed * Trachya,” and speci-
fically * pernucleata," from the number of nucleated groups of
spicules internally.
et us direct our attention to the former first.

Tethya atro-purpurea, mihi. Pl. XIII. figs. 1-10.
Sessile, subcircular, kg compressed, muricated exter-
nally, presenting a ra diate ructure inferiorly, where it ap-
a

ae m of radiated structure consisting of long,
straight Rete s Mess in vemm from the centre of the

Mr. H. J. Carter on new Species of Subspherous Sponges. 177

limited at the surface by a condensed cortical layer of the
sarcode, neatly defined on its inner margin, by its dark purple
colour, from the light-brown-coloured sarcode of the interior (6).
Spicules of the radiated structure of three kinds (fig.7), viz. :—
1, stout, long, straight, smooth, fusiform, acerate (a); 2, trifid
-extended or furcate (c) ; and, 3, trifid recurved or anchorate ;
the last two with very long, delicate, slightly fusiform, smooth,
straight, pointed shafts. Spicules of the body or light-brown
sarcode of the interior of two kinds (figs. 8 & 9), viz.:—1, stout,
short, slightly curved, smooth, fusiform, acerate, with one
half generally a little larger than the other (fig. 8) ; and, 2, mi-
nute, doubly sigmoid, or circular (that is, sigmoid in opposite
directions, or spiral), contort (fig. 10, a, b), sparsely spinous on
the shaft, and terminated at the extremities by three —
spines about the same size—something between a hamate an
an anchorate form; spines of the shaft vertical, pyramidal,
chiefly situated upon the prominent parts of the shaft.
spicule is so numerous as to form the greater part of the bulk
of the fleshy substance. Size of sponge 11-12ths of an inch
in horizontal, and 3-12ths of an inch in vertical diameter.
. Unknown. dd

Obs. Described in a dried state, aided by soaking in water
&e. Probably convex on its surface throughout, when fresh,
but now possessing the depression in the centre, as repre-
sented in the figure, which seems to have arisen from col-
lapse of the vacuolar or canal-system internally during desic-

cation.

The dark-purple colour and muricated surface are striking
features of this sponge. All the spine-like processes are trun-
cated ; but probably, in their original and uninjured state, each
had a pencil of spicules extending beyond the sarcode (fig. 6),
composed of a variable number of the kinds above described
as peculiar to the radiated structure, the furcate and anchorate
heads of the long-shafted spicules being outermost, while the
simple points belong to the stout acerate spicule, which accom-
panies and contrasts forcibly with them in its robustness and
inferiority of number. i 5

These characters, with the smooth poem areas in which
the pores are situated, and here and there an osculum, together
with the radiated structure internally, limited by the cortical
condensation of the sarcode at the circumference, which thus

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. vi. 12

TEST ERR

Sah ae D

178 Mr. H. J. Carter on new Species of Subspherous Sponges.

keeps all the elements of the surface in proper position, coin-
cide strictly with what has been stated and figured of Tethya
cranium (Johnston, Hist. Brit. Spong. pl. 1. figs. 1 &c.) and of
T. arabica ( Annals, 1869, vol. iv. pl. 1. figs. 1 &c.).

The sigmoid spicules, too, evidently exist in both these

species of Tethya, in a minuter form (Bowerbank, Brit. Spong. `

vol. ii. p. 85, and Annals, /. c.), but being so much larger in
T. atro-purpurea, where they can be easily seen in detail with

uarter-of-an-inch compound power, are thus much more
satisfactorily illustrated.

I could not discover any gemmules.

Besides being sessile, this species might occasionally exist
in a subspherous form, free and unattached, like T. arabica,
as I know from actual experience such to be the habit of
these Tethyæ. But the specimen under description appears to
have been cut off from the rock or object on which it grew, and
that, too, a little above its real base, as there is no nucleus
present in the latter, nor any point indicative of the centre
om which the mass emanated; probably this was left upon

e rock.

TRACHYA, nov. gen., mihi.

Gen..char. Asperous, massive, cake-shaped, free or fixed,
dense, rigid. Osculiferous. Internally multinucleate. Spi-
cules of two kinds only, viz. large and small: large spicule
smooth, fusiform-acerate; small spicule, which is chiefly
confined to the upper surface, smooth, fusiform-acuate.

Trachya pernucleata, n. sp. mihi. Pl. XIII. figs. 11-16.

with the spicules lying on or inclined towards the su in
flattened whorls or radiated groups (fig. 15), not projecting
vertically, as on the upper surface (fig. 13). ally com-

PEE i eu E to

|
T
|
4
M
7
iq

|
H
is
A
k
T
j
j

ap CE ELM enin dci A e commete a dte eee
ii Ven

Mr. H. J. Carter on new Species of Subspherous Sponges. 179

larger ones (fig. 13, b b); while below the smaller spicule is more
or less absent, and the radiating spicules become inclined to-
wardsthe surface in the whorls, as above noticed (fig. 15). Canal-
system distinct, but correspondingly condensed and small in
its cavities, in accordance with the compact structure of the
sponge generally ; presenting no evident arborescent form, but
general diffusion between the nuclei (fig. 144). Spicules of
two kinds only (fig. 16), viz. :—1, stout, straight, smooth, fusi-
form, acerate or pointed at each end (a) ; and, 2, small, straight,
smooth, slightly fusiform or acuate, pointed at one end only
and the other rounded or obtuse (5). This spicule is, as above
stated, chiefly confined to the upper surface, where, arranged ver-
tically, with its sharp end outwards, among the points of the
larger spicules, it contributes greatly to strengthen the surface
and form a kind of crust. Size of sponge 2} inches by lys
inch in horizontal and -4 inch in vertical diameter.

Loc. et hab. Vera Cruz, Mexico.

Obs. Described in the dried state.

At first this sponge looks very much like a Tethya; but the
absence of the furcate spicules, together-with its other diffe-
rences in structure, soon shows that it cannot be classed with
Tethya generically. Then the absence of the crust of globular
erystalloids peculiar to the Geodide, with its numerous other
differences from these, points out that it cannot be generically
classed with either Geodia or Pachymatisma. And yet its
dense rough character and cake-like free form evidently ally
it to the subspherous sponges, so that it becomes necessary to

a new genus for it in this family. Hence it has been
called ^ Trachya,” from its asperous nature, which, although
not a legitimate transformation of the word grammatically,
nevertheless linguistically euphonizes sufficiently well with
Tethya and Geodia to induce me to adopt it.

It will have been observed that, although Trachya has not
the exact elements of Tethya or Geodia for its crust, yet the
addition of the small spicule arranged vertically in great num-
bers among the projecting points of the large ones on the
upper surface (fig. 13) supplies this apparent deficiency; while
the number of nuclear centres in the internal structure not
rr i causes the species to distinctly differ widely from Tethya
and Geodia, but to assume that hardness and rigidity cha-
racteristic of the subspherous sponges which nothing could
impart better than this knotted structure.

General Observations.
I have also examined a third sponge belonging to the Mu-
seum, which has grown upon the root of a ever and

180 Mr. H. J. Carter on new Species of Subspherous Sponges .

is evidently a variety of Geodia arabica (Annals, 1869, vol. ii.
l. c.), differing only in the canal-system being less arborescent
and the ends of both the shafts and branches of the large tri-
radiate spicules of the circumference being frequently obtuse,
rounded, or inflated—thus more resembling Pachymatisma.
But the body-spicule of Pachymatisma, being round or in-
flated at both ends, alone distinctly separates it from Geodia ;
while Tethya lyncurium, from the absence of the furcate spi-
cules, on the one hand, and the position of the large stellate
spicules (which are for the most part situated on the inner side
of its cartilage-like crust), on the other, is neither a Tethya
nor a Geodia, nor a Pachymatisma (see my figures, * Annals,’
l.c.), Hence Tethya lyncurium should also have a separate

nus.
As regards the describing of sponges generally, it is very
desirable that no spicule should be figured in connexion with
them which is not strictly characteristic of the species. The
introduction of varieties and monstrosities, with which every
specimen more or less abounds, I am persuaded is as much a
mistake as it would be to omit them from a dissertation de-
voted to the formation and development of the spicule gene-
rally. Here the varieties and monstrosities might appear to
advantage; but figured with the characteristic spicules of the
species in which they may have been observed, they are only
calculated to confuse and mislead.

have therefore, although I have found different hamate
and stellate spicules about the specimen of Tethya atro-purpurea
(above described), regarded them as adventitious products,
which it is more desirable to retain mounted in balsam for the

and, growing there, had thus become incorporated, and had

produced the group of triradiate spicules to which I have
alluded.

Ann& Mag. Nat. Hist. S.4.VoL: 6. PLANI.

HIC. del. Tuffen West sc. uy W. West -

Mr. H. J. Carter on new aa d Subspherous Sponges. 181

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIII.

Fig. 1. Tethya mie esci n. Sp., dia state, natural size ; upper sur-
: e-like projectio
epression in tho a centre externally has probably
arisen L cols epe se of the vacuolar or canal-system internally

Fig. 2. Phan iem horizontai section of the base oues d Juden - fom

mfe
PES abei ed in the fles m substan e: the i es
: pid substance ; ; ee, cavities of the AOE -syst
Fig. 3. The sam , imaginary sec ectio on, to show the vertical did of the

cimen.
Fig. 4. Tho armi segment, magnified a little more than two di n
—Aa, spine-like projections ; b, dark cortical layer ; ¢

dinting® fe spicules See rom the centre to ‘is
spine-like projections on the miferenee ; d, fleshy substance
of the body ; e, cavities of t -sys

Fig. 5. The same, portion ofthe sur Feed ipia irl toate times, showin
re e relative position of the spine-like projections, with their
ated ends, exposing the extremities of the spi-
h the i

im p whic ey are Ty s indicated by the black
points; b, wing-like ridges of the pee layer of sarcode
cu ag : :

indicated by the lera poi
Fu. 6. The same, a oec Lerma magnified, to show its dps
state before the protruding ends of the s spicules were broken off.
Fig. 7. The same, a of the radiating bundles, — ely magnified :
a, straight, stout, smooth, fusi orm, acerate a b, real
length, "about 1-7th of an inch, greatest thickness about

tively.

Fig. 8. The sam d e, body-spicule of the fleshy substance: short, stout,
dioc nim slightly curved, acerate, gen larger on
one side than the other; 1-30th to 1-20th o ng, an

to 4-1800ths of an inch in its thickest a er.

Fig. 9. The sa rtion of the fleshy substance, much magnified, to
al bade nsely it is charged with the omnes idia spicules,

182 Mr. W. S. Kent on a new Vitreous Sponge.

Fig. 10. me me two of the panas ThS greeny magnified, as seen
a qua uarter-of-an-inch c und pow showing the spines
on os Gace shafts and siereinitios ed ca sigmoid form ;
b, circular form. Size about 1-400th of an inch long, zd about
1-12000th of an inch thick.

N.B. These mies have a double sigmoid or spiral curve,
consisting of abou o turns of the Th a deg ut so
different Tadividually that it is only here and there that a true
igmoid form i

not be made to lie flat on a eo
Fig. 11. Teach ya permulti n. gen. et sp» dried pats half the specimen,
natural size, upper surface:
Fig. 12. The same, ener on of upper piia Brai pair i to show
a, the depressions i in which the pores are situated ; b, the ridges

Fig. 13. ue iid diagram > show the ice = nh large s iie small

ules.
Fig. 14. The same, horizontal view of vertical section of corre -—
half of nd Eb mpm size, showing internal structure compose
of :—a a ucles radiating gr groups o of spicules; b, herr i
canal a aie of oscules in a depression in the low
S

This section also shows the dark-grey colour of in upper
portion passing into the lighter one of the under surfac
Fig. 15. The same, whorl or radiating group o tergo spicules, Ae mag-
nified, to show their superticial arrangem the under sur-
face a this sponge, and the piedras cres ence of the small

: spicu
Fig. 16. The iius the large and small spieules, relatively magnified :

a, large spicule, stout, ern eed usiform, acerate ; b, real
Saed, about 1- is h of pri greatest falie about
3-1800ths of an inch 5 bone ie size of small s pice. dea dr

smooth, fasiform, sunt (that is, nedhi shaped or poin

one end and obtuse at the other). Size about 1-60th of à inch
ong by about 1-1800th of an inch in its greatest transverse

diameter.

XVI.—Notice of a new Vi a nam Pheronema (Hol-
tenia) Grayi. By W. SAVILLE KEN .S.
of the Geological Doreehant British Muscat:

THE recent dredging-expedition of the yacht * Norna, owner
and commander Mr. Marshall Hall, F.G.S., in which I had
the Ec of being associated with Mr. Edw. Field-
ing, resulted in our bo ERE off Setubal, in addition to

many other most interesting organisms, a ‘Vitreous sponge
closely allied to Holtenia Carpenteri, Wyv.Thomson. At the
time of taking it I strongly suspected it to be identical with

M.S.,

M M—— —

Mr. W. S. Kent on a new Vitreous Sponge. 183

a ocio distinction between them

principal points of external difference which would arrest the
attention of the most ordinary observer

and erect), characters sufficiently important in themselves for

the recognition of a species. The spicules of the sareode of

184 Mr. W. S. Kent on a new Vitreous Sponge.
the second type (Wyv.' Thomson), simple, stylate, slightly
ith delicate ad-

(
fusiform spicules having the shaft covered wi
pressed spines, appear also to be much more abundant in this
species than in Holtenia Carpenter.
In conclusion, a word of explanation is necessary for the
generic title I have adopted here for this species, in place of
that of Holtenia.

inches long, surmounted at one extremity with a corona of
twisted cords of siliceous spicula [equivalent to the fascicles
forming the beard in H. Carpenteri] about two inches in
length. These spicula are very similar in structure to those of
the Hyalonema, merely differing in size.”

Subsequently, and previously to Prof. W.'Thomson's creation
and description o the genus Holtenia, Dr. Leidy recognized
the necessity of forming a new genus for the reception of the
very remarkable sponge just referred to, and bestowed upon it
the title of Pheronema, adding the following essential charac-
teristics :—

“The body of the sponge is oblong-ovoidal, with the narrower
end upwards. The upper extremity is conical, with a truncate
apex, | vidio! a large circular orifice, and which forms the
exit of the canal which descends into the axis of the sponge
for almost half its depth, and which then appears to divide
into several branches. Its surface exhibits an intricate inter-
lacement of stellate siliceous spicula inclosing a tissue of finer
Pan a of the same character, the whole associated by the

ed remains of the softer sponge-tissues.

^ F'rom the lower end of the sponge there projects a number

a
Rides cea cn MEI

Mr. W. S. Kent on a new Vitreous Sponge. 185

sequence of the increase of zeal in the prosecution of deep-sea
dredging-expeditions which is now being displayed, we have
every reason to hope is likely very shortly to be still further
augmented.

Order VITREA, Wyv. Thom.
Genus PHERONEMA, Dr. Leidy.
Sp. 1. ——, Leidy*.
Sp. 2. Carpentert, (Holtenia C.) W.'Th.
Sp. 3. Grayi, W. S. Kent.

The principal distinctive features of Dr. Leidy's species
appear to be that the oscular region is produced in a truncate
as in many of the old Greensand Siphonias, and that
the fascicles of spicules forming the beard or rootlets of the
Sponge are shorter than in either of the other species—a cha-
racter, however, hardly to be regarded as essential. id
does not particularize the characters of the smaller spicules be-
longing to the different regions of the sponge—though doubt-
less, on a closer examination, they would exhibit specific
peculiarities.
The specimens of Pheronema Gray obtained were taken in
a depth of water varying from four to six hundred fathoms.
The average measurements of these specimens are as follow :—

; the Zoological Societies. The one given
above is taken from the ‘Monthly. Microscopical Journal’ for June 1869,

186 ; Bibliographical Notice.

Of the body-mass of the sponge, length and breadth from four
to four and a half inches ; the beard or anchoring rootlets from
ten or twelve inches to upwards of two feet in length. Fur-
ther details of the structure and affinities of this interesting
production must be deferred for a future communication ; but,
before laying down my pen, I must not omit to acknowledge
here how much I feel indebted to my friend Prof. Du Bocage,
the eminent conservator of the Lisbon Museum, for the very
kind and valuable "xmv he rendered us in his anxiety
that our expedition should not prove a fruitless one, by placing
at our disposal so much of his valuable time, and by putting
us in communication with the deep-sea fishermen in the
neighbourhood of Setubal, PUN whose instrumentality
Hyalonema, Pheronema, and m any other of Ocean's loveliest
productions were first demonstrated to be denizens of the
Portuguese coasts.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

The Oruithosauria: an Elementary Study of the Bones of Ptero-
dactyles, made from Fossil Remains found in the Cambridge Upper

versity of Cambridge. By H. G. SrELEY, of St. John’s College,
“ang With 12 Plates. 8vo, pp. 135. Cambridge and
on, 1610.

* Anp when the appointed end comes they lie not dishonoured in
forgetfulness " (Xenophon) is the motto chosen for this work. It
is more than probable that the motto is applicable to the contents of
the book; it is decidedly true of great quantities of fossils, col-
lected as curiosities, or even as objects of scientific research. Often

they are laid aside, and, for want of appreciation, or of a full recog-
nition of the group of living things to which they are naturally
allied, they wait for explanation until they fall into the hands of
those who know their scientific worth, or of those to whom the pro-
gress of biology opens up the previously unknown, giving them new
clues to the exploration of the obscure and labyrinthic paths of nature
in the ee As with antiquities that come to the hands of the un-

search, so wit s; they mean nothing to the peasant, at
en by the partially educated and prejudiced many ;
they may as well be left in trust of the earth for better VES or

years the advance of Natural History has been rapid. The struc-
tures of Reptiles and Birds Sive been greatly elucidated ; and the
remains of extinct creatures having reptilian and avian ‘affinities
have been brought out from the phosphate-diggings near Cambridge,

ele scie nA mei

Bibliographical Notice. 187

and ims oe in great quantities, after their long burial, to the
hands of those who know more of zoology than our predecessors
knew. The eir knowledge, of course, is as yet imperfect, and ever
will be ; _but its diia aids much in the discrimination of differences

In the book simile’ sities Mr. Seeley first alludes to the col-
lection of specimens he has to describe, the condition of the bones,
and the place of their exhumation in the Greensand. Prof. Owen’s

the author’s own works and views are next mentioned. A sum-
mary (chiefly after Von Meyer) of the opinions of palzontologists on
the organization of Pterodactyles follows (a bibliographic list is ap-
pended); and Mr. eni s conclusions as to their organization and
classification are given at pp. 24—27 and pp.94-112. The body of
the work comprises description of the specimens, with explanation
of the Pug affinities shown by the several bones. At pp.112—
128, twenty-five species of the new genus Ornithocheirus are de-

from other genera. They are founded on the premaxillary and other
bones of the snout, which vary in form, but are associated with teeth
prolonged anteriorly to the muzzle, and with a longitudinalridge on
the palate.

This Catalogue isa welcome instalment of the grand series that the

of this year. It clearly indicates the leading features and special
characters of the Pieridictylisa remains preserved in the Wood-
f u

Mr. See
general plan of the most vital and important of the soft structures
was similar to that of living birds," and ** that with such a common
plan i is associated a eda d of details sufficient to te that
hese animals are not birds, but constitute a new group of haer om
of equal value with the birds—the subclass Ornithosauria” (p. 2

ssimilarities of structure depu the Sauropsids being regarded
as of less isis than the modifieations that characterize -
Mammals; and Owen sees cx ties between the Mammals
Reptiles than Huxley appears to have note

188 Bibliographical Notice.

The elevation of the Cambridge Pterodactyles to a position equal
to that of Birds rests ip inferences not well proved. Thus the

structure of their heart is not known, but is inferred from the
pneumatic condition of the bones (pp. 101 &e.) Pneumaticity,
however, does not characterize some birds of the strongest flight, and
the Bat is without it; hence Mr. Seeley’s argument that the Ptero-
dactyles must have been hot-blooded cannot be supported by the
fact that some birds are more or less pneumatic. Nevertheless we

merely an adaptive Puente and of no great importance in a phy-
siological point of vi

e osseous bolus will not appear to every one so distinctly
avian as it does to Mr. Seeley. With reference to the sternum, the
Merganser is quoted as “a close ally” of the Pterodactyle ; but,

judging from pl. 1. fi ay be said that the sternum has more
8 to that of pis ae and still more to that of the Bat,
which, indeed, may be ave a more avian tendency than the

figured specimen. These aaia] resemblances are of little
ue.

Again, Mr. Seeley shuts off the Pterodactyles from Reptiles on
account of the presence of the synovial notch in the sternum ; but
the statement “ that only i in birds are distinct synovial cavities pro-

vided for the Simon (p. 28), though connected with Owen’s
name, will require modification ; for when the junction à coracoid and
sternum exists in Reptiles, it always has a synovial jo

ere is room, then, for further research in the affinitios of Ptero-
dactyles. Mr. Seeley has done good work in arranging and charac-
terizing the Cambridge monem in this very acceptable ERA
raisonné, which bears evidence not only of the author’s kno
industry and biological aa but of his talent for eire

Mr. Seeley thus correlates his Ornithosawria. I. Pterodactyle,
comprising :—Pterodactylus, Cuvier; Ornithocephalus, Scemmering ;
oh nade quini Fitzinger ; and Cycnorhamphus, Seeley. II.

hamphorhynche (Ra ee Von Meyer); 2. Dimorpho
soe ee Owen); 3. Ornithocheire (Ornithocheirus,
ley).

The numerous figures in the lithographie plates are the work of the
author's own pencil, and bear witness to his conscientious labour and
enthusiasm ; but they are not artistically good, and some are stated
to hav e been damaged in the repe guai will be of more use
in identifying the specimens in the m i i
accurate representation of p « detail to the odent at a
distance. PPOR tja constitute a n! valuable and neces-

sary adjunct
Catalogue of te Woodwardian Muse

o this portion of Prof. Sedgwick's projected great
um.

|. TS Rc DM

189

MISCELLANEOUS.
Notes on the Species of Wart- Hog (or Phacochcerus).
By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S.

Mr. ScraTER, in the * Proceedings of the Zoological Society for 1869,
p. 276, mentions, as added to the Menagerie :—* An ZElian's wart-
hog (Phacocherus Ailiani), which had been captured near Zoulla, on

whiskers are very long and well developed. :

* One other specimen o ian's wart-hog had been previously
living in the menagerie—namely, an adult female from Ashantee,
presented to the Society by H.M. the Queen in 1861.

“Mr. Sclater exhibited drawings illustrative of the external differ-
ences between these two wart-hogs, and also made remarks upon
their well-known cranial and dental differences, which had been
fully described by F. Cuvier, Van der Hoeven, and Owen, but which
had not prevented Dr. Gray from uniting the two species in his
recent catalogue of these animals."

is paper is illustrated by two woodcuts :—one the head of a male
wart-hog with a large blunt nose, large canines, a large wart under
the eyes, and very hairy ears, named P. ethiopicus; the other
evidently the head of the female wart-hog figured on plate 20,
conical, with a small nose, very small canines, a slight longitudinal
ridge under the eye, and small, nearly naked ears—called P.

AANU. : F

Phacochærus Æliani was first described by Dr. Rüppell, in his
* Zoological Atlas, p. 61, tab. 65. If any one will take the trouble
to turn to that description and figure, which is of a male, they
find it exactly agrees with the figure which Mr. Sclater has given of
. æthiopicus, especially in having the ears well covered with hairs,

nal specimen received from Dr. Rüppell, which is now in the British
Museum (this specimen, by-the-by, must have been overlooked by
Mr.Blanford when he made his remarks on this animal), specimens
from South Africa, and skulls from various parts of Africa ; and I
found that the various characters which had been proposed by F.
Cuvier, Rüppell, and Sundevall to separate the wart-hogs of different

190 Miscellaneous.

countries into two or more species did not present any permanent
differences that could be relied upon; and I believed that the wart-
hogs of different parts of Africa were only one species.

Indeed Mr. Sclater himself gives P. ZEliani a very wide distri-
bution, as he says it has been received by the Zoological Society
from Zoulla, on the east coast, and Ashantee, on the wast coast of

Africa

I believe that what Mr. Sclater has figured as the type of P. ZEliani
(Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, tab. 20, and p. 277. f. 2) is only the usual
form of the female of the African wart-hog. It is certainly not the
P. Atliani (as distinguished from the P. cthiopicus) of Rüppell ; Ti
it may be a distinct species, the male a which we have not yet r
ceived, characterized by its naked ears; and as we have Mr. Sela-
ter’s authority that s is a different species, I wank propose that it
be called P. Sclate

On the Genus Saurocetes. By Dr. BURMEISTER.
(In a letter to Dr. J. E. Gray.)

I have lately received a most interesting — of a fossil from

the tertiary strata of Buenos Ayres, which proves to be a new genu

of Zeuglodontide, which I have named Sanctsstes on account of its
great resemblance to the gavial type of Crocodiles and its true ceta-
ceous organization.

The animal must have been much smaller than the North-Ameri-
ean Zeuglodon; the under jaw, which is the only part known to me,
is, from the middle to the hinder end, only two feet long: the teeth
are all alike ; ; they have a single conoid corona, with two roots, which

Zeuglodon. I will very soon send you a description and figure of
this interesting fossil.

Notice of a new Chilian Tortoise (Testudo chilensis).
By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S.
Testudo (Gopher) chilensis.

Shell depressed, dirty yellow; middle of the back flattened ;
areola central; nuchal plate distinct; marginal plates shelving,
with a very short keel; front and hinder marginal plates reflexed,

making a serrated edge. One pair of supranasals, a triangular
frontal plate between the eyes; fore legs with a large spur at the
elbow-joint, and numerous conical spines on the underside of the
thighs, two of which are larger than the rest.

Testudo chilensis, Gray, P. Z. S. 1870, t.

Hab. Chili. Living in the Zoological Gardens.

Very like Peltastes sulcatus, but more depressed, and at once —
by its broad fifth vertebral plate and narrower marginal plate

Miscellaneous. 191
Note on a new uere Be abc Ot from Madagascar.
By D E. Gray, F.R

Dark olive ; chin and be it: a broad sn from the nostrils

middle of the back. Tail reproduced, grey. Lower labial shields

9.1.5, with two small ones near the angle of the mouth, and some

hexagonal plates below them. Viri of body and head 4l inches.
Hab. Madagascar. British Museum

HoMAs MEEHA
Mr. Charles Darwin's interesting idein on cross fertiliza-
tion have opened a new world for o riginal discovery. The list of

Cross Fertilization and the Law of cii in Euphorbia.
By Tuo

wind will waft the pollen to the stigmas ; ; but I have not been
able to notice any leaving these flowers in this way; for as soon
as the anther-cells burst the whole stamen falls from its filament-
like pedicel and either drops at once on the pistils of other flowers
or scatters its pollen-grains by the force of the fall.
is Ewphorbia also furnishes another contribution to the theory
of sex which I have advanced. The plan on which the male and

female or Whenever the common msl a (below
the scarlet involucre) is weak, a pistil never appears in that
of w which seem strong also do not have them; but

n
partially formed in embryo, and before the sex had been finally
determined, the female flower, being primordially the stronger, has
the power of absorbing the males or their partially formed elements
into its system. It is certainly remarkable that in both these instances
the number of male flowers should decrease in proportion to
existence or vigour of the central female one.

The male and female flowers of Euphorbia fulgens are formed

192 Miscellaneous.

much alike. The female occupies the centre, and seems really but
a prolongation of the main stem, on the top o which is an articula-

tion from which the ovarium springs. The capsula readily falls
from this articulation when mature. From the base of the female

see the correspondence of plan in these diffe rent parts; and I think
that nothing but the Qi bae position in the direct line of axial
vigour made the central flow emale on

Cases occasionally occur in pun a tolesbly strong head of
wholly male flowers will develop the t eiie axis into a pedicel

are well worth looking for, as they show so clearly the dividing line
between the forces which govern the male or female sex.—Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1870, p. 14

Fossil Sponge-spicules.

We hear that Mr. Wm. Vicary, of Exeter, well known for his
successful researches into the Silurian and Devonian fossil fauna
found in the pebbles of Budleigh-Salterton, has discovered in the
eene of the hills of Haldon and Blackdown re
Devonshire, a number of beautiful sponge-spicules belonging to
Dr. J. E Gray's Corallispongia, in part (Dr. W. Thomson's order
** Vitrea" and Dr. O. Schmidt’s Hexactinellide), also to the enam.
and Geodide. Mr. Parfitt, of Exeter, has described and illustrated
them in a paper on the subject which he is about to read before the
Devon Association for the Advancement of Science, Literature, and
Art, at their annual meeting, to be held at Devonport on the 26th of
J uly and following days

icules appear to be in the remains of an arenaceous sponge,
Morel. mixed up with the grains of quartz of which it was
otherwise composed, thus representing the other kinds of sponges
whieh existed in the locality then, just as the spiculo-arenaceous
sponges of the present day bear indications of what other sponges
exist in the localities where they now grow respectively.

On the Zoological Affinities of the Sponges.
m. S. Kent forwards us a letter to the effect that he has
glanced through Mr. Lankester’s criticism on his paper respecting

on the coasts of Spain and Portugal, and having had a pressure of
work of higher importance to soos to, he has not had leisure to
reply to Mr. Lankester's communication in the present number o

this Journal. He looks forward, however, with much pleasure to
answering it in our next.

| aceite ie

A

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.
[FOURTH SERIES.]

No. 33. SEPTEMBER 1870.

XVII.— Observations on the Whales described in the * Ostéo-
graphie des Cétacés’ of MM. Van Beneden and Gervais.
By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &c.

THE genus Balena in the ‘ Ostéographie des Cétacés vivants

very free use of the materials which I had compiled under
Ann. d Mag. N. Hist. Ser.4. Vol. vi. 13

194 Dr. J. E. Gray on the Whales described

each species in the Catalogue of Whales; but he has worked
them up into a short narrative, where I quoted the very wor
of the authors themselves. That he has compiled these obser-
vations second hand, is proved by the fact that in many cases
he does not know the title of the work from which the materials
are extracted.

s usual in many Continental works, there is a great incli-
nation to regard all the species that are not in their museums
as varieties of those they have: this leads them, when they
receive examples of the species themselves, to describe them as
new, which has produced much confusion. in studying the
geographical distribution of species.

ave been much blamed and ridiculed for applying the
same rules to the study of recent whales, as distinguished by
their bones, that paleontologists have been in the habit of
using. In this work numerous species and even genera of
whales have been established on very imperfect fossil skeletons,
or even on a few bones; and, as efore said, I cannot see
why, when one receives a single bone or blade of whalebone
which, on comparison with the same. bone or baleen. of the
different known whales, is found to be different from them, one
may not conclude that it is a distinct species, characterized by.
the peculiar character of that bone or other part of the animal.
Yet, because I have done so, while M. Gervais regards his
fossil species as well established, he talks of the recent species
so described as if they. were not. worthy of notice. Experience,
however, has proved that the course I followed is the best for
science : for example, having shown that there was a true
whale with small baleen in Australia, thus causing the whale
to be sought for, now we have the skull showing that it is a
most. distinct. species and an entirely. new form; and it has
been the same with other species so indicated from. small
materials. |

diii

V abled Carica diem

ET TEE

by MM. Van Beneden and Gervais. 195

distinetions are pointed out by the figures.
n the same manner, Eschricht did not believe in the exis-

It is to be remarked that M. Gervais gives no characters by
which to distinguish the species from each other. We have
only the habitat of the whale to guide us; and if that is wanting,
we must read over each of the descriptions; whereas in my
generic characters the most important characters which dis-
tinguish the different species may at once n.

The number of known whales has, since I began the study,
very greatly increased; and I believe that as yet we do not
know half of those that exist and are to be distinguished by
very decided osteological characters.

It is curious that in this work the whalebone is only slightly
referred to under one or two species, and never figured; and
this is the more remarkable as the authors in their titlepage spe-
cially refer to the dentition of the different species. It is true
that the whalebone is not the homologue of the teeth of other
Cetacea, as it was formerly supposed to be; but it forms as
good characters for the separation of the families, genera, and.
species as the teeth afford in other mammalia. Indeed it was

pe LI

(Agaphelide) ; 3rd, the Hunchbacks (Megapteridze) ; 4th, the

Finners ( Physalidz) ; 5th, the Pike-whales (Pterobalznidz).
M

first rib of some of the common whales, and publishes them
in the Proceedings of the Academy of Sciences of Brussels,
1868,p.65. He figures two of these variations—one of Ba-
lenoptera laticeps, and the other of Phocena — He

196 Dr. J. E. Gray on the Whales described

seems therefore inclined to believe that the differences between
animals which have mou and double-headed ribs are
mere accidental variation must regard this as a very
large conclusion from very ui premises. I believe (and, I
think, on very good evidence) that there are certain whales in
which the double head to the first rib is the normal form ;
and I should not the less be inclined to fliers that this was
not the case if I should find a whale of this kind that had the
first rib on one side single-headed ; for, no doubt, whales with
single- and double-headed first ribs are each liable to such an
accidental malformation, and it is to be remarked that there is
a difference in the general form of the rib connected with the
form of its head.

This theory of M. Van Beneden has induced him to regard
the skeleton of the whale that was sent from the Cape by
Mr. Horstock to the museum at Leyden, which has been
called Balena antarctica and Tear ter Temminckii, as only
a variety of B. australis; but he even records many important
differences between it and the two skeletons of B. australis in
the Paris Museum: to be sure, its specific distinctness 1s op-
posed to one of his theories that only one species of whale is
found in each district or locality. It is much to be regretted
that preconceived theories should, as in this case, bias the
judgment of a student of natural science. This theory seems
also to have Y dicii interfered with the determination of
the nes of Balenopt.

M eneden en puru in this work, with some
alteration, his essay on and map of the distribution of species of
whales, on which I published some observations in the * Annals
and Macarie of Natural History,’ 1868, vol. i. p. 242.

I have studied the materials which this XU affords, and I
do not see any reason to alter the conclusions I came to;
indeed they are more firmly established. There does not

appear, from any of the habitats quoted in this work, any au-
thority for believing that the whales do inhabit a belt across
the oceans. To be sure, under Balena australis of the Cape,
he quotes the fact that a Right Whale has been recorded as
found on the east coast of South America; but he does not
cite any specimens or drawings to show that the Right Whale
of the east coast of South’ America is the same species as that
found at the Cape of Good Hope: indeed the only approach
to any argument in support of this theory is that he believes
Balena cisarctica of the east coast of North America to be the
same as B. biscayensis. As this last-named whale appears to
take an important part in this theory, I will nme to give
its history.

FORT ag MS a Uri dne e Ae

by MM. Van Beneden and Gervais. 197

the same time I would not deny that the whales of this latter
place may not be a different species; but as yet we have not
sufficient materials for separating and characterizing them.

In 1834 a female whale and its young were captured at
St. Sebastian, and the skeleton of the young remained for
some time at Pampeluna; it has since been removed to the
museum at Copenhagen: and this is the specimen which has
been named Balena biscayensis by Eschricht, who gives an
account of it in the ‘Comptes Rendus’ for 1860, and in the
* Actes de la Soc. Linn. Bordeaux,’ vol. xiii.; and he thinks
that he observed in the development of the various parts of the
skeleton a difference from that which he had observed in the
skeletons of Balena mysticetus. But we must recollect that
this was to support a theory that the latter whale was exclu-
sively confined to the Polar seas and that the Right Whale of
the North Atlantic must be different; but I do not see why,
as the icebergs are annually carried out by the currents from
the Arctic Sea to the North Atlantic, the Right Whale may
not sometimes come down with them.

I have only Mr. Flower's note of the Pampeluna skeleton
(Annals, 1868, vol. i. p. 244); and although it is now at Copen-
hagen, there is no description or figure of it in MM. Van Beneden
and Gervais's ‘ Ostéographie des Cétacés?’ The Balena bis-
cayensis of these latter authors is founded on what appear to
me to be very incongruous materials, which would require a
great stretch of credulity to believe that they belong to the same
whale ; I am sure that two of the specimens do not ; indeed the
authors seem to express a doubt with regard io one themselves.
But the only ground on which they are united is that all the
Specimens were procured from the North Atlantic, together
with the preconceived idea that only one whale can inhabit
that region.

First, they rely on a mass of cervical vertebra which pro-
bably came from the Mediterranean ; it is figured by Lacépede,

198 Dr. J. E. Gray on the Whales described

tab. vii. fig. 1. But there is much uncertainty attached to
these vertebra. Lacépède observes :—“ Le 30 ventóse de l'an
6 de Vere françoise, un cétacé de vingt mètres de longueur
fut pris dans la Méditerranée sur la cóte occidentale de l'ile
Sainte-Marguerite, municipalité de Cannes, département du
Var, Le citoyen Jacques Quine en fit un dessin, que j'ai fait
grayer; et bientót aprés, les fanons, les os de la téte et quel-
ques autres os de cet animal ayant été apportés à Paris. . . ."
Although these bones are said to be those of one whale,
they evidently belong to two genera: the head, the baleen,
and probably the vertebre (tab. vi. and tab. vii. figs. 2, 3, 4)
* all belong to a Finner (or Balenoptera); Cuvier refers to
these bones under the name of “ Rorqual de Méditerranée”
(Os. Fossiles, vol. v. p. 383). The mass of cervical vertebra,
on the other hand, are, as observed by Cuvier (ibid. p. 368),
the bones of a true whale; so that the authority for this mass
having been found in the Mediterranean may be doubtful.
These cervieal vertebre are figured by MM. Van Beneden
and Gervais as those of B. biscayensis ; they differ very slightly
from the similar bones of Balena mysticetus; and without
other specimens, I should suppose them to be a mere indivi-
dual variety of that species. At any rate, it ought to be called
Balena mediterranea rather than biscayensis, unless it can
be proved that they are like the cervical vertebre of the only
skeleton of the whale found in the Bay of Biscay; and no such
comparison is recorded. Cuvier, not knowing the cervical
vertebra of Balena mysticetus, compared them with the bones
of the Cape whale, B. australis, and correctly determined that
they were distinct from those of that species.

Secondly, MM. Van Beneden and Gervais place among the
materials which are supposed to belong to Balena biscayensis
a mass of cervical vertebræ which is in the British Museum,

and, | am certain, belong to species very different from the

Thirdly, they regard the Balena cisarctica of Cope as a

m

ge RLR AGERE

gaa dps pal RES ce tar

e

by MM. Van Beneden and Gervais. 199

ale.
Ithink that there is not at present any material to make
out what the Balena biscayensis of Eschricht is, and that
the Balena biscayensis of these authors is made up of the
bones of various whales.

they had ceased off the eastern shores. : :
aury, in his Charts, records the Right Whale as ger

Atlantic by the South-Sea whalers in proceeding on their
voyages either out or home; and it has hitherto been m
posed that these are whales which have wandered out of the

200 Dr. J. E. Gray on the Whales described

Arctic seas; but we cannot be certain on this point, as no re-
mains of any specimens so taken are known to exist. These
charts, I need not observe, give no support to M. Van Beneden's
theory of whales inhabiting bands across the different oceans.

The whales of the North Atlantic, including the Mediterra-
nean Sea, of which we have more or less reliable remains, are
fivein number. "Thus on the east coast there are :—

1. Balena biscayensis, Eschricht, which, I believe, is a
Cuvierius with a double-headed first rib.

2. Balena biscayensis, Van Beneden and Gervais—as distinct
from B. biscayensis of Eschricht, resting on the mass of cer-
vical vertebre tigured by Lacépéde. Whether this is a di-
stinct species or only a variety of Balena mysticetus, there
cannot be the slightest doubt of its being distinct from the
following.

3. Balena britannica, Gray, established on the mass of
cervical vertebree which is inthe British Museum, before re-
ferred to, and which was dredged off the coast of Lyme Regis.
The processes ot the atlas and other cervical vertebree are much
more like those of the Australian Black Whale (Macleayius
australiensis), and are very unlike the vertebre of any other
whale yet described; there is no doubt that they belong to a
distinct species.

On the west coast there are also two very distinct species,
which are so distinct from one another that Cope refers them
to two different genera, the latter genus belonging to a section
of Balenide characterized by having the cervical vertebre
free and only four fingers to the pectoral fin :—

. Balena cisarctica, Cope, who believes it to belong to the
genus Hubalena, and more allied to B. australis than to B.
mysticetus ; and the description of the cervical vertebre at once
separates it from the B. biscayensis of Van Beneden and Ger-

which is not uncommon
N. 5. Phil. 1868, p. 223). It is, indeed, remarkable that so
curious a whale, forming quite a distinct family from Balena,
of which there are a good many remains in America from
which figures could be easily procured, is entirely left out in
a work professing to give the osteology of the Cetacea!

For the sake of the symmetry of the theoretical distribution
of whales, it is necessary that there should be a species ex-

by MM. Van Beneden and Gervais. 201

tending across the North Pacific as the supposed Balena
biscayensis 18 said to extend across the North Atlantic : there-
fore, though MM. Van Beneden and Gervais doubt the exist-
ence of Macleayius australiensis, of which there are cervical
vertebrae and, I believe, many other bones in the museum at
Sydney, and Balena marginata, which is so peculiar for the
beauty and the small size of the blades of whalebone on which
it was founded, and of which we have now got the skull,
they consider established a species which they call Balena
Japonica, allowing that the only authority on which their
species rests is a porcelain model of a whale received from
Japan, the existence of some blades of whalebone from the
north-west coast, in the British Museum, and the existence of
a foetus of a whale in the museum at Copenhagen. But they
do not inform us why they regard this foetus as that of a
Japanese whale, or give us any particulars of how or whence
it was obtained.

Ido not mean to deny that whales are abundant on the
Japanese coasts; and we know well that they and the Ameri-
cans and the English formerly did carry on whale-fishing in
the North Pacific; but I believe that, instead of one whale
being found in those seas, from the various names which
whalers give to them, several species exist. Indeed Mr.
Cope notices that several species, which he believes to belong
to different genera, are found on the north coast of America;
and we wait with anxiety for materials from the Japanese.
(who are excellent whalers) and from the American whalers,
to make us fully acquainted with the whales which inhabit
these seas. “ Lumping” them all together into a single
species, as has been done by these authors, is certainly not
conducive to the extension ot science.

just published by Prof. Reinhardt, in
ser. 5. vol. ix : Kjo

referred to above. But, unfortunately, the very undeveloped
State of the skeleton of this foetus does not afford us any
character to distinguish it from the other whales.

202 Dr. J. E. Gray on the Whales described

The whales of the ee part of the Pacific have had
names enough given them :—

1. Balena Kuliomoch, » Chasis (Nov. Acta Natur. tab. 7.
fig. 1; Balena eulammak, , Pallas, Zoogr. Ross.-Asiat. i. p. 288;
Cope, Proc. Acad. N. S. Philad. 1868, p. 225, 1869, pp. 17 &
40, f. 4), is from a eae model made by the Aleutians as a
whale of their sea

2. Balena j pon Lacépéde, Mém. Mus. vol. iv. p. 473.

3. Balena lunulata, Lacép. Mem. Mus. iv. p. 475.

These two are from Chinese or, ed Japanese drawings.

4. Balena australis, Temmin ck, na Japonica, Taf. 28
& 29 (not Desmoulins). Balena Sebold, Gray, Ann. &
Mag. Nat. Hist. 1864, vol. xiv. p. 349. From a model made
by the Japanese in porcelai n clay.

5. Balena japonica, Gray, Zool. Erebus & Terror, p. 15,
tab. 1*. f.2. Balena alutiensis, Meyer, Van Beneden (Bull.
Acad. Belgique, xx. 1866, no. 14.) Both from the north-west-
coast whalebone of commerce, which is oe distinct from the
South-Sea whalebone, brought from the Ca

6. Balena aioe Eschricht, Vid. Se n Skrivt. ser. 5.
vol. ix. 1, 1869. m the skeleton of the foetus of a whale
eaught on the coast of "Khmtéeha

. Balena mysticetus, Cope, "Pto oc. Aca . B. Philad.
1869, pp. 17 & 35. The Bow-headed Whale Scammond:
American whalers, Behring's Straits.

hese must include more than one species; and there can
be no doubt of the next being distinct, for it is a Scrag Whale.

8. Rhachionectes glaucus, "Cope, Proe. Acad. N. 8. Philad.
1869, pp. 17 & 40, fig. 8. Agaphelus bcne

Wha

1868, p. 225. The Californian Grey St Francisco

ope observes that a disse of Aguphelis exists in the
Kamtschatkan seas, according to Pallas, who, however, de-
rived his information solely from models made by the M Um
islanders ; = called it Balena agamachschik. Dr. e ob-
serves, « ray, in his Catalogue of Whales, irüly Indi
cates it as a genus unknown tò him ” (see Proc. Acad. N. S

à p .
Philad. 1868, p. 226). Mr. Cope’s account of this whale is
very interesting ; and there are several remains.

In this work the number of the species of the genus is
limited to five—Balena mysticetus, B. biscayensis, B. japoni-
eus, B. australis, and B. antipodarum ; but the authors believe
there may exist another species that extends from the east side of
the Cape of Good Hope to Australia. This theory evidently
has had considerable influence in pra a what species they
should admit as distinct, and what they should regard as varie-
ties. They ignore the existence of two species of whales at the

is ET

by MM. Van Beneden and Gervais. 203

six times that length, or it would not be worth the whalers
collecting for sale. M. Gervais erroneously states that this
genus and species was founded on an error, caused by a pho-
tograph; but that is entirely a mistake, caused by the very
carelessness in compiling to which I have before referred. It
is very true that I did at first think that the genus Macleayius
was peculiar for having the atlas free from the rest of the
cervical bones; when I discovered the error of this opinion,
and received additional photographs, I stated, * but still the
form of the atlas is so distinct from any other known genus of
Balænidæ, that I believe the Australian Right Whale will be
a distinct genus, to which the name of Macleayius may be
appropriately applied, and it is, no doubt, a true Balena"
(Gray, Cat. Seals and Whales, p. 371). M. Gervais further
says, with regard to this whale, * Nous ne voyons pas de motif
de ne pas rapporter cette région cervicale à la Balena anti-
podarum en attendant que l'on ait des renseignements précis
sur ses caracteres distinctifs;" but I think that if any one will
compare M. Gervais's figure of the cervical mass of B. anti-
podarum, given in pl. 3.4igs. 4 & 5 of his work, with the
figures of the cervical mass of the Australian whale figured
in my Catalogue, p. 105. f. 10, 11, p. 372. f. 74, 75, he will find
that little reliance can be placed on M. Gervais's remark. In
the New-Zealand whale the upper lateral process of the atlas is
narrow, like the same process in the Greenland and Mediterra-
nean whales, while in the Australian whale this process is par-
ticularly high and wide; and the lower lateral processes are
equally distinct and peculiar. And I think that the mass of
cervical vertebre dredged up at Lyme Regis, and figured in
my ‘Catalogue of Seals and Whales,’ p. 83. f. 8, whieh M.
Van Beneden refers to B. biscayensis, and at the same time
says that it is so different from B. mysticetus, is the most nearly
allied to the cervical vertebre of the genus Macleayius, and

204 Mr. A. Murray on the History of

which I call Macleayius britannicus after the Mare Britannicum
of the ancient geographers. I think I have proved that M.
Van Beneden's theory of geographical distribution of whales
is entirely unsupported by facts.

XVIII.— Conclusion of the History of the Wasp and Rhipi-
phorus paradoxus, with Description and Figure of the Grub
of the latter. By ANDREW Murray, F.L.5.

[Plate XIV. ]

WHEN I bade adieu to this subject some months ago, I did
so with the promise that, if further investigations by myse
or others should show that I was mistaken in the views 1 had
taken up, I should readily and handsomely acknowledge my
error

I have now to redeem my promise; and notwithstanding
the natural reluctance which every one feels to acknowledge
that they have been mistaken, I make the acknowledgment
with pleasure, because it enables me to do an act of justice to
one, the accuracy of whose observations I had impugned, an
to withdraw any doubt I had expressed as to their reliability.
Not that I ever in the remotest degree felt or expressed any
doubt as to the genuineness of his observations; but one may
be a very truthful and yet a very inaccurate observer; and
this was what I had supposed Mr. Stone to be, and what
am happy now to be able to say was a very unjust supposi-
tion. Another alleviation to the wound which my amour
propre may be supposed to have received, is the satisfaction
of having, as I think, cleared up ifmot all the unknown an
doubtful points in the history of the insect, at least those which
last year prevented the question of parasitism being brought
to a definite conclusion.

rva.
which I did see in the doubly tenanted cells which I de-
scribed in my first paper on the subject, I mistook for imma-
ture pupe; and when Mr. Smith showed me Mr. Stone’s

|
:
T

the Wasp and Rhipiphorus paradoxus. 205
specimens I did not fully appreciate the difference between

them and the wasp-larve, the spirits in which they were
preserved having destroyed much of their character. To ap-
preciate the difference between them and the wasp-larve—
in faet, to make their acquaintance thoroughly, one must see
them alive and in all their degrees of development.

Mr. Stone's description, too, which is the only published
one we have, does not at all enable one to distinguish them,
his most prominent characters being two, which are shared by
the wasps themselves—namely, a transparent dark line down
the back, and the contents of the body seen through the skin
looking like curds. It is true that these characters are more
marked in the Rhipiphorus than in the wasp; but as they
vary much in degree in the latter, no description, taking them
for characters, could ever enable one who has not himself
seen them to be sure whether his wasp-grubs were Rhipiphori
or not.. There are, however, good and sufficiently recog-
nizable characters by which to know them; and to enable the
reader to do so I append a full description, with figures, which
will supply this lacuna in entomological knowledge

The opportunities I have had this year háve made me
thoroughly familiar with them; and the first fact which I

that Rhipiphorus-larve are never to be seen in open cells.
All our proposed plans for feeding and watching them have

preserved in spirits to show as a pièce justificative, it is neces-
sary in dealing with these insects to proceed with extra caution,

206 Mr. A. Murray on the History of

because in the allied genera Meloé and Sitaris the larva has

been ascertained to go through some extraordinary evolutions `

in its earlier stages, and at first to appear in a very different
form from that which it ultimately assumes.

According to M. Fabre, the only naturalist who has yet ob-
served these changes in Sitaris, its life-history has eleven
events :—

1. The egg is laid in the galleries of the Anth

2. A little larva is hatched with six satel: lere; "which
remains in its bese without food or change of size from
October to Apr

3. In AM it eresie active and attaches itself to the
males of Anthophora when they emerge from their cells, which
they do before the fasiken:

4. From the male it passes to the female Anthophora.

5. From the female it passes to its egg, on which it springs
as the female lays it on the surface of the pu on which it
was to feed, where it sits as on a ra

e surface of the honey, mouth below, Pa above.

8. After the honey in the cell is done, it changes its skin
and passes into something under a corneous envelope like the
pupa of a

9. It moults again and once more resembles its second
stage (I presume the grub-state; but as it is only said to re-
semble it, not to revert to it, there may be some difference in-
tended : nothing is said as to its food or feine in this stage).

en passes into the ordinary pupa-state.

11th, aa lastly. It becomes the perfect insect *

Without giving absolute faith to all these changes, there is
obviously something sufficiently mysterious in the early life of
all these creatures to require great care in our observations,
and that we should mention every E that strikes
us, whether we are certain of its oo

eeping this in view, I speak with extreme caution and,
even, doubt of the egg and the earlier stage of the Rhipipho-
rus. What I observed was this :—

In examining the closed cells of a Lac of Rhi psc
comb; I found the easiest way of opening them xob guia
view of their interior was by tearing out the fidis ond yg"

* See account of M. Fabre's writings in Brig nied IE Review;
1862, p. 129, from which I have taken my informa

ae

the Wasp and Rhipiphorus paradoxus. 207

clipping off the lids of the cells. On so opening them I usuall
pulled out the larva inside ; and in many I found the Rhépipho-
rus-larve in various stages, bigger or smaller than the wasp-
grub, as the case might be; and the Rhipiphorus.is so firmly
attached by its mouth to the wasp-grub, that both, as a matter
of course, came away together as one body. In one cell, how-
ever, it was not so. In it I saw what appeared a very minute
Rhipiphorus-larva, in the usual position of these creatures
(lying across the throat of the wasp-grub). On pulling out the
wasp-grub, the Rhipiphorus-larva did not in this instance
come with it; it stretched a little, as if there were two points
of adhesion, one to the wall of the cell, the other to the wasp-
grub; and as I withdrew the latter the adhesion to it gave
way, and the Rhipiphorus remained adhering to the cell-wall
close below its lip (see Plate XIV. fig. 1). It collapsed back
upon it and assumed a somewhat irregular rounded form, and
seemed attached to. the cell-wall by a broad pedicel (fig. 2).
It strikes me that this may have been the Rhipiphorus in an
intermediate state between the egg and the larva—still egg at
the base, and, as such, adhering to. the place on, which it was
laid, but struggling into life at the head; and possibly the
mandibles. had already appeared and made some slight inci-
sion in the hide of the big wasp-grub, although I could make
out neither mandibles nor incision. In the wasp and in many
other insects (as the flies for example), probably in all that.
have flexible skins, the eggshell is not broken in hatching;
but becomes the first skin of thelarva. The stretching of this:
object and its adhesion to the grub is the only. ground I have
for supposing it to be any thing but simply the egg; that
adhesion and consequent stretching might have been d
merely to the continuity of the two soft bodies touching each
other. Now that they (both grub-cell and egg) have. been a
fortnight in spirits, the egg is merely a little round white dot.
about the size of a pin's head, still adhering to its place on the
cell-wall. At first I thought I could trace. something like
the lineaments of the larva through the. eggshell or skin ; but
that was, perhaps, imagination. 1 T

I am right in the. interpretation of this, the egg is laid,
not on the body of the wasp-grub, but on the wall of the
cell just within its lip. The usual position of an egg laid

‘the wasp is shown in fig. 16. :

How long it remains in the egg-form before attacking the
wasp-grub, I do not know. The specimen above-mentioned
must have been laid at least two days before it reached me.

t cannot remain very long, however, before being. hatched ;
for it is a very common. characteristic of the closed cells in

208 Mr. A. Murray on the History of

which the Rhipiphori are ids be found that the lid of the ji
has r a thin spot, or other defect, in the middle :
is not always shareable,” nor perhaps even in the made
of instances; but still it is so very often, and I believe the
lid in the Rhipiphorized cells is never so strong as in the
others. The explanation of it seems to be, that the RAipi-
phorus-grub attacks the ie ch ub before it has completed
its lid, and does it sufficient in to prevent its properly
finishing it. Where the lid has eon finished at all, the egg
has probably been laid just before the grub began to spin
up; where it is unfinished, it may have been laid a day or
two before.

This imperfection of the lid is of essential advantage to the
Fihipiphorus afterwards. I think in one of my former papers
I drew attention to the fact that the perfect insect made its
way out of the cell in quite a different fashion from the per-
fect wasp. The wasp cuts its way out through the parch-
ment-like lid with its strong mandibles; but the mandibles of
the perfect Rhipiphorus are small, we ak, and inadequate to
the purpose, and it never uses them ; it bursts its way through
by main force, pushing the crown of its head against the lid
until it gives way. A bos lid ir of normal strength, the
Rhipiphorus might never get out, but die entombed in the
chest in which it had Dei ine allowed itself to be locked ;
and the lid would be of normal strength if the egg of the
Rhipiphorus were not soon hatched and the wasp-grub at-
tacked before the lid is completed. Possibly the increased
heat caused by the ie the cell may start the egg more ra-
vidly than would otherwise have been the case, so that it
will be hatched as soon as every thing is ready for it. It is
an instance of adaptation of mode of life to subsequent require-.
ments, which looks very analogous to adaptation of structure
to urpose,

sometimes to the other, but, so far as I have oes the hea
always over or to the shoulder (baby-fashion), and the tail
to the tail (see fi

The effect of this, , I may observe in passing, is to k
the grub with its head towards the mouth of the cell, a posi-
tion it could not have obtained had it commenced its repast
with its head to the tail instead of to the shoulder. This at-

the Wasp and Rhipiphorus paradoxus. 209

The rate at which the Rhzpiphorus consumes the wasp-
grub, although very rapid, is, according to my observation,
not quite so much so as in the instance recorded by Mr.
Stone. The nest came into our possession on the 27th of
July. On the 28th I only found one egg (as above-men-
tioned) ; all the rest were hatched, most of them very recently,
the smallest being about a line in length. On the 31st of
July the smallest were nearly 3 lines in length. n the
2nd of August something went wrong with my specimens
and they made no further progress ; they began to shrivel an
change colour, and I bottled them ; but from watching the more
advanced specimens when fresh, I saw that after they have
become larger than their victim their progress is more rapid
than before. That represented in figs. 5, 6, and 7, from
Which the relative size may be estimated, had completely
consumed its victim on the third day thereafter, but not on
the second.

I cannot say how far the unnatural condition in which my
Specimens were may have retarded the progress of the
feeding ; at first it did not seem to affect them; but, judging
from what I saw, I should say that from eight to ten days
would be the ordinary time that the Rhipiphorus takes to con-
sume its victim ; iud adding three or four days for the egg,
the whole business would seem to take about a fortnight.

As the Rhipiphorus sucks, the wasp-grub at last, to all ap-
earance, entirely vanishes. It does not do so absolutely,
owever; for if the chin of the mature Rhipiphorus-grub, now

solitary by itself, be lifted up from its breast (on which it con-
stantly rests), there will be found (at least, I have found it in all
my experiments) a tiny scrap of yellowish-brown animal matter,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.4. Vol. vi. 14

210 Mr. A. Murray on the History of

in which, under the rk ea are to be distingwieha? a pair

of wasp- -grub's m andibles. s the unconsumed part of the
skin, and denies what Mr. St tone saw, instead of the exuvie
of torpes tenants adhering to the tail as I had supposed.

I do not think the above facts are explicable on any other
view me ten I have above stated; and it removes or explains
many other difficulties which I last year thought unsurmount-
able. On looking back at the arguments I ‘then used, they
still seem to me, for the most part, sound, all but the premises.
These unhappily have the slight defect of being erroneous.
started by assuming that where two eggs were found in a
wasp’s cell, one of them must belong to the wasp, the other to
the Ehipiphorus ; and I reasoned out its life-history as a ne-
cessity from that ; and were that so, I still think it was a
necessary course of li fe. But I now see that the two eggs have
nothing to do with the Rhipiphorus; they are both wasp’s (a
mere instance of misplaced zeal on the part of the wasp-
mother), of which one is hatched, the other dies. No double
tenancy, I venture to say, ever occurs except when a Rhi-
ptphorus m present. The en ok a reversed grub to

which I drew attention in t paper, which I then
thought might be connected 24 yo 7, does not now,

with our fresh information, seem to belong to it. Its ex-
planation is still to seek; but of the other facts, the only
one which seems to require explanation is how the Rhipipho-
TUS- can grow as big as a wasp upon no more food than
the body of a single wasp-grub. The explanation seems
be this. The wasp-grub has already assimilated all nu ds is
necessary to iib. a body of the bulk of a Rhipiphorus. The
materials needed by both are the same. AH that is wanted,
then, is that the Rhdpiphorus should build up its frame of the
matter already assimilated by the wasp; in other words, it
transfers the assimilated matter into a new shape, and no
more, It is an extreme instance of what we know in our own
e require a vastly greater amount of vegetable matter
for food than animal matter, and simply because the latter
is, in a great measure, ready assimilated to our hand. It
must be the same principle carried to its extreme that enables
the Rhipiphorus-grub to do so much upon so little: and in
E roof of this I may note that it makes almost no excretions ; à
ittle, very Ly scrap of yellowish-brown jelly, scarcely larger
then two pins’ heads, resting. on the a rd is all that has
dropped tig it in the whole course of its
. The fact that the EAipiphori which come em of the queens'
cells are (like the queen wasps) larger than the other Rhipt-
phori, but indifferently male and female, is doubtless an-

EEUU

NE ERE 2 å EEN
Sa S E Ss AY E ee A GE

the Wasp and Rhipiphorus paradoxus. 211

other she of the same phenomenon. They have had more
to feed upon; and as apparently they assimilate or remodel
almost the whole of the stuff in the wasp-grub, their bulk
bears a relative proportion to the amount of food consumed.

Description of Larva of Rhipiphorus paradoxus.

In its earlier stages it is almost crystalline and transparent ;
as it grows older it becomes like highly polished cream-co-
loured marble (especially on the abdomen), except a longitu-
dinal stripe up the back, which remains transparent and allows
the eye to penetrate into the interior of the body between the two
more solid sides—giving it, when alive, as it were the appear-
ance of a dark stripe. When preserved in "p this line of
thinner skin sinks and shrinks, so as to make a furrow; but
when alive the furrow is only apparent, not real. Looking

er.

The whole body is doli and concolorous, and when mature
is about 5 lines in length. It consists of thirteen E:
but the two anal segments are scarcely distinguishable from
each other, and in some cases the three last may be confounded
as one.

The head is very small, projecting like a knob from the first
thoracic segment. It isso small that it might be mistaken
for a large labrum.

There are no ocelli or eyes, but a faint almost imperceptible
narrow subcutaneous sifas of brown indicates (as in the wasp-
grub, but not nearly so distinctly as in it) the inner margin of
the future eye. There is a faint longitudinal whitish line
running up the middle between them. |

e labrum is rounded and tumid at the apex; when seen
from below, it is obtuse (see figs. 10 & 11). i

.The mandibles are round and stout at the base, rapidly ter-
minating in a very obtuse awl-shape with a very sharp and mi-
nute point, which is not central, but more to the front tham

e middle.

th
14*

212 Mr. A. Murray o» Rhipiphorus paradoxus.

There are no maxillz.

There are no antennz or indication of antenne.

There are no palpi or Mar are of palpi.

The labium is not define

The thorax is rather developed and bears on each segment
on each side of the dorsal line a prominent round crystalline
knob with an accessory external addition on the last two seg-
ments. e first segment is turned vertically downwards,
+he second is obliquely placed ; the last is horizontal at the top,
„avre the head is in most other insects.

ach segment of the thorax bears two short legs—those
on the first segment the smallest, on the last the largest.

The legs consist of three short rapidly tapering ‘segments.
They are very short, very obtuse, each segment diminishing
as it pa from the body, and all starting from the swollen
rounded mammiform margins of the thoracic segments. The
underside of the thorax is concave.

e segments of the abdomen (with the exception of the
last two) are very deeply and vaste separated ; the first
segment has dorsal knobs like the preceding thoracic segment,
as large but not so crystalline ; the second segment has only an
indication of them; the rest are insi ek er x

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV.

Fig. 1. Section of closed cell with lid torn off, showing what I suppose
to be an egg of Rhipiphorus near the mouth (slightly magnified).

Fig. 2. The supposed egg in fig. 1, more e ugue ed.

Fig. 3. Wasp-grub taken des a closed cell, with a young Rhipiphorus

its
Fig. 4. beds Shane taken from. a closed cell, with a young Rhipiphorus in
ike a baby.

Fig. 5. phorus vid with i wasp-grub nearly consumed ; side view; mag-
ni our

Fig. 6. The same; Tre RES front view.

Fig. 7. The same; ; three-quarters back view.

|
|
|

Ann& Mag. Nat. HistS 4- Vol. 6, PL XIV.

aum |

Tifen West lith.

Rhipiphorus and Wasp larva.

Mr. A. Bell on some new or little-known Shells. 213
Fig. 8. Mature ee Meri at shap finished eating the grub;
E wd sev

Fig. 9. sol ified s seven pag
Fig. 10. Bedo of Rippe ice, pint
Fig. 11. The same, looking down o still more ae camara:

1g
Fig. 12. Mouth, showing. iak iny ekaia end o
Fig. 13. Mandible, side view.
Fig. 14. Legs, much magnified.
Fig. 15. The same, still more magnified.
Fig. 16. Cell of wasp, showing ordinary position of wasp’s eg
Fig. 17. Wasp-grub; back view; magnified four times.
Fig. 18. The same; side view; magnifie d four times,

XIX.—On some new or ER. fes P. of the Crag
Format - By ALFRED BEL

Having in the course j last bos years dida in ob-
taining from the Upper Tertiaries of Great Britain a consider-
able number of species of shells, Echini, &c. that have not yet
been recorded, the following list of those procured from the
different Crags may be useful to others who are interested in
the study of these deposits.

Those species marked thus * are new to the Crag fauna (and
will be figured shortly from these or other specimens); the
others are simply EU to the strata to which they are referred.

he terms C. C., R. C., N.C., Chil. ser. are used as contrac-
tions of. Coralline ‘Crag, "Red Crag, Norwich Crag, and the
Chillesford series respectively.

Helix hispida, Linné. R.C. Butl
* Melampus fusifor mis, Wood, MS. E ek Shell pd
fu te en

Boer smooth ; one pointed, finely stri

Columbella sulcata, Sow. C.C. Sutto
* Admete Reedii, Bell (n. sp): Shell Suis fiiio: whorls
6-7, obtusely angulated towards the top, forming a shoul-
der; ; Spire tapering, suture slight; inner lip reflected ; ; plaits
on columella gru finely striated ; costm hardl ly per-
un ig. Long. 4$; in
oc. C. C. Orford. "One specimen in the collection of W.

214 Mr. A. Bell on some new or little-known Shells d&c.
Reed, Esq., of York, and another in that of E. Cavell, Esq.,

Saxmundham, are all that I have seen of this handsome
ids ell.

rula d" var. cancellata, Grateloup. R.C. Foxhall,
ss eld

Fusus srk Wood. The same as Buccinum cretaceum, Reeve.

F. curtus, a nam Eee assigned to an Eocene species.
As the dede: shell (F. islandicus of Gould, not Chem-
pe is not known to be swig elsewhere, I would suggest

. the name F, americanus as being a suitable one for it,
ied the Crag shell, dim which it differs in many points,
its provisional name till its affinities are better worked out.
Mr. Leckenby possesses a fragment of a Fusus identical
with F. americanus, obtained from the Bridlington Crag.

*F’, Jeffreysianus, Fischer. R.C. Walton? (Wood), Wald-
ringfield and Sutton. Unfortunately most of the Crag Fusi
(of the gracilis type) have lost their apices and part of the
outer coating, rendering their correct assignation very per-
2 exing

E — Largillierti, Petit. R.C. Sutton. Hab. Newfound-

Sarsii, Jeffreys. R.C. Waldringfield

$— — propinquus, Alder. Bridlington Crag. (Brit. Mus.)
> A Dalei, Sow. Chil ser. Easton Bavent.
pseudo- Dalei, Wood, MS. (n. sp.). Shell somewhat
resembling B. Dalei, ventricose, tumid, thick, smooth, or
nearly so; base of outer. lip expanding ; ; pillar lip twisted,
curving outwards at base and reflected ; canal short and
open; whorls 4-5 (apex concealed by nullipores). Eon
28 in., lat. 14.

Loc. O.O.

Orford.
In a very large series of B. Dalei from the C. & R. Crags
: I am unable to find a specimen similar to the above; and
Mr. Leckenby has seen nothing to which it can be compared
emong the recent shells of the same species, of which he
as a large number.
e Buccinum ciliatum, Fabr. R.C. Butley.
*__ dicum, Chemnitz. R.C. Butle
, glacia le, Chemnitz. Near Woodbridge. " (Acton dei
Nana con, lobata, Brocchi, = Desmoulea abbreviata, eia
. Hab. West Africa

of the Crag Formations. 215

Nassa propinqua, Sow., =N. trivittata, h Hab. North-éast
America. Chil. ser. Easton Bavent.

reticosa, Sow. il. ser. Easton Bavent.

variabilis, Phil. R.C. Butley (? var. Cuwterit, Pay-
raudeau).

Terebra canalis, Wood. R. 2. bero

Defrancia linearis, Mont. R.C. tley.

Philberti, Michaud. R.C. Walter

hystrix , Jan. R.C. Walton

* Pleurotoma levigata; Phil. R. C. Walton. The shell

ured under this name in the Mon. Crag Moll. i$ of an-
other specie
intorta, Brocchi. This may be the P. callosa, Kiener.

Hab. Senegal.

Pour pene Ström. N.C. Thorpe, Suffolk.

rufa, Mont. R.C. Butley.

violacea?, Mighel et Adams. N.C. . Thorpe, | Suffolk.

* Cyprea dertonensis, Michelotti. R.C. W

Natica catenoides, Sow. C.C. Sutton. "Chil. ser. Easton
Bavent.

*

*.

cirriformis, Wood. R.C. Sutton and Waldringfield.

occlusa, Wood. R.C. Butley. N.C. Norwich. Chil.
ser. Easton Bavent.

*Amaura candida, Miller. R.C. But

Pyramidella ee Wood. R. mis Wato on.

Odostomia acuta, Jeffreys. R.C.

conoidea, Brocchi. R.C.

Chemnitzia costaria, Wood. R.C. “Batley,

densecostata, Phil. R.C. Walton.

* Eulimella acicula, Phil. R.C. Walton.

# Eulima distorta, Deshayes. R. C. bie

^ intermedia, Cantraine. R.C.

Triforis granosa, Wood, = Shh Meer nd =O.
Macandrei, Beck. Hab: vo . R.C. Walto

* Cerithium reticulatum, Da Costa. i C. Walton.
Eb ROC.

—— alto

Cerithiopsis metaxa, Delle Chiaje. R. G. Walton.

Aporrhais pes-pelecani, Linné. N.C. Thorpe, Suffolk.

* Scalaria pseudo-scalaris, Brocchi. Chil. ser. Sudbourn
near

—— subulata, Nyst. R.C. Walt

*— — Tu urtonis, Weit Chil. ser. T dloni near Orford.

en aor Lam R. C: Walton, "Waldringfield,
utton,

Rissoa Stefaniss, Jeffreys. R.C. Walton.

916 Mr. A. Bell on some new or little-known Shells de.

Rissoa zetlandica, Mont. R.C. Walton, Waldringfield.

* Trochus granulatus, Bom. R.C. Walto on, Butley, &c.

* Fissurella costaria, "Basterot. C.C. Sutton. R.C. Wald-
ringfield.

* Puncturella noachina, Linné. C.C. Sut

* Capulus? incertus, Bell (n. sp.. Shell cies a flattened
cone, with depressed a overhanging apex, which is nearly

n a level with the margin. Volution twisted, inclining to
ilie right. Opening d (with a slight inflexion) on
the right side; left side expanded, sloping downwards from
the top to the centre, and thence contracting towards the
base. Sculpture 6-9 strong ribs or flexures on the left side,
curving lengthwise and downwards from the apex. Sur-
face finely striated all over; lines of growth very distinct.
ong. 14 in., lat. +4 in.

ld.

Two or three specimens are all that I have seen of the
above "shell, all being about the same size. This species
and Capulus militaris, var. partim-sinuosus, Wood, also
strongly flexured or ribbed, probably Tel to the genus
Brocchia, Bronn (type Patella sinuosa, Brocchi), also with
these same flexures on the left side, but running in a con-
trary direction. Mr. Wood's suggestion that these are
caused by the shell adhering to a Pecten, appears to me in-
admissible, ae the flexures are always in each species
in one direct

Capulus siquid: Wood. C.C. arieni

Lepeta cæca, Müller. R.C. Walto

* Actæon? Etheridgii, Bell (n.sp.). Shell elongated, —
or turreted, thin, smooth, apex reversed ; whorls 5—6 ; inner
lip with one strong fold on the bess of the ene lip.
Long. 33 inch. R.C. Walton. Of this elegant little shell
I have obtained but two specimens.

Ehynchonella psittacea, Chemn. R.C. Sutton.

* Ostrea cristata, Born. C.C. Sutton.

* cochlear, Poli. C. C. (Jeffreys). R.C. Waldringfield.

Anomia patelliformis, Linné. Chil. ser. Sudbourn, near Or-
or

ea princeps, Sow. R.C. Waldringfield. Chil. ser. Yarn

Westendorpianus, ee, R.C. Waldrin gfield.
Hosius giganteus, Carpenter, = H. Cortesyii (Crag Moll.).
R.C. Trimley.

Limopsis pygmea, Philippi. R.C. Walton.
Nucula nucleus, Linné. R.C. Butley.
Leda pygmæa, ares R.C. Walton.

Mr. W. S. Kent on two new Siliceous Sponges. 217

Leda hyperborea, Lovén. R. 5 tley.

Cardium angustatum, Sow. x Thorpe, Suffolk.
interruptum, Wood. C.C. Orford

Mon um, Wood, — C. elegantulum, Moller. Hab.

orth s

* Cardita ane ee C. analis, Phil. Chil. ser. Sud-
bourn, near Orfo

—— rudista, Lam s =the long variety of C. senilis (Crag
Moll.), the shorter being the Arca antiquata of Poli, but
not of Linné, and the C. sulcata of Lamarck.

Erycinella ovalis, Conrad. R. e a lton.

Venus ovata, Pennant. R. C. ley.

chione, Linné. R.C. Wald gReld.

mee pullastra, W. Wood. R.C. Waldringfield.

virginea es sarniensis. | C.C. Orford. = T. per-

ovalis, Woo

Gastrana iamnow, Sow., = Petricola ventricosa, Krauss. Hab,
South A

* Necra E Sars. C. C. Orford.

* Pholas dactylus, Linné. R.C. Walton.

a parva, Pennant. R.C. Waldringfi eld.

* Toxopneustes drübachiensis, Müller. R.C. = oe

Echinocyamus oviformis, E. F. R.C. Walto

hispidulus, E.F. R.C. Walton.

Flabellum Woodii, Milne-Edwards. R.C. Waldringfield.

?

In pursuance of a statement made by myself at the Norwich
meeting of the British Association concerning the non-deriva-
tive character of the fossils of the Red Crag (execpt i in such
palpable instances as those of Eocene shells, e Report
of Sections), I have now by me a list of nearly fifty s fom this of
bivalves which I have seen pus the va mes itn rom
deposit, DNE Solen e Pan Faujasit, Mactra
glauca, and many species which are ‘held together by very
slight amar fastenings.

XX.— On two new Siliceous Sponger, taken in the late Dredging-
Expedition of the Yacht ‘ ' off the Coasts of Spain
and Portugal. By W. Hun Kent, F.Z.8., F.R.M.S.,
of the Geological Department, British Museum

[Plate XV.]

IN addition to the form described as Pheronema Gray? in last

month’s number of this Magazine, other sponges were taken

at a considerable depth, which, though not so pretentious in

218 Mr. W. S. Kent on two new Siliceous Sponges.

size, in point of structure are deserving of an equal and per-
haps even a greater amount of attention.

The first of these which I shall proceed to describe would
seem, in the present transitional condition of the classification
of the Porifera, to find its most natural position among tha
wed of the Silicea known as the order ARMATOSPONGLE of

E. Gray, and of which the genera Tethya, Microciona,
and Esperia are familiar representatives.

All the examples of this form taken were, without excep-
"wt attached to specimens of the compound Madrepore Lopho-

a prolifera or its variety anthophyllites*. The external
seis natural size, of a specimen attached to the coral is in-
dicated at Pl. X . fig.1; fig. 2 being a transverse section of
another specimen magnified about two diameters, while fig. 3
represents a small fragment with two dividing fascicles of
spicula which form the upright supporting pillars to the *pin-
cushion-like" cortex. The mh ty entirely siliceous, which
enter into the skeletal structure of this sponge may be referred
to three distinct types.

1. Simple acerate spicula of two s
a. Very minute and attenuate, es papas gig inch in
len XV. figs. 4 & 4a
b. e the same type, but comparatively blunt-pointed,
eraging a length of 44. a5 inch. Pl. XV. fig. 5.
2. [AP Ced or “ spinulate" spicula; heads or bases usu-
nd pom Eres slightly depressed; average
y

length 4 . Pl. XV. figs. 6 a,
3. À minute form, most closely approaching the “ palmated
inequianchorate” type owerbank, Brit. g

pl. 6. fig. 138, spicule of an undescribed sponge) ;
varying in length from 4455 to 4i, inch. PI. XV.
fig. 7.

In the first pe we nd a thin basal layer of sarcode
covering the object to which the sponge is attached, and m
which. are dutGbufed fascicles of the minuter acerate spicules,
with a few isolated larger ones of the same type interspersed.
From this layer there proceed at right angles upright shafts
or pillars composed entirely of these larger acerate spicula,
attenuate at their base, but expanding and evincing a ten-

* I entirely agree with Dr. P. M. Duncan that these two forms are
simply variations of the same species

Mr. W. S. Kent on two new Siliceous Sponges. 219

dency to divide superiorly, where they become lost in the layer
which composes the roof of the vaulted n enclosed be-
enser than the

outwards, while the opposite attenuate extremity passes through
the superior layer of sarcode into the fascicles of large acerate
spicula forming the upright supporting pillars. A few of
these last acerate spicula are also occasionally met with pro-
jecting among the spinulate ones. The third and last type of
ipei, ^ palmato-inequianchorate," occur, but not abun-
antly, in the sarcode investing the supporting pillars; and
with these may also occasionally be found a few stray fascicles
of the smaller acerate form. 3
No especial oscular system appears to belong to this sponge,
and it would seem probable that all matters of nutrition are
received through temporary apertures occurring in the thin
cortical layer of the sarcode, rejectamenta being got rid of
through the same channels. :
Rhaphidotheca Marshall-Hallii are the generic and specific

The second sponge I have to notice is, like the bare
found associated with a coral, the single y oae obtai
ifera, var. antho-

provided with a distinet cortical skeleton; but the nature of
this skeleton throughout makes it necessary to refer it to the

220 Mr. W. S. Kent on two new Siliceous Sponges.

order CORALLIOSPONGLE of J. E. Gray *. Unfortunately bs
unique specimen taken was devoid of the sarcode which in-
vested it in life, and in a fragmentary condition on its a
on board our yacht. Sufficient, however, was remaining to
illustrate the peculiarities of the form and its distinctness from
any other member of the group previously described. One
of the most striking superficial characters of this sponge
lies in the presence of nme spherical bodies, varying in
size from the diameter of about 4! to =1, of an inch, contained
within its general interior cavity; these are invested with,
and have radiating from their external surfaces, an irregular
meshwork o comparatively coarse siliceous fibres, which
pierce through the delicate inner layers. and coalesce with the
external reticulation of the cortex to be presently described.
structure of these large coarser fibres 1s such as to warrant
their being described as for the most part entirely, minutely,
and erectly spined ; interspersed among and attached to them
are numerous minute “ rectangulated hexradiate " spicula (Pl.
. fig. 9a); these are also spined in a like manner. The
specimen taken (about one half of a perfect individual) con-
tained as many as nine or ten of the spherical Pone alluded
with some of the con-
tamed spherules, is represented in Pl. XV. fig. 8. Fig. 9 is
one of these bodies isolated, with the investing and radiating
fibres considerably enlarged ; an M : is an example
less magnified, showing its relation to the cortical layer
beneath. At first the possibility of these bodies being of
the nature of gemmules most strongly RARR itself; but
a clean section of one (Pl. XV. fig. 11) at once proved
that they were simply close aggregations of spicula forming
a dense and not altogether irregular network, comparable to
the reticulated pith of many plants, such as that of Juncus,
viewed under similar conditions. Fig. 12 is a minute frag-

* [ must here venture to affirm that this order, t the AP EEE Dino
of Dr. Gray, embodies all the characters of a most natura and must
necessarily take precedence of that of the XR. subseque eid roposed
y Prof. Wyville Thomson. t ncludes all those sponges of which the
essential skeleton is compose coalescent or ere ees siliceous fibres
or spicula instead of free or Slated ones, To rst pushes it seems

ble that that of the fundamental ‘ ‘eared ate” type of the com-
xenon spicula, proposed by W yv. Thomson should. be A added, thn
wr ie. rmatory essai 1s wanting inm any instan
nning my notes on Pheronema for the last ‘Number of the

ness of Dr. Gray's order due the genus would hive been arran

Mr. W. S. Kent on two new Siliceous Sponges. 221

ment of the interior of one of these bodies, detached and
still further magnified ; but it furnishes nothing more towards
the interpretation of their true significance*. The next part
demanding attention is the cortex, the appearance of which in
longitudinal section is illustrated in fig. 13, consisting exte-
riorly of an irregular and somewhat coarse network of spicula,
but having on its interior surface even reticulated laminz of

15, and in the groundwork of fig.

being necessary to create a new genus for the reception
of this form also, I propose to distinguish it by the name of
Fieldingia, in honour of my compagnon de voyage, Mr. Edw.
Fielding (to whose skilful pencil we are especially indebted
or numerous telling sketches of the lovely scenery through
Which we passed), adding the specific one of /agettoides, after
the lace-bark tree, in reference to the delicate reticulated
lamine associated with the cortex, which are so strongly

* My friend Prof. Perceval Wright, to whom I have had the oppor-
tunity of exhibiting specimens of these curious bodies, was struck wi
their resemblance to the “xanthidia” found in flint—a suggestion I hope
at some future time to follow up.

222 Mr. W. 8. Kent on two new Siliceous Sponges.

résumé of the two new genera and species here introduced;

each of these latter standing at present as the sole representa-

tive of its genus, the characters embodying the genus will also
inclusive of the species.

Subclass PORIFERA SILICEA, J.E. Gray.
Order ARMATOSPONGLE, 45.
Fam. Esperiadz, ib.
Gen. nov. RHAPHIDOTHECA.

Sponge incrusting, cavernous interiorly; entire external sur-
face of cortex bristling with spinulate spicula having their
attenuate apices directed inwards and mingling freely with
the fascicles of simple acerate spicula which form upright
supporting pillars to the roof; fascicles of smaller acerate
spicula abundant in the sarcode of the cortex, and also dis-
tributed less frequently in the basal layer of sarcode, and in
that investing the shafts or pillars; in the latter, also,
minute spicula of the ^ palmato-inequianchorate” type
(Bowbk.). Oscula absent or indefinite.

R. Marshall-Hallit, ib. Pl. XV. figs. 1-7.

Hab. A depth of 500 fathoms ten miles off the shore of
Cezimbra, Portugal; attached to Lophohelia prolifera.

Order CORALLIOSPONGLGE, J. E. Gray.
Gen. nov. FIELDINGIA.

.

diminutive spicula of the “ rectangulated hexradiate” type;
these also minutely and erectly spined. Nutritive and ex-
halant functions most probably performed through the ge-
neral reticulations of the cortex.

F. lagettoides, ib. Pl. XV. figs. 8-15.
Habitat and associations similar to the last.

nutely and erectly spined ; frequently attached to them very
i i ‘rectan

E dud

Arn. k Mag Nat st S4 Vol.6 PLAY.

e vo
Br MA
qoc

po umm T

TIER
- "V (

| bli ae a laa

Mr. W. S. Kent on two new Siliceous Sponges. 223
Affinities of the described Species.

teristic of the Tethyade), falls naturally into the family
Esperiade of the Armatospongie of Dr. Gray. The cha-

system, further demand its generic separation. I would,
ved for the

arding the new genus ZYeldíing?a, in the present limited
state of our knowledge of the Coralliospongise, it seems. dif-
ficult to establish any immediate bonds of affinity. Thionella
Dr. J. E. Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1868), however, in the more
massive character of its cortical layer, and in its internal reti- ,
culated structure, indicates a distant resemblance, yet closer
than is to be found in either Habrodictyon, Hyalonema, Eu-
plectella, Aphrocallistes, Dactylocalyx, Farrea, Macandrewia,

. or Pheronema (Holtenia, W yv. Thomson), the remaining ge-

nera of the order with which we are at present conversant.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XV.
Fig. 1. Rhaphidotheca Marshall- Hallii, nat. size, adherent to a piece of
: Lophohelia prolifera.
Fig. 2. A section of the same, showing the vaulted internal structure,

a

224 Mr. J. Gould on a new Species of Beisura.

magnified 2 diameters. The dark line c indicates the boundary
of the coral.
Fig. 3. Two of the — supporting pillars, with a portion of the cor-
tie al layer or roof, aes a — of the pin-head or
A iniit" spicu ule,
Fig. 4. A group of the mall uie apical which occur principally in
res i bv e layers of the sarcode, x 100
S : 50 Tin
Fig. 5. One of ‘the large oa spicu v EY "eds ry the construction
rig ght supporting pillars, x 50 lin
Fig. 6. Spina spicula of the cortex: a, the AY form; " Betan
of one with head somewhat depressed, x x 60 lin 1
Fig. 7. * simnto-inoquianchorate z aas of the sarcode, X 250 E
The ure is an example in profile.
Fig. 8. en ra gettoides, in section, nat. size, deoe the spherical
with their radiating fibres contained wi
Fig. 9. e of these bodies Mol with the inde ami radiating
X 15 linear: at a and at various other par s the minute
a rectangulated hexradiate i. spicules are depicted.

Fig. 10. A small The upper
part of the ae kapka the finer oaae ee a of the
cortex, while bel shown al reticulation which usu-

ally intervenes botre n the — and the mime: network of
the internal cavity, x 10 linea
Fig. ll. A transverse section ma indi phe illustrating the internal
reticula

0 linear.
Fig. 12. An isolated fragmen t of this istera reticulation, X 100 linear.
Fig. 13. The general cortex in transverse section, X 10 linear.
Figs. li & 15. Fragments of the inner reticulated laminæ, x 50 linear.

XXI Wii pee of a new ves of Seisura.
By Jons Gourp, F.R.S

Seisura nana, Gould.

Head glossy greenish black; back and tail the same, but
somewhat lighter; wings brownish black, the secondaries
with paler edges; under surface white, in ds with buff on
the chest; bill and legs bluish lead-colou

Total length 6 inches; bill 3, wing 33, tail 3, tarsi 2.

Habitat. Northern Australia

Remark. In form and um this species is very similar
to Seisura volitans; but it is so much smaller as to preclude
the possibility of its being identical with that bird. It was
received from Mr. Waterhouse of Adelaide, South Australia,

pss [0 untry. 3

On the Morphology and Classification of Rhynchota. 225

XXII.—On some new Fundamental Principles in the Morpho-

logy and Classification of Rhynchota. By Professor J. C.
SCHIÓDTE *,

I

IN all the large independent works, as well as in the numerous

between the second and third thoraci rings in Prezata T.
There are other cases where Latreille has incidentally pointed
out the importance of certain features in e of in-

vue, présente une combinaison de caracteres, qui est trés
avantageuse pour la méthode." The indication of the differ-
ences in the mode of articulation of the limbs with the body
Which is contained in these words was never more fully

* Translated from ‘Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift, ser. 3, vol vi. 1869,
Copenhagen.

i shee ‘ Proceedings of the Royal Danish Society of Sciences, 1856,
P. . ;

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. vi. 15

226 . Prof. J. C. Schiódte on the Morphology

developed by Latreile. Later zootomists and systematic
authors, particularly Spinola and Erichson, have certainly
occasionally turned their attention to the coxze of Eleutherata,
and distinguished between coxs globose, transverse, an
conice. But these distinctions, which only take into consi-
deration the external form, are in themselves superficial, and
lack the desirable sharpness and certainty of application, even
when considered from the merely descriptive and diagnostic
point of view—because coxe globose, by a gradual elongation
downward, insensibly become coxe conice, and by lateral
extension at last coincide with cox transverse, whilst the
latter, when inclined inwards and downwards, become undi-
stinguishable from coxæ conice. sides, cox: of each of
these forms may be more or less moveable, and there is an
insensible transition between those which are deeply inserted
into sockets of articulation and those which are more super-
ficially fixed; in consequence of which the distinction which
now and then is made between coxe fixe and coxe mobiles,
not only does not state any thing about the mode of movement,
but is without connexion with the distinctions made with re-
gard to form. These distinctions, therefore, however useful
they may be within a limited systematic division, do not touch
the central point of the question, which I hope to be able to
place in a clear light by the following considerations.

The limbs of Articulata articulate with the body in two
principal ways, corresponding to two fundamental forms of
coxe—coxe cardinate and core rotatorie.

accommodate the muscles which move the remainder of the
' leg, becomes more expanded and capacious in the same pro-
portion. Where powerful movements are executed in a hori-
zontal plane, by which the leg at the same time describes a
€ are, particularly in running or swimming, the large coxa
is shed with a groove (scrobiculus femoralis) on its ex-
s as in order to obtain space for the bending forward
of the leg.
` Coxæ rotatorie can be turned round their own longitudinal

* This ression is borrowed from Vitruvius (in the r “ De aliis
Ear Si ' Schneider's edition, i. 301). n vue

and Classification of Rhynchota. 227

looked or not rightly interpreted, they may serve for a more
natural iaigcctee than that which has hitherto been
opted.

II.

The classification of Rhynchota stands in scientific respects
still at the same point at which it was left by its founders,
Fabricius and Latreille; it is scarcely possible to point out
any new or fruitful idea which has been godes fe it since.

228 Prof. J. C. Schiódte on the Morphology

At the same time, this order has, during the last two or three
decennia, been worked up with predilection by a number of .
specialists, to whose untiring and in part very meritorious ex-
ertions we are indebted for an astonishing increase in the num-
ber of described species. "The isolated merely descriptive treat-
ment of the contents of the different museums, however, has had
its usual consequences: the classification has become a mere
register of specific characters; the distinction between its cate-
gories has been rendered evanescent; and it has ceased to re-
flect the typical unity of the morphological variations. So
ar from the true understanding of the structure and life of the
animal having been furthered, the state of our knowledge, on
the contrary, as may be seen by consulting the newest and
most used manuals, has receded several steps behind the stand-
pe to which the leading works of thirty years ago had
rought it. In the following, however, we shall confine our
investigation of the present classification to those cardinal
points which come into consideration in establishing the
scheme which we propose.
. The very first point in the morphology of Rhynchota, which
is of primary systematic importance, is erroneously stated by
all the authors that I am acquainted with.
The two natural suborders Homoptera and Hemiptera are

in their whole habitus so distinct that even the most super-

p

fundamentally different in the two orders, of which accordingly
one, the Heteroptera, often were described as Frontirostria,
whilst Homoptera were described as Gulcrostria. In the
former case the rostrum was supposed to take its origin from the
epistoma, in the second case from the underside of the head—
hypostoma. This view is undoubtedly at variance alike with
common sense and the first elements of a scientific appreciation
of the structure of the head in Articulata. It is true that it
has been adopted by men of scientific spirit and knowledge,
like Latreille, Dufour, Burmeister, and others, who cannot
possibly have been ignorant of the fact that the parts of the
mouth in all cases have their basis on morphologically the
same parts of the head, whatever position these parts may
occupy in the general outline of the animal, rp toe to the
exigencies of its structural combinations. But these zoolo-

and Classification of Rhynchota. 229

gists evidently thought that they might content themselves
with treating the matter from the point of view of simple
horismology, and that, at any rate, the distinction practically
worked so well that a morphologically true character might
be dispensed with, just as ichthyologists are content to say
that the mouth in Sturgeons and Plagiostomata is placed on the
under surface of the head. But the fact is that the definition
does not hold good even if it is understood in a purely horis-
mological sense—that is, even if the parts are named without
regard to their morphological value. Between the structure
of the Reduvii, where the rostrum appears as an immediate
continuation of the top of the head, and that of Cicada, where
it closely adjoins the prosternum, there is a series of insensible
transitions, represented by the swimming species, as well as
by many living on the land, such as the Platycephala; and

. the whole question about the so-called position of the rostrum

resolves itself into this, that the forehead is more or less bent
in under the head. The distinction hitherto supposed to be
expressed in the position of the rostrum is as untenable as
that derived from the wings; and the diagnoses of the two
suborders have become so loose and indefinite, and, by addi-
tional explanations and restrictions so prolix, that, in the
new manual of Fieber on the European Rhynchota-fauna (a
volume in large octavo), they fill respectively nine and sixteen
closely printed lines in small type. ‘There is evidently here a
serious defect in our knowledge. Unless a clear and well-
defined mark of distinction between the two suborders can be
found which is connected with their mode of life and expresses

230 Prof. J. C. Schiódte on the Morphology

to serve the puopeaston of the species, the structure of the
adult animal in

and. Classification of Rhynchota. 231

first kill and then suck, and consequently must often repeat
the thrust. In this latter case the whole figure must
slimmer, the head smaller and susceptible of lateral and rota-
tory movements, whilst the shape of the

for the rest may vary very considerably according to the
nature of the prey. But in the former case the general figure

tive force if it is directed out from the body of the animal;
the requisite force is obtained only when the thrust is directed

The lived and flat form of the head of the Cicada, which is
not capable of turning, is imitated by the head of bugs, which
are not exclusively blood-suckers, although their head is always
capable of turning. The imitation consists in this, that the

232 Prof. J. C. Schiódte on the Morphology

and which in reality expresses itself with all desirable sharp-
ness in a certain feature of external structure. In order to
cause the two contrary movements, viz. the pressing backwards
of the head and the rostrum and the pressing forwards of the
body, to cooperate under the most favourable conditions by
the diminution of the distance between their starting-points,
the forehead is bent so far in under the animal that a struggle
for space, so to say, arises between the head and the fore legs,
which only can be solved by a compromise, namely thereby,
that the coxe of the fore legs to a certain extent are accommo-
dated in the head, in excavations of the cheeks, which con-
sequently, though it sounds absurd, really take part in the
formation of the articular socket of the first pair of coxe. By
this arrangement it becomes, of course, impossible for Homo-
ptera to turn their head during perforation or suction; they
are unable to do more than to raise or depress it a little.. In
Heteroptera no such thing takes place, however broad and flat
their head may appear: the cheeks only reach to the proster-
num, but never so far as the front legs, and the head therefore
retains its capability of turning on the protracted cervical
process. These facts, then, lead to the following diagnosis of
the two suborders :—

Homoptera. First per of coxz articulate with the cheeks.
Heuer Cheeks and first pair of coxa do not touch
ach other.

III.
_All Homoptera are Pagiopoda and phytophagous ; they ex-
hibit a great variety of forms, which, however, all range

and Classification of Rhynchota. 233

m Cocci to the true Cicade, in one and the same direction,
the lowest stage being characterized by sedentary habits (with

alance, causing the fantastic appearance of many Fulgoride
and Membracide.
mongst Heteroptera, on the other hand, some are ex-
clusively blood-suckers ; others subsist both on vegetable and
on animal juices; and they exceed therefore the Homoptera
in nes of form, Some are Trochalopoda, others Pagio-
a.

number of joints, this really only means that the basal joints
are small, partly hidden by the projecting parts of the fore-
head, and not counted. I consider it far more natural to de-
termine the steps of this series by the position of the antenna,
which depends on the different degree and the direction of the
expansion of the head—that is, by the marks pointed out by

abricius and Latreillej—the antenne being either inserted

234 Prof. J. C. Schiódte on the Morphology

under water, and have short antenns hidden under the
cheeks; their spiracles are by special contrivances secured
against the entrance of the water; and the last pair is trans-
formed into a long respiratory tube.

The triangular posterior coxe of the pagiopodous Hetero-
ptera join the metathorax with the whole of their open base,
and occupy its posterior margin; they reach, consequently, as
far out to the sides as the metathorax, but a part of their real
extent is sometimes hidden by the margin of the metathorax
forming a flat projection which covers their external part,

basis of the abdomen is naked. Recent authors, not being
aware of the important character which binds them together,
have split them into a great number of small families, and
mixed them up with Trochalopoda. According to the localities
in which they live, they are divided into :—Acanthie (Capsus
and Miris, Anthocoris, &e., and Xylocoris, Salda, Leptopus),
with free antennz; Pelegoni, living on shores, with hidden

and Classification of Rhynchota. 235

mal lives under circumstances which in themselves require
greater flexibility of the body, for instance, in the water, or
hunting on plants; but if it seeks its prey on an open an
even surface, the abdomen may be as inflexible as in suckers
of vegetable juices. "Thus the Joints coalesce along the middle
of the ventral surface, not only in many Cimices, but also in
many Zeduvit. In many Lyget, in Nepe, Nabis, Antho-
coris, &c. the edges of the anterior segments meet on a level,
whilst the posterior segments are imbricate; but in Capsi all
the joints are imbricate, and the whole abdomen very move-
able, &c. These differences afford in several instances useful
marks for groups and genera.

The Rhynchota, whichelive as parasites on warm-blooded
animals and possess a telescope-formed rostrum, are pagio-
podous, but must, in accordance with their general structure,
be treated as a separate division, Siphunculata (Latr.), of
equal value with Heteroptera and Homoptera.

IV.

The classification to which the views explained in the
foregoing necessarily leads entails, in several respects, such a
thorough revolution in the hitherto received arrangement,

at it can scarcely look for ready and immediate accep-
tance by hemipterologists. But nothing will offend them
more than the demolition of the division of Cryptocerata, which
hitherto has been looked upon as irremoveably established.
This division as now accepted is remarkable for uniformity
in general appearance, and possesses an easy and decisive
character in the short and hidden antenne; it will there-

=]

236 Prof. J. C. Schiódte on the Morphology

answer is that Cryptocerata (Pelegoni, Nepæ, Naucorides,
Corixæ, Notonecte) are not united together except by features
which are connected with their life under water, and that
Nepe on the one side, and Notonecte and the other families on
the other side, are not less different from each other in all
points of their structure than Dytisci and Hydrophili amongst
Eleutherata. In Nepe the posterior limbs are moved alter-
nately, as in Hydrophili; like these latter, they crawl and
climb and row about; and in both families peculiar modifica-
tions of certain organs are required in order to facilitate respi-
ration—in Hydrophili of the antennæ, in Nepe of the last pair
of spiracles: in Naucorides, Corixe, and Notonecte, on the con-
trary, the movement of the posterior limbs is isochronic, as in
Dytisci ; they are like these typical swimmers ; and no special

simply an error: Cryptocerata have undivided thoracic seg-
ments like all the 8
sternum and epimera is never to be found. Nor is it dif-
ficult to trace the origin of the mistake. The fact is that each
oup of muscles belonging to the limbs moulds that part of
the thorax to which it is attached into a separate form ; an
the lines of demarcation between these divisions project inter-
nally in proportion as the muscles are stronger; these boundary-
lines appear outside as slightly impressed lines, and, on account
of their thickness in the depth, they appear with a darker colour
when the background is light. The water-bugs, being supported
by the medium in which they live, do not require such thick in-
teguments of the thorax as those which live on dry land; their
colours are never very dark, never metallic, but generally grey
or yellow, in consequence of which the integuments are more
even, smooth, and lamelliform than in land-bugs, and the
boundary-lines between the parts occupied by different sets of
muscles far more striking to the eye. It is likewise an erro-
neous appreciation of facts when it is stated that the metathorax
in Corixe is furnished with “ parapleure" (that is, epimera

.

; ? :
separate from episterna); for the coxe do notatallarticulate with

and Classification of Rhynchota. 237

B
o
et
te
[e]
e
fa
[67]
[e]
3
o
g
= 0
fu
=
£e
E
fas)
~
S
o
S
3
S
XY
3
[o]

also between other modifications of different types of water-

bugs; with regard to Nepe and Belostomata, we observe it be-

sides in these points—that the side of the metathorax in both
1s covered by the lateral part of the mesothorax, and that in
both the ramified antennz serve as air-reservoirs.
y
We arrive here at a point of structure which is still shrouded

238 Prof. J. C. Schiódte on the Morphology

mgr t et the number and position of the spi-
cles in Heteroptera, Scarcely two authors agree on this
sitit: and ri is no vestige of any one having so much as
thought of any fixed rule being observable in this respect.

If, for instance, we turn to "the newest manual * (Fieber's
well-known and indispensable work on the Rhynchota of
Europe), we read (p. 9) t “ The spiracles of the body,
stigmata, appear only now ngs then clearly on the dorsal
rings, and with the exception of some genera of Hydroco-
rides, always to be perceived on the sides of the ventral sur-
face as on perforated knobs (Taf. i. fig. 30,7). The spiracles

of the thorax are placed on the sides of the metathorax, and
xm an elongated slit, surrounded by a thick or lamelliform
margin (Taf. i. figs. 1; 2, 30, p), which sometimes terminates
on the outer side in a corniform prolongation (some Zerytidi,
Oxycareni). More rarely, each segment of the thorax has its
own spiracle.” A little before, in treating of the prothorax
(p. 7), it is stated :—“ The prothorax rarely has a spiracle”; and
in treating of the abdomen (p. 8), “The connecting marginal
piece, connexivum, which is turned round from the ventral
surface to the back (Taf. ii. fig. 2, b), carries the dorsal stig-
mata, which in Nepa particularly clearly are covered by a
membrane." According to the statement on p. 5 the stigmata

to p. 9, sometimes on the back, but always on the ventral
side ; the thorax, we are to understand, has only sometimes
spiracles between the prothorax and mesothorax, more rarely a
pair for each segment, but always a pair on the metathorax.
Any reader, however, who understands that the last statement

Eia as all de contain in this respect dincdddMo the ime na of

Insecta and Articulata in general is a confused mixture of a little that is

true mass of yide Pus no one pu undertaken to verify

statements and e ES cete mprehensive morphological

oint of view, my eyen d enk regard to the manual of

sat to whom, however no lame Ares erar. as a better result could not
ttained without new and comprehensive investigations

E

and Classification of Rhynchota. 239

de l'existence de stigmates thoraciques ” (p. 245). With re-
gard to the abdominal spiracles he specifies his general state-
ment thus, that the common number is six, but that Miris and
Capsus have seven pairs. He mentions this as ^ un trait ana-
tomique fort remarquable" (p. 243); but he considers it still
more remarkable that the female of Coreus (Syromastes) mar-
genatus (L.) has seven pairs, whilst the male has only six; and
in treating of the lateral part of the last abdominal segment of
the female, he exclaims :—“ Mais ce qu'il y a de fort remarqua-
ble dans ce repli, c'est qu'il est stigmatifére : en sorte que la
femelle de cet insecte a une paire de stigmates de plus que le
mile” (p. 206). In Nepa he finds abdominal stigmata only
in the third and fifth segments—that is, three pairs in all be-
sides the respiratory tubes, which he considers morphologically
separate organs, “‘ indépendant des segmens propres de l'abdo-
men ” (p. 246).

Against these statements concerning Nepa, Burmeister ob-
serves (Handb. d. Ent. ii. p.197) that, with regard to the thorax,
he cannot fully endorse them, because he has found a pair o
Spiracles between the metanotum and the first dorsal segment
ofthe abdomen, It escaped Burmeister’s attention that Léon
Dufour had both described (p. 256) and figured (fig. 196, e) this
organ, although he had refused to put it in a line with the or-

mary spiracles and described it as a “ sachet utriculaire.”
For the rest, Burmeister justly observes that, as these animals
fly, they must have spiracles on the thorax ; and he modestly
adds that, inasmuch as it is well known how very difficult it 1s
to observe these, they might exist in Nepa, although so able
an anatomist as Léon Dufour had been unable to find them.
Burmeister himself had several years before (Handb. d. Ent.
1. p. 174) indicated the existence of a pair of spiracles between
the prothorax and mesothorax in Rhynchota; and it seems

240 Prof. J. C. Schiódte on the Morphology

therefore that afterwards, when the second volume of his
manual was published, he did not wish to maintain his former
statement as universally correct.
According to my own very extensive investigations, the
facts are the following. |
mehota heteroptera possess, without exception, ten pairs
of spiracles; and their distribution is exactly the same which I
a

ave demonstrated long ago in Eleutherata.

observed; and the spiracle has been sought in vain because
entomologists have sought it under the edge of this cover,
which has been mistaken for the suture between the two seg-
ments, instead of looking for it under the real suture. This
latter is not to be seen before the cover is removed to a little way
in front of the second pair of coxe, when the spiracle appears
very clearly. It is v near its edge that the cover is close-
fitting ; further forwards the metathorax is so much inflected
as to leave a considerable air-reservoir between it and the

and, Classification of Rhynchota. 241

cover outside the spiracle. It is easy to see the importance of
these arrangements for the respiration of the Nepe. ey
come to the water flying, no doubt after long-continued search,
and with the walls of the thorax violently distended by the

tropical animals. :

The third pair of spiracles is placed on the back of the
animal, hidden by the wings, between the metanotum and the
first dorsal segment of the abdomen. It has hitherto only been
observed in Nepæ, as stated above, but exists really in all
Heteroptera. tt is large, and those who are sufficiently con-
versant with the structure of spiracles will not fail to see it;
but others will easily be deceived by the various membranes
which are placed between the places of insertion of the wing-
muscles and the roots of the ribs of the wings. This is the
pair which I have called spiracula metathoracica in Eleutherata,
giving to the two anterior pairs the names respectively of

the metathorax covers, in many trochalopodous bugs, as we

*

242 Prof. J. C. Schiódte on the Morphology

is removed. In the second place, a collision arises between the
exigencies of the seventh pair of spiracle dines € modification
of the last abdominal segment for the oses of generation,

water, ma are cree odifind in various way die ac-
Epia by special arrangements. In Nepæ the first two

the seventh is prolonged into a pair o sabes e ex-
tremely remarkable structure of the large spiracles, however,
as well as of the two which are situated behind the prothorax
and behind the metanotum respectively, has not yet been pro-
perly orden aee and requires a new and thorough investi-

on. e present occasion I shall only mention this
essential fact, ‘whieh i is of importance for the following, that
from the seventh pair (the respiratory tubes) two large trunks
of trachez run through the whol lo length of the body*. In

* Comp. Léon Dufour's celebrated and €— re 196 in
‘Rech. Anat. et Physiol. sur les Hémipt.’; it gives a iod elementary
view of the arrangement, but i is, " wi oa ar from
servations, very inaccurate and incomplete as far as ces whe e E fore ce part is 18
concerned, where the author has v rici it in aceordance
assertion that the thorax is entirely without veg

and Classification of Rhynchota. 243

In the foremost part of the abdominal cavity of suni dori
the

Species is rather to be described as aromatic than as
agreeable, Léon Dufour has described the main features of

244 Prof. J. C. Schiódte on the Morphology

nished, the spout-groove, which sometimes occurs as a con-
tinuation of the spout, and, finally, the evaporating-surface,
which surrounds the opening and is intended to retain the
secretion while it evaporates, and to prevent it from running
own over the neighbouring parts, particularly the second
pair of spiracles, To this end the surface is very finely gra-
nulated, and at the same time undulated-rugose. In the
detail of their structure these parts exhibit so many varieties,
that they are often of importance for the systematic diagnosis
of the animals; and as they have hitherto been very little
noticed, a general account of their distribution and principal
forms will be of use. I shall principally take the examples
from among the Danish species, which are quite numerous
enough (more than three hundred species are known from
Denmark).

In the family of Cmices there are some in which there
seems to be no external indication of a glandular apparatus ;
amongst the Danish genera, Phimodera and Odontoscelis are
in this case. In the others the opening is always situated on
the side, at a greater or smaller distance from the coxe, but
exhibiting many varieties as to size, shape, spout-groove, and
evaporating-surface. In Tetyra hottentotta and maura the
opening is at a distance both from the coxe and from the
anterior edge of the metathorax ; it is very narrow, and has a
long straight groove, with narrow and sharply raised edges, and
terminating with a sharply defined rounded outline; the evapo-
rating-surface extends only to the metathorax, but is very
large, surrounds the whole apparatus, and is externally bounded
by a sharply defined arched line. Coreomelas and Legnotus
have a highly developed, long, raised sprout-groove, extend-
ing along the suture of the mesosternum, and terminating in
L. picipes with a projecting tooth; the evaporating-surface
is very large, and extends backwards, more or less sharply
defined, over the metasternum, covers the whole suture of the
mesosternum, reaches some distance beyond the mesosternum,
and sends a continuation forward along the margin of the
elytra. In Podops, Ailia, Cimex melanocephalus, vernalis, and. .
baccarum, the opening is small, lateral, without a proper spout-
groove; the evaporating-surface is extensive, and forms an
oval spot which covers the suture between metasternum and
mesosternum. In Strachia and the other members of the

other Danish species of Cimices have a well-developed, long
spout-groove, of which the external extremity is specially

and Classification of Rhynchota. . 245

observable in C. pinicola, prasinus, nigricornis, and rufipes,
on account of its black colour, whilst the sternum is green;
the evaporating-surface in all these species is very large, and
reaches so far as to occupy part of the mesosternum.

similar arrangement to that of these species of Cimez is
seen in Acanthosoma; the extremity of the spout-groove
a considerably in A. lituratum, which at the same time
is distinguished from the other Danish species of this genus by
a remarkable round black spot on the green chest, immediately
under the point of the spout-groove. Asopus, too, has a long
spout-groove, but the evaporating-surface is here very small
and restricted to the metathorax ; at the same time both it and
the spout-groove vary according to the species. The spout-
groove is of a red colour, with a metallic-green point in A. bidens,
whilst the underside of the thorax is yellowish grey, with

Coret the opening is situated nearer the cox, or even in
the middle of the sternum, between the posterior and the
second pair of coxe. In Syromastes and Coreus it is lateral,
turned outwards, forming a short, widely open split, with very
raised margins, and without a spout-groove; the evaporating-
surface is not plainly circumscribed, it surrounds the open-
ing, and has a narrow prolongation on the mesothoracic suture.
In Pseudophleus nubilus the opening is close to and in a line
with the second pair of cox, is long, wide open, with highly
raised borders, and a projecting, very short spout-groove broadly
rounded at its extremity; the so samp MS is not
plainly defined, and occupies both sides of the mesothoracic
suture. In Aldus the large oblong opening is placed on the
sternum close in front of the third pair of coxe; it has

246 Prof. J. C. Schiódte on the Morphology

sharply defined, highly raised edges, but no spout-groove ;
the evaporating-surface forms a narrow ring round the open-
ing and a small spot in front of this. In Corizus crasstcornis
the opening, which is placed far inwards on the sternum, is
exceedingly small and difficult to find, punctiform, without
spout-groove or evaporating-surface; whilst our other species
of Corizus have a large, wide opening between the coxæ, with-
out spout-groove, the evaporating-surface forming a narrow
sharply defined strip covering both sides of the suture between
meta- and mesothorax, of which latter the edge is finely and

margin of the opening is very little raised. In Nysius the
opening forms a long slit, with highly raised margins and
short rounded spots; the evaporating-surface occupies the
entire side of the metasternum, excepting the borders. 1n
Phygadicus and Lygeus the form of the opening is as in
‘Nysius, but there is no evaporating-surface. The numerous
species of Rhyparochromus vary but little amongst themselves :

i Slightly curved,

with tubiform projecting margins and very short spout. In
Geocorts the opening is oblong, with highly raised margins,
but the evaporating-surface is confined to an indistinctly

and. Classification of Rhynchota. 241

drometre and Nepe seem to be entirely destitute of
odoriferous glands; I have at any rate searched in vain for
any external opening.

In Reduvit these organs are generally very little developed.
It is exceedingly difficult to find the small’ punctiform open-
ings of the ducts, which are placed in a small impression
close in front of the posterior pair of coxæ; and in man
species of this family I have sought them in vain. Only in

abis the openings are shaped like a slit, and rendered still
more observable by the existence of a slightly impressed,
narrow spout-groove, which is continued, close in front of the
posterior coxa, a little way upwards, on the side of the meta-
sternum ; but there are only slight vestiges of an evaporating-
surface.

On account of the considerable development of the second,
and still more of the third pair of coxæ, in Pagiopoda, the
lateral part of the metasternum becomes very narrow and
pointed, and the place for the glandular apparatus therefore more
confined. In Capsus the lower extremity of the side of the
metasternum is occupied by a small evaporating-surface, which
18 ply bounded by a distinct transverse line, and in its
middle exhibits the opening of the duct, with more or less
raised margins, but very short spout. The variation in
Shape is but small; the groups of Pithanus and Melanocoris
are distinguished by the considerable development of the
margin. In Miris the opening varies more; but the evapo-
rating-surface is generally less developed, and less sharply
defined. In Miris, sens. strict., the posterior lip of the spout
is continued into a short thick knob; but in the groups of
Notostira and Leptopterna the whole of the short spout is con-
siderably raised ; in the group of Trigonotylus the opening is
> i rt narrow spout-groove, of which the
margins are very slightly raised; but the most remarkable
arrangement is that of the group of Teratocoris, where the
te is still more minute, punctiform, and hidden between
the last two pair of coxz, in consequence of which it is diffi-
cult to discover, unless the coxe of the second pair are re-
moved : both groove and evaporating-surface are wanting. In
Anthocoris, Xylocoris, and Acanthia, the whole of the meta-
sternum is developed as an pen gi Tele ; the opening
is rather large, the spout-groove sharply and deeply cut, but

248 On the Morphology and Classification. of Rhynchota.

varying in shape and size; in Anthocoris it is short and
straight; in the two other genera long and curved; in Acan-
thia it is raised in the shape of a leaf directed backwards,
and receding as far as th suture of the mesonotum. In Myr-

must exist at least in some of them. Corixæ are more par-
ticularly accompanied by a very perceptible bug-smell, and I
have convinced myself that the odoriferous glands exist in
them; but I have not succeeded in finding their external
openings.

VII.

n accordance with the preceding considerations, I propose
the rien classification :—

I. Gens excavats, coxas pee RUNE
[C oxæ postice cardi li libus instruct. |

n HOMOPTERA.

II. Gene integre, a coxis remote.
Subordo HETEROPTERA.
A. Coxe postice acetabulate, rotatorim, scrobieulis femo-
ralibus nullis : Trochalopoda.

a. Epimera metathoracica laminata, segmentum primum
inis ob antia.

1. Antenne basi obtecte. Fam. 1. Cimices.
2. Antenne totee detecte.
* Antenne preoculares. Fam. 2. Corez.
** Antenne infraoculares, Fam. 3, Lygei.
b. Epimera metathoracica lamina ventrali carentes.
1. Unguiculi superpositi. Fam. 4. Hydrometre.
2. Unguiculi terminales.
* Epimera metathoracica maximam partem epimeris

mesothoracicis obtecta. peu abdominalia
ultimi paris siphuneulata. Fam. 5. Nepe.

** Epimera metathoracica tota detecta. Spiracula
abdominalia zqualia. Fam. 6. Reduvii.

Rev. W. A. Leighton on a new Genus of Lichens. 949
B. Coxe postice cardinate, serobiculis femoralibus instruete :
: Pagiopoda.

a. Antenne detecte. Fam 7. Acanthie.
b. Antenne obtecte.
1. Corpus depressum, pronum.
a. Rostrum liberum. .
T Epimera metathoracica detecta.
* Pedes cursoril. Fam. 8. Pelegont.
** Pedes natatorii. Fam. 9. Nawcorides.

TT Epimera metathoracica maximam partem epi-
meris mesothoracicis obtecta. Fam. 10. Be-
lostomata.

B. Rostrum obtectum. [Epimera metathoracica de-
tecta, appendiculata.] Fam. 11. Corize.
2. Corpus naviculare, supinatum. [Epimera metathora-
cica detecta. Rostrum liberum.] Fam. 12. No-
tonecte.

XXII —XNotule Lichenologice. No. XXXII. |
By the Rev. W. A. Leiauton, B.A., F.L.S., F.B.S. Edin.

GUEPINELLA, Dagl.
Apothecia thallo primum inclusa, sensim aperta urceolato-
saccata, demum perfecte discoidea a thallo elevato margi-

250 Mr. W. S. Kent on the Affinities of the Sponges.

nata. Lamina proligera tenuis, ceraceo-gelatinosa, e strato
gonimico enata, excipulo proprio destituta. Sporidia exi-
gua, simplicia, hyalina, in ascis elongatis polysporis. Thal-
lus cartilagineo-coriaceus, umbilicatus, monophyllus.

Guepinella myriocarpa, Bagl.

Thallus cartilagineo-coriaceus, umbilicatus, subrotundatus, ut
plurimum undulato-lobulatus, supra viridi-olivaceus, mar-
ginibus tumidulis, reflexis, albido-griseis, subtus nudus et
carneo-fulvus. Apothecia discreta, quandoque contigua,
primum punctiformi-verrucarioidea, matura discoidea ;
nudo, nye ay humecto sanguineo, lamina proligera

basi subpedicella assa sporigera apice mucronis ad
instar eae membrana asco ropria conspicue bre-
viore. Paraphyses gee reme apice de

aura
simplicia, hyalina.

yn. :—Zndocarpon ae ay Delis. in Duby et DC. Bot.
Gall. 594; Fr. L. Europ. 410; Mont. in Arch. Bot. vol. ii.

XXIV.—Professor esi and Mr. E. Ray Lankester on the

eu of the Spon. By W. SaviLLE Kent, F.Z.

F.R.M.S., of the. Se Department of the British

Museum
FRESH from the learned Professor’s lecture-room, a more
ete epin of Hückel's doctrines than mys frs Mr. E.
Ra could scarcely have been lit u and the
om matter of surprise to myself has been that dio champion
so long delayed his advent.

The whole force of Mr. Lankester's argument turns upon a
MT eese of my views, which Í must immediately
rectify; beyond this he has not a single fact to oppose in
refutation of the views he combats ; and his statement regard-

Mr. W. S. Kent on the Affinities of the Sponges. — 251

ing the destructible nature of my position is, to say the least,
somewhat premature.

en admitting that, far back in the remote ages of time,
there probably did exist a something equivalent to Prof.
Hückel's Protascus, the expression was meant to carry with it
the vaguest possible significance, and simply as an acknow-
ledgment of my faith in the doctrine of evolution. "The whole
tenor of my paper bears me out in this assertion; and I was
also then under the impression that Hickel himself sought to
convey nothing further. Referring once more to his article,
however, I find he supposes this organism to be sac-like, with
a single terminal orifice—a view which I certainly had and
have no intention of indorsing, all the evidence attainable

discussed in my former paper, and need not be repeated here.
r. Lankester criticises the use I make of the terms “ ho-

mology ” and “ analogy,” which have unfortunately in the

hands of different naturalists received an almost equal number

of modes of interpretation; and Mr. Lankester himself, in

evident despair of defining their limits by other means, fi

it necessary to preface his criticisms wit

stamp of high originality. At the time of penning my first
paper, mim ih E this had yet to be peeled; and the old

252 Mr. W.S. Kent on the Affinities of the Sponges.

boundaries of the terms in c nima d assists us in
demonstrating what little practical use we can make of the
in attempting to establish the close affinities of the Sponges to
the Corals

r. Leto next objects to my making use of psychical
manifestations in instituting comparisons between the two
groups; and may not this be said to display pa evi-
dence of the “conservatism ” with whic In
seeking to solve Nature’s truths, hilos we take a dern or
two-sided view of the case alone, or bring all the light and
evidence we can to bear on every poin int? Mr. Lankester's
verdict appears to be in favour of the former alternative.

Mr. Lankester accuses me of persistently comparing extreme
forms: the ideal diagrammatie sponge-body I made use of in
illustration was fase aciei to an amount of radial symmetry
never really occurring, in order to strain the comparison as
much as possible in Hickel’s favour.

the same time Mr. Lankester does not hesitate to quote
the highly individualized forms Euplectella and Grantia, and
to enumerate all the most complex structural qualities pos-
sessed by any Porifera, in his pd successful endeavo
to show that "there is really an enormous gap between
Sponges and those Protozoa which come nearest them

Mr. Lankester's third objection to my remarks is his charge
of Sici, con or, as it would appear, an undue regard for
authority. ubtless Mr. Lankester’s views on this subject
are ve dienen t from my own; but in the outset of life
willingly confess to feeling a very high regard for the opinions
and experiences of those veterans in science who occupy the
foremost ranks.

e fourth objection, and, in Mr. Lankester's estimation;
the “ clearest eoruin of weakness" I display in my opposi-
tion to Hickel’s views, is my proposition that the ——

Mr. Lankester most tis Aoshi suggests, TA in addi-
regaringe,

TT NER C9 -— 3 Bm

Mr. W. S. Kent on the Affinities of the Sponges. 253

representatives of the group; and the * enormo " sepa-
rating the one from the other, which Mr. Lankester conjures
up, dwindles into insignificance when cont ate the

tions of Mr. J ames-Clark, or, on the other hand, of suc
Radiolaria as Mr. Archer’s newly described genera ZtapAidio-
phrys and Heterophrys.

The “ enormous gap,” again, is well nigh spanned by repre-
sentatives of the Foraminifera. Squamulina scopula (Carter)*
was first considered to be, and described as, a Sponge by Dr.
Bowerbank. It devolved upon Mr. Carter to discover its true
nature; and in recording it, he remarks upon the “nice di-
stinctions that exist between the Foraminifera and the Sponges,
especially in the minuter forms." The pathway to the other
Protozoa is clear enough. ;

Professor Hiickel’s brilliant theory is deserving of the
greatest praise; but theories without facts to support them are
but of little value; and when, instead of this, we find that
facts militate against them, their acceptance must necessarily

ism to the Spongiade, after having observed

^ i sesses this arrangement of its
spinulate " spicula as one of its most characteristic features.

254 Mr. W.S. Kent on the Affinities of the Sponges.

position in the classification of organisms " than they now pos-
sess, none would have been more open to convietion or wo
have more warmly advocated its general acceptance than my-
self; as it is, the step would be but one of retrogression. The
day may arrive when an organism will be discovered em-
bodying the characters of the two groups in such a manner
that it will be diffieult to draw a line of demarcation between
them, and their coalescence will be rendered necessary; but
at present the merest tyro in zoology discriminates unhesi-
tatingly between a Ceelenterate and a Protozoan, let the latter
belong to the Spongiade, Radiolaria, or Amceboidea.
ether Prosycum may or may not be regarded as the

veritable stock-form of the Calcispongie must remain an open
question, though maturer reflection would rather induce me to
search for it among the allies of Clistolinthida. Even Prof.
Hiickel himself admits that the Sponges without flue or oscu-
lum are probably primitive sponge-forms.

would also venture to express doubts whether it is among
the Caleispongie we are to seek the form most closely con-
necting the Coelenterata with the Protozoa, recent observa-
tions on certain living Silicea and on Calcarea or Calcispongiz
having afforded me the greater amount of evidence in favour
of the former group.

Mr. Lankester refers to Protohydra, a Hydroid Zoophyte
devoid of tentacles, and consequently simply sac-shaped. Lar
sabellarum, again, has only two tentacles; and there are num-
bers of Anthozoa in which these appendages are almost alto-
gether rudimentary ; but no difficulty has ever been expe-
rienced in determining the ccelenterate nature of these animals.
Such an organism as a simple sac-shaped Sponge, without a
supporting skeleton of some kind or other, from the very na-
ture of its substance, could not exist; as with the young lady
of the period, tight lacing and whalebone must be represented
by cue or reticulated fibres to preserve its shapeliness ;
the Hydrozoon, on the other hand, is built up of firmer stuff,
and is independent of mechanical means of support.

These considerations suggest the following relative to
Hiickel’s hypothetical sac-shaped Protascus. In the first place
we must assume that organism to have been far simpler than
either the existing Sponges or Corals which he supposes to

Le Pb ee ee n np EM

— aa j—
^

Rev. W. Houghton on two Species of Land-Planarim. 255

have been evolved from it. The Sponges, it is on all sides
admitted, are the simpler of the two. If simpler than the
Sponges, its nature must have been Protozoic; and, knowing
what we do of the highest representatives of the Protozoa, we
may suggest the following :—

l. The simplest Sponges have no skeleton.

2. Sponges with skeletons are highly developed forms.

3. All cup- or sac-shaped Sponges have skeletons.

4. Prototype Sponges probably had no skeleton.

V RUD Sponges, including Protascus, were not cup-

aped.

The word Protozoa may be substituted instead of Sponges
in the foregoing lines. The reasoning is, as a matter of course,
partly hypothetical, and is not laid down dogmatically ; yet it
1s theoretical evidence in addition to the far graver one o facts
opposed to the probability of Professor Hückel's hypothesis.

r. Lankester has evidently not made himself familiar with
the Paleozoic Zoantharia, or he would scarcely have contra-
dicted so emphatically my suggestion that in that remote
epoch the Corals had already reached the zenith of their de-
velopment. Should he feel inclined to further cultivate their
acquaintance, he may encounter forms far more complex than
those peopling the existing seas. :

ne sentence in Mr. Lankester's criticism of my paper is
somewhat obscure, viz.: * We must also remember that the
currents directed by cilia in the Sponges and the contractile
organs round the mouth of Actinozoa are special developments
gradually attained by these two diverging stocks which their
common parent possessed but in general outline." The
“homology,” “ homogeny,” or “ homoplasy " existing between

XXV.—On two Species of Land-Planarie from Borneo.
By the Rev. W. Houauton, M.A., F.L.S.
To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN, :
I have received the enclosed sketches of two species of
Land-Planarie from Mr. Alfred Everett, Sarawak, Borneo,
concerning which I shall be glad to receive what information
any of your correspondents can give. Mr. Everett does not
tell us any thing of the internal anatomy of these worms; but
of their external form he thus writes :—
o. Lis taken from a living specimen, and is pretty accu-
rate; it was found on a leaf below Tambursan Cliff. The

256 Rev. W. Houghton on two Species of Land-Planarie.

body is extremely mobile, exuding a plentiful and very tena-
cious mucus; the stripes do not quite meet below, where the
orange tint is lighter. Body capable of much elongation; the
black transverse stripes are encircled by a halo of light yellow.
Length, when extended, 23 inch. No. 2 is merely a sketch
from memory ; but having since seen another individual of
the same species, I am able to correct it. The frontlet when

at rest is semilunar, as in No. 3, and the lateral extensions I
have given it are exaggerated. "The white stripes should not
be so regular—white being rather the ground-colour, and
dark blackish brown banding and marbling it rather irregu-
larly. Both kinds are of much the same size; and there is
nothing in their externals to prohibit their being included as
members of one and the same genus. No. 1 was discovered
by my brother, Mr. Harold Everett, the other by myself."

Mr. Everett adds that he has been unable to detect any
Planarian worms in the fresh waters of the part of Borneo
where he resides, but that the hot and humid jungle seems to
be favourable to the existence of terrestrial species.

I believe that little attention has hitherto been given to the
study of these Turbellarian worms ; and it is much to be hoped
that Mr. Everett will extend his observations and give us
further particulars relating to the species he may meet with in
Borneo. Years ago Mr. Darwin described several species of
foreign Land-Planarie in your pages (see Ann. Nat. Hist. 1844,
vol. xiv. p. 241). Various genera have been found in America,
Ceylon, | Coe &c. One species of Land-Planaria (P. ter-
restris) has been observed in this country, first by Mr. Jenyns
in plantations at Bottisham Hall (see ‘Observations in Nat.
Hist.’ p. 315)—who, correctly identifying his species with the
Fasciola terrestris of O. F. Müller (Verm. Terrest. et Fluviat.
p. 68), called it “the ground-fluke,"— secondly by Sir John Lub-
bock, Bart., in the plantation of High Elms (Journ. Linn. Soc.

Royal Society. 257

vol. x. No. 43) ; and, thirdly, by myself in damp earth of a field
Opposite my house, and also under decaying fungi in the

the name of Geodesmus bilineatus. T am in, i
quite distinct from the Planaria terrestris of Dugès (Annales
es Scien vol. xx.), since in England by at least

. e
bericht der Schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Cultur, 1866, pp. 61-
64), but I have had no access to it. Would you kindly give
In your pages an abstract of that memoir?

I remain, Gentlemen, . -
Yours faithfully,
W. Hovaurox, M.A., F.L.S.
Preston Rectory, Wellington, Salop.
August 12, 1870.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.
ROYAL SOCIETY.
April 28, 1870.—Dr. William Allen Miller, Treasurer and
Vice-President, in the Chair.

* On an Aplanatic Searcher, and its effects in improving High-
power Definition in the Microscope.” By G. W. Rovsrow-Proorr,

.à., M.D. ntab, M.R.C.P., F.R.A.S., F.C.P.S., formerly
Fellow of St. Peter’s College, Cambridge.

The Aplanatie Searcher is intended to improve the penetration,
amplify magnifying-power, intensify definition, and raise the objec
tive somewhat further from its dangerous proximity to the delicate
covering-glass indispensable to the observation of objects under very
high powers.

construeted by Messrs. Powell and Lealand.

à periments having been instituted on the nature of the errors,

it was found that the instrument required a better distribution of
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.4. Vol. vi. 17

258 Royal Society :—

power,— instead of depending upon the deepest eyepieces and most
powerful objectives hitherto “constructed, that better effects cou
be produced by regulating a more gradual bending or refraction of
the exeentrieal rays emanating from a brilliant microscopic origin
of light.

It then appeared that delusive images, which the writer has ven-
tured to name eiddla*, exist i close roximity to the ben focal
point (where the least circle of confusion finds its locus), and :—

I.) That these images, possessing extraordinary cha iite exist
principally above or be elow the best focal point, accordingly as the
objective spherical aberration is positive or negative.

That test-images may be formed of a high order of deli-
cacy and accurate portraiture in miniature, by employing an objective
of twice the tum depth, or, rather, half the focal length of the ob-
serving-object

CIII.) Phat ih test-images (which may be obtained conveniently
two thousand times less than a known original) are formed (under
precautions) with a remarkable freedom from Boa ae which
appears to be reduced in the miniature to a min

V.) The beauty or indistinetness with Eh. they are displayed
fores on the immersion system) is a marvellous test of the cor-
of the observing objective, but au indifferent one of the

Refs PST objective “used to produce the testing-miniature.

These results enable the observer to compare the known with the
re ha By observing a variety of brilliant images of known
objects, as gauze, lace, an ivory thermometer, and sparkles of mer-

secrecy properly adjusted so that the axes of the two objectives
m incident and their corrections suitably manipulated, it is
SELE to eompare known delusions with suspeeted phenomena.

It was then observed (by means of such appliances) that the aber-
ration developed by uum -power eyepieces and a lengthened tube
followed a peculiar la

A engthened mibe increased aberration fastet than it gained
power. (Roughly, the aberration varied as v?, while the power varied

as v

he image was formed by the objective at points nearer to

it than the standard distance of nine inches, for which the best

English glasses are corrected, the writer foun the aberration dimi-

nished Erg than the power was lost by shortening the body of the
instrum

: e aberration became negatively affected, and required a

* eerta cidwXor, a false spectral image.

Mr. G. W. Royston-Pigott on an Aplanatic Searcher. 259

applying a similar correction to the observing-objective.
he chief results hitherto obtained may be thus sum

whilst observing with a half-inch objective with a power e
hundred diameters, and found it two-tenths of an inch increase;

stituted for the deep eye-piece formed of minute le nd gu
h a min tely perforated cap. e writer lately exhibited to
Messrs. Powell an land a brilliant definition, under r

true image of the other. But the upper or lower set may be sepa-

* Alluded to by Mr. Reade, F.R.S., in the ‘Popular Science Review’ for
April 1870. id

260 . Royal Society :—
nishes, f the focal ocu of the virtual image formed by the facet

lenses of the objec
ds y)
ox (- LE

e appendix refers to plates illustrating the mechanical piit i
ments for the discrimination of eidola and true images, and f

The plates also show the course of the o opt tical pencils, spurious
disks of residuary aberration and imperfect definition, as w
some examples of “high-power essai? of t odura and

Lepisma beading, as well as the amount of aroliGonticis obtained by
camera-lucida outline drawings of a given scale.

June 16, 1870.—General Sir Edward Sabine, K.C.B., President,
in the Chair.

** Observations on the Mode of Growth of Discoid and Turbinated
Shells.” By ALEXANDER MacaLisTER, Professor of Zoology,
University of Dublin

A most interesting paper on the iiis forms of turbinated and
UM shells was published by t ev. Canon Moseley in the Phi-
losophieal Transactions for 1838, m 331, i in which some important

arse were noticed regarding the geometrical construction of shell-
forms. The author of that paper describes discoid shells as generated
by the revolution around a central point of the perimeter of a geo-
metrical figure, which latter, although regularly increasing in size
yet remains always geometrically similar in form he producing
figure in many Gasteropodous Mollusks is represented by the o oper-
culum ; and in all it may be recognized by making a vertical section
in the ‘plane of the radius vector. A turbinated shell is similarly

v. Mr. Moseley gives, as illustrations of these points, mea-
Aera of Nautilus pompilius, Turbo phasianus, Turbo duplicatus,
and Buccinum subulatum, and describes many interesting. particulars
: nene the formation and growth of the operculum in different
shel

This subject does not seem to have attracted much attention from
utr as, with the exception of a notice in Professor Good-
sir's lecture ** On the Use of Mathematical Modes of promit ord
Organic Ponce” £ it is not, to my knowledge, referred to by any
writer on zool

cal importance might be drawn from these valuable geometrical
observations, and more especially to determine whether it might be

* Goodsir's ‘ Anatomical Memoirs,’ vol. ii. p. 209.

On the Growth of Discoid and Turbinated Shells. 261

possible to arrive at constant specific numerical parameters in these
cases; and in all instances I have been surprised by finding that, in
well-formed shells, the ratios of the successive a have been n spe-
cifically constant. In making these measurements, the points to be
determined are three, viz. :—Ist, the ratio of elongation of the radius
vector of the spiral (4); 2nd, the degree of linear expansion of the
generating figure in the successive M (m); and, 3rd, the degree
of translation or slipping of the spiral on the central axis (n). The

second of these we may ; call the iets coefficient, and the third
the helicoidal coefficient.

On applying these measurements to univalve shells, we find that
the possible combinations are five in number :—

Ist, those in which n=0 and m—£,
2nd, those in which 420 and n—£,
3rd, those in which n=m,
4th, those in which n>m,
5th, those iu which næm.

The cases of se shells in which n-0 are two, the first and
second on the list. The first and most nncommon is that in which
the amount of itid of the radius vector in the formation of
the successive whorls exceeds the transverse linear increase of the
producing figure. The resulting form of this case (which may be
formula ted thus, k > m) is an open spiral, as in the fossil Gastero-
podous genus Kee yliomphalus, or the ^ yerbum genera Gyro-
ceras, Nautiloceras, and Spirula. The common species of this
last genus gives the following pierdas :—

Spirula Spee ypus, m=2°6, k—3:3, n=0. Generating figure, a
. Average width of whorls 0:075 in., 02 in
It will be noted that all these spirals are true logarithmie curves ;
and hence the widths of the whorls m ensured on “the radius vector
omm

obtained by measurement, I have used the method given
Rev. Canon Moseley, which depends upon a well-ascertained property
of the logarithmic spiral, that if u be taken to represent the ratio of
the sum of the lengths of an even number (m) o of the whorls to the

lengths of half that number, then 4—(u— DE Applying this
formula to the cases given below, I have in the edo of cases ob-

* In all the specimens measured and referred to in this paper, I have made at
least three vereri 2 -— individual; and in the y OF case x
fasured at le. ix of nei de ese measurements are in
decimal parts at a an Engh į mak, and w ith ] :
Compasses and a diagonal scale, the e peni in some cases aided by a magnify-
ing-glass. Some specimens pue nig ed by means of sections made in a plane
Perpendicular to the axis.

262 Royal Society.

tained results which —— the ratios of the series of measure-
ments rici obtain

'The second case of "discoid aec in which m=k and 2—0, is by
far the te commoner, as to it belong all genera of discoidal mollusks,
with the few exceptions noticed iau The case m > kis one which
cannot occur, as then the outer whorl must necessarily crush the
inner, and then the penang figure could not retain its |
trieal identity while enlarging ; hence we find no examples of it in
discoid shells a

have placed i in this second case some instances in which the 1

ratio of slipping or translation on the axis is not easily measured,
and virtually amounted to nothing.

The following Table of examples illustrate case No. 2:—

Species. Mim EEUU Width of whorls in decimals of an inch. |
I 0:075 |0'75 ý
Mahotis indir i.e 10 | Ellipse .... { 0-05 (05 í d
| 0:15 |r5 .

a E xpo | os 0°02 os rö

= s reret O08 10:98 [27
Sulculus (Haliotis) parvus ........ 6 War Lus 0°03 (017 |!
Padollus (Haliotis) excavatus...... 4°2 | Ellipse ...... 9-06 (0°25 |1*1
Natiea canrena 3 i. req of j 0-025 |0-075/0°25 0°76
Nautilus pompilius 3 1 Segme t 9€ a lo-anós odo [ros

DOptd uices Tirai. } 1
Dolium zonatum ................ a4] ul. 0:119 |0*25 |07525
Solaropsis pelli pentis ........ 2 E d 9:023 |0'047|U-086 0'17 |0'34
p X Segment o s 5 d ^
3 i circle .... J [V 02 ul emo
Eucmphalus pentangulatus,....... Sree Ue 0
MK 21e 1°75 | Rhomboid 0:07 {0712 |0"2 5 10-65
Architectonica trochleare .......... 1:62 ee eee. /0°046 |0:075/0175/072 10:325 0:55
143, Triangle ....|0-02 0°03 |0*05 |0-072 0-09 |0:12 |0"17|0"25
Conus literatus 1*4 a ....]0703 [0°04 [0°05 0-86 0:125 07176 0°25
onus virgo 1:25 A ....10708 [OI |0:105/0:16

Planorbis, sp 1:38 fakes 003 |0042 IT 01 [0°15 |08

discoidal patoons, m; thirdly, the helicoidal coefficient, x. “Upon

such

the whorls c embrace each other, and Hes rs Rees

that of an elongated cone, as in the genera Turritella, Cerithium,
Acus, &c. Sometimes n exceeds m; and in this case the re ting
form is an open spiral as in V ermetus, or a rapidly descending series
of whorls. A third possible case is that in which z is less than
m, and the resulting figure is globular; but of this case, though a
possible one, I have not as yet su in o mod an example.

The following cases illustrate the formula n> m

Miscellaneous. 263

Width of whorls in :
n". | m. dicitis ud ini inch. Amount of translation,
Vermetuslumbricalis ..| 42 | 1:3 | 07075 | Ol |933 0:75| 05 | 0°22 | (8 | 45
| Delphinuia atrata ...... 6'00 | 2°85 |0018 05 |0148 0'41 |001 | 0'05 | O38
| |
The following instances exemplify the case n= m :—
Species. n=m. Length of whorls in decimals of.an inch
Helicostrla polychroa.. 2 loa joe8)|»-158 0732. 077 |
EMEN 1:71 |009 |o14 |026 0-43 0°76
E lla 1 1'8 0 07 |07125|9*23 |6*45 ||
| $ erlama precios 1°56 (0°05 |0075 OAS |0'2 46°32 (0°52
nsus antique utes’: 15 0°15 |07225/0'3430754 0784
itra ep n ae rece] 1°434 0745074 — 075750782
"rochus AM irag E r4] (972 03 07425,0763 09 jr | ;
Fusus longissimus ...... 1°341 (0°25 (m3 j0'44 (066 0:81 | r ' ;
usi ai "— 1'33 (0715 |02 [0°26 (0735 {0°42 [0°54 0:83 i il
yrazus sulcatus ........ 1°33 1023 [0°17 |0-29 038 |075 | Ad
Acus dimidiata ........ 1:277 0-2 |9°267/0 31 0'4 |0752 [062 0-88 j y
s maculata 1725 (015 un € (0:29 (0°37 |0-45 0°53 |07 |09
Acus crenulata ........ 1-95 2 (0°38 0'496]0-6 | i
erit 1 „1 4724 023 3 937 |
pena caret dir aries ean 1:23 0°08 E 12 |0°15 |0°178/0°22 |0'28 0°35
"yrazus palustris ...... 1:22 M 15 0-182022 0727 [0:34 |0 42 075
Zaria duplicata ........ 123 97951 " 1250016 (9-2 |o'z4 073 |026 044 0°53 06250776
Acus subulata .......... 163 " 178 io? 10°23 o 265,032 0507 043z|0747 [0'641
L'elescopium fuscum. | 1:14 ii 2 ni 15 |0°18 jU72 0°24 |0728 aar! aie
MISCELLANEOUS.

On Phacochcerus? or Sus? Sclateri. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S.

Ix the last Number of the * Annals,’ p. 190, I remarked that the P.
«Eliani figured by Mr. Sclater “is s oniy a usual form of the female
African wart-hog.” I no soone this in print than I felt I had
made a mistake; for I tied relies ted that I never had observed
such a differance between the two sexes of that animal; and we

we received from the Zoological Mies , along with her male com-
panio 1, which has the broad nose and the large conical diverging
canines E. developed, just as in i males, but not ef so large.
ii inquired of Mr. Bartlett what was the difference between * the fine
pair of Ethiopian viae ah from ht now in the Garda ?" and

JL 4Eliani, Sclater ot aod iid is a Phaco Lick (I n

many opportunities of athe g these animals, an
seems Y^ have made this genus his especial study, did not funr :

964 Miscellaneous.

wart-hog (Phacocherus), with m ge teeth like the elephant,
from a pig (Sus), with simple ones, and therefore regarded that as
a settled point. My infirmities not snare me to go beyond the
walls of the Museum, I pau leave this question to be settled by

those who can examine nimal. Can it be the female of the
wild boar of Kordofan Pe pu called ** Quadruk " by the Arabs,
or of the wild boar seen by urie in Africa? See * Catalogue

of Carnivorous and Pais deii Mammalia in the Britis
Museum,’ p. 338.

On the Circulation oe the hp ned i the Nais-group.
M. E. Per

In his anatomieal "eut of a5 ORUM Annelides, M.
Claparéde entirely passed over the Nais-group ; and no important
work has since been published upon those animals. A tolerably ex-
tensive investigation of Dero obtusa, an animal nearly allied to Nais,

o

Dero scarcely differs from Nais except by its possession of a
branchial apparatus composed of four simple retractile digitations
inserted upon a sort of lobe ( pavillon), which spreads out e pa =
terior etd of the body, and of which a figure, incorrect
respects, has been given by D'Udekem in the « Bulletins de T Académie
Royale de Belgique.’

e circulatory apparatus of Dero obtusa consists essentially of a
véntisl and a dorsal vessel, both lying in the median line. The M
vessel is contractile. These two principal trunks are united in
very complex manner, which must be studied in the head, in the
anterior segments, the middle segments, and the caudal respiratory
apparatus.

In the five segments which follow the head the two median
vessels are united | hy an infinity of lateral branches, forming a very

esophagus ; these two vessels are enpagi diminished when they
reach the cephalic region. Beneath the mouth the ventral vessel
emits two branches, which penetrate into the cephalic cavity ; the
dorsal vessel is prolonged above the brain to the anterior extremity
of the cephalic cavity, and then it divides into two branches, which
bend back on each side and become ngain su ubdivided; into these
the two branches of the ventral vessel o

In segments 6, T, ane 8, there are cad ee hearts, each

Miscellaneous. 265

longitudinal vessels, situated near the plane of horizontal symmetry
of the intestine e, springs a vascular branch, which sometimes bifur-
cates and opens into the ventral vessel, so that the blood starting
from the dorsal vessel is obliged to traverse the whole network be-
fore entering the ventral vessel.

ese arrangements are partly ES by the hepatic cells in the
living animal. They seem to indicate that the intestine of the
Naides, which is clothed with vibratile cilia, plays an important part
in respiration.

e ventral vessel is prolonged to the posterior extremity of the

caudal lobe. There it bifureates, giving origin to two branches,
which run along the margins of the triangular lobe, cutting off at
its lateral angles two equilatera al triangles. rom each of these

branches, opposite to each respiratory digitation, springs a branchlet

which penetrates to the apex of the digi tation, where it is recurved
in a loop, and is then connected with the vascular loop of the digita-
lion of the same side. From this two lateral vessels are produced,
which unite with the prolongation of the two parent branches to
form the dorsal vesse

Suppressing the special contrivance of the respiratory lobe of Dero
we arrive at the type of the vascular apparatus of Wais proper.—
Comptes Rendus, June 6, 1870, tome lxx. pp. 1226-1228.

Observations on the Natural ew of the Crayjish.
By M. Cua

Copulation.—The copulation of "sh ee takes place during a
period which includes the months of November, December, and
January. The male seizes the erste with his large nippers, turns
her over, and En he holds her lying on her back, places himself
in such a manner as to pour out the fecundating material upon the
two outer lamelle of the tail. After this first operation, which lasts
some minutes, he conveys her rapidly beneath his abdomen in order
to effect a second deposition of semen upon the plastron round the
external opening of the oviducts, by means of the curious mechanism
80 esl described by M. Coste.

Oviposition.— According to the degree of maturity of the ova at
the time of the union of the sexes, oviposition takes place at a apo
varying from two to forty-five days after copulation. At the

upon her back and brings up her tail upon her plastron, in such a
manner as to form with her abdomen a chamber enclosing the aper-
ture of the oviducts, and the wall of which secretes a viscous fluid
intended to fasten the eggs to the abdominal appendages during in-
cubation. When things are in this state, the laying of the eggs
takes place. It is effected at once, usually during the night, rarely
during the day. Incubation lasts yen six months ; and the hatch-
ing takes place in May, June, or Jul

Moults.—The first moult takes dites ten days after exclusion;
the second, third, fourth, and fifth at intervals of from twenty to

266 Miscellaneous.

twenty-five days; so that the young animal changes its eut
Jive times in from ninety to one hundred days, eigen gee)
months of July, August, and September. From the end o f this last

the end of April in the following year there is no
change.

The sixth moult takes place in May, the seventh in J une, and the
eighth in July. ‘there are consequently eight moults in the first
twelve iha of the life of the young crayfis

n the second year there are five moults :—the first and second in
pp and September; the third, fourth, and fifth in May, June,
and July.

In the third year I have observed only two i of which the
first takes place in July and tke second in September. From this
time the young crayfish becomes adult, on entering upon its fourth

en the crayfish are adult, moulting takes place only once a
year in the females ; it occurs, boncum: twice in the males, which
explains why the latter are larger than the females, the growth
being in proportion to the number of moults. In the adult males

first moult takes place in June and July, and the second in
August or September. The single moult of the females occurs in
Side or Septem
effect its moult, the animal places quus on its side; with its
head and back it raises its carapace, which swings like a li d upon its
hinge; then, when it has thus completely disengaged the anterior
part of its body, it separates entirely from its old carapace by a
sudden movement of the posterior part. This operation, which lasts
about ten minutes, is favoured by the previous secretion of a gelati-
nous Ha between the two earapaces, which facilitates their
rgage
Twelve hc eid after the nk the legs of the crayfish are already
sufficiently firm to pinch strongly; twenty-four hours afterwards
they are completely hardened. The walls of the back remain longer
flexible; but at the end of m hours they have attained nearly
an gree of consistenc
The young animals remain abed to the false legs of the mother
for ten days after exclusion, when the first moult takes place; this
is effected actually under the tail of the mother*. Uu tbe young
, detach themselves before this period, they cannot live separately ;
but after this first moult they sometimes quit their mother and re-
turn to her again, up to the twentieth dey, at which period they
ean live independently.

* Note by M.C. Robin.—I have ascertained, by means of the microscope,

as shown by M. Chantran to the Academy, "that the e young remain sus-
pended beneath the abdomen of the mother by means of a hyaline chiti-

membranous ome na of the caudal appendage. This flament exists when
the e only attained about three fourths of their mp
before a bera

Miscellaneous. 267

Tam inclined to think that after their first moult the young cray-
fish feed, beneath the tail of their mother, upon the pellicles of the
eggs and the carapace thrown off in this first moult; but I am wait-
ing for further observations before rage this positively -— Comptes
Rendus, July 4, 1870, tome lxxi. pp. 42-45.

The Brachiopoda a Division of Annelida.
By Epwarp S. Morse.

a meeting of the Boston Society of Natural History, June 1st,
1870, Mr. Edward S. Morse made a verbal communication on the
position of the Brachiopoda in the animal kingdom. He referred to
the branch of Mollusca as it was understood forty peer ago, when,
misled by external characters, many worms, like Serpula and Spi-
rorbis, and a group of crustaceans, the — were anes with
mollusks, and remarked that, from a
racte rs, these diverse forms had band aiaiai from His pm time,

Mr. Morse was prepared to state that the Brachiopods were true Ar-
ticulates, ee not Mollusks, avd that their proper place was among
the worms, forming a group near the tubi nelids,

He stated that for the past year he had been deeply engaged in
the study of the Mos et Pts and more particularly their early

cina from Callao, Peru, belonging to the Yale ge Museum.
From these he — studied their early stages ; a he had in
preparation a memoir upon the subject, he would now. i
self to the considerations that follow
He first spoke of the structure and composition of the Brachiopod
and pointed out the relations between the cecal prolongations
of the mantle in Terebratula and a similar structure in the test of
. He had also noticed a marked resemblance between the
polygonal cells in the shell of a young Discina and a similar feature
in certain lower crustaceans. The scale-like structure of the test
of ddotea resembled the scale-like structure in Lingula. The skin
of Nereis had similar punctures or dots, as seen in Terebratula and
also in the peduncle of Lingula. He had submitted the shell of
Discina to bareira tests, and believed it to be chitinous. Gratiolet
had already given the chemieal analysis of Lingula apenas, a
ou forty-two per cent. of phosphate of lime,
of carbon

n of the valves of all Brachi -—
were Mnt: and veki and this wasa ns articulate winks

in having sheaths containing muscular fibre, while in rticu-
lates the hairs were simply tubular ime of the epidermal

268 Miscellaneous.

layer. = dee cic E setæ or piera: were secreted by follicles
imbe n or surroun y muscular fibres, and were moved freely
by the aima In the uon of the rid he found an identity
with that of the worms. He then called attention to the resemblance
between the lophophore of the Brachiopods and a similar structure
in the tubicolous worms. In Sabella the cephalic collar was split
laterally, and a portion of it reflected. Let this collar be developed
so as to cover the fringed arms, and a representation of the mantle
of vem would be attained. The thin and mnseular visceral

walls suggest similar parts in the worms. The circulating system
he had not soticiently studied, theugh Dr. Gratiolet had stated that
in this respect there was a strong resemblance to the Crustacea.

n regard to the respiratory system, Burmeister had shown that
there was a resemblance between the soft folds or lamellæ developed
on the internal surface of the mantle of Balanide and similar fea-
tures in Lingula ; though the existence of these folds in Lingu’a had
been questioned, he would presently show that Vogt was right in

observations. In regard to the reproductive system, he called
attention to the fact that in one group of Cirripeds the ovaries
were lodged in the — surface of the peduncle, while in another
group t the sam e parts were lodged in the mantle. A similar condi-
tion existed in the Brachiopods, wherein one group the mantle holds
the ovaries, while in another group they are found in the visceral
cavity.

Through Polyzoa, also, he showed that, in their winter eggs or
statoblasts, a relation was seen to the ephippia of Duphniæ, and the
winter eggs of Rotifers.

great importance also, and upon which he laid particular
weight, were the peculiar oviducts with their trumpet-shaped open-
ings, so unlike the oviducts of mollusks, and, as he believed, bearing
the closest affinity to the oviducts in many of the worms, —namel ;

of Discina, in which we have not only little cirri projecting from the
shell, but a little = recalling the plug or operculum in some
of the tubiculous worm

Of great importance, "uisi was the fact that in the early stage of
Discina, Miller observed large bristles, and these were move
by the animal. Smitt had shown that in certain Polyzoa (Lepralia)
the embryo, besides being furnished with cilia, also supported several
bristles or setze, which were locomotive; and, finally, in the worms,
Claparéde and Mecznikow had figured an n embr ryo of Nerine in which
barbed bristles were also developed. Mr. Morse referred to his com-
munication before the American Association for the Advancement of

Miscellaneous. 269

Seience on the early stages of the Brachiopods, in which he had
shown the intimate connexions existing between this group and the

that i in the evidence een giv e ee rawn his ene

papers of Lacaze-Duthiers, Claparéde, Mesesikow, Hancock, Huxle E.
Vogt, Hyatt, Williams, De Morgan, and others. He felt dac impor-
tance of first examining Ling gula i in a living condition before making
these announcements ; and for this reason he had P rund visited the
coast of North Carolina for the express purpose of ng, if possi-~
ble, the rare Lingula pyramidata of Stimpson, imi. discovered by

rof. Agassiz in South Carolina. After nearly a week's fruitless
ah. he had found it, had studied it alive, and had brought with
tav living examples, which he had the pleasure of exhibiting before
the Society.

He als here express his deep sense of grease to Dr. Elliott
Coues, Surgeon U.S.A. at Fort Macon, N.C., 5e d to the Commandant
of the Post, Major J aon Stewart, U.S.A., for the constant aid and
sympathy rendered to Dr. A. S. Packard — himself during their
visit there. He would not 2 into a description of Lingula, as he
had already in preparation a memoir upon the subject, but would
call our tam simply to the additional evidence in support of the
views advanced.

Et was found in a sand-shoal at low-water mark, buried

instances the peduncle was broken in a Di ‘hen from the sand,
zm the wound was quickly repaired, and another sand-case was
ormed.

ox
Fig. 1. eere perfect, retaining portion of sand-tube.
Fi e 2. Showing valves in motion; peduncle broken and forming new

Fig. x Peduncle broken close to the body, and forming new sand-case.

270. Miscellaneous.

He observed that Lingula had the power of moving over the sand
by the sliding motion of the two valves, using at the same time the
fringes of sete, which swung promptly back and forth like a galley
of oars, leaving a peculiar track in the sand. In the motion of the
sete he noticed the impulse commencing from behind and running
forward.

Within the mantle he found a series of rows of prominent lamelle
in which the blood rapidly cireulated—thus confirming the correct-
ness of Vogts observations. These lamellae, however, were con-

actile.

The peduncle was hollow, and the blood could be seen coursing
baek and forth in its channel. It was distinctly and regularly

constricted or ringed, and presented a remarkably worm-like appear-
ance ; it had layers of cireular and longitudinal muscular fibre, and
coiled itself m numerous folds, or unwound at full length; it was
contractile also, and would quickly jerk the body beneath the sand.

t the most startling observation in connexion with this interesting
animal was the fact that its blood was red. This was strongly
marked in the gills and various sneer er of the mantle, and in
the peduncle. At times the peduncle -a become congested ; and
then a deep rose blush was markedly distin Mr. Morse expressed
his gratifieation in having come to the sateen in regard to the
annelidan characters of Brachiopods a long time previous to his ob-
servations on Lingula.

He then coneluded by stating that the Brachiopods, with the
Polyzoa, should be removed from the Mollusea, and placed with the
Artieulates among the Annelids; that the Brachiopods eame near
the tubiculous worms, though they were much more highly cepha-

through the homologues of the Polyzoa to that aberrant group, the
Tunicates, as pointed out by Allman. He believed the Brachiopods
to be a comprehensive type, exhibiting general Artieulate features,
and forming another example of those groups belonging to the last
that exhibit the characters of two or more classes combined.
It was interesting in this connexion to remark that Lingula, one
of the earliest forms created, had yet cine iar the same through all
ages of the earth’s history —Silliman’s American Journal, July 1870.

Our two Swallows and their Nests. By M. J. B. NovrEr.

M. Noulet, writing from the neighbourhood of Toulouse, states
that the two species of swallows (Hirundo rustica and H. urbica
have not made any alteration in their mode of architecture such as
has ge been described by M. Pouchet.

species, H. rustica, our chimney-swallow, and the Hi-
rovsidils of Languedoe, builds a nest which is broadly open like

a balcony in all its free part; and = e young birds whieh occupy it
show their heads all round the opening, especially when expecting
the return of their parents. The nest of H. urbica, on the contrary,

Miscellaneous. 271

is of greater depth, and has a small circular opening. This is what
M. Pouchet calls the old mode of building; ind: M. Noulet deduced
that it is still followed by the h ouse-martins of his district. His
opinion is that iL perso 8 dil spi dispu y M. e is

nfir a
model which is peculiar » d which n chang
petuated from age to age."— Comptes Rendus, 7 uly 4, P5870, aa 7 79.81.

On the Scissiparous vg Niece of the Naidina.
By M. E. Pzzn

The investigations upon the scissiparity e the Naides and allied
opem at present relate only to Nats proboscidea. Gruithuisen,
F. Mi

aides distin en two modes of agamic genera-
Gea: one individual divides at first into two others of equal length;
then each of the individuals thus formed produces a new one at its
der by a process of gemmation.

The observations that we have made upon Dero obtusa enable us to
present the mode of reproduction of the Naides under another aspect.

st in Nais proboscidea chains of three or four individuals are
frequently met with, in Dero obtusa we have never seen more than
two individuals placed end to end. The head of the hinder indivi-
dual and the tail of the anterior one are formed, neer mon
as indicated by Max Schultze in his Wais. These two individuals
separate before we observe in them any trace of fresh ratini
but in front of the respiratory lobe which terminates the body we
always see, so long as the indiviđual is not adult, numerous animals
in course of formation, and in which we may follow the develop-
ment of the setigerous saes, the segmental organs, the muscles,
When the two separated individuals have attained a sufficient length,
the median scissiparity recommences in them, as in the single indi-
vidual at the cost of which they were formed.

Now, as this s phenomenon is only produced when the animal has
attained a certain length, it follows that the hinder individual of
the second generation will be formed of segments which were not
developed until after the separation of the individual, but formed
an integral part of that individual when they were produced.

Thus the Dero first enlarges by the formation of ca in front
of its vibratile Ed and then undergoes scissiparous

nating after the individualization of the two primary Deros, as we
have explained,

2412 Miscellaneous.

But we then fall back upon the law developed by Max Schultze
for Nais proboscidea. We fall back upon it without implying any
other generation than that constituting the normal and continuous
mode of growth of the Annelide in question. We therefore think
that we may express the opinion that in the Naides there are not
two modes of agamic reproduction, one by scissiparity, the other by
gemmation. There is nothing but scissiparity.

The gemmation observed by the authors who have already treated
this vagin cd appears to us to be nothing Lim the l :
menon of growth of the individusl. Hence no longer meet with

it in the poete rior portion of the body of adult individuals. It is
only when it has brought each individual produced by B
to a certain size that a new division takes place. s fresh div
sion may appear before or after the complete separation of the pri
mary individuals. This, according to us, is the sole difference.—
Comptes Rendus, June 13, 1870, p. 1304.

On Edible Bull-frogs.

** Bull-frogs are eaten in Philadelphia. I saw laid out on the
counter an edible which somewhat resembled à fried sole. I observed
several persons devouring them greedily, and. on inquiring what
they were, learned to my extreme horror that they were bull- -frogs,
gutted, slit T and fried in eggs anå bread-crumbs. They are
also to be had at railway nations "—H. Phillips, Musical and Per-
sonal Recollections, 1864, p. 122.

Note on a new Genus of Sponge from West Australia.
By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &c.

Boavida enii
Sponge very hard, woody, PHAR ME above into doit,
virgate, erect branches, with t r four more or less subspiral

series of large angular Tobes, ben "toader than the central stem.

central axis. Surface smooth, without any appeararce of pores or

of oscules when dry ; substance strengthened with numerous us slender

elongate fusiform spicules and minute six-rayed cubical stars, rays
cylindrical and strongly dentate at the end.

Echinospongia australis.
Hab. Nichol’s Bay, West Australia.

This remarkable Sponge was discovered by Mr. Clifton, who has
kindly sent a specimen to the British Museum.

Dr. Bowerbank has figured the spicules of a reticulated ee
from the same locality, which I have called Axos Cliftoni; but in i
the spicules are formed of two flat three-rayed stars, placed one on
the other so that the rays alternate; they are aims dentate at
their extremity.

THE ANNALS
MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[FOURTH SERIES] |

No. 34. OCTOBER 1870.

— dip—

XXVI.— The Ostracoda and Foraminifera of Tidal Rivers.
By George Srewarpson Brapy, C.M.Z.S., and DAVID
RonERTSON, F.G.S. With an Analysis and Descriptions of
the Foraminifera, by Henry B. Brany, F.L.S.

[Plates XI. & XII]
Part II.

THE Rhizopoda inhabiting brackish water are interesting
alike in their zoological and physiological aspects. The marine

nary remarks may not inaptly be devoted to general consider-
` Ann. & Mag. Ñ. Hist. Sex. 4. Vol. vi. 18

214 Mr. Henry B. Brady on

ations respecting the relation of the marine Rhizopod fauna of
our coast to that of its adjacent brackish waters, first, with
respect to distribution, and, secondly, with regard to modifica-
tions in the external characters of species common to both,
due to altered conditions of life.

comparison of the Table of Brackish Foraminifera with
the complete list of species known to inhabit the British seas
will show that the number of types or subtypes that entirely
refuse to accommodate Ma Las to brackish conditions in

been excluded from the list. Hauerina, Lingulina, and Nu-

* Nubecularia has not hitherto been recorded from a British locality ;
but I have WP of N. lucifuga from deep water in Mounts Bay,
Cornwall.—H. B. B.

Brackish-water Foraminifera. 275

iS ex he
specimens are of average size, fully developed, and have well-
marked characters ; indeed the genus appears to flourish in
such situations. Bulimina, represented almost exclusively by
B. ovata, Planorbulina, by P. mediterranensis, and Discorbina,
by D. globularis and D. rosacea, are also common under similar
conditions,

ained, present in abundance.
The Foraminifera of the Fen area are somewhat anomalous

The microzoa of this subrecent deposit have been thoroughly
mvestigated by Messrs. Parker and Jones; and the results,
collected from four different localities, are tabulated in an ela-
borate memoir, published a few years ago in the ‘ susc

216 Mr. Henry B. Brady o»

Transactions’ (vol. clv. p. 422). These go far to explain the
peculiarities of the living fauna of the same area. In most o

our brackish localities the living species are presumably the
offspring of specimens which have been washed in and gra-
dually acclimatized; but in the Fens the present Rhizopod
fauna must consist in great measure of the direct representa-
tives of those which flourished under the earlier more nearly
marine conditions; and hence, with some allowance for pos-
sible change of climate, the relation of the living to the sub-
recent fauna is one which has been determined by gradual
alteration in the physical aspects of the country, of which the
chief result, so far as affects animal life, has been the lessened
proportion of saline constituents in the water. The following
genera, which were living in the Fens at this earlier era, have
now totally disappeared, viz. :— Cornuspéra, Nodosaria, Uvi-
gerina, Spirillina, Textularia, Virgulina, Bolivina, Pulvinu-
ina, Discorbina, and Patellina; and it is a noteworthy argu-
ment against the probability of any material change in climate
that the whole of these, except Spirillina, still live in brackish
water at portions of our coast nearer the open sea than the
Fens now are. On the other hand, no single new genus has
appeared during the period, if we except a straggling specimen
or two of Biloculina. The Miliole generally have become
commoner, whilst the whole family of the Lagenida have
diminished in numbers; but, with these exceptions and the
disappearance of the types above enumerated, there is a
striking agreement between the present and past Rhizopoda
of the Fen area. Our analysis need not extend to details
respecting species, which may be gathered from the Table,
further than to note that, out of forty-one specific and varietal
forms found subfossilized in the clay, twenty have survived the
changes alluded to, and the few new forms which now exist
generally represent depauperated conditions of certain of the
Ider types.

A comparison of specimens derived from marine and brackish
sources, in species common to both, has considerable bearing on
the connexion between the various groups of Rhizopoda. The
effect of change of habitat is more marked in some genera than’
in others; but it may be generally stated that as the proportion
of salines in the water decreases, the tests of the Foraminifera
show a corresponding deficiency in calcareous matter.

In the Miliolida the deficiency is sometimes evidenced
merely by the diminished thickness of the shell-wall, as often
seen in Quingueloculina subrotunda ; but it takes quite another
character in the composite or almost chitinous test of Q. fusca.

Brackish-water Fi oraminifera. 277

The latter species has, in place of the normal porcellaneous

shell, an investment consisting of a horny membranous basis

solidity of the test, that prolonged treatment with an acid does
not materially change its form or appearance; nor, beyond
slightly increasing its transparency, does it appear to produce
any alteration in its minute structure. A portion of the cara-
pace of a specimen in its natural state is represented, highly
magnified, at Pl. XI. fig. 3a, and a similar piece, decalcified
by strong acid, is shown in fig. 3b; both are from prepara-
cm mounted in Canada balsam, and viewed by transmitted
ight.

The Lituolida with variable but essentially composite tests
have their best brackish representative in Trochammina in-
lata. Under similar enfeebling conditions, they show a ten-
dency to change in the same direction. e deposit of calca-

in size; on the contrary, the finest specimens of 7r. inflata we
have seen were of this membranous sort.

The chemical nature of the investment is similar to that of
Quinqueloculina fusca. Large specimens have been treated
With nitrie and hydrochlorie acids, and strong solution of
caustie potash, without sensible change, preserving sufficient
solidity and firmness to permit of being mounted in Canada
balsam, at the end of the process, without fracture.

The Lagenida do not appear to subsist where they are un-
able to produce their normal hyaline shell: no examples have
been met with in the gatherings furthest removed from the
sea; and in the other localities they do not differ from marine
Specimens.

monly thin-shelled and dark-coloured ; and it has more than
Once occurred to us whether these brackish organisms, which

278 Mr. Henry B. Brady on

associated in deep water with Orbulina, are not unfrequent in
our brackish gatherings.
Rotalia Beccarit exhibits modifications of somewhat different

occasional communieation with the sea.

The importance of these facts consists chiefly in the light
they seem to cast upon the relation between some of the ma-
rine and freshwater groups of Protozoa. The physical and

(of course excluding the Polycystina), is a question upon which
we are not yet prepared to enter,

Brackish-water Fi oraminifera. 279

Some genera of Rhizopoda are regarded as caleareous or
arenaceous, and proper to the sea (Foraminifera), others as
chitinous or arenaceous, and pertaining chiefly to fresh water
(Gromia and Diffugia); the evidence afforded by specimens
obtained under intermediate (brackish) conditions indicates
the problem, whether gradual modification of external circum-
stances, with a large allowance of time, may not be held to
account for many characters supposed to be of generic or even
ordinal importance.

The converse is also tru

from several additional brackish localities have been collated,
in order to render the synopsis as comprehensive as circum-
stances admit.

Of Group L, pertaining to river-estuaries of England and
Scotland, the following columns are omitted :—p, Warn Burn;
1, River Ouse at Goole ; J, River Humber; K, River Deben;
L, River Stour; m, River Thames; and N, Fowey Harbour.
Of Groups II. & II., referring to the English Fen-district and
Holland, the following are wanting :—P, Whittlesea Dyke ;
X, Ormesby Broad; z, Lake Lothing; cc, River Ouse, Nor-
folk; re, River Maas. It is to be regretted that the Whittle-
sea-Dyke gathering has been mislaid, as it contained a pre-

onderance of Foraminifera. The material from Ormesby
road contained a considerable number of Diflugiæ, but no
other Rhizopoda.

In the Table of Foraminifera the letters heading the columns
correspond with those used for the same localities in that de-
voted to the Ostracoda, and the additional columns are referred
to by numbers (1 to 15). A few brief memoranda concerning
the localities not previously described are necessary to com-
plete our lapogiapkical notes.

„1. River Tay, near Errol —A gathering taken south of
Errol, between the river and the gamekeeper’s house, in soft
muddy gullies and lagoons. The shore for a considerable

280 Mr. Henry B. Brady on

distance at this place is made up of reedy ground traversed by
channels interspersed with pools covered by the tide at high
water.
2. Frith of Forth.—This material was dredged in three to
four fathoms, twenty yards or so from the pier at Bo’ness. It
was a soft slimy mud, the water being brackish, but not
strikingly so. That the Rhizopodal fauna presents a closer
approximation to that of the laminarian zone than most of the
localities investigated, is readily explained by the wide com-
munication with the open sea.

3. Seaton Sluice.—A. sort of harbour at the débouchement of
the Seaton Burn, about six miles north of the Tyne. The

... * For a detailed account of the zoology of this interesting locality, see
Trans, Tyneside Nat. Field-Club, vol. vi. p. 95.

x
es
PEUT

dle loc s n

Brackish-water Foraminifera. 281

presenting a correspondingly meagre fauna), a few Ostracoda
were noticed of the following species :—

Cythere porcellanea, Brady. Paradoxostoma Fischeri, G, O. Sars.
—— castanea, G. O. Sars. ——- hibernieum ?, Brady.

9. Estuary of the Ribble—We are indebted to Mr. E. C.
Davison for a sounding from this locality. It consisted of

ne sand; and though the quantity was very small, it con-
tained microzoa of considerable interest. The only specimen
of Uvigerina irregularis that has been found on the west coast
occurred in it.

10 & ll. Loch-in-Daal and Loch Grunard. The former
locality is the large bay facing southwards, the latter the
smaller inlet opening northwards in the island of Islay. In
both of these a large marshy tract extends inland, portions of
Which are only covered at ihe highest tides; and we are in-
debted to Mr. R. Y. Green for parcels of mud obtained from the
grassy pools above the ordinary high-water marks. oug
differmg considerably, both gatherings are eminently brackish;
that from Loch Grunard contained the only specimen of

rochammina squamata we have yet met with under such
conditions—indeed, with the exception of rare examples from
deeper water among the Hebrides, the only one hitherto found
on the British coast. ;

12. Portree Harbour, Isle of Skye-—Sandy mud obtained
near the point where a small stream empties itself into the sea,
a little above high-water mark. For this material we are in-

14. Westport, Ireland.—From a brackish pond subject to
the tide, but never left dry; depth, two to three fathoms;
bottom, sandy gravel; the water in some degree brackish,

early marine conditions than most of those included in the
Table, and is remarkable from containing specimens of Ver-

282 Mr. Henry B. Brady on
neuilina spinulosa—its first recorded occurrence on the British

a separate division a summary of the results of
Messrs. Parker and Jones’s researches on the Foraminifera of
the clay underlying the peat in the Fen district is given, in
order to facilitate the comparison of the prehistoric fauna of
this interesting area with that at present existing. It is com-
from four columns in their “ Table of the North-Atlantic
and Arctic Foraminifera, with their Distribution in other
Seas" (Phil. Trans. vol. clv. p. 422, table vii.), headed re-
spectively as follows :—

bou ae pags clay).

* 8. Subrecent es Bos a Lincolnsh

* 4, Subrecent (clay). Wisbeach, Foie. (Valley of
the Nen ne). 2?

Setting aside the last column, which need not affect general
Vues etim the groups into which the Table is divided have
a purely geographical basis. Reference to physical conditions,
jem as depth, proportionate admixture of fresh water, p:
to the open sea, and the nature of the bottom, would giv
a s Pure different classification, and one bearing more
closely upon zoological relations.

So divided, a first series would embrace those localities in
which, either « owing to wide and easy communication with the
ocean or a relatively small influx of fresh water, the Rhizo od
fauna approximates in some degree to that of the littoral and
laminarian zones. Seven of the columns might be comprised
under this head, viz.:—s, Montrose Basin; c, Budle
E, River s: Pe ' River Wansbeck ; H, River Blyth; 2, F rith
of Forth; 14, Westport, Ireland. Columns 9, ' River
Ribble, in Dd River Scheldt probably belong to the same
series; but a deficiency of material for examination leaves
some ie uncertainty with respect to them. The presence of Quin-
queloculina fusca, Trochammina inflata, and Rotalia Beccartt,
and the abundance of Polystomella striatopunctata and Nonio-

nina depressula, may be accepted as the most eee
indication of the constant admixture of fresh water; and thre
of these seven localities, notwithstanding their marine affin ^
ties, answer in every particular to this test. In four of them
Quinqueloculina fusca gives place to stronger marine gael ;
and in one, Trochammina inflata is replaced by Lituola cana-
riensis. On the other hand, the series presents a large number

Brackish-water Foraminifera. 283

of additional species, which may be regarded as “ semi-
brackish” —in other words, such as will tolerate in a limited
degree brackish conditions, whilst normally marine in their
habit. The most conspicuous of these belong to the genera
Lagena (of which almost every British variety occurs), Buli-
mina, Bolivina, Discorbina, Truncatulina, and Patellina.
Reference to the Table will extend the category, and show the
particular forms which occur.

. A third series would embrace the Fen localities, which,
zoologically as well as geographically, stand by themselves,
the fauna consisting, as already stated, of the species which
have survived the gradual change in the surface-contour of
that district. .
Testaceous Rhizopoda of the lower types are often so perish-
able in their nature that the investments of many are destroyed
or their characters obliterated by the mere process of washing
anc ing the muddy material in which they live. As most of
the examinations were necessarily made on material so treated,
there is little to offer with respect to the organisms stand-
ing immediately lower in the scale; but as their relation to
the Foraminifera is very intimate, a mere enumeration of those
which have been noticed and the localities in which they were
taken will tend to general completeness. This unfortunately
cannot be extended beyond the Difflugie. Dr. Wallich's ex-
cellent plate (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3. vol. xiii. pl. 16,
arch 1864) will be a convenient ery E agp EC
The typical Diflugia pyriformis of Carter (Ann. vol. xiii.
pl. 1. "EN Jan. Cr fe Waihi. loc. cit. figs. 9, 10) is by far
the commonest form. It was found in the Coquet, the Wans-

284 - My. Henry B. Brady on

beck, the Tay, the dykes on the site of Whittlesea Mere, the
river Cam at Ely, in Barton Broad, Ormesby Broad, Somerton
Broad, Horsey Mere, and Hickling Broad. In Ormesb
Broad it was the only Rhizopod discovered, no Foraminifera
being present in the gathering.

Diflugia mitriformis, the long form (loc. cit. fig. 12) was
found in the Coquet, the single-horned variety (fig. 7) in the
same gathering and in the river Cam at Ely, and the two-
horned variety (fig. 8) in the latter locality only.

Diflugia arcella (figs. 34-38) occurred in the river Blyth
and in Whittlesea Dykes.

Diflugia globularis (fig. 21), somewhat doubtful wee
in pue Dykes and in the river Cam at Ely

wo specimens of another i apparently
det allied to Diffugia, were found in Whittlesea Mere.
Our friend Mr, H. J. Carter, F.R.S., who e kindly examined
the mountings pertaining to this division of the subject, fails
to recognize it as a known species. The test is globular, with
a narrow, much curved sed as long as the diameter of the
body, rising abruptly from the periphery. In texture it ap-
pears to be completely mineralized (calcareous ?) ; the surface
is white, and scarcely rougher than is often seen in Foramini-
fera of some of the normally hyaline genera, In general form
it is not altogether unlike Dr. Wallich’s figures of Diflugia
spiralis (loc. cit. figs. 24, 24 a, 25); but the neck is narrower
and longer, and the test, if composite, is built on a different
plan, and with much more finely divided materials.

The following is a detailed synopsis of the Foraminifera :—

Cornuspira foliacea, Philippi, sp.
ise — Philippi (1844), Enum. Moll. Sicil. vol. ii. p. 147, pl. 24.

Mor rare. The only satisfactory specimens are from two
Northumbrian localities, Budle Day and the Blyth estuary.
A single imperfect shell, obtained from the Montrose Basin,
much resembles this species, but may have belonged to an
annelid.

Biloculina ringens, Lamarck, sp.
Miliolites ringens, Lamarck (1804), Ann. Mus. vol. v. p. 351, vol, ix.

pl. 17. fig. 1.

- The “ Biloeuline" Miliole, so common in really marine
situations at any part of our coast, are comparatively scarce
where any admixture of-fresh water occurs. The sub
ringens has been found only in the Montrose Basin, udak, as
has been pointed out, is one of the least-brackish areas ad-
mitted into our Table.

Brackish-water Foraminifera. 285

Biloculina elongata, D'Orbigny.
poe elongata, D'Orbigny (1826), Ann. Sci. Nat. vol. vii. p. 298.
no. 4,

Estuaries of the Wansbeck and Blyth, and in the river Bure
at Yarmouth; in all cases rare.

Biloculina depressa, D'Orbigny.
Biloculina depressa, D'Orbiguy (1826), Ann. Sci. Nat. vol. vii. p. 298. no. 1,
Modèle no. 91.
The compressed, carinate, feebler form of Biloculina occurs
sparingly in four out of our five Northumbrian gatherings ;
elsewhere it has not been met with.

Sptroloculina limbata, D'Orbigny.

Spiroloculina limbata, D'Orbigny (1826), Ann. Sci. Nat. vol. vii. p 299,
no. 9; Soldani, Testaceographia, vol. iii. p. 229, pl. 154. fig. Ah, and
pl. 155. fig. ij.

Budle Bay and Blyth; rare.

Triloculina trigonula, Lamarck, sp.
Miliolites trigonula, Lamarck (1804), Ann. Mus. vol. v. p. 351. no. 3;

(1822) Anim. s. Vert. vol. vii. p. 612. no. 3.

The “ Triloeuline " Miliole found in brackish water belong
almost exclusively to the elongate emaciated variety (T. ob-
longa) ; nevertheless one or two well-grown specimens of the
a have been met with in Breydon Water, as well as the
weaker form. et

Triloculina oblonga, Montagu, sp.
Vermiculum oblongum, Montagu (1803), Test. Brit. p. 522, pl. 14, fig. 9.

There is no real boundary-line between Triloculina and
Quinqueloculina; and many specimens assigned to T. oblonga
might with almost equal reason be placed in the latter genus.

Moderately common in Montrose Basin, the Wansbeck
estuary, and Breyden Water; rare in Budle Bay, the Aln, the
Bure, and at Westport.

Quinqueloculina seminulum, Linné, sp.
Serpula seminulum, Linné (1767), Syst. Nat. 12th ed. p. 1264. no. 791.

éty, , sca; but
abundance of specimens the latter greatly preponderates. The

286 Mr. Henry B. Brady on

examples of Q. seminulum from subsaline sources are generally
small and thin-shelled ; and they show a tendency to run into
outspread varieties, such as Q. subrotunda.

Quinqueloculina subrotunda, Montagu, sp.
Vermiculum subrotundum, Montagu (1803), Testacea Britannica, p. 521.

Especially common in the Northumbrian gatherings; occurs -

also in the dykes on the site of Whittlesea Mere and in the
river Bure at Yarmouth, but not observed in the “broads” or
elsewhere in the fen-waters.

Quinqueloculina Candeiana, D'Orb. PI. XI. figs. 1a, b.
Quingueloculina Candeiana, D'Orb. (1840), Foram. Cuba, p. 170, pl. 12.
figs. 24-90.

A beautiful Miliola which was found in the river Cam at

inner chambers are acute. ur friend Prof. Rupert Jones
recognizes our figures from their resemblance to a fossil speci-
men found by him some years ago, and referred provisionally
to this species.

Too little importance can hardly be attached to the minute
morphological variations of the Miliolæ, as specimens pertain-
ing to the group are to be found presenting every possible
modification of contour and relation of parts consistent with a
certain general plan of growth. The peculiarities of the pre-
sent specimen, though noteworthy, are quite within what may
be regarded as the specific limits of Quinqueloculina semi-
nulum.

Quinqueloculina fusca, n. sp. Pl. XL. figs. 2 a—c.
Quinqueloculina agglutinans, H. B. Brady (1865), Nat. Hist. Trans.

Northumb. and Durham, vol. i. pp. 87, 95.

A very variable Milioline Foraminifer, generally Quinque-
loculine in the arrangement of its chambers, but often

Test composite, only slightly calcareous, usually formed of
sand-grains imperfeetly cemented upon or imbedded in a

Brackish-water Foraminifera. 287

chitinous, almost membranous basis. Colour variable,
usually brown. Aperture large and conspicuous, equal in
size to the transverse section of the terminal chamber, with
which it corresponds in form. Length +4 inch.

In the “ Catalogue of the Recent Foraminifera of Northum-
berland and am ” (loc. cit.) some specimens of this spe-
cies, found at Hylton Dene, were described as ^a feeble
variety of Quinqueloculina, in which the normal, white, porcel-
laneous shell is replaced by a composite test composed of arena-
ceous particles imbedded in a chitinous matrix, with but little
calcareous matter ;” and they are there referred to Q. agglu-
tinans, D’Orb. Subsequent examination of specimens, obtaine

m many different localities, of the species originally de-
scribed by D’Orbigny under that name have led to the con-
viction that the variety so common in brackish water is quite
distinct from it.

8
acids completely disintegrate, even when they do not entirely
dissolve, the shell

light under a power of 200 diameters; b is another portion,
decalcified by means of strong acid, and mounted in the same
way. These drawings have been made to show to how small

288 Mr. Henry B. Brady on

an extent calcareous or earthy constituents are concerned in
its formation.

uinqueloculina fusca is by far the commonest of the
brackish Miliole; and reference to the Table will show how
exclusively it affects brackish localities. In the columns de-
voted to the areas least affected by the influx of fresh water
(such as Montrose Basin, Budle Bay, the estuaries of the
Blyth, Forth, and Ribble) it is comparatively absent. In
those representing the Fen district it 1s also wanting, except
in Hickling Broad and the river Bure. But in the estuarian
pools of Northumherland and Durham generally it is quite
common, and in the brackish shallows of the lochs on the west
of Scotland it is invariably to be found. In the Westport
gathering (Clew Bay) it is abundant.

Quinqueloculina secans, D'Orbigny.
Quinqueloculina secans, D'Orb.(1826), Ann. Sci. Nat. vol. vii. p. 308. no. 43,
Modèle no. 96.
Rare in brackish water; found with other marine species
at Budle Bay, in the Wansbeck, and in the Blyth: one or two
specimens also from Hartlepool Slake.

Quinqueloculina bicornis, Walker & Jacob, sp.
Serpula bicornis, Walker & Jacob (fide Kanmacher) (1798), Adams's
Essays on the Microscope, 2nd ed. p. 633, pl. 14. fig. 2. .
_ Observed only in Budle Bay. It is a common marine spe-
cies on the Northumberland coast.

Trochammina squamata, Parker & Jones. PI. XI. fig. 4.
Trochammina squamata, Parker & Jones (1861), Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.

vol. xvi. p. 304. no. 88.

The typical Trochammina squamata is almost unknown as
a recent British species, one or two specimens from Mr. Jef-
freys's Hebrides dredgings in 1866* being the only previous
instance of its occurrence in our seas. The shell figured at
Pl. XI. fig. 4 was also found in a Hebrides locality (Loch
Grunard, Islay), but in brackish water and associated with

* See “Notes on the Rhizopodal Fauna of the Hebrides,” Brit. Assoc.
Report, 1866, (Transactions) p. 69.

Brackish-water Foraminifera. 289

Lrochammina inflata, Montagu, sp.
Nautilus inflatus, Montagu (1808), Suppl. Testacea Britannica, p. 81,
pl. 18. fig. 3.
Rotalina inflata, Williamson (1858), Rec. For. Gt. Brit. p. 50, pl. 4. figs.
93, 94.

This species has been carefully studied by Messrs. Parker
and Jones from specimens washed out of the clay which un-
derlies the peat in the Fen district near Peterborough. The
organic remains contained in this deposit can scarcely be re-

fen area and the open sea, and the fen-waters have become in
consequence less saline, the present species, amongst others,
as grown correspondingly less common, and its distribution

limited to a few localities most favourable to its habit.

Trochammina inflata is alike variable in its external con-
tour and appearance and its choice of a habitat. The speci-
mens originally described by Col. Montagu were from the

evonshire coast, Prof. Williamson’s from Mr. Barlee’s and
Mr. Jeffreys’s dredgings at various points around the British
Isles ; but whilst the species is extremely rare in these dredged
sands, it is one of those most commonly met with in the mu
of shallow lagoons. > dd cs

The deep-water (marine) specimens in our possession differ
somewhat from the brackish type; they are smaller, thicker
In proportion, have fewer chambers in each whorl, and show
deep constrictions at the septa, especially in the under surface.
o riei with these characters were obtained from depths of

y fathoms and upwards at two or three points. on the west
coast of Scotland, We have no record of its occurrence in
the coralline or the laminarian zone, though it can scarcely be
tak to cease entirely in intermediate depths.

rofessor Williamson’s es (loc.

h
posite direction to the deep-water form just alluded to, and
presenting about equal morphological affinity to Trochammina
inflata and Lituola canariensis. A recent examination of a
very large number of Lituoline Foraminifera from various lo-
calities and depths of water on the western shores of Scotland
afforded the clearest evidence that no truly specific, still less
generie, distinction could be drawn between Valvulina (V. co-
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. vi. 19

290 Mr. Henry B. E on

inflata), and Lit uola eee The series of arena-
ous Foraminifera so gon together runs through the
whole of the * species" named above in pisos and is

rangement of the group, it has been thought best to give a sort
of varietal distinction to the complanate specimens above
mentioned ; and a separate X is acd to them, under the
name Z7. macrescens, in the

Little need be added to the pastitulans contained in the
Table respecting the distribution of 7r. inflata. It has been
found in about one half of the localities searched; but, in the
open Fen area, living specimens have only been noted at a
ew poin

Trochammina inflata, var. macrescens, Pl. XI. figs. 5 a-c.

Characters.—Test nautiloid, complanate. Chambers nume-
rous, thin, concave. Septal plane narrow. Texture mem-

* Seien tm specimens belonging to the genus Znvolutina, another sub-
arenaceous type euis ——— iae a mina, but limited in its
distribution n, so , to rocks of the Debita

and Liassic sari ex ih is gs e character unusual to the Spr
^ pesas primary shell-wall. See Geol. Mag. November 1864, pl. 9

+ Whilst on the subject of the present arrangement of the ae
Foraminifera, I may hazard the view that Lituola canariensis is in far close
e T with t e Trochammina series than with either Lituola nau-
ili rus, ere is considerable distinction, again, be
these two latter * species." Lamarck’s typical form (L. nautiloidea), the
= hs

Brackish-water Foraminifera. 291

branous, subarenaceous, scarcely caleareous. Colour brown.

ng diameter =}; inch.

That the thin outspread nautiloid Trochammine which
abound in some localities are the result of depauperating exter-
nal influences, possibly extended through very many genera-
tions, is most probable, the only alternative supposition being
that they are passage forms between the chitinous and arena- .
ceous groups of Rhizopoda. Accepting the former view, the
difficulty remains whether the complanate specimens approxi-
mate most nearly to Lituola canariensis or Trochammina in-
Jata, if, indeed, these two are not the same species. The pre-
ference for associating them with Tv. inflata is founded rather
on the extreme tenuity of the test, its membranous nature, and
its agreement in chemical relations, than on morphological pe-
culiarities. Supposing the connexion with Tr. inflata to be
such as has been indicated, there is a manifest convenience in
distinguishing the variety by name in the same way as the
starved conditions of other genera are recognized. The che-
mical characters of the test have been before described. The
concavity of the individual chambers is due in great degree to
the falling-in of the walls from the contraction of the sarcode
in drying; but in some specimens with thin square edge, and
having a general contour not unlike limbate Operculine, ap-
pearances are against the supposition that the segments ever
were convex.

Lituola scorpiurus, Montfort, sp.

Reophax scorpiurus, Montfort (1808), Conchyl Syst. vol i. p. 330,
83e genre. j
A single specimen only, and that of the stunted form with

obscure septation which alone appears on the east coast. It

was found in the scarcely brackish material from the Forth.

Lituola canariensis, D'Orbigny, sp.
Nonionina canariensis, D'Orbigny (1839), Nat. Hist. Canaries, p. 128, pl. 2.
figs. 33, 34.
Not uncommon in the more marine localities ; In the areas
most influenced by the influx of fresh water it often gives
place to Trochammina macrescens.

Lagena sulcata, Walker & Jacob.

Serpula (Lagena) sulcata, Walker & Jacob (fide Kanmacher) (1794),
Adams's Essays on the Microscope, 2nd ed. p. 634, pl. 14. fig. 5.
This, the typical form of Lagena, is also the commonest in

brackish water. Its absence is Me ei in the estua-

rian pools of the Tay, Tyne, Wear, Tees, — and. in

292 Mr. Henry B. Brady on

the five western Scottish localities contained in our Table, but
through the remainder of the list it is pretty evenly distributed.

Lagena Lyellii, Seguenza, sp. Pl. XI. fig. 7.
ae Lyellii, Seguenza (1862), Foram. Monotal. Mioc. Messin. p. 52,
xe enii id, Ibid. p: 58, pl. 1: ig. 41.

It may be fairly questioned whether it is worth while to
separate Lagena Lyellit from its direct type L. sulcata. Re-
garding it as the distomatous variety of the latter species, its
distinctive characters are of the same value as those of L. di-

ut two brackish-water examples have occurred in these
examinations—one fromthe Frith of Forth (Bo'ness), the other
from the Montrose Basin.

Lagena levis, Montagu, sp.
Vermiculum leve, Montagu (1803), Testacea Britannica, p. 524.

Distribution almost exactly corresponds with that of L. sul-
cata, but it is not quite so common.
Lagena gracillima, Seguenza, sp. Pl. XI. figs. 6 a-c. `
Amphorina gracillima, Seguenza (1862), Foram. Monotal. Mioc. Messin.
p. 51, pl. 1. fig. 35.
Lagena gracillima has scarcely been recognized hitherto as
a British recent species, and it is best known as a Tertiary

. * British Association Reports, 1866, (Transactions) p. 70.

Brackishewater Foraminifera. 293

fossil. It is described and figured in the ‘ Monograph of the
Crag F inifera,’ p. 45, pl. 1. figs. 36, 37, where a suc-
cinct account of its peculiarities and distribution may be
fo tis, morphologically speaking, the distomatous va-
riety of Lagena levis.

Lagena gracillima is frequently met with in Northumbrian
estuaries. In the Fen district it has only been noticed at one
point, Breydon Water. It also occurs in two localities far
apart, but similar in tidal relations, viz. Montrose Basin and

Westport, Ireland,

Lagena globosa, Montagu, sp. .

Vermiculum globosum, Montagu (1803), Testacea Britannica, p. 523.

Not uncommon in river-estuaries where there is sufficient
admixture of sea-water; sparingly found in most of the Fen
gatherings.

Lagena striata, D'Orbigny, sp.

icu ines, D'Orbigny (1859), Foram. Amér. Mérid. p. 21, pl. 5.

g. 12.

In the Northumbrian estuaries and Montrose Basin ; one or
two specimens also from the mouth of the Ribble.

Lagena semistriata, Williamson.
Lagena striata, var. B. semistriata, Williamson (1848), Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. ser. 2. vol. i. p. 14, pl. 1. figs. 9, 10.

Less frequent than Z. striata in estuaries, but found in
some Fen localities, where the latter species has not been ob-
served at all, viz. dykes on the site of Whittlesea Mere,
Somerton Broad, and Breydon Water.

Lagena distoma, Parker & Jones.

Lagena sulcata, var. distoma, Parker & Jones (1864), Phil. Trans. vol. cly.
p 356, pl. 13. fig. 20, i
Somewhat common in the Northumbrian estuaries and in

the Montrose Basin. i
This is one of the species that seems to have died out of the

fen-waters as the proportion of saline constituents has dimi-

nished; for it is of frequent occurrence, amongst other scarcely

fossilized Foraminifera, in the clay underlying the peat as far
inland as Peterboro’ (Parker).

Lagena marginata, Walker & Jacob, sp.
—— (Lagena) marginata, Walker & Jacob (1784), Test. Min. p. 3, pl. 1.
g. 7.

Found in exactly the same gatherings as L. distoma, Con-

294 Mr. Henry B. Brady on

quadrata (Rec. For. Gt. Br. p. 11, pl. 1. figs. 27, 28), was

observed amongst the Wansbeck and Budle-Bay microzoa.
Another subvarietal form, Entosolent ginata, var. lucida,

Williamson (Rec. For. Gt. Br. p. 11, pl. 1. figs. 22, 23), was

These two modifications, dependent for their distinction on
very trifling morphological peculiarities, are not of sufficient
importance to need record in the Table of distribution.

Lagena ornata, Williamson, sp.
Entosolenia marginata, var. ornata, Williamson (1858), Rec. For. Gt. Br.

p. 11, pl. 1. fig. 24.

A few specimens from Montrose Basin and a still smaller
number from Budle Bay are all that have come under our
notice. This is altogether a rare form on the British coast,
though its distribution is not particularly restricted in a geo-
graphical sense, and it has been repeatedly noticed as a Ter-
tiary fossil.

Lagena pulchella, Brady. Pl. XII. figs. 1 a, b.
mer pulchella, H. B. Brady (1866), Brit. Assoc. Reports, (Transactions)
p. 70.

In a short notice of the Rhizopodal fauna of the Hebrides
ine oo this species was described as follows, but was not
ed :— i
“Characters as L, marginata, W. & J., to which it is
closely allied, but differing in having a number of delicate
parallel costæ springing from the base and extending into the
upper half of the shell, in some specimens nearly to the
aperture.”
A single example of this curious carinate Lagena, differing
from the Hebrides specimens only in its larger size and corre-
spondingly exaggerated surface-peculiarities, was found in the
mud of the Scheldt near Antwerp. The Scottish specimens
resemble L. marginata in their general form much more closely
than this, and the coste are more delicate and regular; but
these are minor characters of deviation, not requiring sepa-
rate recognition.
e have no instance of the occurrence of L. pulchella in
brackish water, except the one specimen above alluded to,
though it has been found in a part of the Frith of Forth (in-

Brackish-water Foraminifera. 295

side Granton Harbour) that just escapes the range of the pre-
sent paper. A considerable number of specimens were found
in a dredging from Fintry Bay, Cumbrae, in 10 to 12 fathoms.

Lagena squamosa, Montagu, sp.
Vermiculum squamosum, Montagu (1803), Testacea Britannica, p. 526,
pl 14. fig. 2.
Rare in Montrose Basin and the north-eastern estuaries ;
still rarer in the Fen gatherings; entirely absent from the
brackish areas examined on the west of Scotland.

Lagena melo, D’Orbigny, sp.
Oolina melo, D’Orbigny (1847), Foram. Amér. Mérid. p. 20, pl. 5. fig. 9.
rare; single specimens from Montrose Basin and the
estuaries of the Alne and Blyth. Again one specimen alone
amongst the Fen microzoa (Breydon Water).

Glandulina levigata, D’Orbigny.
Nodosaria (Glandulina) levigata, D'Orbigny (1826), Ann. Sci. Nat. vol.
vii. No. 1, pl. 10. figs. 1-3.

A solitary example from the Scheldt near Antwerp is the
only occurrence of Glandulina levigata in brackish water we
have note of.

It is altogether rare as a recent species. Mr. Waller found
three or four specimens in deep water off Shetland; and
Messrs. Parker and Jones obtained it off the coast of Norway.
It is difficult to account for its presence in the Scheldt. The
other microzoa (except Lagena pulchella) were of the ordinary
brackish type, so far as could be judged from the limited
number at our command.

Nodosaria scalaris, Batsch, sp.
ice (Orthoceras) scalaris, Batsch (1791), Conchyl. Seesandes, pl. 2.
- 4 a, b.

Montrose Basin, Frith of Forth, Budle Bay, estuary of the
Blyth, amongst the most nearly marine of the localities named
in the Table; in every case very rare and the specimens small.

Dentalina communis, D'Orbigny.
Nodosaria (Dentalina) communis, D'Orbigny (1826), Ann. Sei. Nat. vol. vii.
p. 254. no. 35.

This species, common everywhere on our coast in really
marine localities, does not flourish where the water contains
less than its normal proportion of saline ingredients. A few
sat small examples from Montrose Basin, the Frith of Forth,
and the estuary of the Aln constitute our collection from

. 296 . Mr. Henry B. Brady on

brackish habitats. It has not been found living in the fen-
waters nor in the localities examined in the west of. Scotland.

Dentalina guttifera, D’Orbigny. Pl. XII. fig. 2.
Dentalina guttifera, D'Orbigny (1846), For. Foss. Vienne, p. 49, pl. 2.
11-13.

Amongst the numerous Dentaline with subglobular fusi-
form chambers that have received specific names at the hands
of one author or other, D. guttifera, as figured in the * Vienna
Basin’ monograph, may be accepted as the best representative.
D'Orbigny assigns to it the following specific characters :—
“ Test elongate, smooth. Chambers seven in number, pyri-
orm, inflated, separated by constrictions so deep that the
shell appears like a string of beads. The earliest chamber
mucronate."

the upper
portion of each tapering gradually to a capillary stoloniferous
e

Dentalina guttifera may be regarded as the curved condi-
tion of Nodosaria pyrula. Although occasional specimens
have been met with at other portions of the British coast,
no notice of its occurrence has been published heretofore. In
the brackish gatherings it has only been noted in two locali-
ties— Bo'ness (Frith of Forth) and the Blyth estuary.

Marginulina glabra, D'Orbigny. Pl. XII. figs. 3 a, b.
Marginulina glabra, D'Orbigny (1826), Ann. Sci. Nat. vol. vii. p. 259. no. 6,

Modéle no. 55.

One or two specimens from Montrose Basin only. Chance
specimens they might be called; for the species is of rare oc-
currence on the British coast, even under more favourable con-
ditions. We have examples from deep water off the west of
Seotland, but elsewhere on our shores have never met with it.

Cristellaria rotulata, Lamarck, sp.
— rotulata, Lamarck (1804), Annales du Muséum, vol. v. p. 188.
no. 3.

Not at home in brackish water, one very small example in
the Blyth gathering being the only instance of its occurrence.

Brackish-water Foraminifera. 297

Cristellaria crepidula, Fichtel & Moll, sp.
Nautilus crepidula, Fichtel & Moll (1803), Testacea Microscopica, p. 107,
pl. 19. figs. g, i. ,
Very rare; represented only by isolated specimens from the
Wansbeck and Blyth respectively.

Polymorphina lactea, Walker & Jacob, sp.

Serpula lactea, Walker & Jacob (Jide Kanmacher) (1798) Adams's
Essays, 2nd ed. p. 634, pl. 24. fig. 4.

_ Each of these three species has been collected in two loca-
lities ; but the occurrence of solitary specimens at a few points
widely separated yields only the general indication of rarity.

Polymorphina communis, D'Orbigny.
Polymorphina (Guttulina) communis, D'Orbigny (1826), Ann. Sci. Nat.

vol. vii. p. 226. no. 15, pl. 12. figs. 1-4, Modéle no. 62.

Very rare.

Polymorphina oblonga, Williamson.
Polymorphina lactea, var. oblonga, Williamson (1858), Rec. For. Gt. Br.

P- 71, pl. 6. figs. 149, 149a. :

Very rare,

Polymorphina compressa, D’Orbigny.
Polymorphina compressa, D'Orbigny (1846), For. Foss. Vienne, p. 243,
pl. 12. figs. 32-34,
. The least-rare variety of the genus; yet even P. compressa
1s almost confined to the more marine localities of the Table.
n the Fen gatherings specimens referable to Polymorphina
are almost completely absent, and but for a solitary instance
supplied by the dykes on the site of Whittlesea Mere, Breydon
ater would stand alone as a Fen habitat ; even here the
Specimens found have been few and small.

It is worthy of note that the closely allied group Nodosarina,
which is found in one variety or other at every point on our
Coast, is, so far as appears, entirely wanting amongst the re-
cent microzoa of the fen-waters.

Uvigerina irregularis, Brady.
Uvigerina irregularis, H. B. Brady (1865), Nat. Hist. Trans. North. &
Durham, vol. i. p. 100, pl. 12. fig. 5.
The irregular Uvigerina with thin, smooth, porous shell is

298 Mr. Henry B. Brady on

extremely rare. It was obtained off Holy Island in 20 to 25
fathoms water, and has been found (fossil) in the Crag of

olk. A single specimen from the estuary of the Ribble
completes the record of its distribution.

Orbulina universa, D'Orbigny.
Orbulina universa, D'Orbigny (1839), Foram. Cuba, p. 3. no. 1, pl. 1. fig. 1.
A variable species in external characters. Specimens from
a greater depth than 50 fathoms are white or greyish yellow,
often hyaline, and usually entirely calcareous. Sometimes,
though rarely, they are rough externally, and bear a super-
ficial resemblance to the finely arenaceous es. Those

spherical tests have been found which almost certainly repre-
sent the same type modified still further by the deteriorating
influence of shallow water and the deficiency of earthy salts.

Globigerina bulloides, D’Orbigny.
Globigerina bulloides, D’Orbigny (1826), Ann. Sci. Nat. vol. vii. p. 277.

no. 1, Modéles nos. 17 and 76.

Like Orbulina universa, this is essentially a deep-water
species. When first met with in brackish river-pools three
or four miles inland, its occurrence was regarded as accidental
and an explanation was sought in accordance with this view ;
but as other localities of similar nature were investigated, spe-
cimens, few in number and smallin size, but to all appearance
living, showed themselves amongst other living microzoa in
distriets widely apart, rendering it impossible to avoid the
conclusion that Globigerina bulloides can accommodate itself
not only to very shallow water, but to very different condi-
tions, as to specific gravity and proportion of saline matter,
from those which exist in its normal habitat*.

mooted
exclusively pelagic in habit. Major Owen’s researches show clearly that
it is an important constituent in the surface-fauna of the mid-ocean; but

Brackish-water Foraminifera. 299

Specimens have been found in the rivers Wear and Blyth
and in the Montrose Basin, localities pertaining to the first
section of the Table. In the Fen area examples have been
obtained from the river Nene at Peterboro’ and from Somer-
ton Broad. At Westport, in Ireland, and in Portree Har-
bour, Skye, it appeared in large numbers, a circumstance in
some measure accounted for by the comparative proximity of
deep sea.

Textularia sagittula, Defrance.
Textularia sagittula, Defrance (1824), Dict. Sci. Nat. xxxii. p. 177, liii,

P. 944; De Blainville, Malacologie, p. 370, pl. 5. fig. 5.

Montrose Basin and Westport, Ireland ; very rare.

Foraminifera of this genus appear to possess remarkably
little power of adapting themselves to brackish water. The
typical Textularia sagittula is common on our coast, even in
very shallow situations, such as the rock-pools of the littoral
Zone; yet we have only two instances of its occurrence in
localities influenced by fresh water. Reference to the Table
will show that, excepting in three columns before described as
representing localities in which the conditions appear to be
more nearly marine than the rest, the entire genus is notably
absent. Even in these three gatherings the varieties found
were amongst the rarest of the microzoa.

Textularia variabilis, Williamson.
T. repe variabilis, Williamson (1858), Rec. For. Gt. Br. p. 76, figs. 162,
9, 168
> .

Montrose Basin and river Blyth; very rare.

his is as far as proof goes. On the other hand, it can hardly be be-
lieved that the thick-walled heavy specimens so common at the sea-bot-
tom had ower of floating when fully grown. Another argument per

DESI arl

t the greatest depths, is sufficiently
proved by the existence of Bathybius, which cannot be regarded in any
other light than an actually living organism.

ese observations are prompted y Mr. Jeffreys's note in No. 121 of
the ‘ Proceedings of the Royal Society,’ p. 443.

300 . Mr. Henry B. Brady on

Textularia globulosa, Ehrenberg. Pl. XII. figs. 4 a, 5.
Textularia globulosa, Ehrenberg (1839), Abhandl. Akad. Berlin (1838),

p. 135. no. 60, pl. 4, several figs.

One or two specimens of an uncommon variety of Textularia
having very globular segments were found in the Westport
dredgings. Similar forms, some with more numerous cham-
bers, others with fewer, have been figured by Continental
authors. "The 7. globulosa of Ehrenberg (loc. cit.) takes pre-
cedence for purposes of nomenclature, though his specimens
apparently were small and had generally but few chambers.

. Cornuel (Mém. Soc. Géol. France, 2* sér. vol. iii. p. 258,
pl. 4. fig. 25) figures a very long attenuated Textularia with

rfectly spherical chambers under the name of 7. elongata.

he T. globulifera of Reuss (Sitzungsb. k. Akad. Wissensch.
vol. xl. p. 232, pl. 13. figs. 7, 8) is almost the counterpart of
our own figures. The whole of these may very properly be
included under one varietal name.

The Westport gathering was peculiar in interesting exam-
ples; it yielded TYextularia "E its allies. In addition to
those named in the Table, one specimen was found with cha-
racters somewhat different from any thing we have met with
hitherto. The test was thin and complanate, the periphery
not constricted at the sutures, the face presenting numerous
very oblique chambers separated by broad lines of clear shell-
substance; it was unfortunately broken by the artist before
the drawing was completed, a loss the more to be regretted as
we had not been able to identify the species from published
figures. |

Textularia pygmea, D'Orbigny.
Teztularia æa, D'Orbi 1826 « Sei. . vol vii. p. 263.

ir Dee rd igny (1820), Ann. Sci. Nat. vol vii. p

Montrose Dasin; very rare.

Textularia difformis, Williamson.

Textularia variabilis, var. difformis, Williamson (1858), Rec. For. Gt. Br.
P- 77, pl. 6. figs. 166, 167.

Montrose Dasin; very rare.

Gaudryina pupoides, D'Orbigny. Pl. XII. figs. 5 a, b.

Gaudryina pupoides, D'Orbi 1840), Mém. Soc. Géol. France, p. 44.
pl. 4. figs. 22-24, alicia oe

British coast; nor is it, under any circumstances, of common
occurrence, either in a recent or fossil condition. The brackish

S REN
zd ed zin

Brackish-water Foraminifera. 301

specimens have -nearly the same contour as D’Orbigny’s
Œ. pupoides, the triserial chambers being obscure and consti-
tuting but a small proportion of the test; but the textüre is as
rough as that represented by the same author in his G. rugosa,
which, however, can scarcely be regarded as a specifically di-
stinct form.

Verneuilina spinulosa, Reuss. Pl. XII. figs. 6 a-c.

Verneuilina spinulosa, Reuss (1849), Denkschr. mathem.-natur. Cl. k.
Akad. Wissensch. vol. i. p. 374, pl. 47. fig. 12.

Verneuilina polystropha, Reuss, sp.
Ere polystropha, Reuss (1846), Bohm. Kreid. vol. ii. p. 109, pl. 24.
. 53.

Estuary of the Exe and Loch-in-Daal, Islay ; rare.

Bulimina pupoides, D’Orbigny.
Bulimina pupoides, D'Orbigny (1846), For. Foss. Vienne, p. 185, pl. 11.

figs. 11,12.

Very rare; only noted at Westport; and the specimens there
found were scarcely distinguishable from large stout examples
of B. ovata.

Bulimina marginata, D'Orbigny.
Bulimina marginata, D'Orbigny (1826), Ann. Sci. Nat. vol. vii. p. 269,

pl. 12; figs. 10-12.

two or three northern habitats; very rare. Hardly to
be considered a brackish species. ;

302 Mr. Henry B. Brady on

Bulimina ovata, D'Orbigny.
acer ovata, D'Orbigny (1846), For. Foss. Vienne, p. 185, pl. 11. figs.
13, 1

The commonest of the Bulimine, indeed the only variety
that accepts the brackish conditions without much deteriora-
tion. Its occurrence is confined to the northern localities,

which, as before stated, present a fauna resembling that of
the littoral and laminarian zones.

Bulimina elegantissima, D’Orbigny
Bulimina elegantissima, D'Orbigny (1839), Voyage Aside Mérid. p. 51,
. pl 12. figs. 13, 14.
From the Montrose Basin and Frith of Forth ; very rare.

Virgulina Schreibersii, Czjzek.
Virgulina hreibersii *, Ko (1848), Haidinger's Natur. Abhandl.
Li p. lar, pl. 13. figs. 18-2
Montrose Basin; very rare.

Bolivina punctata, D'Orbigny.
Bolivina punctata, D'Orbigny (1839), Voyage l'Amér. Mérid. p. 63, pl. 8.
dus IET gny ), Voyag p. 65,

Frequent in the northern estuaries, where the admixture of
fresh water is not excessive. Absent from the Durham
gatherings and those from the west of Scotland. Has not
been found living at any point in the Fen district.

Bolivina plicata, D'Orbigny. Pl. XII. figs. 7 a, b.
eren plicata, D'Orbigny (1839), Voyage l'Amér. Mérid. p. 62, pl. 8.

Distribution similar to that of the foregoing species (B. punc-
tata), but rarer; confined to the Montrose Basin, the Frith of
Forth, Budle Bay y, and the river Bl

D'Órbi igny, in his ‘South America’ ' monograph, describes
three varieties of biserial Bulimine, viz. Boli ivina punctata,
B. plicata, and B. costata. None of these are given in Pro-
fessor Williamson’s work as British species; but the first has
been collected at many points of our coast, from Shetland

southwards, on both sides of the island; the second (B. pli-
Rena is now first recorded from British localities ; whilst the

Babes Siwsiórsis on the mn gus term is already in common
use, and it does not seem worth while to hange, ence aie the

Brackish-water Foraminifera. 303

third, though of extreme rarity, has been found by Mr. W. K.
arker in a shallow-water mud at Eastbourne, Sussex.
bigny's figures of B. plicata are, as usual, somewhat
diagrammatic, designed from the theoretical morphology of
the shell rather than its actual appearance.

Discorbina rosacea, D'Orbigny, sp.
Rotalia rosacea, D'Orbigny (1826), Ann. Sci. Nat. vol. vii. p. 273. no, 15,
Modéle no. 39.
Noticed only in two or three of the more nearly marine ga-
therings in the north; scarcely at home in brackish water.

Discorbina globularis, D’Orbigny, sp.
Rosalina globularis, D’Orbigny (1826), Ann. Sci. Nat. vol. vii. p. 271.
no. 1, pl. 13. figs. 1-4, Modèle no. 69,
Frequent in the northern estuaries and in Portree Harbour,
but not hitherto observed living at any point in the Fen area,

Planorbulina mediterranensis, D'Orbigny.
Planorbulina mediterranensis, D’Orbigny (1826), Ann. Sci. Nat. vol. vii.
p. 280, no. 2, pl. 14. figs. 4-6, Modéle no. 79.
Occurs generally in the Northumbrian estuaries, the Clyde,
and Montrose Basin. Found sparingly in the river Bure at
Yarmouth and in Breydon Water.

Truncatulina lobatula, Walker & Jacob, sp.
Nautilus lobatulus, Walker & Jacob (1798) (fide Kanmacher), Adams's

Essays on the Microscope, 2nd. ed. p. 642, pl. 14. fig. 36.

Found in localities pertaining to each of the three divisions
of the Table, but especially common in the Northumbrian es-
tuaries. In the Fens it has only been observed in Oulton
Broad and the river Bure at Yarmouth.

Truncatulina refulgens, Montfort, sp.
Cibicides refulgens, Montfort (1808), Conchyl. Systém. vol i. p. 122,
3le genre.
Truncatulina refulgens, is the conical variety of the last-
named species, usually inhabiting deeper water. it 1s not

Rotalia Beccarii, Linné, sp.
Nautilus Beccarii, Linné (1767), Syst. Nat. 12th ed. p. 1162. no. 276,
Professor Williamson’s figures (Rec. For. Gt. Br. pl. iv.

304 Mr. Henry B. Brady on

figs. 90-92) represent excellently the typical Rotalia Beccarii
as it ordinarily occurs both under marine and brackish, condi-
tions. In some localities much affected by the influx of fresh
water we have found a large proportion of the specimens as-
suming somewhat modified characters. The peculiarities of
these brackish individuals are not of sufficient importance or
sufficiently uniform to need even varietal separation as to name,
ut they are nevertheless of considerable morphological interest.
Their divergence from the type is chiefly with respect to the
size and general contour of the test, its texture, and the fitting
together of the chambers. Our Plate XII. figs. 8 a—c repre-
sent a fair example, though many could have been chosen
showing the peculiarities more strikingly. These shells are
usually white and opaque rather than hyaline in texture; the
spiral face is less convex than in the type, sometimes quite
at, the inferior side having a corresponding increase of con-
vexity. The septation is much obscured, often scarcely dis-
cernible on the spiral face beyond the last-formed circlet of
chambers, though more frequently, as in fig. 8 a, the division
may be traced through a second turn of the spire. The septa
are radial rather than, as in the type, very oblique. The dia-
meter seldom exceeds 4l, of an inch and is commonly less,
whilst that of the type is from 4'; to = inch. There is often an.
angular appearance about the periphery of the brackish variety
that is not easily conveyed in a drawing, but which, neverthe-
less, gives to the specimens a somewhat peculiar aspect.
Rotalia Beccarit is one of the most widely distributed of all
the brackish Rhizopoda, although the relative number of indi-
viduals is not nearly so large as those of the genera Polysto-
mella and Nonionina, The particulars noted in the Table
refer to the distribution of the typical form ; the brackish modi-
fication of the type above described occurs in the river Bure
and in the Tyne (Jarrow Slake), and is the commoner of the
two in the estuaries of the Blyth and Exe.

Tinoporus levis, Parker & Jones, sp.

Orbitolina levis, Parker & Jones (1860), Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser, 3.
vol. vi. p. 33, no. 7, :

Only a single specimen of Tinoporus levis, and that a
somewhat worn and obscure one, has been noticed in the course
of these examinations. It was found in the Bo'ness gatherin
(Frith of Forth), and is probably a dead shell accidentally
carried in by the tide from deeper sea. Under these circum-
stances it has been omitted from the catalogue, pending better
evidence of its power of living in brackish water.

Brackish-water Foraminifera. 305

Patellina corrugata, Williamson.
Pateltina corrugata, Williamson (1858), Rec. For. Gt. Br. p. 47, pl. 3.
figs. 86-88.

A considerable number of small specimens of this interest-
ing type occurred amongst the microzoa from Montrose Basin,
and a few in the Blyth estuary; elsewhere it has not been
noticed in brackish water. Hitherto Patellina corrugata has
been regarded as a deep-water species, and has been rarely
met with on the east coast.

Polystomella striatopunctata, Fichtel & Moll, sp.
Nautilus striatopunctatus, Fichtel & Moll (1803), Testacea Microscopica,
. 61, pl. 9. figs. a—e.

The commonest of all Foraminifera inhabiting brackish
water. In the Fen district its distribution is curiously irre-
gular, following that of Rotalia Beccarti very closely. In
two of the western Scottish localities it has not been observed,
possibly owing to insufficient quantity of material; but wit
these exceptions it has been invariably and abundantly pre-
sent even in the areas furthest removed from the open sea. As
before stated, specimens, apparently living, were found in one
locality where the water was absolutely fresh ; and it existed
plentifully in a pool near the river Wear, in which analysis
showed only one per cent. of saline constituents. In such cases
the shell-wall is exceedingly thin and transparent, and the
shells are often of a pale green colour, but otherwise have cha-
racters identical with those of marine origin. The entire ab-
sence of the type (P. crispa), so common almost everywhere in
marine gatherings from our shores, is worthy of note. There
is but little doubt that the present form is only the depaupe-
rated condition of the more robust typical species.

Nonionina asterizans, Fichtel & Moll, sp.

Nautilus asterizans, Fichtel & Moll (1803), Testacea Microscopica, p. 37,

pl. 3. figs. eh,

In the estuaries of the Alne, Blyth, Tees, and Scheldt; very
rare, i

The typical N. asterizans is scarcely distinguishable from

e specimens of N. depressula, except by the slight de osit
of clear shell-substance radiating from the umbilicus. Mor-
phologically it lies between N. depressula and N. stelligera,
the latter having an extreme development of the stellate sutural
limbation. Both N. asterizans and N. stelligera are very rare
m the British seas.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. vi. 20

306 On the Ostracoda and

Nonionina turgida, Williamson, sp.
Rotalina turgida, Williamson (1858), Rec. For. Gt. Br. p. 50, pl. 4. figs.
95-97.

Montrose Basin; very rare. ; cb

A single shell of the still more inflated variety Nonionina
scapha occurred in the material from the estuary of the Ribble;
but it appeared to be a dead specimen, and it has therefore
been omitted from the catalogue.

Nonionina depressula, Walker & Jacob, sp.

Nautilus depressulus, Walker & Jacob (fide Kanmacher) (1798), Adams’s
Essays, 2nd ed. p. 641, pl. 14. fig. 33.

The remarks appended to Polystomella striatopunctata re-
lative to distribution apply with almost equal force to this
species. It is almost invariably abundant in brackish pools.

Notes.

1. In the following Table an attempt is made to show the |

relative frequency of the various species of Foraminifera on
the same plan as that previously adopted with respect to the
Entomostraca,—three asterisks being placed to the commonest
forms, two to those occurring frequently but not in any consi-
derable number, and one to those of extreme rarity. In most
of the columns these marks indicate with tolerable accuracy
the relative distribution of the species; but in a few, either
from insufficiency of material or other circumstance, the record
must be taken with reservation. The columns headed 9, 11,
and 12 (River Ribble, Loch Grunard, and Portree Harbour)
are of this category; and that marked pd (Scheldt) is not
given as in any sense an exhaustive catalogue, but only as a
note of the specimens placed in our hands by Mr. E. C.
Davison.

2. Column 15, the summary of Mr. Parker's subrecent
gatherings from the Fen clay, requires the addition of the
ollowing species to make it complete. As none of them have
been found living in any of the localities treated of in the pre-
sent paper, it was thought needless to extend the Table by
their insertion :—

Lituola agglutinans, D’ Ord. * Uvigerina aculeata, D’ Orb.*
Spirillina vivipara, Ehren. * Visus enne DOR
Orb. Pulvinulina Karsteni, Reuss. **
Nodosaria raphanus, Linn.* Nonionina umbilicatula, Montag.*
aculeata, D'Orb.* | osa, D’ Orb, **

Subkingdom PROTOZOA.
Class RHIZOPODA.
: Order RETICULA RIA.

(FORAMINIFERA.)
| <-> oan | [| [| | "e ie [2 là |
| ER | adala al laii
g d |Ë i FIs 4/3 / 8] fea tl. ii|] sll |È
z e Jal Sid [sii Ile lala IF 13£| $ | | 3 E i 1131/1 F
A| el |ES| 3 E |s] 3|» |2 |3 lac] bl ¢ (38) | | "s BIBS
š 9 -EEPSIST ARE: : galas — MB | oe celu S | 83 7 2 a Alem! sim han s lS n
Genera and Species. s | Aloa eniai fies] 2 lesise] &ie5iz i3 123! 8| 8 | EE t ?£18]l2l à
ZB 66 SE SÈ] e185] s |4|] S |83| 8153 | ge) Ff] d | E 35 giz g spj
S |8| jiis Eja jé 28| 3 FEA] E les) |] Sse) ^ |o Bees) E | S |^ | E353
6 5 E E x did E ae "Er | Hie e ei la ed E | mim iloi iñis Š
4|E|o|E|x|&|m|1)2 9|4|5|6|7|&|9. | 0. | Q. | R. | 8 | T [0,7 w.| Y. | Aa.| B8. | Da.| 10.
| NES EEG uo hv TS ge eS Ga |
Suborder IMPERFORATA. |
ily MILIOLIDA.
Cornuspira, Schultze.
E een “aera Philippi —— —— | mc. "d med ips peg Beers qe EC m . mlcurlelelelsle c] ecs]36
don D Orb.
i Land ieiki ieas *
Gein, SEDE eoi sped E *
BLOOD ORG. aroni s Es No DUE FOND sv GER Ere uec] Decree ias sfe e Deir Sai. Dom aa Ea |
Triloculina, D’ Ord.
iri opem wo. RU: MELODIE E a THAN BEST Reeds arma Re roo) eue see jotas fosso f ses f son | soe foo | #
onga, Montagu ......... in] 3| s 3 PIU hate tren rae DATA oen uer e HER SI 1216.1] OL UE cba ues
4 Qinqueasitim, b T
COS ERN nulum éscseséesse] ove | 9 | M] ee HHH] e emen * |o see | tee PM Pre [vee | oes | HE] OT |.
edet ” D Orb, A Saas] us ase At MESE ds CS a FIRE es *
sub rotunda, Montagu ...... sc] * | 3x 41 EL IRE | l.l] | SH -o | lees [eee | sse | one | coe | HE | cae if see | wee
secans, PRG E E eis 4 eee * à edu foe PE pes Am (^ [IEEE

bicorni s, W. $ J. esse no e
3

Spiroloculina; D y Orb.

wrsrastocaes

Family Lrrvoripa.
rochammina, P. 4 J.
Trochammina squama- "Imam, Bah Sa
B E d, osre in
m

rescens, nov. spec. Se IS
Lituola, Lam.
scorpiurus, Montfort ee
canariensis, D’ Ord, .........

tee ... ... eae wee tee s.s ..

Lituola e,
Lam

Suborder PERFORATA.
Famil

*
*
*
3k
*
*
*
*
*
*
$
*
*

*
*

"A
"S E
m

Lagena sulcata, W. 4: J. iA On oues.
dis

*
E.
*

gil sxe |:

^.

*
*
x
*
*
*
Xk KK ke ox x
zk
*
x
*

ta, Will
pulcholla, Brad iirst qs dance pe [s] «ebbe
*

m squa a, Montagu . ais B m E p vss ess (oen enm
A o, D'Or ULP. eee eee ore re cle mn Pea Mee ere
Glandulina, ? Orb.

Enc ER gsIiiel-]|*l-e LX |

mpressa.
Us elits D Or.

ina æa, :
ES. regularis, Brady vno nee! Pees Poses || eee bl e dpabeelesde ase

y.
Family GLOBIGERINIDA.
rsa, | Orbulina, D’ Orb.
i Orb

Gis siepeiantes Ivo ION Ser cvs ecco asc, | ose Le
bullo

Daisies Ge Wetec BE Te pe Bee ve owe | vee
Te ria, Defrance.
Oe ei | wT Eo T see | cee | coe | eee
E WIL i Aala eee ee m
— GEB pes o e om ed Ee ve. | o
gue D ee ee ae
9 EOD es E: vem PR Iu. "wl *
1
= asi Ew Pon. MEC iene sis ev *
Verneuilina, D’ Orb.
spinulosa, Re D e | ieow | U5,
polystropha, Reuss ......... die | se : abuela Lost... i as
* . I » eee eee ean ws * ES R

wee] HH] xx |)

| Bulimina Presli, Reuss

Lt D Orb. . sssossoe eee eee * HH * Tus xx " loc xx SER ue

* c»ocotovons

Diseorbina, P. 4: J.

H
*
*

| e inen

|
E
i Li
SS EC MEN
w

Beccarii, Linn. vermes lee | og p oaa | an :
Patellina, Will. we
corrugata, Will.

Family Nvwwuvrix | e =
|Polrsonmdla, Z Lam.

Nonionina, : De Orb,

er ae * ...

me IET d wel oleh hele |e leslie
HH

Foraminifera of Tidal Rivers. 307
EXPLANATION OF PLATES IV.-XII.
PLAT
Fig. L Cypris ventricosa era d seen dion the left side.
Fig. 2. The same, seen from belo x 20.

Fig. 3. The same, seen from be hind.

Fig. 4. Cypris ——— (female », seen from the left side.

Fig. 5. The same, seen from abov

Fig. 6. The same, seen from the x40
Fig. 7. Cypris Lignes ( ee 5, ides from the left side.

Fig. 8. The same, seen

Fig. 9. The e. seen res beled.

Prate V.
Fig. 1. ^ pape Spis ew 24 , seen from the left side.
Fig. 2. The , seen fro x 50.
Fig. 3. The i dim
Fig. 4. phoma hyalina ‘le, superior antenna,
Fig. 5. The same, inferi

rhe 6. The aa es oop a ee

Fig. 10. The same, glandula mucosa a (male). x 210.
Fig. 11, The same, copulative organs (male). x84.

Prarr VI.
Fig. 1. [Mp sexa Aces P), seen from the left side.
m 2. The sam

5. The es right valve, from inside.

side.
5 7a. The same, S pA valve, superior wpa seen from above. > X84.
g e same le
Fig. 8 a. The same, left valve, inferior margin, seen from below.
Fig. 8 b. The same, right va
Fig. 9a. The same, right imd posterior margin, seen from be-

Fig.9 b. The same, left valve, ” » ” w 4

Prats VII.
Fig. k Polycheles Stevensoni ene seen from the left side. \
Fig. 2. The same, seen from ab
Fig. 3. The ennn, e from below. x 40,
Fig. 4. The n from the fron
Fi p 5. Ts mido eae! ?), seen bak the left side.
d

7 spor
Fi. 8. Candona Supani (ema) seen | qum above. x 40.

A Ii. "rne sam: seen n fo a vie x84.

20*

308 On the Ostracoda and Foraminifera of Tidal Rivers.

Fig. 14. Cypridopsis Newtoni — seen from the left side.
Fig. 15. The same, seen from abo x40.
Fig. 16. The same, seen from the tunt.
Prarx VIII.

Fig. 1. Loxoconcha pusilla, seen from the left side. |
I 2. The amni abe above |

Fig. 3. The , seen from the fia x 84.
Fig. 4. rgillæcia a — — pes left side.

Fig.
Fig, 6. Cyri torosa e: seen from the left side. ! x 40.

e same, x 84.
Fig. 16. "The ei Bem from balay
Fig. ll. The same, seen from the front.

ig. f. n from abov
Fig. 2 Cythere, fica, seen from the left side.
Fig. n from aboy

Prate IX,

Fig. 1. achat ann gent: seen from the right side.
Fig. 2. The n from above | x 40.
Fig. 3. The came, sem pres Ao Hd =
Fig. 4. The
Fig. 5. Candona hyalina 1 male) m ai the left side. | x x30
Fig. 6. The m abov i
Fig. 7. The fees ande: seen dien the left side.
Fig. 8. The same, seen from above.
Fig. 9. pc: epa, n Conie); seen from the left side.
Fig. 10. The e, seen from
Fig. 11. Candona vino ated (mat seen from the left side.
Fig. 12. The », rises
Fig. 13. nido glas aa var. patios (female), seen from

the Hera -—

Fig. 14. The same, seen from above. |
Fy. 15, The same, ai from behind. J

PLATE X.
Fig. 1. Cytherura propinqua, seen from the left side.
Fig. 2. The ees ae above x 84.
Fig. 3. Loxoconcha fragilis, left tales, seen from outside.
Fig. : Pedyohoie Stevensoni da do le), superior antenna. 5
Fig. 5. 'The same, uan an
Fig. 6 . The same, ible.
Ty. 7. The same, first maxilla.

. 8. Th

Fig. 10. The same, second foot. c. x 210,
F i foo 3

, abdominal ram
Fig. 13. The same, copulative or ine a of male.
Fig. 14. The dens infero-posteal angle of shell, with jointed
TS

W West

Ann.£ Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 4 VoL 6. PL. IV

G. $. Brady delet lith

eae ee:

Ann & Mag. Nat Hist..5.4 VoL. 6. PL. V.

ER

7Y
f
ds

T PE

fy
8

Ann & Mag. Nat. Hist 5. 4. Vol.

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S 4. Vol. 6. PL.VII.

; t imp.
G.S.Brady del. et lith.. : (amo ape

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S.4. Vol.6. PL VIII.

Wurm A te tn. aliai
cA ium. c ta ~

W West imp.

G.S Brady del. et lith

*

L6. PLL

o

t.5.4.]

S

C Mag. Nat. li

Ann. &

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S.4. Vol.6. PLX.

» OS. Brady del. «lih. on re

Ana & Mag. Nat- His t S4. VoL,6. PL X

ALT Hollick de. et lah, W Westimp

Ann Mag Nat /hst. S.4. VoL 6. PL XH.

W West ump
3 T Holhede del et lath. :

Dr. J. E. Gray on Anchoring Sponges. 309.

Prats XI.

Fig. 1, Spp Candeiana, d Er 95 diams. : a, lateral aspect ;
: view, showing the apert
Fig. 2. riesci fusca, n. Sp., X 95 Su. a & c, lateral aspects ;
: , end view, showing aperture.
Fig. 3. irg e the test of the same, more highly Me speed z 200
iams.: a, portion of the test mounted in Canada bal and
ce by transmitted light; 5, similar Fife decalcified by
x nd of strong acid before mounting, the chitinous matrix
alon
Fig. 4. Trochammina sama, P. & J., x 40 diams.
Fig. 5. Trochammina i nflata, var. macrescens, X 90 ere : a & c, lateral

à pe ape
Fig. 6. Lagena gracillima, Seguenza, x 100 diams.: a "rs c, lateral views;
: , end view, showing one of the ee
Fig. 7. Lagena Lyellii, Seguenza, x 95 dia
Prarx XII.
ig. 1. pes amine t x 65 diams.: a, lateral aspect; 5, end

showing apert
Fig. 2. Dentalina pe D'Orb., A d pam

Fig. 3. Marginulina glabra, D'Orb., 5 diam

Fig. 4. Textularia globulosa, Mad. x115 dime a, lateral aspect ;
b, end ditto. :

Fig. 5. sec mi upon D'Orb, x 115 diams. : a, lateral aspect;
b, end ditt

Fig. 6. Vernevilina s spinal osa, Reuss, X 95 diams.: a, view of one of the
ods ree fy: ; b, "im ral lateral aspect ee parties) to one of the
end v w, showing the apertur
Fig. 7. Bolivina “anes: D'Orbig., x x 95 diams. : a, dcl aspect; b, end
iew and aperture.
Fig. 8. Rotalia Beccarii, Linn., brackish variety, x 55 diams. : ig & b, su-
perior and inferior lateral aspects; c, peripheral aspect

XXVII.— Notes on ues 6 dog" (n a Letter to Mr.
Moore). By Dr. J ERS. &c.*

My Dear Moon,
Mrs. Gray, in was very much pleased with the additions
to and alterations of the Museum, since she saw it five years

urpo
usn m l the ss penes home from Portugal, and like
those of Holtenia Carpenteri from the North Sea, had the

* Read at the Biological Section of the British Association, Sept. 1870.

310 Dr. J. E. Gray on Anchoring Sponges.

plectella, are called anchoring-filaments, because they are
spread out in the mud and hold the sponge in its place, For

three or four hooks, like a grapnel, and a few scattered recurved .

hooks above them :

There appear to be several species of Sponges allied to the
one from Portugal; and I should be inclined to form them
into a family, which may be called Pheronemade. They are

Pheronema Anne, after his wife; and in the ‘ American Na-
turalist’ for March 1870, he gave figures of the specimen
and of its spicules, one of the figures showing the anchor-
termination. This species has the anchor-filaments in twenty-
five distinet tufts, but they are not so long as the length ofthe
sponge; and there are no rings of cilia on the upper surface
near the opening of the internal cavity; but this may be oc-
casioned by the state of the specimen. P

Dr. Carpenter and Prof. Wyville Thomson discovered in the
deep-sea dredging in the North Sea a beautiful sponge of this
family, which Prof. Thomson has described and figured in the

Dr. J. E. Gray on Anchoring Sponges. 311

‘ Proceedings’ and * Transactions’ of the Royal Society, under
the name of Holtenia Carpenter’. This sponge is very like
the one described by Dr. Leidy, but differs from it in the
tufts of filaments surrounding the base being very much
longer, longer than the length of the body of the sponge; and
the upper surface of the sponge has a series of very fine spines
round the edge of the oscule, and another, similar series on the
upper part of the body, at some distance from the former.
Prot. Barboza du Bocage, the Director of the Museum at
Lisbon, obtained some specimens, from the coast of Portugal,
of a sponge which he considered to be a globular variety of
Holtenia Carpenteri.
r. Kent, who went out for the purpose of dredging on the
coast of Portugal in Mr. Marshall-Hall’s yacht ‘ Norna,’ ob-
tained several specimens of this sponge, which he thought,
ike M. Bocage, was the same as the one from the North Sea.
inspecting them in company with him, however, we
were satisfied that it was a distinct species ; and in the ‘Annals
and Magazine of Natural History’ for August 1870, p. 182,
Mr. Kent has described it under the name of Pheronema Grayt ;
but one very important character he does not seem to have
recorded (which 1s not extraordinary, as it is not distinetly
visible in the sponge in the state m which he examined it,
ut has become much more distinct in the specimen that
Mr. Gerrard has prepared)—that is to say, that, instead of the
filiform anchoring-spicules being in tufts at the hinder end of
the body, they arise separately from all paxts of the surface of
the body, except from a small broad nude band round the

Prof. O. Schmidt, in the same work, describes a sponge
of quite a different structure, but of much the same form,
divided into several tubercles below, and probably belonging

312 Mr. D. G. Elliot on a new Species of Pheasant.

to the family Tethyadz, which, like the Holteniæ, are free

ponges, only attached by numerous long filiform anchoring-
spicules which arise from the hinder part of the body. He
calls it T'etella polyura; but it has little in common with the
other Tetelle, and I think it should be distinguished by the
name of Polyurella Schmidtàt.

I am in hopes that, when the results of the dredging on the
coast of Portugal are distributed, the specimen which you
now exhibit will become the property of the Derby Museum ;
but I cannot at present assure you of the donation.

am, my dear Moore,
Yours very sincerely,
J. E. Gray.
British Museum, Sept. 10, 1870.

XXVIUI.—Deseription of a new Species of Pheasant from the
tee of Sechuen, China. By D. G. Eruror, F.L.S.,
AN- &c. !
Phasianus elegans.

Mas. Capite colloque viridibus, sub certa luce cyaneo nitentibus ;
dorso rufo, plumis viridi terminatis; scapularibus dorso con-
rescenti-cinereo, plumis late viridi terminatis, nigro et albo
transfasciatis ; plumarum omnium parte basali alba: pectore

minatis : cauda saturate castanea, late nigro transfasciata: pedi-
bus plumbeis, cano pallide tinctis: plaga orbitali scarlatina;
idi.

macula pone oculos viri

Head and neck green, with bluish reflections ; back red,
each feather tipped wit : apulars, like the back,
with black centres crossed with diagonal white bars. Rump
greenish grey, with a broad mark of emerald-green near the
tip, succeeded by a narrower one of black, this followed by an
nregular one of white; base of feathers blackish. Upper part
of breast and abdomen rich emerald-green. Flanks and sides
of breast chestnut-red, each feather tipped with dark blue, the
feathers becoming rich purple as they approach the centre of

webs green. Upper tail-coverts bright orange-red, with the
greenish Brey of the rump-feathers showing through in the
centre. Under tail-coverts brownish black, tipped with red.
Tail deep chestnut-red, crossed with broad bars of black.

"EU I

Mr. D. Q. Elliot on a new Species of Pheasant. — 918

Legs and feet lead-colour inclining to flesh-colour. Bare skin
3 face scarlet, with a patch of green feathers under and behind
e eye.

one, who has succeeded in bringing to
Europe many of the rarer species of this family, that we are
indebted for the opportunity of being able to describe this new
fo he specimens are both males, and, although now
moulting, are 1n very good condition, but very wild, and en-
deavour to hide from all who approach their inclosure.
In its geographical distribution this new species appears to
be intermediate between the P. decollatus, lately described by
r. Swinhoe, from eastern Sechuen, and the P. Sladeni, from
Yunan, mentioned in the manuscript notes of Mr. Anderson,
the present curator of the Calcutta Museum. The P. elegans
might be supposed, from its appearance, to be a hybrid be-
tween P. versicolor and P. colchicus; but, unfortunately for
such an hypothesis, neither of these species is found anywhere
near the locality inhabited by the present one, and consequently
a hybrid between them in Sechuen is simply impossible. The
P. elegans. differs from all other pheasants with which I am
acquainted, in its red mantle bordered with green on the tip
of each feather, in its greenish-grey rump, and in the green
breast restricted almost to a median line. These are the pro-
minent differences; but there are various minor ones also,
while the general distribution of the colours of its plumage is
very different from that of all other members of this family.
is bird furnishes one of the missing links (mentioned in
my communication to the Zoological Society lately published
upon some other new pheasants) forming the chain of descent
from P. Shawii through the various other forms now known
to us. But very few more are required to enable us to trace
the line of descent without any interruption. It is to be hoped
that, as the exact locality of the P. elegans is well known, we
may be able to procure es and have them transmitted to
Europe, and thus preserve and perpetuate the species. Al-
though the female is not known to us, I cannot doubt that it
would resemble in general appearance the hen of P. colchicus,
from which also the female of versicolor only differs in having
a greenish shade, observable in certain lights, upon its plu-
mage. In size the present species is about equal to the ordi-

314 Dr. T. A. Chapman on the Life-History

nary colchicus. Ihave not been able to give measurements,
as they are very difficult to obtain from live birds not at all
tame. The voice of P. elegans is harsh and guttural, very
different from that of any of its relatives.

XIX.—Some Facts towards a Life-History of Rhipiphorus
paradoxus. By T. ALGERNON CHAPMAN, M.D., Hereford.

[Plate XVL]

BEFORE recording my own observations on Rhipiphorus, I
desire to congratulate Mr. Murray on his having confirmed the
observations of the late Mr. Stone, and on his having retracted
all the doubts that he had cast on the credibility of the history
of Rhipiphorus as set forth by that observer.

am, however, much astonished when he further owns that
the inhabitants of his doubly tenanted cells of last year were
not the pupe of Rhipiphorus as he described them *, but the
larve; and doubtless also their fellow inhabitants, described
by him as injured wasp-pups, were in reality the partially
devoured wasp-larve. Now, had he told us that these were
larve, and not pupze, there had been no room for any difficulty
such as was raised by Mr. Murray. Nay, the very basis ot
his attack on Mr. Stone would have been but a confirmation of

would merely object to such extraordinary ideas of develop-
ment as Mr. M

* Mr. Murray's words are,—“In three instances I found two (gone in
po same cell, a wasp-pupa and a Rhipiphorus-pupa—a fact which seems

the same cell, and undergone their metamorphoses i
(Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist, Nov. 1869, p.349.)

of Rhipiphorus paradoxus. 915.

biting or c ewing. The larve of the hornet make a great
noise by striking and scratching the walls of their cells with
their expanded jaws. I take this to be a call for food. The
black material is evacuated just before the grub begins to spin
its silken covering; and this is the only time at which its ali-
mentary canal is emptied. This is sufficiently proved by
the store of black matter in the grub’s interior increasing In
quantity with the growth of the grub, and by the anal ex-
tremity of the grub being always enveloped in a cast skin; so

. 916 Dr. T. A. Chapman on the Life- History

that it is impossible to suppose that the wasps have removed
any thing. Excepting, then, the amount of excretion in
the form of vapour, it follows that the wasp-grubs, as well
as Rhipiphorus and other parasites, actually feed upon an
amount of material of only their own bulk.

When the alimentary canal is emptied, the larva commences
to spin its silken covering ; and now it is far from being such
an inert larva as it has previously been: it ‘moves its head
actively to and fro to spin the silken dome, and passes its
head far down the side of the cell-wall, to cover it with silk.
Further, now its last cast skin is buried. beneath the black
deposit, it has no hold of the base of the cell by its anal seg-
ments; and being kept from falling out by the silken covering,
it turns on itself so as to be quite folded at its middle; an
have frequently found such a larva completely reversed in the
cell. Now there are two facts that prove, I think, that this
reversal is not an accident, but the normal procedure of every
wasp-grub :—first, that though I have found a number of
grubs so reversed at this stage, I find none so at further ad-
vanced stages, as would be the case were it an accident; and,
secondly, although the silken dome and lining extends with
any strength only for about a quarter of an inch down the
cell, it extends almost to its base in a slighter form; and in
the case of Vespa norvegica, Y find a strong silken lining quite

ll.

Rhipiphorus completes its transformations only a day or two
after the vites

aus. oe NEC NE Y

oc dac cd

Ne lt ed Tp

of Rhipiphorus paradoxus. 317

pose of searching for the egg. I examined these almost
immediately after they were taken, and ascertained a point in
the history of Rhipiphorus that renders it parallel with those
of Melo? and Stylops; and though my first observations had
cleared up most of the disputed points in its history, these
opened up a fresh field for investigation. My observations
will perhaps be more intelligible if I throw them into the form
of a life-history of the beetle; and this arrangement will show
more clearly what points require further elucidation.
hipiphorus, then, doubtless lays her eggs somewhere ; but
where, I am unable to tell. I first take up the history with
the young larval Rhipiphorus at large in the wasps’ nest, in
à form not unlike that of the young larva of Meloz. It was in
examining the first nest, that I met with a solitary specimen
of the larva in this stage. I examined it under the micro-

Once or twice finding a trace of a mark there, that it enters
about the back of the second or third segment. But I do
not know this, nor at what age of the wasp-larva it does 80.
I have, however, succeeded in finding the larva of Rhipiphorus
Within that of the wasp, before the latter had spun up. As-

318 Dr. T. A. Chapman on the Léfe- Histor

suming that the wasp-larva lives six days in its last skin. be-
fore spinning up, I should guess that the youngest of these
had still two or three days’ feeding to do. The Rhipiphorus-
larve were but a little way beneath the skin of the back,
about the fourth and fifth segments, and indifferently on
either side. The smallest of these was 4, inch in length,
and, except its smaller size, was precisely like the larger ones
I am about to refer to, having the same head, legs, plates, &c.
These were of the same size as those of the larger larve, the
difference in size of the latter being due to the expansion of
the intermediate colourless integument. I ought perhaps to
add that the nest in which I found these was not examine
until twelve hours after I had taken it. It had also been so
much blockaded by boys stoning it, that the wasps had not
had free access to and from it for some time.

the third and fourth segments (head being first) of the wasp-
larva, the little grub of Lhipiphorus shines through the skin,

tion of the already-mentioned black marks. These are, in €

Meloz-like larva. In length it is 4 inch (4^5 millim.), and
vz in breadth. Except that its spiracles are not open, its re-
spiratory and digestive systems look just like those of the
externally feeding larva. The head (first segment) is black
nd triangular, with a pair of antenne situated near its poste-
rior lateral angles: these are three-jointed ; the first joint is

—

of Rhipiphorus paradoxus. 919

posterior edge; the eleventh is oval, with two rather longer
bristles at the sides, and two shorter ones between them ; the
twelfth is similar to but smaller than the eleventh, and with
only short bristles; the thirteenth is immediately behind this
and close to the extremity of the body ; it consists of a rounded
Subtriangular piece, with its outer rounded extremities curled
round so as nearly to meet, and a separate narrow prece at its
posterior margin ; from within the curled edges there proceed
backwards two transparent processes, each with a disk-shaped
extremity.

The dorsal plates are situated in the sulci between the

A careful examination of a prepared specimen of the suckers shows
them to be appendages of a three-jointed tarsus, in addition to which
there are one or two claws (spurs at the extremity of the tibia ?).

320 Dr. T. A. Chapman on the Life-History

segments, the ventral ones about the middle of each segment.
All these plates are of a delicately tessellated structure, as if
constructed of flattened cells arranged in arches springing

om their posterior margins ; the femora have a similar struc-
ture, and, in a prepared specimen, I see that their dorsal
margin is toothed where the different cells overlap eac
other,

These plates may be regarded as a beautiful display of the
dermal anatomy of the little active larva; and the above de-
scription is doubtless equally applicable to it. As a parallel
instance I may refer to the case of the female of the white
ant, as described by Smeathman, where he mentions the
Pulex penetrans as the only similar instance known to him.
In examining the little active larva I did not notice any sete,
except a short one at the side of each segment; these were
probably those of the secondary dorsal plates. I found more

an a dozen of these larve within full-grown wasp-larve,
and had the pleasure of watching three of them emerge from
the wasp-grub. The usual, and, I believe, the only normal,
place to emerge is at the anterior aspect of the fourth segment
(head = 1st). The Rhipiphorus, which is usually in motion,
and for its situation might be called tolerably active, is seen
to Y hold of the interior of the skin with its anterior legs,
and eeps biting and scratching with its strong and sharp jaws
until itis able to thrust through its head, when, in less than
a quarter of an hour, it completely emerges by a vermi orm
movement ; and at the same time it casts a skin, together with
the black head,legs,plates,&e. Its anterior surface as it emerges
is directed towards the head of the wasp, and, bending for-
wards as it emerges, and guided probably when in its natural
position by the wall of the cell, it passes forwards as it emerges
along the anterior surface of the wasp-grub, until its head
comes somewhere near the second segment of the wasp on Its
dorsal or lateral aspect, where it at once seizes hold. When
removed from the cell, as those I examined were, the first few
segments of the Rhipiphorus came directly outwards, though
they equally succeeded in seizing the wasp-grub by the shoul-
der. The place of emergence is marked by a slight puckering,
and by the black particles of the cast skin. There seems to be
no escape of fluid from the wound thus made: for one thing,
it 15 smaller than the diameter of the Rhipiphorus-larva, which
squeezes through it and plugs it for the time; and afterwards 1t
1s to a certain extent stopped by the cast skin of the Rhdpt-
phorus.

The position of the Rhipiphorus-larva inside that of the

wasp, when it is ready to emerge, is with the head to the

of Rhipiphorus paradoxus. 321

p of emergence at the front of the fourth segment, with its
ody extending into the flanks of the second and third seg-
ments, and its ventral surface towards the skin of the wasp.
The larve that I found in the still feeding wasp-grubs were

d yet
there was no wound of any size in the skin, though verj

322 Dr. T. A. Chapman on the Life-History

and about this period the curving forwards of the head of the
beetle-larva, hitherto well-marked, becomes extreme. Al-

normal wasp-grub and that over a Rhipiphorus. I mention this
not to show that Rhipiphorus does not spin it, which is suffi-
ciently clear, but to show that it is not interfered with by the
proceedings of Rhipiphorus, and that the wasp-larva is able
to spin it as usual, although it is attacked before it has begun
to spin. Nevertheless, although the silk is the same, as soon
as the Rhipiphorus-larva has grown at all, the cell is easily
detected. It looks decidedly whiter than the surrounding
cells, from the larva or immature pupa of Rhipiphorus shining
through. The larva of Rhipiphorus is much whiter than that
of the wasp; and the pupa is quite white, whilst that of the
wasp has two large brown or black eyes. As the time o
emergence approaches, the Rhipiphorus-cell looks blackish or
reddish as compared with the greenish tint given to the silk
by the shining through of the black and yellow face of the

wasp.

The holes. that Mr. Murray observes so frequently in the
silken dome covering the Riipiphorus-cells are not to be found
over those that are still small, but over full-grown larve an
pupe ; they may frequently also be seen over healthy wasp-
pupe. They are evidently made by perfect wasps, who in-
vestigate every thing that appears unusual in the cells, with
the apparent object of removing a dead larva; at any rate, the
presence of a living Rhipiphorus-larva seems to satisfy them
as well as one of their own pupe.

e wasp-grubs and pups always face towards the centre
of the comb, those of Rhipiphorus, as follows from its mode of
devouring its vietim, always face in the o posite direction ;
they look to the outer angle of the cell, wie to the one next
it on either side. e perfect Rhipiphori emerge about two
days after the wasps of the same row.

NEUES P. IMER TT

of Rhipiphorus paradoxus. 323

I do not know the time required by Rhipiphorus to go
through these changes; it is something more than that re-
cst. by the wasp from spinning-up to emergence ; but what

is is, I do not know. "That this is much less in the nest
naturally than in the captive comb is almost certain, as the
temperature of the nest is, no doubt, very high. In captivity
it is twelve or fourteen days. Even this period is quite com-
patible with a larva of Rhtpiphorus of about 5 millims. grow-
ing in two days large enough to fill up the top of the cell, as
we see it does before it is full-grown; and this was doubtless
what Mr. Stone saw, as the Rhdpiphorus-larva becomes a
pupa at about the middle of the period of twelve or fourteen
days mentioned above.

n connexion with this very rapid development of Rhipi-
phorus, the following fact is very interesting. Many larve,
when about to assume the pupa-state, present obvious indica-
tions of the eyes of the imago beneath the skin of the second
or even of the third segment. This, we have just seen, occurs
m Vespa; and on this, with some other facts, Ratzeburg
founded the remarkable, though untenable, theory that the
head of the imago was the first and second segments of the
larva combined. In reality, the rapidly developing head
leaves its previously too small quarters, and finds room by
pressing backwards the other parts beneath the effete skin;
and having done so, the various parts of the head, and first of
all the eyes, begin to show themselves as development pro-
ceeds. In most insects this is a aap involving several

le; nor is any change observable until after the larva has
done feeding. “Having examined a full-fed larva of Rhipi-

The young external larva is semitransparent, with none of
the masses of white fat that obscure the interior of the full-
grown larva, and render it white and opaque. Each of the
first five segments after the head presents two large dorsal p
minences, one on each side; and the tracheal system and in-
testine can be easily made out. The latter is riri simple

324 Dr. T. A. Chapman on the Léfe-History

sac, pale yellow in colour, with numerous circular markings
and rounded dots, and is in continual rhythmie movement.
The tracheal system is very like that of other Coleopterous
larve ; it is probably the same in the full-grown larva, as the
positions of the spiracles are the same. From the first to the
second spiracle the lateral trunk is double; and about its mid-
dle is a short branch, the abortive second thoracic spiracle:
the only difference from the Coleopterous type is that there is
no spiracle in the twelfth segment; but there is a distinct short
tracheal trunk running towards the skin to represent it.

Th -grown larva has a very close superficial resem-
blance to a Crabro or Pemphredon larva. It is 11 millims. in
length (this is from the fourth to the twelfth segment) ; from
the jaws to the last segment it is dorsally 21 millims., but
ventrally 8 millims.; its lateral diameter is 4} millims., its
antero-posterior 23 millims. It is therefore much flattened ;
and this flattening is chiefly in front. The head is very small,
and curved forwards so as to be almost out of sight, the front
of the head being directed rather towards the body of the in-
sect than directly downwards. It possesses a pair of triangular
jaws produced at the apex into an extremely sharp point.
There is a transverse line beneath these; and there are emi-
nences, that may be called labrum, maxille, and labium ; but
I cannot determine the actual mouth-opening or any other
apparatus, except that a to-and-fro sucking-movement is ob-
servable among the contents of the head. The second seg-
ment is rather large, and possesses dorsally a large trefoil boss
on either side ; it is in the front part of this that the eye-spots are
visiblewhen they have quitted the larval head. These bosses are
separated from the head by a narrow smooth surface; a sma
lateral tubercle intervenes between them and a lateral or ven-

proper, I think they must be called legs, although they possess
no corneous plates or claws, and are in fact of the same pel-
lucid structure as the other tubercles; they appear to assist,
passively rather than actively, in holding the wasp-grub. The
ird and fourth segments have each two large dorsal bosses
or tubercles, with two smaller ones beneath each, and an indi-
cation of alateral tubercle. The fifth and sixth segments have
similar but less marked dorsal tubercles. All these segments
narrowed ventrally. The sixth with the following

segments form the lossihidinal portion of the body of the

of Rhipiphorus paradoxus. 325

larva; they are much compressed from before backwards,
this being most marked in front. Though nearly plain a
the actual dorsal, ventral, and lateral lines, the segments are
very deeply incised in front and sometimes behind, though
this is not marked behind in a plump larva: these segments
have an indication of dorsal tubercles. The twelfth segment
is smaller than the others, and is very narrow in front, as the
last segments curve forwards and upwards; the thirteenth,
still smaller, appears to be divided into two, and there is, in
addition, a very distinct rounded anal tubercle. The dorsal
vessel is a straight hiatus between the masses of white fat,
and, though it is not so, looks not unlike a groove; and in a
larva preserved in spirit the skin might readily shrink into it
and actually make it one. Except the tubercles, dorsal vessel,
and some of the intervals between the segments, the body is
full of white fat disposed in small rounded convoluted masses.
The spiracles are eight in number on each side: the first is
near the anterior border of the third segment, about halfway
between the dorsal and leg tubercles; the second is just above
and in front of the lateral tubercle of the fifth segment ; the
others are in the six following segments, in a little hollow ,
behind the lateral projection, and near the anterior part of the
segment. The twelfth segment has a similar hollow, but no
spiracle. In the third and fourth segments there are seen very
early a pair of trachez on the side of each, which indicate the

the Andrene &c. are by those of Meloé. In determining the

326 Mr. A. Murray on the Egg of Rhipiphorus paradoxus.

try to keep them over the winter, in order, if possible, to ob-
tain the eggs

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI.

Fig. A. n of Rhipiphorus paradoxus, from the interior of a eg
grub, magnified 32 di ameters: the small figures 1, 2,3,
mark the head and dorsal TO à itte being placed. at the
anterior margins of their several
Fig. B. pe Hoi of larva of Goon pes us when about to
the interior of the spun-up wasp-grub, magnified

Fig. C. Ventral ne oe the same larva. The figures refer to the seg-
EM 2a ventral plates being placed about the
of Ae segm
Fig. D. peal view of head pun dorsal plates of larva of Zhipiphorus
igs. B & C) ; the numbers refer to the corresponding s segments
of the larva; magnified
Fig. E. ro e i of head and ventral plates of the same larva, similarly
red, magnified 100 diameters. The legs of one side are
hee sented numbered Mes their corresponding segments.
Fig. F: Leg, cca ified 200 dia:
Fig. G. Mandible of right side, jue E 300 diameters
Fig. H. Dorsal pse of fourth segmenti magnified 210 diameters, show-
in sellated structure. Figs.D, E, F, G, & H are drawn from
LAT 55 cimens mounted in turpen ntine.
Figs. I & Later af = ventral views of the tracheal een. of the
recently em ged larva, magnified 14 diameters, showing the

obsolete Loic of the fourth and drei segments : a abo’ 8
the appesa

at this s
Fig. L. Full-grown m of Rhipiphorus paradoxus, lateral view.

XX X.—Note on the Egg of Rhipiphorus paradoxus.
By Anprew Murray, F.L.S.
Dr. CHAPMAN having been good sh to communicate to
me, before publication, his admirable discovery of the early
stage of Rhipiphorus paradoxus, I crave a few lines to con-
qas him u a his success and to express the gratification
which am sure, all other entomologists feel at the
angu the puzzling and mysterious life-history of this
insect

as Dr. Chapman pointed out to me the key of

myst i d had no difficulty in procuring a number of
specimens of the larva of Rhipiphorus in its first or internal
stage of parasitism: I have not been fortunate enough to see
it actually come out and change its skin, and then fix its em-
brace upon its victim ; but Dr. Chapman has himself seen this,

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 5.4 Vol. 6 PLXV
| E |

1
3
1
1
|
|

1 A. Chapmana T West del, Taffen West. sc.

Mr. A. Murray on the Egg of Rhipiphorus paradoxus. 327

and some points of resemblance in the appearance (dissimilar

in other respects as they are) of the parasite in its internal and

external stages doubtless prepared him for the discovery that
80.

it did

m the skin of a wasp-grub to which she was made to apply
it; but no puncture could be detected. :

is does not tell us very much. Her laying an egg on
the wall of the box is against the notion that she may de-
posit her egg inside the wasp-larva by piercing its skin, like
an ichneumon; so is the gummy secretion; while, on the
other hand, it has been suggested to me that the ovipositor
with its bristles may be something analogous to the serrated

328 Mr. A. Murray on the Egg of Rhipiphorus paradoxus.

two by puncturing the body and inserting in each an eg
taken from the body of a female Rhipiphorus that died. These
all came to nothing, which, however, might be due as well to
the eggs not being fertilized or to their being taken from a
dead mother as to their being put in an unnatural nidus. On
another opportunity I shall try the experiment of laying the
egg on the body of the wasp-grub, and see what comes
ot 1t

Another thing, however, we gather from these observations;
and that is, that the Rhipiphorus-eggs are formed and laid a
few days after the perfect insect comes out; and from this we
may further argue that, under ordinary circumstances, at all
events in the second brood, the female Rhipiphorus lays her

their wings and vigorous and rapid powers of motion (which
are often pry hemes! enough)? And how about the first

) e founder of the colony in the wasps’ nest in
spring? I merely notice these things to show that, although

- Chapman has taken off the cream of the interest regarding
the life of the Rhipiphorus by his discovery, sufficient yet re-
mains to render the study of its habits an interesting subject
of research,

On the Ultimate Structure of Marine Sponges. 329

| XXXL— On the Ultimate Structure of Marine Sponges.
By H. J. Carter, F.R.S. &c.

Tue “ ultimate structure” of the marine is, mutatis mutandis,

the same as the “ultimate structure” of the freshwater

Sponges.

l ZL ‘plete Bà
January 1859 I expressed doubt as to the position of the cilia

330 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Ultimate

in some, and not in others, may be explained, as just stated,
by its being retractile.

urther, it was observed that after a time those portions of
the carmine which were unappropriated to nourishment were
rejected, and, as they fell into the adjoining canal of the excre-
tory system, were thus voided. But whether they passed into
the excretory canal through the circular opening or transpa-
rent area in the ampullaceous sac, or through another openmg
in it unseen, or directly through the substance of the body ot
the sponge-cell, Ameba-like, into the excretory canal, I could
not determine.

So far, then, it was evident that the ampullaceous sac is the
expression of the alimentary apparatus.
"o conceive that the nourishing portions of the food, after
having been resolved into chime in these sponge-cells, subse-
quently passed, by endosmosis, into the general mass to be-

in the excretory canals), began to be separated from its nutri-
tive portion and its particles to fall from the sponge-cells into
the excretory canals and so be voided.

is
[a
E
Ro qu

Structure of Marine Sponges. 331

Perversions of the currents do take place Mena rag o pa
certain circumstances. Thus Dr. Bowerbank, in h
on the Vital Powers of the Spo —— Published in s

Report of the British Association for t dvancement of
Science for 1856, alludes to an occurrence x this kind, on
which he observes Hd une 9.) The reversal of the action in

the osculum in this instance was apparently effected by the

vigour of the action in the other group of oscula, the whole of

these organs being more or less connected.” The italics are
mine.

On the other hand, Háckel (* On the rene of
Sponges and cpu Ralesonslip to the Corals,” translated in
the Annals, vol. , January 1870) mene at p. 9 :—

“T (with Miklucho) Fees the largest cavity into which
the canal-system is dilated in the sponge-body, and which
is usually called the excurrent tube or flue (caminus), as
the stomach, or digestive cavity, and its outer orifice, which
is usually called the excurrent orifice or osculum, as the buccal
orifice or mouth.”

Marine Sponges.

The chief part of what I have described in Spongilla I have
been able to identify in the “ ultimate structure ” of the ma-
rine sponges, both calcareous and | eilicenus nthe is to say, the
presence and persistence of the ampullaceous sac, which may
always be recognized, entire or RE as the case may
be, in a more or less globular group of spherical monociliated
Sponge-cells in the living state—and in the dried or wet pre-
Served state (here of course without the cilium), innumerably
scattered throughout the mass, and thus presenting the points at
Which the nourishing-apparatus is situated, just as certainly as
if this had bean , pee by the testing process of carmine prac-
tised in Spong

ere it as poa to keep the marine sponges alive as the
freshwater SPOREH, no doubt their growth in a watch-glass,
feeding with carmine &c., and the consequent phenomena
might also be as VE observed; but the recognition of the
existence of the Tes die sac, as as all the rest has been
witnessed in Spongilla, is sufficient. The only wonder to me
is that what I have stated of Spongilla has not been identified
by others; itis so eas an to grow this sponge in watch-glasses _
from the seed-like bodies

Siliceous Sponges.

I first noticed more particularly the ampullaceous sac in the
marine sponges in December last, viz. in Halichondria simu-

332 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Ultimate

exception of Halichondria panicea, Johnston, is the commonest

gical Supplement to his ‘ Sponges of the Adriatic Sea’ (Taf. 1.
figs. 17 and 18 respectively, 1864), under the name of “ Wim-
perkorb.”

e smaller the specimen is, provided it be entire, the
better, because it lives longer than the large portions, which
more water and the water to be so often

about 1-750th of an inch in diameter, and the sponge-cells of
which they were composedabout 1-8000th of an inch in diameter.
The ampullaceous sac was also seen in situ among the meshes
of the spicular structure, and there also to be of the same size.
n a subsequent occasion I found a pink portion of the
same sponge, which appeared to have obtained its colour from
growing in contact with a species of Rhodymenia ; and on
tearing this to pieces I observed that the pink colour was con-
ed to the ampullaceous sacs—that is, to the sponge-cells
composing them. Hence I inferred that the sponge had been
feeding on the fronds of the Rhodymenia, which sponges will
do, just as fungi enclose and feed upon leaves and wood.

As regards the colouring-matter of sponges generally, I
think it will be found to be chiefly confined to the granular
contents of the sponge-cells composing the ampullaceous sac.

Thus, in Spongilla, when any part of this sponge presents
a green colour, it appears to be confined to the granules of the
sponge-cells of this sac,—that is, if the colour be in the sponge
itself and not owing to the presence of a foreign agent.
the scarlet sponges, to wit, Microciona atrosanguinea, Bower-

nk (Se ina, Schdt.), it is confined to the ampullaceous
sac and the still more scarlet gemmule which I have reason
to think is but a transformation of this sac. Lastly, in a
soot-black sponge (Dercitus (G.) niger, mihi) belonging to the

f Notes on the Arrangement

Structure of Marine Sponges. 333

appears to me to be undescribed, and which I have just found on
the rocks here, the black colour is owing to the ampullaceous
sacs, which, although scattered throughout every part of the
sponge, are brought together in much more close approxima-
tion on the surface, where they forma layer 1-12th of an inch
thick, of intense blackness; and when a portion of this layer
is torn to pieces, the black colour is found to arise from the
presence of one or more black granules in each of the sponge-
cells, which thus collectively give the black colour to the am-
pullaceous sac, and the latter, in great numbers and close "ad
proximation, to the uniform and characteristic blackness of the
surface of the sponge.

(This layer, which is supported on another internally, formed
ofstout quadriradiate spicules, and covered externally by a
thin transparent dermal layer charged with short bacillary
spinous ones, the spicules of the body being 4-radiate and tri-
curvate, I propose to notice more in detail in a future com-
munication, describing and illustrating the whole sponge.) _

ut to return to the ampullaceous sac in the living marine
sponges, I have, besides observing it in Halichondria simu-
lans, seen it in all the rest that I have examined where I have
looked for it particularly. I have dried pieces of the Geodide,
too, in which it is obvious ; but in the dried sponges the am-
pullaceous sac or little globular group of sponge-cells which
represents it will not be preserved if the specimens have not
been dried while fresh and living. Putridity destroys them ;
and therefore all weathered specimens, such as are chiefly
found on beaches, will probably fail to exhibit them.

Calcareous Sponges.

sponges, that the same kind of ampullaceous sac with its cilia
waving internally exists in all, as in the siliceous Isodictya

334 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Ultimate

above mentioned, but with this difference, viz. that the sponge-
cells are double the size of those in [sodictya and the siliceous
sponges—that is, about 1-3000th of an inch in diameter.
Thus it is proved that the ampullaceous sac is the eating-
organ in Spongilla and in the marine sponges, both calcareous
and siliceous, generally.
ave alluded to the * investing membrane," or veil of sar-

it in the Geodidee (Spherospongia, Gray) to my illustrations
of Pachymatisma Johnstonia (Annals, vol. iv.

loped in this respect} that the crust and the zone of triradiate
spicules generally come away together, and cannot be sepa-
rated without much injury to the former.

VETUS e T

Structure of Marine Sponges. 335

prolongations of the sponge-structure (often more than a dozen),
which, tentacula-like, rose upwards all round to form the
dome-like prominence of the head during projection—that,
also tentacula-like, they ended in tongue-like terminations,
but that these terminations were tied together by the invest-
ing layer of transparent dermal sarcode, which thus transformed
the whole head into a convex cribriform structure into which
the floating particles of the vicinity were observed to be drawn,
as, on the contrary, they were observed to issue from the pores
or vents with single circular aperture. :
(On removing the calcareous shell of the Balanus by acid
and drying the remainder, these little heads, which presented a
White colour, were found to be wide at their base where they
joined the sponge, then constricted so as to form a neck, and

336 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Ultimate

then expanded into the head, while the white crust was formed
of the peculiar bacillary, sinuous, spined, minute spicule which
Hancock gives (/. c.) as the characteristic one of the species,
pore by the points of a bush of pin-like spicules, which, as I
ave before stated, in the Clionide appear to be almost exclu-
sively confined to these heads, the incipiently but densely
spinous acerate spicules of this species being, as in G'rayella,
almost as exclusively confined to the body of the sponge.

Thus in the extension upwards of the ribs, composed of sar-
code charged with spicules and based on the general structure
of the sponge of which they thus formed tongue-like prolon-
gations, I thought I saw the tentacles of a polype; but the
clathrous netting together of their tips and sides with the in-
vesting sarcode, and the rush of particlesin through the lattice-
work thus produced, showed me that, however much these little
retractile heads were like in form, they were not so in func-
tion to the tentacular mouth of a polype. . In short, they did
not act as the fringe of tentacles in Actinia and the Polypes,
which are prehensile organs. "They acted as sieves to strain
the water and prevent the entrance of particles which might
be too large for the sponge-cells to enclose, or otherwise incon-
venient for the sponge to receive. Thus in form they partly
represented Polypes, but in function sponge-structure.

In Hickel’s valuable paper (Annals, 7. c. p. 4) Leuckart is
quoted as having stated that, “ if we imagine a polype-colony
with imperfectly separated individuals without tentacles, sto-
machal sac, and internal septa, we have in fact the image of a
sponge with its large * water-canals' opening outwardly.”
That is to say, in short, “ we have only to pick out the polypes
of a polype-colony to have a sponge.”

After this, at p. 10 (op. cit. l. c.), Hiickel alludes to cer-
tain “ fine apertures in the skin [of corals] usually perceptible
only through the microscope,” which he considers deserving

the term “incurrent apertures” designed for respiratory
purposes just as much as the pores of the sponge; but he
previously admits that 4 the part played in the process by the
cutaneous pores of the corals is unfortunately still as good as

own.

Structure of Marine Sponges. 337

may be easily mistaken. Up to this time, however, I have
only found this spicular element to exist in the shape of two
forms of globular crystalloids of carbonate of lime covered
with points similar to some of the siliceous spherical stellate
bodies of Geodia arabica (Annals, vol. iv. July 1869, pi. 1.
fig. 13 a)—not of the globular crystalloids of the crust, which
all have a depression in one part of their surface. Such a de-
pression does not appear to exist in the radiated globular
erystalloids (spicules) of the compound Tunicata.

Hence it seems to me that the Sponges are just as much a
step to the Polyzoa and Tunicata as to the Corals, if not more so.

pores of Corals, the part they play “is unfortunately still as
good as unknown.”

One does not assume that the inhalant pores of Sponges
may not be in part respiratory organs, but that, unlike the

Corals, they serve the purpose also of sifting the nutritive ma-

terial which is drawn in through them by the internal organs
of the sponge—in short, that, as in the Tunicata and Polyzoa,
the respiratory water and the food enter the body through one
aperture and come out at another.

I have stated that there is only one vent in the young Spon-
gilla grown from the seed-like body ; but sometimes (see my
“ Ultimate Structure of Spongilla,” op. cit. l. c. p. 31) “ it hap-
p that one of the large branches of the efferent system

ursts and gives rise to an efferent current before the tubular

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. vi. 22

338 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Ultimate

vent resumes its original dimensions and opens its aperture
by which two efferent currents are subsequently established,
for the abnormal one does not close when the normal one be-
comes opened."

Dr. Bowerbank also (Brit. Assoc. Advance. Science, Report
for 1856) notices (“June 10”) the opening of several new
oscula and the closing of old ones in the piece of Hymeniacidon
caruncula which he was watching, as if they could be closed
and extemporized like the holes of the investing sarcodal
layer when and wherever required. On Pachymatisma John-

every sponge-body that consists of two persons (7. e. that pos-
sesses two or more oscula) I denominate a ‘stock’ or *cormus.' ”
Háckel's theory may suffice for the Calcispongiæ, but I doubt
if it will apply so generally to the Siliceous Sponges.

G'enerative Organs.

What these are in the Corals or Polypes and Tunicata is
evident. But where are they, and what are they, in the Sponges?

The seed-like bodies of Spongilla I have long since com-
pared with the winter-egg of the freshwater Polyzoa (Annals,
vol. iii. p. 331, May 1859, pl. 8); and the ciliated gem-
mules appear to me to be only another form of them, while
all appear to me originally to be but transformations of the
ampullaceous sac.

ut what is the ovum and what the spermatozoon of the
sponge ?

In November 1854 (Annals, vol. xiv. p. 334) I published -
(the reader will be tired of my referring to my publications;
if not, I am) a short account, with illustrations, of certain mo-

enociliated sponge-cells, which at the time I conjectured to be
the zoosperms or spermatozoa of the sponge. In 1858 (Annals,
vol. iii. p. 14, pl. 1, January 1859), on account of the conjec-
ture, I put this to the test by feeding a suitable piece of Spon-
qua with indigo, in order that I might see if these monoci-
iated sponge-cells enclosed any, in which case they might be
considered not to be spermatozoa, for spermatozoa do not take

1

Structure of Marine Sponges. 339

in nutriment, at all events not in the form of crude material.
They did enclose portions of indigo, as my illustration (fig.

zoospermia in Esperia.” .... Schmidt and Bowerbank,
ho f

that Trachelius trichophorus, like Euglena, progresses by

uxley’s
figured in the ge ' (1851, vol. vii. p. 378), so well as I
can remember, closely resemble in form what I have just
observed in Microciona atrosanguinea, which is a very com-
mon sponge in this locality. — ;

This monociliated body, which may now be seen, in great
plurality, with every portion of the Microciona torn to pieces
for microscopical observation, consists of a rounded triangular
head and long cilium. The head is pyriform or shaped like a
Florence flask with the neck drawn out to a sharp point or
beak, and the cilium attached to the large end, close to which
there appears to be a single granule or nucleus; but in other
respects the head is transparent. At first these bodies are in

340 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Ultimate

contact with the glass cover, but soon sink to the plane of the
slide, about which they move with the head foremost, apparently
urged on in a zigzag course by the undulations of the cilium
behind. For the most part they are single,

a-

gle, but occ
sional groups of four are seen rolling over the field after the

f
Í
[|

Structure of Marine Sponges. 341

Still further, in reference to this subject, I might add that
I have twice found a living specimen of Halichondria panicea
here, of a lilac colour, which, on being torn to pieces, was
found to be densely charged with minute spherical capsules,
1-3000th of an inch in diameter, so like the sporidia of the
Myxogastres that, as I have before stated in the * Annals’
(vol. v. p. 320, May 1870), but for the presence of the spi-
cules and the specimens being fresh and living, I should have
concluded that these cells came from one of the Myxogastres,
and did not originally belong to the sponge. Could these
have been the true sexual ova of the sponge? By develop-
ment they would, of course, lose their homogeneous appear-
ance, and become granuliferous. i

aving endeavoured to show the near relationship which
exists between the Sponges and the compound Tunicata, and
the still nearer one which exists between the Foraminifera
and Corals, I have only now to add a word or two in conclu-
sion, on the real nature of the animal of the Sponges abs-
tracte :

The only naturalist, to my knowledge, who has turned his
attention directly to this all-important point connected with
them is Prof. H. James-Clark, of Boston, to whose valuable
memoir on the subject (republished in the * Annals,' vol. i.
dio Feb. 1868) 1 have alluded at the commencement of
this paper.

The object of Prof. James-Clark is to gus that the mono-
ciliated sponge-cell is a distinct flagellate infusorium, possess-
ing an oral and an anal orifice respectively, in close approxi-
mation, at the bottom of a funnel-shaped retractile expansion
which surrounds the base of the cilium, and also a nucleus and
two contracting vesicles; further, that this flagellated infu-
sorium is in no sense whatever related to the Rhizopoda ; and
that it is an aggregation or colony of such Infusoria which
produces the “ true ciliated Spongie.”

I cannot altogether endorse Prof. James-Clark’s views, as I
have stated (Annals, vol. iv. p. 196, Sept. 1869); nor do I
desire to dispute his conclusions here, my object in this com-
munication being to point out facts which seem to me worthy
of consideration, and to leave all hypothetical arguments in
support of particular opinions to those who think them of
more consequence than I do, merely observing that the amce-
boid pseudopodia of the Foraminifera (Digfugia) and the cilium
of the Flagellated Infusoria (Zrachelius trichophorus, Ehr.,
Astasia limpida, Duj.) appear to be combined in the Sponges,
and that, while the former may lead on to the Polypes, the
latter may be the initiative form of the Polyzoa and Tunicata.

342 Mr. E. R. Lankester on the use of the term “ Homology.”

XXXII.—On the Use of the Term “ Homology.”
By E. Ray LANKESTER.

To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,

Whilst acknowledging with pleasure Mr. St. George Mivart's
recent paper “ On the Use of the Term * Homology, " I think
that I cannot have been sufficiently clear as to the use of the
term homogeny in my own article, since he speaks of “ ances-
tral” and “ developmental" homogeny. I proposed to signify
by “ homogeny ” simply what he terms “ ancestral homogeny. "
Structures which he would call * developmental homogens,”
if they are not also ancestral homogens, do not come under
my term homogen at all, but are homoplasts. The fact of the
absence of ancestral relation at once removes them from
the category of homogens. The individual cranial bones of
man are not all homogenous, each for each, with those of the
osseous fish: but they are homoplastic; d. e. conditions other
than direct heredity have determined a close agreement of
arrangement.

The similarity of the development of so-called homologous

tions of the organism to its conditions of existence; and in
this way whole pages of history are blotted out or reduced to

I remain, Gentlemen,
ruly yours,
E. Ray LANKESTER.-

x s

la

On Dioplodon sechellensis. 343

XXXIIL—On the Skeleton of
Dioplodon sechellensis in the
Australian. Museum at Syd ney.
s J. E. RAS, F.R.5. &c.

obtained by M. Leduc in 1839 in
the Seychelle Islands. I figured
the lower jaw and skull in the
‘ Zoology of the n and Ter-
fme Lu LL 4 T. Duver-
noy figured the skull, under the-
name of Mesodiodon densirostris,
in the ‘Annales des Sciences
relles,’ 1851, vol. xv. M. Gerv
also figured ilie skull in the ys
logie et Paléontologie française,
t. xlii. f. 6, under the name of
Dioplodon densirostris ; and its
skull is figured under 'the name
of D. sechellensis in the * Ostéo-
graphie des Cétacés,’ t. xxv. f. 2,
3, as distinct from D. densirostris,
the end of the beak of which is
figured in fig. 1 of the same plate.
The name densirostris is use
in the Paris Museum because
Blainville called it Ziphius densi-
rostris; but it must not con-
founded with E sical densi-
rostris, Dietas
The rest of ge skeleton uM
been there unknown. It
very much like that of Zi Shis
Sowerbiensis, an imperfect ske-
leton of the. female of which is
f d by M. Van Beneden under
the name of Mesoplodon pores
biensis in the octavo * Memoirs
the Academy of Brussels,’ vol

944 Bibliographical Notice.

xvi. t. iii.; and a more perfect skeleton is figured in a larger
size in the ‘ Ostéographie des Cétacés, t. xxi. f. 1-3, t. xxii.
£1,3,t trv

_ This skeleton is very interesting as being only the second
species of the family of which any other part of the animal but
the skull has been observed.
i he form of the lower jaw gives a very peculiar appearance

to the skeleton. The cervical vertebræ are united together
by their bodies and large dorsal processes, the latter forming a
thick conical process. The bodies of the dorsal vertebræ are
very small, enlarging in size towards the tail; they are thirty-
six in number. The four terminal caudal ones are very small,
forming a kind of cylindrical process. There are eight chevron
bones. The thoracic cavity is small. There are twelve ribs
on each side. The dorsal processes of the first eighteen ver-
tebræ have an anterior basal process, which becomes gradually
smaller. -
Krefft, who has sent me a more detailed photog of

r
the lower jaw, has not, unfortunately, sent one of the limbs.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

An Elementary Course of Botany, Structural, Physiological, and
Systematic. By Professor AgrHUR Henrrey dition.
vised, and in part re-written, by Maxwzrr T. Masters, M.D.,
.R.8., &e. London: Van Voorst, 1870. Small 8vo, pp. xvi &
708. Ilustrated by upwards of 500 woodcuts.
THERE are two points of view from which a work like the present
may be regarded, either as a mere introduction to students to enable
them to meet the requisitions of an ordinary examination, or as à
work for higher students and a repertory of facts to which more

ch
any interest in the subject, seemed to show too evidently that there
must be somewhere a grievous defect. The late Professor Henslow
dot dec d x DE up TM 1 L L "n Fe RN Wer. S iology

o
4

made t Į t I ti i g, aT. that the memory wee
loaded with a quantity of abstract notions, while the reasoning
powers were utterly perplexed by contending views, none of which

EE CC Nem

Bibliographical Notice. 345

seemed to indieate any thing like certainty on which the student
could rest securely. Professor Henfrey was well aware of this,
and says expressly in his preface that, * though his own labours
have been chiefly in the field of physiological botany, he quite concurs
with the opinion expressed by the dist tinguished authors of the
‘Flora Indica,’ who believe that disservice is done to the cause of
botany by o ttention of students in th
the abstract | parts yof the science." The editor has equally felt it
with the Professor, whose views he has thoroughly carried out.

It is perhaps matter of regret that the whole work was not
re-written ; and, in point of fact, Dr. Masters's labours have been
far greater pes they would have been had the treatise been entirely

al.

origina.

As regards the systematic part of the work, Dr. Masters has not fol-

lowed the example of Bentham and Hooker’s ‘Genera,’ in uniting such

natural orders as Geraniaces, Oxalidex, and Balsaminex ; Sapindacee

and iod pon ; Saxifragee and Ribesism ; while Parnassia is referred

caceæ, instead of Saxifragez. "In the present condition of

systematic botany authors may very reasonably differ, though our

wn feeling is rather for what has been called the practice of “lum

um ? than for that of splitting. In one point we regret that Henter

has been followed, and with the praise that his arrangement is *

na i
do with Agarieacez ; still less have Tuber, Helvella, and Morchella
the slightest pretension to be classed amongst Exidiaces, the genus
Exidia itself being a singularly unfortunate selection as indicative
of the group to which such genera as Polyporus belong. The Tre-
melline, of which Eaidia is a member, ought certainly to form an

precisely the same ; and it is absolutely impossible to distinguish in
all cases Verrucaria from Spheria, the only distinctive mark (of
presence of gonidia) being wanting. We greatly prefer, as has
i” making Lichens and Fungi two members of one sg amm
"us

dition will in all probability soon be called for, and we
S. iiem that the interesting subject of the peculiarities of in-
sular floras should be more largely treated than in the two short sen-

the work will meet with the onee aent a and that it
will be generally recognized as one of the most use seful elemen tary
works, especially where the cleats object is | peanaking more than

346

MISCELLANEOUS.
Description of a new Species of wed ra We ph the Genus
Chrysolampis. By D. G. Ezuror, F.L. , ke.

Chrysolampis Nod sp. nov.

Top of head and nape of neck light metallic green, in some lights
purplish ; a black band across the back ; rest of back and upper
tail-coverts green, the longest blackish ; primaries purplish brown;
tail fiery copper-colour, all the feathers margined with blackish

P
black; flanks white; under tail-coverts rich chestnut, copper-
colour in some lights; basal portions black; under wing-coverts
green ; ack,
Length 4 spas peak 0-65, wing 2:4, tail 1:3.
Hab. New Gra
This very in ett and handsome bird appears to be a second
species of Mie p. so long represented by the well-known
moschitus, or Ruby-and-Topaz Hummer, which has for many years
been employed for hat-decorations &c., and is a well-known article
of commerce. The present species does not at all resemble its rela-
tive as regards the colour of its plumage, inclining more to the genus
Lampornis, among ae members, however, it cannot be included,
for structural reasons. The specimen, which is unique, was pes
ina large collection of DOMUM from New Granada; but Ia
able to give its exact habita

Axos Cliftoni. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S.
Dr. Perceval Wright and Mr. Kent inform me th at in examining

of the grow

Note on the Branched Variety of Ly cerei scopula.
By H. J. kids S. &e.
With reference to my deseri ee dod tions of Squamulina
scopula, published in the * iN ° "of May last pe v. p. 309, pls. 4
), and my subsequent communication (ib. p. 389), Iam now in a
position to afford positive evidence, from my own observation, on
i t

opula being a
at Dr. Bowerbank's M bom Vestis [s Spong. vol. ii.

eO*-
ind cw

UR aa
SERRA ea |

Miscellaneous. 347
p. 79) is but a branched species (I should have stated “ variety ") of

Squamulina scopula.

have just now found several specimens of the branched form of
Squamulina scopula on the rocks here (Budleigh-Salterton, Devon),
growing among sponges &c. far above low-water mark, so that they
are uncovered there twice every day for two or three hours at a time.

t is generally dichotomous, but by no means always so. The
most perfect and largest specimen I have has eight heads. Its total
length is about 21 twelfths of an inch, the stem before branching
being 12, and the branehed portion 1 line long by 14 line broad in
the spread. Thus it has undergone division three times

wit

all round, which continued retracting and extending themselves
and exhibiting the granule-circulation, after the manner of the
sarcode of the Foraminifera, for six hours, when the whole were
gradually withdrawn and did not reappear

turbulent situations.

On two Species of Land-Planaris from Borneo.
To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History.
GrzwrLEMEN,— The figures and descriptions of the Turbellarians
given by the Rev. W. Houghton in your last Number point them out as

also by M. Claparède. Their anatomy has been investigated by the
i ans.

I am, yours, &c.,
W.

September 23, 1870. C. M:Ixrosn.

348 Miscellaneous.

The large € of ~ Himalayas in want of a Name!
Rogert SwrixgoE, F.Z.8
It has been "ug * TA the large Heby an Barbet to Bucco

vi vie Seop., ; peer Gmel., both of which names were

n toa aoii bird fro a, a, for which it has been mistaken.
On comparing ea mr specimens from South China with three
from the Himalayas, I find certain constant differences between them.
I am of — spies that the two races ought to be separated ;
and as both the names in use were originally applied to the Chinese
bird, I would saree to dub = pn species in honour of
the Marshalls (Capts. C. H. T. and G. F. L.), who are now engaged
in producing an excellent monograph of this family.

MEGALÆMA MASBHALIOREM, Sp. nov.

Form
bill. Feathers of head and ne marked w ith m violet-blue in-
stead of greenish azure. wer hind neck patched with nm
bosoating E smaller and confined to centre of feathers as the bird ma-
tures; in B. virens a few pale streaks only oceur. Lesser and a

ng
outer webs of the secondaries, the former having a large maroon
spot on each feather

In colouring similar in other respects to B. virens.

asm Notice of a Ziphioid Whale, probably Berardius Arnuxii,
anded on the l6th of December, 1868, on the sea-beach, near
Now reet Canterbury, New Balant By Juros Haast,
Ph.D., S.
Towards the latter part of December, last year, it was stated that
a whale had been stranded on the sea-beach, near the mouth of the
Avon. Unfortunately the notice reached me too late to enable me to
see the body in its fresh state, and when I went to the sea-beach the
blubber had been cut off nearly a week, and the animal was already
in such an advanced state of putrefaction that the external appear-
ance was greatly destroyed. Before entering into a description of its
affinities and oe I may be allowed to offer a few observa-
tions on its captu
Mr. William Walker, a fisherman, living near the mouth of the
Avon, one mile and a p below New Brighton, observed, on the
16th of December, earl the morning, that a huge animal was in

te came too near it. def that he could not manage den large
animal by himself, he returned home to fetch a pues a larger knife,

and assistance. After having, with some trouble, shaved p^ rope
round the tail, and fastened it securely to the stump of a tree on the

ee

Miscellaneous. 349

beach, he inflicted with the large knife some deep wounds, from which

the blood ran copiously ; but the animal, notwithstanding this great
loss of blood, still lived for fourteen hours. The fisherman also put
a large stick several times into its mouth, which, to use his own
words, made the whale “ bellow like a bull.”

A very interesting fact may be deduced from the observations of
Mrs. Walker, who accompanied her husband on the second trip. She
told her husband that each time he put the stick into the whale’s
mouth, she could see several large teeth in front of its lower jaw,
which, however, were not dboarrol by any body else, and the exist-
ence of which was only revealed when the skull was cleaned, when,
in front of the lower 1 jaw, two large triangular and moveable teeth
on each side became exposed. It thus seems that the Ziphioid Whales,
when defending themselves from their enemies, or attacking their
prey, have the power to protrude these four teeth at will. Such an
hypothesis gains still more in probability when we consider the nature
of the principal food of the animal, which, judging from the contents
of its stomach, seems to consist dimos exclusively of the common

possession of such an agile animal as the Octopus, had not nature
furnished the former with the means of taking good hold of it. It
is rtig that the allied genera Ziphius and Hyperoodon, of the

northern hemisphere, feed also on similar species of cuttlefish, as i

t havoc
amongst the smaller inhabitants of the sea. And,as Dr. Gray justly
observes, it proves, at the same time, that these cephalopods, although
apparently of rare occurrence, must in many localities be very nume-
Tous, as it would otherwise be im mpossible to understand how they
could furnish those huge whales with sufficient food.

hen I proceeded to the beach the animal was still lying in the
surf, partly covered with sand, but still intact. I measured its length

exactly, and found it to be 30 feet 6 ir from the tip of the nose

to the end of the lobes of the tail. The co. olour of the whole animal

of the belly, which had a greyish colour. The tail was 6 feet 6 inches

. The dorsal fin was unfortunately destroyed when I first in-
spected the whale, so that I cannot describe its form and position
from my own observ ations; but Mr. Walker told me that it was

small, had the usual falcate form, and was situated not far from the tail.

I may here observe that, from the form of the skull and some other

350 Miscellaneous.

vpn it appears evident that this whale is the Berardius
Arnuzii of Duvernoy, of which a specimen was caught in 1846, in
Akaroa purwin the skull of which, of the length of four feet, is at
present in the Imperial Museum, in Paris. The animal to which it
belonged is described as having been 32 feet long, and possessing a

larger boss in front. Mr. Walker did not speak of it when he gave
me a description of the animal as it appeared when captured.
However, as the.figure of the skull, as given by Duvernoy in the
‘Annales des Sciences Naturelles and copied into Dr. Gray's
British-Museum ‘Catalogue of Seals and Whales,’ is identical with
that of our own specimen, I do not hesitate to state that both be-
long to the same speeies. It also seems to me that this whale-is
very local, probably inhabiting only the coast of New Zealand, and
perhaps the regions south of it, because, as far as I can find, it has
never been observed elsewhere. It has without doubt not been met
with on the coasts of Australia, or it would not have passed unnoticed,
as, amongst others, the energetic director of the Australian Museum
Gerrard Krefft, F.L.S., has not observed it. I may here state that
the form of the skull is very peculiar, reminding one strongly of that
of a dolphin

There seems to be nothing known of this peculiar whale, except
its external appearance and its skull; and it is therefore a matter
of congratulation to us that we shall be able to supply all the details
of its osteologic 'al —— which are arai in many respects.

The specimen in our p ion was evidently a young animal,
because all the disk- nee pa of the vertes are still detached.
The same is the case with the epiphyses of the limb-bones, which

are not yet united pb them; also the sutures of the cranium are
not yet obliterated. The beginning of coalescence is, however, to
be observed in the seven cervical vertebrae, of which the first pres
are already sic eig the first two completely, and the second and
third only partially, as the neural arches and transverse processes

has six cervical vertebra separate; and it will therefore be necessary

to examine very carefully into the character of the uncoalesced ver- `

Ty
tebre of our skeleton before giving a dm opinion upon the sub-

ject. It possesses ten dorsal vertebre common with Ziphius
sowerbiensis ; the Hyperoodont whales dim punt and the dolphins
fifteen. T have not yet been able to count and examine

the lumbar and caudal vertebræ, as the animal was in such a state
of putrefaction that, after cleaning the bones as well as possible and
leaving often a great portion of the vertebral column together, we
put ihera at once to macerate. We obtained only one of the sm
pelvie bones, the other having = been washed away by the
surf; it might, however, owing to its diminutive size and sticking
loosely i in the flesh, easily have been overlooked, As soon as the

4 |
|

Neca Va RITE EP E

Miscellaneous. 351

bones are clean, so that I can examine them, I shall offer a few more
observations upon the osteology of this remarkable animal, for the
complete skeleton of which the Canterbury Museum is indebted to
the members of the Philosophical Institute, without whose pecuniary
assistance I should have been unable to secure it for the Provincial
collections.— Proc. Phil. Institute of Canterbury, New Zealand, May 5,
1869.

On-the Heat evolved by Invertebrate Animals, especially Insects.
[AURICE GIRARD.

M. Girard's memoir commences with a very interesting historical
account of the numerous investigations that have been made upon
this subject, in which he dwells especially upon the researches of

withstanding the scientific precision with which they were conducted.
. Girard's own researches have been made by means of very va-

he made a modification necessary for his experiments. One of the
bulbs presents a deep interior cavity, so that the volume of air con-
tained in the concentric zone is equal to that of the volume of air in
the other bulb. The contracted orifice is closed by a cork furnished
with a tube, through which air enters and escapes freely. The in-
sect to be experimented on is introduced into thjs cavity with the

I of M. Becquerel, done good service in the study of
animal heat. Lastly, M. Girard has used the thermo-electrie piles
bismuth a ich, since their invention by Melloni

Without going into the details of M. Girard's experiments or in-

Adult insects, even when sleeping or very weak, never present a
diminution of the temperature of the surface of their body below
the surrounding temperature. The larve and pups of insects with

et they always present an elevation of temperature above
that of the surrounding air, or at least a temperature equal to that
of the la This is not always the case in insects with a complete

rature of the surrounding air, which shows that the evolution of
heat by the respiratory combustion may be insufficient to com-

352 Miscellaneous.

pensate for the gee due to — evaporation or cutaneous trans-
piration. The same fact occurs in chrysalids. The cocoon with
which the pup of 1 dire indes of Lepidoptera and Hymenoptera

ac
moment when they are taken out of the cocoon; then, in the air,
they lose their weight by evaporation, and the surface of their body
often descends below the temperature of the surrounding air. In

mperat
refrigerations due to evaporation are not produced when the tem-
perature very nearly approaches 32? F., a result perfectly conform-
able with the results of physical researches

Sex exerts a marked influence on the evolution of superficial
heat in certain groups of insects. "ee in the Bombycide the males

to occur among the Phryganide ao Pieride. But we must be
careful in generalizing these results.
The experiments of M. Girard upon the differences of temperature

2
longs to all, which agrees well with the analogous dissemination
is i ase in insects

very considerable. In the Humble Bees, and especially in the
Sphingidæ, whose flight is so powerful, the excess of the thoracic over
the abdominal temperature amounts commonly to from 7° to 11° F.,

or even sometimes to from 14° to 18°F. We may say that in insects
endowed with aérial locomotion the heat is concentrated in the
thorax into a focus of intensity proportional to the effective power
of flight. These results are in conformity with anatomical data.

equalization of temperature does not take mde so Lee as in the
vertebrata. we consider a wasp (a Polistes or a Sphex), the abdo-
men of which is united to the thorax only by a slender peduncle, how
slowly must the currents of the blood be transmitted between these
two regions through so narrow a strait! e may see how the heat
developed in the thorax during the movement of flight must pass with
difficulty into the abdomen, even if it ever reaches this part.
Another fact, intimately connected with that just referred to, is a8
follows. ` M. Girard has ascertained that, in the Humble Bees and

uzzing. ie temperature falls as soon as the insect eeases to buzz,
but rises again as soon as the buzzing is resumed ; and this takes
P lace many times successively.— Annales des Sciences Naturelles; tome
xi. (1869) p. 134; Bibl. Univ. January 15, 1870, Bull. Sci. p. 83.

j
Am
xm
a
d
f
X

——

THE ANNALS
MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[FOURTH SERIES.]

No. 35. NOVEMBER 1870,

kaiaa

XXXIV.—On the Larval State of Molgula; with Descrip-
tions of several new Species of Simple Ascidians. By AL-
BANY Hancock, F.L.S.*
UNTIL quite recently it was generally considered that all the
Ascidians, Simple, Social, and iie eg assumed in the larval
condition the tadpole form. M. Lacaze-Duthiers, however, has
lately shown that, in a certain species of the genus Molgula
this peculiar larval condition does not exist, but, on the con-
trary, the young, on issuing from the egg, is a comparatively
inactive Amceba-like creature, in no way resembling the usual
lively tadpole-like larva, either in form or mobility. From
this discovery it might be inferred (and apparently M. Lacaze-
Duthiers does infer) that all the members of the genus will
present this exceptional feature. Such, however, is not the

=

In 1846, M. Van Beneden published his researches on the
embryogeny &c. of the Simple Ascidiansf. This author
described and figured at that time the tadpole larva of a Mol-
gula, and, in fact, gave the whole history of the development
of the species, which he considered new, and described under
the name of Ascidia ampulloides. That this species is a true
Molgula does not admit of a doubt; both the figures and de-
scription prove this, although there are one or two slight dis-
crepancies, which may perhaps be accounted for by inaccurate
observation. The head of the tadpole-like larva is represented
as rather long and inclined to ovate, with the anterior extre-

.954 Mr. A. Hancock on the Larval State of Molgula,

mity a little constrieted and produced, and the tail with the
extremity furnished with a long filamentous process.

This memoir has apparently been overlooked by M. Lacaze-
Duthiers; and this might easily happen, since we have seen
that the species was described as an Ascidia. T.

ut this is not all. We have ourselves detected the tadpole-
like larva in another species of Molgula, which is described in
the sequel of this communication, under the name of M. com-
planata. This is assuredly a true Molgula, having, however,
one or two peculiar characters, the most striking of which is
the unusual arrangement of the oviducts, which in this species
pass from the posterior extremity of the genital masses, and
are directed towards the dorsal region, while in all the other
species of the genus they issue from the opposite extremity of
the organs, and open directly into the atrium ; and, moreover,
the eggs are retained in the water-spaces between the branchial
sac and the mantle until the larve are hatched. This is also
a peculiar feature; for in all the other species that we have
examined the eggs appear to escape at once by the excurrent
tube, and to be developed externally.

There can be no mistake in regard to the fact respecting

pe Which, however, when seen laterally, is found to be

Thus we have two species of well-characterized Molgule
that pass through the tadpole- larval stage. Is it then really
a fact that in this genus there are two distinct modes of de-

Alder and Hancock, described in the ‘Transactions of the
Tyneside Naturalists’ Club’ (vol. i.p. 197); but the charac-
ters of this species were, on subsequent examination, found to
differ so much from those of the genus to which it had been
assigned, that the late Mr, Alder and myself thought it neces-

would seem probable, then, that Lacaze-Duthiers's M. tubu-
het than Hugyra arenosa, and consequently does
not belong to the genus Molgula.
. M. Lacaze-Duthiers's discovery, however, is not the less
Interesting on that account, It is a matter fraught with much
importance, as it seems to establish the fact that the Tunicate
organization can be developed without passing through the
_ tadpole-condition—or, in other words, that this condition is
non-essential in the development of this molluscous group.
When Lacaze-Duthiers's memoir is published in full, it wi
be time enough to speculate on the effect his discovery may
have on the recent investigations and theory of Kowalevsky
respecting the relationship of the Tunicata to the Vertebrata.
-I shall avail myself of the present opportunity to describe
several new species of the Simple Ascidians, some of which
were determined before Mr. Alder’s death, others since that
sorrowful event, by myself: the former will stand in our joint
names ; for the latter I am alone responsible.

Ascidia plana, Hancock.

356 Mr. A. Hancock on new Species
. papilla, and the character of the vascular ramifications of the
test.

Ascidia Alderi, Hancock.

Body irregular ovate or pyriform, produced towards the
upper end, of a yellow colour, inclining to flesh-tint, with a
few small scattered tubercles, attached diagonally by the base,
and about halfway up the side. Apertures produced, distant,
with longitudinal tuberculated ridges; the branchial aperture
terminal; the anal about two-thirds down the body, and in-
elining towards the left side; ocelli red. Test moderately
thick, firm, transparent, with the terminal twigs of the blood-
channels na ates at the surface of a crimson colour, much
enlarged and widely fusiform. Mantle rather delicate, with
the apertures well produced. Tentacular filaments slender,
distant, not numerous. Branchial sac minutely plicated, nar-
rower than the visceral mass, with papille at the intersections
of the meshes, and smaller ones on the bars between them, all
having on each side a tubercular swelling. Ventral plait
MT ribbed and pectinated. Length upwards of two
inches.

We are indebted to the Rev. A. M. Norman for the acquisi-
tion of this interesting species. Only one specimen was ob-
tained; it was found between tide-marks at Herm, in 1865.,

A. Alderi is distinguished from A. plana, to which it 1s
closely related, by the arrangement of the tentacular filaments,

the form of the branchial papilla, by the colour and pecu-
liar character of the blood-channels of the test, and by several
other minor features. This species is dedicated to the memory
of my late coadjutor. I do this, with great satisfaction, at the
request of its discoverer, the Rev. A. M. Norman.:

Ascidia rubro-tincta, Hancock.

than halfway down the side: ocelli red. Test rather thin,
cartilaginous, evum of a reddish flesh-colour, smooth,
ed longitudinally. Mantle rather delicate,

at TETT: ah GT om,

of Simple Ascidians. 357

A. rubro-tincta is a near ally to A. mentula, from which, -
however, it is distinguished not only by its colour, but also
by several points of detail. The test is thinner and less coarse
than it is in that species ; and the tubes are more conspicuous,
particularly the branchial one; the ventral plait, too, differs in
some particulars, as well as the reproductive organs.

e have seen only one individual of this somewhat critical
species; it was taken between tide-marks at Guernsey, by
the Rev. A. M. Norman, in 1865.

Ascidia rubicunda, Hancock.

taken abundantly by the same gentleman on the stems and
roots of Halidrys siliquosa, and procured at extreme low tides
at Portaferry, Strangford Lough, 1869. More recently we have

ad a few specimens sent to us by Mr. A. G. More, of Dublin,
who collected them in Bertraghbuy Bay, Connemara.

A. rubicunda is related to A. mentula, on the one hand, and
to A. robusta, to be immediately described, on the other, but
is distinguished from both by many characters. It is always
more extensively attached, and is more elongated and de-
pressed than the former, from which it likewise differs in
colour. From A. robusta it is also distinguished by its great
brillianey of colour, as well as by its general form, its shorter
tubes, and the less robust character of the test.

358 Mr. A. Hancock on new Species

i Ascidia robusta, Hancock.
: Body elongated, irregularly ovate, produced in front, very
coarse, with a tinge of red, particularly towards the apertures;
adhering by the whole side; but sometimes much distorted,
and with adherent root-like prolongations. Apertures tubular,
much produced, the branchial one terminal, the anal more
than halfway down and inclining backwards; ocelli red.
Test extremely thick, tough, hard, and cartilaginous, usually
with root-like prolongations, semitransparent, very coarsé and
rough, irregularly furrowed and pitted, and frequently much
overgrown with zoophytes. Mantle tinged with red, deepened
towards the apertures; tubes long, the anal one much pro-
duced and turned backwards. Tentacular filaments rather
slender, not crowded, alternately large and small. Branchial
sac extending a little behind the visceral mass, minutely pli-
cated, with well-developed papilla, alternately large and small.

entral plait transversely and strongly pectinated near the
mouth. Length 4 or 5 inches.

Several of this large coarse species were obtained, in 1865,
at the island of Herm, during spring-tides, by the Rev. A. M
Norman. They were mostly so firmly inserted amidst the
roots of Laminaria digitata, that they were with difficulty re-
moved. It is closely related to A. mentula and A. rubicunda ;
the extreme hardness and thickness of the test, however, and
the great length of the respiratory tubes, sufticiently distin-
guish it from both. From the former it is likewise distin-
guished by its colour and other minor characters.

Ascidia mollis, Alder & Hancock.

. Body ovate, lobated, of a rosy flesh-colour, attached by a
limited portion of the side. Branchial aperture terminal; anal
from half to two-thirds down, rather inconspicuous.
thick, semitransparent, smooth and soft to the touch, rather
shining, obtusely lobed, of a rosy flesh-colour, showing minute
punctures and veinings of crimson. Mantle rather large in
proportion to the test, of a pale flesh-colour, with a few rosy
streaks ; the apertures crimson. Tentacular filaments nume-

paratively slender intermediate ones. Ventral plait very

. Three or four specimens of this distinct species were dredged
in 1865, in Bertraghbuy Bay, Connemara, Ireland, by Mr. G.
S. Brady. And we have recently examined two more speci-

Í
|

of Simple Ascidians. 359

mens of it which were obtained by Mr. A. G. More, in 1869,
in Kilkieran Bay, Connemara.
A, mollis is a well-marked species, and is not likely to be

confounded with any known form. It can always be distin-

guished by the soft though firm and shining test, which, on
close inspection, is observed to be marked all over with minute
crimson punctures (the terminal extremities of the blood-
channels, which in it are more inflated and globular than in
any other species).
Ascidia crassa, Hancock.
. Body broadly oval, a little depressed, Pd and irregularly
wrinkled, of a pale flesh-colour, adhering by various parts to
sea-weeds. Apertures distant, sessile; branchial one subter-
minal; anal about halfway down the side. Test very thick,
hard, cartilaginous, pellucid, irregularly and strongly wrinkled,
of a pale flesh-colour. Mantle of a rose-colour, deepened to-
wards the margins and over the alimentary canal; the tubes
short, particularly the branchial one, which is subterminal ;
the anal is a little produced and doubled over towards the left
side, Tentacular filaments numerous, well-developed, unequal
in size. Branchial sac minutely plicated, with obtuse papille,
alternately large and small; the stomata very small and m
tical. Ventral plait delicately ribbed transversely, and minutely
pectinated; by the side of the mouth the pectinations are in-
creased in size, and replace the lamine. Length 2} inches,
h.

Ascidia inornata, Hancock.

Body elongated, oval, depressed, attached by the whole side,
of a dim e rn-colour. | Apert a little produced, with
longitudinal ridges or folds; branchial one subterminal; anal
abo y down, Test rather thin, cartilaginous, trans-
parent, with a few minute papille and some scattered agglu-

360 Mr. A. Hancock on new Species

tinated particles of sand and shell, chiefly towards the margins
of attachment. Mantle well supplied with interwoven mus-
cular fibres. Zentacular filaments numerous and rather stout.
Branchial sac narrow, with large papille at the intersections
of the meshes, and small intermediate ones. Ventral plait
wide, strongly ribbed; margin pectinated, and bordered on the
left side with a band of tubercles. Length nearly 2 inches.

We are indebted for the knowledge of this species to Dr.
Bowerbank, who obtained a single individual of it at Hastings.
It is allied to A. plebeia, but differs from that species m many
respects, and may at once be distinguished by the narrowness
of the mantle and branchial sac, and likewise by the charac-
ters of the branchial papille and ventral plait.

Ascidia producta, Hancock.

Body much elongated, pyriform, depressed, attached by the

entire length, of a pale green colour. Apertures tubular; the

ranchial one a little produced and turned towards the ventral
margin; the anal three-fourths down, near the ventral
margin: ocelli red. Test rather thick, pellucid, cartilaginous,
covered with minute, distant, conical papille. Mantle delicate,
of a full dark green, with the branchial tube considerably pro-
duced, terminal; the anal short and turned backwards. Ten-
tacular filaments numerous, slender. Branchial sac minutely
plicated, with moderate-sized papille at the intersections of
the meshes. Ventral plait narrow, pectinated, ribbed, and
tuberculated on the left side. Length 24 inches.

The Rev. A. M. Norman dredged this species in the Minch,
in 1866, and also found it at extreme low-water during spring-
tides in Strangford Lough, 1869.

A. producta evidently belongs to that group of which A.
depressa and A. inornata are typical, but has many characters
to distinguish it from all of them.

Ascidia elongata, Alder & Hancock.

Body elongated, slender, transparent, nearly colourless,
attached slightly at the side of the base; the branchial aper-
ture terminal, the anal about two-thirds down. Test hyaline,
minutely tuberculated, the tubercles rather distant and pointed.
Tentacular filaments numerous, long, and slender. Branchial
sac with obtuse papille, minutely plicated; the stomata ellip-
tical. Ventral plait ribbed, rather narrow. Length about two
inches, breadth half an inch,

single individual of this species was dredged in Seaham
Harbour by Mr. Geor;

» George Hodge. ue
A, elongata is evidently related to A. aculeata, but it is

of Simple Ascidians. 361

distinguished by many characters. Besides the very elongated
form, the attachment is different, and the test is only slight]
tuberculated ; the tentacular filaments are differently arranged,
and the minute structure of the branchial sac is quite peculiar,
and alone sufficient for specific distinction.

Ascidia affinis, Alder & Hancock.

Body elongated, ovate, tapering upwards, semitransparent,
dirty greenish white; surface smooth or only slightly wrinkled,
echinated and somewhat rugose towards the base and aper-
tures. Apertures prominent, large, tubular, longitudinally
ridged, rugose or echinated ; the branchial one terminal, the
anal a little way down the ventral margin. Test semitrans-
parent, thin, cartilaginous, of an obscure, pale, soiled greenis
white, smooth above, and slightly roughened or echinated to-
wards the base and tubes. Mantle pale olive-brown, almost
colourless and transparent at the tubes, which are well-pro-
duced, wide, and strongly ribbed longitudinally, both directed
upwards. Tentacular filaments numerous, moderately stout,
alternately large and small. Branchial sac minutely plicated ;
papille only at the intersections of the meshes, thick, but ve
slightly produced. Ventral plait wide, smooth or only slightly
ribbed at the base, margin entire; the left oral appendages
seven or eight, large, triangular, flattened, and denticulated.
Length upwards of two inches. :

Obtained in great abundance in Roach River, Essex, by
Dr. Baird, when examining the state of the river to report on
its suitableness for the maintenance of oyster-fisheries. They
have usually a soiled appearance, and are much infested by
parasitic zoophytes, and are generally united at the base into
clusters, the base being considerably prolonged, forming a sort
of irregular flat pedicle.

Ascidia Normani, Alder & Hancock.

Body elongated, pretty regularly oval, white, delicately
fed id rap ash salou attached by the side of the base,
transparent, strongly echinated, particularly towards the base
and apertures, where the spines are usually compound. Aper-

of a rose-colour, wide, produced, strongly ridged and
echinated longitudinally ; the branchial one terminal, the anal
about a third down the ventral margin; ocelli small, incon-
spicuous. Test thin, transparent, white, or only slightly
tinged with pale flesh-colour, covered with simple and com-
pound spines, strongest towards the apertures an .
Mantle delicate, of a pale buff flesh-colour or almost colourless;
the tubes well produced, and of a rosy colour. Tentacular

362 Mr. A. Hancock on new Species

filaments rather long, white, wide at the base, distant, alter-
nately large and small, not very numerous. Branchial sac
minutely plicated ; stomata long; papille confined to the in-
tersections of the meshes, delicate, scarcely (if at all) produced.
Ventral plait well developed, ribbed, margin entire; the left
oral appendages five or six, denticulated, flat, placed diago-
nally. Length sometimes 24 inches, but usually under 2 inches.
Several of this pretty species were collected by the Rev.
. M. Norman in 1869, between tide-marks in Strangford
Lough; and lately Mr. A. G. More has sent to us several spe-
cimens of it dredged by himself in Bertraghbuy Bay, Conne-
mara. e have received it also from Mr. Robertson, who
obtained three or four individuals in the Frith of Clyde.
- We have named this species after our friend the Rev. A. M.
orman, to whom we are indebted for a great number of new
forms of both the simple and compound Tunicata.

Genus CORELLA, Alder & Hancock, MS.

aperture. Reprod
duct following the line of the intestine. ;
The above genus was characterized some time previously to
the death of my late collaborator, Mr. Alder, for the reception
of the so-called Ascidia parallelogramma, which differs in so
many important characters from the species with which it was
associated that we deemed ourselves justified in making the
change. It is a sinistral animal; the alimentary tube is very
differently disposed from that of Ascidia; the heart occupies a
different position; and, above all, the spiral arrangement of the
secondary branchial vessels seems sufficient to warrant the
establishment of this genus.
X Since then two very interesting species have been discovered
which agree in all essential characters with the type form,
thus justifying the reete of Corella parallelogramma from
h it

the genus with which it was placed.

of Simple Ascidians. 363
Corella larveeformis, Hancock.

Branchial sac with inconspicnous ae at the intersections

base to the branchial aperture & of an inch, and to the anal
aperture 14 inch.

.. We are indebted to Mr. A. G. More for the knowledge of
this interesting and very distinct species. Two specimens
were obtained at Roundstone, Connemara, in 1869.

` C. larveformis is distinguished at once from C. parallelo-
gramma by the extraordinary elongation of the anal tube, and
the comparative deficiency ‘of colour, though much reliance
cannot be placed on this fida: as the specimens had been
some time in spirit before they came into our possession. The
fewness of the rows of branchial spirals, and the consequent
comparative largeness of the spirals themselves, also distin-
guish this species.

Corella ovata, Hancock.

Body ovate, widest above, not much compressed, adhering
by the base, where there are a few root-like processes. Aper-
tures very little produced, almost sessile; the branchial one
terminal, the anal placed at a little distance down the ventral
margin. Test soft, smooth, delicate, and perfectly transparent,
revealing the colours and structure of the enclosed mantle an
viscera, Mantle thin, transparent, of a buff flesh-colour, some-

cles few and delicate, of a reddish colour. Branchial sac with
. thin, delicate papille, very slightly produced ; the spirals com-

964 Mr. A. Hancock on new Species

posed of only two or three stout coils. Tentacular filaments
numerous, slender, not very long, set rather close together, in
a single line on a narrow muscular band. Ventral plait broken
up into upwards of thirty tentacular processes, which are wide
at the base, attenuated upwards, and produced and pointed at
the extremity. Length 12 inch, but usually smaller.

. ovata was found by the Rev. A. M. Norman at low-water
at Tobermory, in the island of Mull, in 1866, associated with
Ascidia rubicunda, and adhering to Plocamium coccineum. It
has also been found at Roundstone, Connemara, by Mr. A. G.
More, occurring in clusters attached to the test of Ascidia
Normani.

This delicate species is distinguished from its two congeners
by the general form, and particularly by the character of the
branchial spirals, which in C. ovata are not by any means so
many times coiled as they are in both the other species; and
the coils themselves are much stouter. In C. parallelogramma
and C. larveformis the spirals are six or seven times coiled,
while in C. ovata they are only two or three times coiled. |

Genus Crona (Savigny), Fleming.

not reaching to the bottom of the mantle; the meshes recti-

viously done, by raising Savigny's third tribe, Phallusice Comm
: Iti

Ciona fascicularis, Hancock.

Body much elongated, subcylindrical, flaccid, highly con-
tractile, colourless, or tinged yellowish from the mantle an
viscera appearing through; attached by the side of the base;
the lower extremity with numerous rather long, cylindric

is z x y ;
SS Oe —ÜÉÉÓÓB EP pee"

of Simple Ascidians. 365

papille. Apertures tubular, short, yellowish, with red ocelli ;
branchial one terminal, anal at a short distance down the
ventral margin. Test soft, smooth, gelatinous, perfectly hya-
line. Mantle delicate, pale yellow, and extremely transparent,
all the visceral organs being distinctly seen through it; tubes
short, cylindrical, and more highly coloured than the rest of
the mantle. Branchial sac long, narrow, cylindrical, with
rather long papille, non-plicate. Tentacular points of the
ventral margin long, slender, numerous. Tentacular filaments
numerous, long and slender, with short intermediate ones, set
1n a single row on a narrow scalloped fold or collar. Length
from 2 to 3 inches, breadth about 4 an inch.

For specimens of this very distinct and interesting species
we are indebted to Mr. A. G. More, who collected it in con-
siderable abundance in Kilkieran Bay, Connemara, in 1869.
The specimens were for the most part united towards the base
into dense bundles, the upper portions being quite free. The
aggregation is produced by the agency of the papille that
clothe the sides of the basal extremity of the test; the attach-
ment is consequently lateral. The common mass had appa-
rently been fixed by the same means to some foreign body.

The papille at the posterior extremity of the test, the pecu-
liar ifiodé of aggregation, and the narrow cylindrical form of
the body distinguish at once this species from C. intestinalis,
from which it also differs in the respiratory tubes being further
apart.

Molgula simplex, Alder & Hancock.

Body globular, subpellucid, nearly smooth, free, or very
slightly attached. Apertures nearly terminal, not far apart,
slightly tubular and retractile. Test rather soft, but tough, ge-
nerally rather thinly clothed with linear fibrils, which are rarely
forked, and seldom with any sand or shell adhering to them.
Tentacular filaments branched, irregularly tripinnate; there
are about eleven, with minute ones interspersed. Branchial
sac with six folds on each side, the meshes distinctly but
irregularly convoluted. Ventral plait smooth, broad below.
Intestine forming two loops, confined to the lower half of the
sac. Reproductive organs forming a slightly arched mass on
each side, with the margins divided into numerous irregular
lobes, that of the right,side within the second intestinal loop.
Diameter 4 to 2 inch.

A few specimens were found by the late Mr. Alder at Ply-
mouth and Oban; it has also been obtained at Lough Strang-
ford and Ballywater, Ireland, by Mr. W. Thomson. It has
considerable resemblance to Ascidia ampulloides of Van Be-
neden, which is undoubtedly a Molgula. That species appears

366 Mr. A. Hancock on new Species

to be larger than M. simplex, and with more extended tubes ;
the test, too, is described as solid and thick, which is not the
ease with our species.

Molgula inconspicua, Alder & Hancock.

Body globular, rather firm, covered with sand and shell,
unattached, Apertures approximated. Test tough, clothed

Norman in 1865.

This rather obscure species is remarkable on account of the
nearly linear arrangement of the branchial meshes, which,
however, preserve sufficient curvature to bear out the character
of the genus to which it belongs. It is nearly allied to JM.
simplex, from which it differs in the character of the branchial
meshes already noticed, as well as in the less bushy tentacular
filaments and the more voluminous intestine. :

Molgula complanata, Alder & Hancock. ;

Body much depressed, rather longer than broad, adhering
by its whole length, covered with sand and small fragments
of shell. Apertures at a little distance apart; the branchial
one towards the margin, the anal about the centre of the disk.
Test rather thin, covered with long simple fibrils, to which
the sand is attached; under surface very thin and smooth,
with only a few grains of sand. Mantle transparent, slightl
attached to the test, and with strong radiating muscles roun
the apertures. Tentacular filaments simply pinnaté. Branchial
sae with six folds on the right side and seven on the left; the
meshes a good deal convoluted. Intestinal canal forming a
single long loop, Liver pale green, folded or laminated. Re-
productive organs composing an oblong ovate mass on each
side; that on the right side placed immediately above the intes-
tinal loop; the oviducts turned to the posterior side. Len
3} tenths of an inch. :

of Simple Ascidians. — 367

. We have seen only one specimen of this well-characterized
species. It was adhering to the inside of a dead shell of

atella vulgata dredged in Guernsey by Mr. Jeffreys and the
Rev. A. M. Norman in 1865.

The depressed form and large surface of attachment in this
little Molgula are characters very unusual in this genus. An-
other peculiarity is observed in the reversed position of the
oviduets.

Genus EUGYRA, Alder & Hancock, MS.

the genus as above. Since then, another "eee of Hugyra
has been discovered, and has now to be recorded.

double spiral coils rather stout. Intestine forming a single
So short and constricted towards the anal extremity, and
widening at its junction with the stomach. - Liver bulky, of a
black olive-green. Reproductive organs of a pale yellow,
placed partly within the intestinal loop, and partly above it.

iameter half an inch. ; :
A single specimen of this interesting species was dredged
by Mr. j effreys and the Rev. A. M. Norman in Guernsey in
1865. E. sis is distinguished from J£, arenosa by the

368 Mr. W. T. Blanford on Georissa, Acmella,

form and larger size of the tubes, by the less voluminous in-
testine, by the shortness of its loop, and by the darkness and
colour of the liver.

XXXV.— On Georissa, Acmella (Cyclostoma tersum, Bens.),
Tricula, and Cyathopoma millium, Bens. By WILLIAM
T. BLANFORD, Y.G.&., C.M.Z.8.

Dr. v. MARTENS, in the *Malakoz. Blätter’ for 1869*, p. 223,

has pointed out that I was in error (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

March 1869, p. 177) in supposing Hydrocena of Parreyss to

be a marine shell, and, consequently, that the only essential

ground of distinction between it and my genus Georissa dis-
appears. I had overlooked Frauenfeld’s mention of the shell
in the * Verhandl, der zool.-bot. Gesellschaft’ for 1866 until

after sending o note, and at the time of writing was
mainly guided by Martens himself (conf. Malakoz. Blätter,
1864, p. 142, and Ann ag. Nat. Hist. 1866, vol. xvii.

I cannot, however, coincide with Dr. v. Martens in his opi-
nion, founded solely on Major Godwin-Austen's drawings, that
Cyclostoma tersum, Bens., 1s an Assiminea; and I am persuaded
that an inspection of the shell would very soon undeceive my
critic. C. tersum possesses a very distinct sculpture, whilst
Assiminee are always, so far as I have seen, smooth; and
whereas every species of true Assiminea, so far as I am aware,
1s an estuarine shell, living between tide-marks on mud, the
little shell from the Khasi hills is found, as I am informed
by Major Godwin-Austen, in company with Pupa plicidens,
m moist places near small streams, but not upon their edges,
at a height of 4000 feet above the sea.

e only species of Acicula which I possessed for compari-
son with C. tersum was A. spectabilis, Rossm., which is similar

* But, as is only too fi tly the cas ished < ths after
he ane oa ; cat requently the case, published some mon

-

—

Tricula, and Cyathopoma milium. 269

in structure and sculpture; and, as I pointed out, Cyclostoma
striata, Quoy and Gaimard, referred by Gray and Pfeiffer to
Acicula, appears to resemble Cyclostoma tersum in many of
its characters.

If, as Martens thinks, and I am on the whole disposed to
agree with him, I was wrong in assigning Cyclostoma tersum
(or, as I proposed to call it, Acmella tersa) to Acicula, what is
its generic position? It certainly is no Assiminea; but it may
be allied ; and if so, it becomes simply a land Rissoid*. It is, of
course, to be regretted that Major Godwin-Austen did not suc-
ceed in isolating the very minute teeth of the lingual ribbon and
figuring them separately, as the presence or absence of basal
denticles on the central tooth would have aided in deciding the
question; but since last year I have some further evidence,
b is in favour of Acmella belonging to this ubiquitous
amliy.

Major Godwin-Austen obtained a shell in North Cachar
which he considered to be a second species of Acmella. It
was found on wet moss beside a waterfall, in a stream flowing
into the Jhiri river, at an elevation of about 3000 feet above
the sea. On examining and comparing the shell, I found it

emi in a stream at Bheemtal, in Kumaon (Western Hima-
ayas), at an altitude of 4000 feet above the sea. I have also

the base of the long filiform tentacles (^ tentaculis filiformibus
duobus oculos postice prope basin gerentibus ")— precisely as
in Acicula, in short. Moreover Tricula is evidently a fresh-
. water shell, living in streams, whilst Acmella is a land-shell.
* It appears to me far from improbable that Acicula itself belongs to

the Rissoide.
f Caleutta Journal of Nat. Hist. 1842. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. Dec.

dus & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. vi. 24

370 Dr. H. A. Nicholson on the Genus Climacograpsus.

It is evident that the two must be distinguished ; and if I am
wrong in considering Acmella a subgenus of Acicula, I should
be equally in error in proposing to ‘subordinate it to Trieu
The latte: has, by Stimpson (Researches on the Hydrobiine,
&c.) and Stoliczka (Paleontologia Indica, v. p. 271), been re-
ferred to the Rissoide ; but Stoliczka places it in a different
subfamily from Assiminea. I have very little doubt that this
position 1s correct ; and the conclusion at which I have arrived
is that Cyclostoma tersum, Bens., belongs to the Rissoide,
that it is allied to Z'ricula and also, probably, to Acicula, but
that it must be considered the type of a distinct genus, thus
characterized :—

ACMELLA, gen. nov.

(Subgen. nov., Ann. & Mag. TN Hist. 1869, ser. 4.
vol. iii. p. 178.)

Testa ovata, cornea ; apertura ovata; peristomate obtu

doin corneum, beau, a TETES E excentrico,
sinistrali.

Animal Assimineæ simile; proboscide brevi; tentaculis brevibus,
obtusis, oculos insuper haug procul ab extremitatibus gerentibus ;
pede mediocri, ovato.

Species unica typusque :—

Acmella tersa (Bens.).
Cyclostoma tersum, Bens. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1853, ser. 2. vol. xi.
85

Sons tersa, Pfr. Mon. Pneum. ii. 158, iii. 172.
Since last year, Major Godwin-Austen has obtained a second
pena of Cyathopoma from the ranges sou uth of Assam, which
much better with Mr. Benson’s description of Cyclo-
es milium than that first found; it, however, has spiral
sculpture, It Roue appears more ws ever probable that C.
milium is a Cyathopoma, and possibly a worn specimen of the"
shell last found, in v which the dignes had been abraded.

XXXVI.—On the Genus poner. Has. with Notes on the
British Te ni the Genus. By He - ALLEYNE
NICHOLSO

THE genus Climacograpsus was originally founded by Hall,
the eminent American spaliscartologist (Grapt. Quebec Group,
p. 111) to include certain species of PEA R which had

JERSE,
on Nod History | in the ved: Acide] "School of .
Edinburgh.

Dr. H. A. Nicholson on the Genus Climacograpsus. 371

e stipe, and transversely oval or subquadrate; cell-
denticles or appendages, if present, usually on the upper
pot

peo at the end of tooth-like “‘ denticles," as in Diplograpsus.
n lateral views of C limaeograpsus, where the frond is simply

appea num of

sunk below the general level of the polypary.
Specimens such as these that Professor Goy founded his
Diplograpsus rectangularis (Pal. Foss. p. 8, pl. 18. fig. 8).
Judging, also, merely from examples of this nature, it would
certainly be supposed that the cellules of Climacograpsus were
not separated one from another by distinct cell-partitions. It
Was pointed out, however, by Salter that it was often possible
to trace from the base of each cell-mouth a short impressed
line, extending nearly as far as the next cell-mouth below
(Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. viii. p. 389, pl. 21. figs. 3 b, 4b).
That this line is truly the edge of a cell-partition is shown
conclusively by an examination of — age in
relief (fig. 1 ¢ , of which the Coniston udstones have yielded
to me a magnificent series. From these specimens it becomes
at once evident that the cellules in Climacograpsus are really
as distinct from one another as in Diplograpsus, each cellule
being bent so that its outer portion becomes parallel with the
axis of the frond, thus bringing the cell-mouth directly beneath
the cellule immediately above. The piii of this

372 Dr. H. A. Nicholson on the Genus Climacograpsus.

arrangement of parts is shown in certain of the Diplograpst
(e. g. in D. putillus, Hall, and D. tamariscus, Nich.).

the whole, then, Climacograpsus differs from Diplograpsus
merely in the fact that the cell-apertures are not placed at the
extremity of projecting denticles. This difference is not, per-
haps, one of great structural importance ; but it communicates
such a peculiar aspect to the whole group of the Climacograpst
that for the present the distinctness of the genus may well be
maintained.

Taking Climacograpsus teretiusculus, His., as the type, the
following may be described as the structure of the genus,
though it is probable that some of the species differ from this
in respects more or less important :—

The frond (fig. 1) is diprionidian, having cellules on each
side, and is cylindrical in shape, tapering more or less rapidly
towards the base. It is composed of two simple unicellular
stipes placed back to back, their internal or dorsal walls
coalescing to form a single vertical septum (fig. 1 g), along
the centre of which runs a delicate solid axis, in the form of a

fron

the pom corresponds to one of the stipes composing the.
in ?
ing together the two halves of the pct may be taken to

grapsus teretiusculus is conclusively proved by an extensive
suite of specimens, preserved in relief, which 1 have obtained
from the Mudstones of the Coniston series of the north of

Dr. H. A. Nicholson on the Genus Climacograpsus. 373

England. These specimens, as I m elsewhere mentioned

Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxiv. p. 529), very readily split

up, entirely or partially, into their pondo halves—thus

exhibiting the structure of the frond in an exceedingly beau-
Fig. 1

oN

a. Specimen of Climacograpsus teretiusculus, His., showing the notch-like
cell-apertures = the distal and proximal extensions of the axis; twice

the natural size: from the Upper rrr Shales of d Linn,
near Moffat. ‘pede en of the same in a sc ee a w, showing

the mouths of the mare i twice the natural siz : Upper Llandeilo,
x Cpu near joue c. Specimen of the bd in relief, show-

ing ure ich enlar:

stones Skel ETE Il Beck, puc yc d. beso of a scalariform
8 same, much e — € , near M

e. Ario or fea enlm greatly — Skiddave Slates. f-A specimen
in relief, ‘but split in half till cl n the base, showing the median
septum 'and the solid axis ramet 6 jue its centre ; twice the euis,
size: Mudstones of the Coniston series. g. Transverse section of a
ne of C. teretiusculus, —— in the round, showing the me-

dian septum and the solid axis

374 Dr. H. A. Nicholson on the Genus Climacograpsus.

hollow casts of the interior of the frond, show in the most
conclusive manner that in this species the cell-partitions did
not reach the solid axis, but are, on the contrary, separated
from the median septum by a very well-marked * common

Dr. H. A. Nicholson on the Genus Climacograpsus. 375

canal" for the conveyance of the coenosarc. This is also
the structure in all the Diplograpst which I have had an
opportunity of examining in a sufficiently good state of pre-
servation.

From the peculiar nature of the cellules in C. teretiusculus,
and in all other members of the genus Climacograpsus, it will
be at once seen that all the views of the frond which can

term as applied to a monoprionidian species. In well-pre-
served specimens exhibiting this view, two faint lines proceed
outwards and downwards, one from each angle of the trans-
verse aperture, marking the position of the cell-partitions.

the row of cellules on the opposite side of the frond to be seen
indistinetly through the test. Between these extreme terms

376 Dr. H. A. Nicholson on the Genus Climacograpsus.

(as shown in fig. 1 a & 4) intermediate forms exist in great va-
ie ing in every possible way with the exact portion of
the surface of the frond which may be exposed to view.

The entire genus Climacograpsus appears, in Britain at any
rate, to be exclusively confined to the lower division of the
Silurian rocks. In the Skiddaw Slates three of the five
British species have been detected by myself, namely, C. an-
tennarius, Hall, C. bicornis, Hall, and C. teretiusculus, His.
In the Upper Llandeilo rocks we have C. teretiusculus, C.
bicornis, C. tuberculatus, Nich., and C. innotatus, Nich., the
two former being highly characteristic of the formation. In
the Caradoc rocks only C. teretiusculus has hitherto been de-
tected; but it is extremely abundant in some portions of this
series. Above the Caradoc rocks the genus is represented
solely by a single example of C. teretiusculus, discovered by
Professor Harkness in the Lower Llandovery rocks of Haver-

rdwest.

Climacograpsus teretiusculus, His., sp.
Prionotus teretiusculus, His. Leth. Suecica, Supp. 2, t. 38. fig. 4.
Diplograpsus rectangularis, M‘Coy, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 2. vol. v. p. 271;

Pal. Foss. p. 8, pl. 1 5. fig. 8.

Pete teretiusculus, Salt. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. viii. pl. 21.

gs. .

Climacograpsus teretiusculus, Nich. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxiv.

p. 139, pl. 5. figs. 11-18 ; ibid. pp. 528, 529.

Climacograpsus scalaris, Carruthers, Geol, Mag. vol. v. p. 181.
Climacograpsus minutus, Carruthers, ibid. p. 132.

Having already described the appearances which are ordi-

narily presented by this species, it will not be necessary for

o more here than simply to notice the characters of the
base, as itis by these that C. teretiusculus is distinguished
from the closely allied C. bicornis.

n normal specimens of C. teretiusculus the solid axis is
prolonged proximally below the base of the frond for a greater
or less distance in the form of a filamentous cylindrical radicle.
This is the ordinary condition of the base; and the only va-
riation in this respect which is at all common relates to the
length of the proximal extension of the axis. In a great
many individuals (fig. 2a) the radicle is extremely short, not
exceeding from } to 1 line or 2 lines, and this though the
frond may be from 4 to 1 inch in length or even more. In
other individuals, again (fig. 1 a,b), the length of the radicle is
much greater, varying from } inch to as much as 1} inch, the
frond itself reaching sometimes a length of as much as 23
inches. "These variations, however, are probably due merely
to the age of any given individual.

Several departures, however, from the above simple state of

Dr. H. A. Nicholson on the Genus Climacograpsus. 377

a. Base of the common form of C. teretiusculus, with a short radicle : Co-

niston Mudstones. b. Base of the same, showing a long median radicle
and two long lateral spines: Upper Llandeilo, Dobb's Linn, near Moffat.
the same, showing the commencement of the radicle enve-
loped in a sheath : Upper Llandeilo, Hart Fell, near Moffat. «d. Base
of the same, showing the radicle swelling out below into a species
of vesicular dilatation: Upper Llandeilo, Garple Linn, near Moffat.
All much enlarged.
rudimenta: A second peculiarity, first noticed by Mr. Car-
ruthers (Intellectual Observer, June 1867), consists in the fact
that whilst the filiform radicle may be prolonged for an inch
or more below the body of the frond, its upper extremity is
enclosed, for the space of a line or thereabouts, in a tubular
Sheath derived from the proximal end of the frond (fig. 2 c).
In the third variety (fig. 2d) the proximal extension of the
axis is slender at its commencement close to the base of the
frond, but gradually dilates into a long narrow vesicular body,
which is elliptical or fusiform in shape, and may attain a
length of nearly five lines with a breadth of more than half a
line. This singular variation, though not of very common
occurrence, cannot be looked upon as accidental.

`

378 Dr. H. A. Nicholson on the Genus Climacograpsus.

of the ‘Systema’ (Stockholm, 1768) there is to be found a
description of a fossil termed by Linneeus G'raptolithus scalaris,
the exact nature of which has formed a subject of some con-
troversy. This so-called G. scalaris was originally described
by Linneus and figured in his ‘Scanian Travels’ (Skanska
Resa), which were published in 1751. I have not at present
an opportunity of reproducing the original figure of Linneeus ;
but I subjoin a copy of the facsimile of the same given by
Geinitz (Die Graptolithen, t. 6. fig. 20), which will be accu-
rate enough for all practieal purposes (fig. 3).

Fig. 3.

Figure of Graptolithus scalaris, Linn., after Linneus. From ‘Skanska
Resa,’ p. 147. Copied from Geinitz.

From this figure it will be seen that two wholly dissimilar
objects are represented in this primitive sketch. The two
spiral bodies are unquestionably Graptolites, and may very
possibly be referable to the base of the species now known as
G. Sedgwickii, Portl. The straight body, however (^ lineam
Striasque transversas referens") is the original G. scalaris;
and a rather unfruitful controversy has been carried on as to its
exact nature. The question, however, is not wholly unimpor-
tant, as changes in our nomenclature have been advocated on
the basis of the supposed nature of this figure.

. By Wahlenberg, Geinitz, and Barrande, Œ. scalaris, Linn.,
is regarded as a unicellular or monoprionidian Graptolite (viz.
G. sagittarius) compressed in a direction rectangular to the
cellules, so that the apertures of the cellules are shown running
across the stipe transversely, Upon this view the term “ sca-

estes tima

Dr. H. A. Nicholson on the Genus Climacograpsus. 379

e
meant for. I am also perfectly satisfied that it is wholly im-

for teretiusculus, unless it can be demonstrated that the original
G. scalarís was a bicellular form. The promoters of this
substitution appear to have proceeded upon the entirely erro-
neous belief that unicellular Graptolites do not exhibit * sca-
lariform " views. On the contrary, numerous instances occur
in which monoprionidian ds si exhibit * scalariform "

proved by the occurrence of numerous scalariform VY EE.
im rocks (such as the Coniston Grits of the north of England)
in which the most careful search has hitherto failed to reveal
a single double-celled Graptolite. I ux gen a cut (fig. 4)
showing the phenomena above mentioned, as they occur in
G. colonus, Barr., and G. priodon, Bronn—all the specimens
figured having been obtained from deposits which have hitherto
yielded no examples of either Diplograpsus or Climacograpsus.
. If, then, the original G. scalaris, Linn., be a Graptolite, it
1$, to say the least of it, quite as likely to be the scalariform
impression of a monoprionidian species as of a double-celled

rm. I am, therefore, decidedly of the opinion that there are
no grounds for accepting the change promi by Hall and
followed by Carruthers—a change which would substitute for

380 Dr. H. A. Nicholson on the Genus Climacograpsus.

a well recognized and hh current form an altogether dubious
and undeterminable specie

sm h a

t, Scalariform Snc sane of G. colonus, Barr., from the Coniston Grits
near Sedbergh. 6, Another specimen rof the pets from the same loca-

h the
and cell-partitions; from a specimen from the base of the Coniston
Flags, west side of "Long Sleddale. e. Ordi nary lateral view of a frag-
ment of G. colonus, Bar, showing the qut dentales; from the Coniston
Grits near Sedbergh. All considerably enlarged.

oc. Skiddaw Slates (upper beds): Thornship Beck, near
sie Ellergill Beck, near Milburn} Lower Llandeilo: Ty-
obry and oiher localities i in Wales. Upper Llandeilo : every-
where in the Anthracitic Shales (Moffat Shales) of Pe south
of Scotland, and in numerous localities in North ánd South
Wales and in Ireland. Caradoc: common in the Mudstories
of the Coniston series of the north of England. Lower
dovery: Haverfordwest (collected by Prof. Harkness).

Climacograpsus bicornis, Hall.

Graptolithus sores: Hall, Pal. New York, vol. i. p. 268, pl. 73. — u—
Diplogra pne ne is, Carruthers, Am, & Mag, at. Hist. Jan. Lino

A central solid axis is present; but this does not appear to be
ever produced, either proximally or distally, beyond the frond
to any thing like the extent observable in C. Hs acer re
regards the characters of the base, four distinct forms may be

distinguished, though it is not clear whether these should be

Dr. H. A. Nicholson on the Genus Climacograpsus. 381

regarded as genuine varieties or as being dependent upon age
or development.

Fig. 5.

TE t |
BE

d [4

b a

a. Base of C. bicornis, after Hall, showing a basal disk or bulb ; ma

two diameters. b. Base of the same, showing an imperfect "basal c ud

centic disk ; enlarged, from a specimen from the Llandeilo Shales of
Glenkiln Burn, Dumfriesshire. c. Base of the ordinary form of C. bi-
cornis in mfriesshire, without a central radicle ; enlarged. d. Base
of the same, after Hall, showing the lateral spines flanking a central
radicle (= Diplograpsus tricornis, Carr de

In the first of these (fig. 5c), which may be regarded as the

typical form of the species, the base is simply provided with
wo curved spines or mucronate processes, which diverge from
the lateral angles of the base and enclose an angle of from 40°
to about 140°. As a rule, these basal processes form strong
arcuate cornua ; but they are not unfrequently of the nature of
slender spines, and are then usually straight or only slightly

ae In any case they seldom attain a length of more than
a line,
In the second form (= Diplograpsus tricornis, Carr. ?), i
addition to the two lateral spines, there is a a median mei US or
“ radicle" (fig. 5 d), which varies in length from a mere tu-
bercle to half a line or more.

In the third form (fig. 55) there is developed round the
lateral processes a corneous disk or bulb, of a crescentic shape,
each horn of the crescent sometimes attaining, in large speci-
sse a length of nearly three lines. This rare and singular

ariety occurs not very uncommonly in a band of highly
katit shale in Glenkiln Burn sshire

In the fourth variety (fig. 5 a), which was Abit P 1
Hall, the basal disk is very much more extensively develope
osing its crescentic form, and extending both completely be-
tween the basal spines and also up to the level of the third or
fourth cell-aperture on each side.

The frond itself of C. bicornis differs in no important parti-

382 Dr. H. A. Nicholson on the Genus Climacograpsus.

oe exhibited vary with the particular aspect of the

processes. From C. antennarius, Hall (fig. 6), C. bicornis is
C. tuberculatus, Nich., in which the characters of the base are
5 e

thicker and stronger, and are nearly or quite rectangular to

radicle.

The presence of a basal disk or cup in some forms of the
species 1s a remarkable fact, since there can be little hesitation
in comparing this to the corneous disk of some of the Dicho-
grapsi and Tetragrapst.

Loc. Skiddaw Slates (upper beds): Thornship Beck, near
Shap. Lower Llandeilo: Penmorfa &c. Upper Llandeilo:
Anthracitic Shales of Dobb’s Linn, Hart Fell, and Glenkiln
Burn in Dumfriesshire.

Climacograpsus antennarius, Hall.
uc antennarius, Nicholson, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxiv.
This beautiful species has been fully described by Hall
(Grapt. Quebec Group, p. 112, pl. 12. figs. 11-13), and was

Dr. H. A. Nicholson on the Genus Climacograpsus. 383

first described by myself from British specimens which I ob-
tained from the Skiddaw Slates, our British equivalent of the
Quebec group of Canada. I subjoin figures of the species ;
but it will be unnecessary to give any detailed description,
more especially as all extant British examples are in a state of
preservation which does not admit of the ij. ek of mi-
nute points of structure.

4. Climacograpsus antennarius, after Hall, showing the cell- Ke
from the Quebec group. 6. Small specimen of the same, from the
Skiddaw Slates; nat. size. c. Base of another specimen from the
Skiddaw Slates, with unusually long basal spines; enlarged.

The essential characteristic by which C. antennarius is di-
stinguished from its relatives C. teretiusculus and C. bicornis

this does not appear to be exceeded. The cellules, according
to Hall, are from twenty-four to twenty-eight in the space of

384 Mr. W. S. Kent on an existing Coral

an inch, “short, nearly twice as wide as long ; the cell-denticles
nearly rectangular to the axis."
Loc. Skiddaw Slates (lower beds): Outerside, near Kes-
wick.
Climacograpsus tuberculatus, Nich.

I have so recently described this species (Ann. & Mag. Nat.
Hist. ser. 4. vol. iv. p. 239, pl. 11. fig. 18) that any detailed
reference to it is unnecessary. It is closely allied to C. bicornis,
but is distinguished by the following points :—1. The base 1s
furnished with a short central radicle, and two strong, curved,
lateral cornua, which always enclose an angle of nearly 180°,
or, in other words, are nearly rectangular to the axis of the
frond. 2. The frond is furnished on each side with a row of

tubercles, which appear to spring from the lateral angles of
e. |

each cell-apertur
Loc. Upper Llandeilo: rare in the Anthracitic Shales of
Dobb’s Linn, near Moffat.

Climacograpsus innotatus, Nich.

This species also has been recently described by myself in
: 238, pl. 11. figs. 16
& 17), and therefore requires little notice. It has recently,

XXXVII.— On an existing Coral closely allied to the Paleozoic
Genus Favosites; with Remarks on the Affinities of the
Tabulata. By W. SaAviLLE Kent, F.Z.S., F.R.M.S., of
the Geological Department, British Museum*. :

[Plates XVII. & XVIIL]

During a i peasant fortnight spent last year in studying the

fine typical collection of Madrepores contained in the Paris

Museum, my attention was arrested by a worn specimen,

* A brief notice of this new form was given at the recent meeting of

the British Association at Liverpool

allied to the Paleozoic Genus Favosites. 385

trata, Lamk.) ; and on the under surface of the block which
supported it faint pencil characters, implying that it belonged
to that species, were just discernible. Unfortunately, no record
suggestive of the locality whence this interesting specimen
was obtained accompanied it, neither is any preserved in the
archives of the museum ; its recent character, however, is be-
yond doubt.

The prominent feature embodied with those of Alveopora,
and which rendered it so strikingly distinct from any repre-
sentative of that genus, lay in the presence of numerous irre-
gularly scattered, but perfect and well-developed tabule or
horizontal partitions. ‘Taken altogether, these characters de-
monstrated it to be closely allied to the long extinct genus
Favosites—Koninckia, of the Cretaceous epoch, forming an
immediate connecting link.

* It also very frequently happens that two opposite septa are most
developed, and meet in the centre of the calyx ; in this cg e it shows
its affinity to the genus Madrepora, also belonging to the Perforata, and
in which this peculiarity is a dominant feature.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. vi. 25

386 Mr. W. S. Kent on the Affinities of the Tabulata.

(the skilful photographer, and preparer of natural-history spe-
cimens, attached to the Paris

which the plates accompanying this paper have been engraved.
- Since encountering the coral just described, I have dis-

y-
species I propose to distinguish by the title of Favositipora
palæoz

But not only is the existing F. Deshayesii interesting on
account of its close relationship to extinct Palæozoic forms, but

skeletal productions of Hydrozoa. Alveopora is a well-known
Actinozoon, and it is more than probable that the closely ap-
proximating Favositipora is referable to the same class. Du

tary canal, and consequently no mesenteries ; and it must ne-

cessarily follow that no Hydrozoon could possibly produce-

s.
doc Tr A
cy * i
Nin a ate aC

"m

^s c de
wa

5 dea
jv wer

£t.

iv

M
ae

Oe Bhi:

n ^ i x Bn Y i met à
j ind ^

rey ae
T4277 C1 CH

" DAS
y at »
" a S r p E
1 j zi 1
he, 2 ad ee
1. ^ +
Ex R a à
GE (s à y ,
. > ce p k
id * 4
aM " ^ a d j 4 V
d iy tel
+

W AO uf LI
BEALE ASE TES OLE

y A bts

pod aN at F e.
ar TR

-
See

A H s

wey m, m

`

a... B E Di

On the Geographical Distribution of the Cetacea. 387

ene and hence that no septate coral can be referred to the
y

The affinities of Favositipora with Favosites, on the one
hand, and Alveopora, on the other, also demonstrate that
the recognition of the Tabulata and Perforata as two widely
separated sections must now cease to be defensible, the first-
mentioned genus showing how A the one group
merges into the other,

alæozoic epoch were bruno e gia and ee deve-

or tabulate Alyeopora. In Paleozoic times there existed a
coral Lact identical with it, and a number of others
closely allied a ssessing ina s still greater degree of deve-
lopment this more highly differentiated character.

wo plates accompanying this arise are prepared from

the dea hotographs executed for aris, the first
one representing the coral of the Puis size, pei Pl. XVIII.
illustrating a portion of the reverse side of VIL, consider-

ably enlarged. As an experiment, they are gh) successful,
and promise much for the future of photo-lithography as applie
to the representation of objects of natural history ; at the same
time, neither the tabulate arrangement nor the essentially
tétosulir character of the sclerenchyma are evidenced so con-
ieuously as in the original photographs. InPl. XVIII, on the
left-hand side the letter æ is placed opposite an extraordinarily
large calyx (about half an inch from the margin), in which a
abula has been fractured across its centre, leaving the larger
half of the calyx entirely open. Recognizing this, it will be
easy to detect where the tabulæ occur or are absent in the
remaining portion of the plate,

XXXVIIL— 77e Geographical acer gee +g the Cetacea,
By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R. xo

payer i yds and Magazine of Natural History, mee I have
combined these, En with the materials I have been able
to collect from various travellers and other scientific writers on

Cetacea, in the * Catalogue of Seals and Wh se wu en.

388 Dr. J. E. Gray on the Geographical

Museum,’ published in 1866, in the * Synopsis of Whales and
Dolphins,' published in 1868 ; and since that time I have con-
tinued to take advantage of examining all the specimens that
I could see and the various works of Flower in England,
Eschricht, Reinhardt, Lilljeborg, and Sars in Scandinavia,
Van Beneden in Belgium, Gervais in Paris, and Burmeister
in Buenos Ayre

am quite aware that we still have but a very imperfect
knowledge of these animals; but we shall soon be better in-
formed if we go on as we have done since I first published
my essay on the Cetacea in the ‘Voyage of the Erebus and
Terror’ in 1846, where I first asserted that the whales from
different localities were different species, and that there were
several species found in our own seas, and thus more than
doubled the number of the Cetacea hitherto recorded as in-
habitants of our seas. also came to the conclusion that
the whalebone-whales that were found in different seas were
distinct species. Indeed the older navigators observed that
a Right ale was never found within the tropics, and
the truth of this statement has been verified by modern ob-
servers; and therefore one might almost conclude à priori
that the Right Whales of the northern and southern seas were
distinct species: the examination of the various kinds of
whalebone confirmed this fact, and also proved that there
_ were not only two kinds of whales caught for the sake of the
whalebone, but several, the whalebone of each (fetching a
different price in the market, and being used for very different
economic purposes) affording very good characters for the di-
stinction of these kinds, when submitted to microscopic exami-
nation. The same fact was shown to exist among the Hump-
backs and Finners, as the “ whale-fin" merchants, as they are
called, have many species fetching very different prices and
being used for very different purposes.

In the work quoted I proved, by the examination of the
measurements which had been given by Sibbald, Knox, and
others, when they were submitted to comparison and sketched
to scale, that there were several species of Finner Whale in
the European seas. Recently Sars has repeated this com-
parison, with the same conclusion.

have prepared the accompanying list of the species of
Cetacea, arranged geographically, believing that, imperfect as
I know it to be, it will be one of the best means of procuring
more materials for increasing our knowledge of these animals,
and thus enabling us to obtain a better account of their distri-
bution. The species are named in the ‘S opsis of Whales

and Dolphins’ or in the ‘Catalogue of Seals and Whales.’

BORK ene

mu ein E

Distribution of the Cetacea. 389

The names in italics belong to very imperfectly known species,
at least to those of which no remains are known to exist in

useums.

I have divided them into three great sections :—

1. The species found in the northern seas, which I have
subdivided into those living (1) in the North Atlantic (which
I consider as including the North and Arctic Seas and the
Mediterranean), and (2) the North Pacific Ocean.

Ma observes that it frequently rounds Cape Horn; but it
d i; ( T Hope, although

The Cape Dolphin, Delphinus longi
the same distribution: this is also a ies. 1
common Dolphin is said to have even a wider distribution,
from the North Sea to Australia and various parts of the
Pacifie; but although the skulls from these localities agree

390 Dr. J. E. Gray on the Geographical
in the form and length of the beak compared with the brain-

cavity, in the a being grooved on each side, in the num-
ber and size o

In the same way, entire blackness seems to be characteristic
of the genera Pseudorca, Neomeris, and some other Cetacea.

ere is no reason why there should not be as many kinds
of whales in the Southern Ocean as in the northern seas,
especially when we consider how much more extensive it is
compared with the land than in the northern regions.
strongly suspect that the reason the number of species ap-
pears to be less arises from their having been only lately
studied, and consequently the very im sect knowledge we
have of the inhabitants of that region.

Distribution of the Cetacea.

` 891

NORTHERN AND TEMPERATE SEAS.

var, ae ig
B. britannica. Lyme Regis.
Balena aim — cus:

Eubaleena cisarctica
Hunterius Swedenhorgii.

AGAPHELIDAE,

Agaphelus gibbosus. N.America.

MEGAPTERIDÆ,
I aptera longimana.
Eschrichtius robustus.

PHYSALID®,

tuberosus
BaLZNOPTERIDS,
Balznoptera rostrata.
CATODONTIDAE,
Catodon macrocephalus.
PHYSETERIDZ.
Physeter tursio.

DELPHINIDZ.
Steno rostratus.
: ig nca delphis.
D. Janira. Newfoundland.
. Tethyos, Mediterranean.
i tu

: NR backs albirostris.
] VUES arcticus.
is.

Steno coronatus. Spitzbergen,

NORTH PACIFIC.
BALZNIDJAE.
Denm e S Antias
casa Islands.
ms p ch.
— icetus ? Behring’s Strait,

allam
teks, Sicboldii, Japan.

AGAPHELDZ.
Rhachianectes glaucus, S. Francisco.
MEGAPTERIDZ,
Megaptera kuzira. Japan, Amur.
M, versabilis.

PHYSALIDZ.

Physalus iwasi. Japan.
gens —
S. sulphu

BALZNOPTERIDAZ.
Balznoptera telifera.
CATODONTIDZ.
Catodon macrocephalus.

DELPHINIDZ.

Del s Styx.
D toos
D

meris Saded Japan,
Phocæna vomerina,
Orea atra

p, pacifica.
O. rectipinna

392 Dr. J. E. Gray on the Geographical

NORTH ATLANTIC.
GLOBIOCEPHALIDJE,

Globiocephalus svineval.
Spherocephalus Sucre tit

BELUGIDE.

n aaa
G. Riss
| snae est iode
Monodon monoceros.

HyYPEROODONTID2,
Hyperoodon mene
H. semijun
Lagenocetus latifrons,

EPIODONTIDÆ,

Epiodon Desmarestii.

ZIPHIIDÆ.
Ziphius Sowerbiensis.

NORTH PACIFIC.
GLOBIOCEPHALIDZE.
Globiocephalus Sieboldii, Japan.

BELUGIDE.
Grampus sakamata, Japan.

II. TROPICAL SEAS,

ATLANTIC,
MEGAPTERID2,
Megaptera americana, Bermuda,
PHYSALIDA.

Physalus brasiliensis, Bahia.
P, fasciatus. Peru.

ATODONTIDJAE.
Catodon macrocephalus.

INDE.
Inia Geoffroyi. Upper Amazons.
DELPHINDÆ.
Steno

S. dinis Upper Amazons.

Grosiodibd is
Globiocephalus guadalupensis.

PACIFIC.

PHYSALIDZ.
Sibbaldius Schlegelii. Java.
BaLZNOPTERID#.
Swinhoia chinensis, Formosa.

CATODONTIDAE,
Catodon macrocephalus.

eue
Delphinus Fo

Delnlinapterts T Pani N. Guinea.

Distribution of the Cetacea. ' 893
INDIAN OCEAN.
PHYSALDÆ. Steno chinensis.
Physalus indicus. S. lentiginosus
. nr longirostris.
CATODONTIDJE, D. pomeegra.
Catodon macrocephalus. D. Patio
Tursio Eurynome.
PHYSETERIDJE, Orca brevirostris.
Kogia simus. O. capensis. at hips
ectra fusiform:

PLATANISTID2, Fluviatile. Neomeris phoesentitlad
Platanista gangetica. Ganges. Clymenia gadamu
P. Indi. Indus. TOi brevirostris.
DELPHINIDEÆ. GLOBIOCEPHALIDAE,
Steno Macleayensis. Globiocephalus indicus.
S. roseoventris. Malacca.
S. fro ntatus. Bm ngal. ZIPHIIDAE,
. bre Dioplodon seychellensis.
S. natis.

II. SOUTH OR SOUTHERN TEMPERATE SEAS.

AUSTRALASIA. SOUTH AMERICA.
BALÆNIDÆ, Macar
Neobalena marginata. West Aus- Megnytes Burmeisteri
tralia, New Zealand. back, Terra del Fuego.

Caperea antipodarum. New Zealand.
acleayius australiensis. Australia. — M
Physalus australis? Falkland Is
MEGAPTERIDZ, P. patachonicus. "River Plate.
Megaptera novs-zelandie. New Sibbaldius? antarcticus. Buenos
Ayres

an
ETE Australia Felix. CATODONTIDA,
PHYSALIDZ. Catodon macrocephalus.
Physalus antarcticus. New Zealand. Posropomabok
CATODONTIDAE. Pontoporia Blainvillei.
Catodon macroce pus ee
PRERE WERA (eame as P n DELPHINIDÆ.
Meganeuron mul Pere dite Mie riga
PHYSETERID. ue padik
Kogia Macleayii. D
Euphysetes Grayii. D. albim

hijroni ee Cape Horn.
C. 0

s E ia Dickió Chili.
Delphinus nove-2elandie. sete ame el.
D. falvifase Van Diemen’ s Ld, Electra clancula.
Tan Sid lulio. N.W. Australia, Tursio io symodioe.
Orca gladiator. dtl Phoc tralis. Patagonia,
nalis. Acanthodelphis spinipennis.

pepnapece meridionalis, Lagenorhynchus cæruleo-albus.
<i Dwvibipi,

: 894 Dr. J. L. Leconte's Synonymical Notes

AUSTRALASIA, SOUTH eer qc
GroBIOCEPHALID JE, ry Per pa ^ +
a magellanica.. Patagonia. .
Globiocephatus macrorhynchus. o. paid rg Chili.
: TERES LOBIOCEPHALIDÆ,
Spike ngii ion ieee macrorhynchus.
ZiPHIfD G. Grayi. :
Berardius Arnuxi ANS Zealand, EPIODONTIDÆ.
Dioplodon pea AA Epiodon eryptodon. Buenos Ayres.

SOUTH uen CA.

BALÆNID D Moore inus =
Eubaleena australis, Cape of Good e.

Binitertas Tanai. - 0.0, H koua " Honrisidi C. G. H.

Cl
MEGAPTERID 2. milia PM.
Poescopia Lalandii. C. G. H. cue gladintor australis.
BALXNOPTERIDA, p
. G. H.
Balanoptera Smithii, C. G. H. Neo phocencides, C.
|: OATODONTIDZE. . Grosi IN
Catodon macrocephalus, Globiocephalus Edwardsii.
PHYSETERIDÆ, BELUGDÆ.
Kogia breviceps. Grampus Richardsonii.
DELPHINIDÆ. EPIODONTIDÆ.
Steno capensis. Petrorhynchus capensis.
Del hinus Doris. C. G. H, P. pide ó
girostris, C. G. H. M vn.
Dolichodon Layardii.

— pa ymical Notes on North-American Coleoptera.
xL. LECONTE, M.D., Philadelphia,

E ay brief visits to London und Paris in the autumn
of 1869, I examined the types of many species of Coleoptera,
chiefly from the United States, which were previously unknown
to me, or which for various reasons could only be doubtfully
referred to forms known under other names. It was my inten-
tion to make renewed studies of some of the latter, with the
object of determining those that still remained uncertain ; but
by circumstances beyond my control I have been prevented
from ER visiting the ibis: in which the types are
serv

pre
I have therefore gium that the interests of science would
be better served by publishing without further delay the syn-

on North-American Coleoptera. — 395

onyms of which I have no doubt, with notes which will en-
able some of the others to be identified, leaving those that still
remain uncertain for future investigation.

The want of all books of reference prevents me from addin
the bibliography of the species mentioned; but the catalogue
of Harold and Gemminger will enable the student to supply
this defect in these notes with but little inconvenience.

It will be observed with regret that the hastily written and
very imperfect descriptions of species from British Columbia
published by Mr. Walker* have in reality added nothing to
our knowledge of the fauna of that region. Nearly all of his
Species proved on inspection to be well known to Ameri
entomologists under other names ; and in several instances, as
will be seen below, the irrecognizable descriptions have been
made still more obscure by the reference of the species to ge-

for the kindness with which, at much sacrifice of time, he

sought for me, in the vast collections of the British Museum,

the specimens which I wished to see ; and also to M. A. Sallé,

whose friendship I had experienced on former occasions, for

the valuable aid he gave me in obtaining access to the collec-
8

tions in
I. Types or Mz. Kirsy (British Museum).
1. Cicindela obliquata, Kirby, seems to be a peculiar race
o , Say (obliquata, Dej.); the markings are a little
broader than usual, and the median band is dilated on the
margin of the elytra. I do not think these differences specific,

* í The Naturalist in British Columbia, by John Keast Lord : London,
1866, vol. ii. Appendix. : :
T Fauna Boreali-Americana, vol. iv.

396 Dr. J. L. Leconte's Synonymical Notes

as the range of C. vulgaris is very extensive, and it is subject
to much variation. I have previously viewed this race, un-
known to me in nature, as a doubtful synonym of C. pane
Dej., a very different insect, which is itself a race of C. formos
Say ; afterwards, believing it to be distinct, I proposed for it b
name of C. Kirbyi (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philadelphia, 1866).

2. Elaphrus Clairvillei, Kirby. According to the type, this
is the species afterwards "described as E. politus, Lec.

. E. intermedius, Kirby, is not the large Kansas species,
with a broad and strongly constricted prothorax, which I had
determined as such, but a smaller one, of the size of Æ. ruscarius,
Say, from which it differs by the prothoracie and mesothoracie
pleure being more finely and densely punctured. It seems to
be one of the races which, in the ‘ List of Coleoptera of North
America,’ I have grouped under Z. californicus, Mann., over
which name it has priority.

Kirby. he only specimen is in very bad
condition ; it ausis the Meta E. obliteratus, Mann., but
is much smaller. 'The elytra are very feebly and sparsely
punctured, the ocellate i impressions are shallow, and there are
two or three polished subsutural spots *

nchomenus angusticollis, Kirby; afterwards described

as An t stygicus, Lec. ed di has no resemblance
e European P. angusticollis; and it was probably from
ina confusion of labels that it was so referred by Mr. Kirby-

6. Agonum seminitidum, Kirby, =A. cupreum, Dej
chalceum, Lec. A common species in tbe Lake- uper
region.

7. A. affine, Kirby. A rather stout and convex species,
rad ‘ferent from any in my collection

8. A. simile, Kirby. A small, narrow, ‘slightly bronzed
species, De the legs and antenne black. The Alaskan A.
fragile , Which I saw in Baron Chaudoir's collection,
closely aaa it, and probably belongs to the same species.

A. ery thropum, Kirby. As far as can be determined
from the specimen, which is in very bad condition, this is
Platynus subcordatus, Lec., a very abundant species in the
regions beyond Lake Superior.

10. Argutor bicolor, Rabe The head is wanting in the
specimen ; but, from the form of the prothorax and the di-
stinct scutellar strie, it belongs to the Argutor division of
Pterostichus, and does not differ from P. patruelis (Dej.).

l. A. brevicornis, Kirby, is a small Prerostichus of the

iL bate seen in the same collection a specimen of E. 1a labelled

« c America,” which is quite undistinguishable from European
Min um

on North-American Coleoptera. 397

Species reduced.

13. Amara discors, Kirby, =gibba, Lec.

14. A. levipennis, Kirby, is a very distinct species of the
Celia group, remarkable for its small size, narrow form, and
highly polished surface.

15. Chlenius quadricollis, Kirby, =brevilabris, Lec.

8 16. C. impunctifrons, Kirby (nec Say), = pennsylvanicus,
a

y.
17. C. cordicollis, Kirby, is the abundant northern species
formerly extensively distributed in America as C. chloro-
phanus, Dej., which is really a synonym of C. solitarius, Say,
as has been already observed by Baron Chaudoir.

18. Harpalus laticollis, Kirby. This is not Anisodactylus
nigerrim ej.), as I have incorrectly placed it in the ‘ List
of North-American Coleoptera,’ but A. Harrisii, Lec., which
differs from A. nigerrimus by having the sides of the prothorax
feebly but distinctly flattened near the base.

- 19. H. b is, Kirby. As L indicated (Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sc. Philad. 1865), this is the same as H. obesulus, Lec. It is
not uncommon from Lake Winnipeg to Oregon.

398 Dr. J. L. Leconte's Synonymical Notes

20. H. ochropus, Kirby, seems to be the species afterwards
described as H. fulvilabris, Mann.

21. Peryphus concolor, Kirby, is a very distinct and well-
defined species; the prothorax is quadrate, slightly Kreis
behind; the basal i impressions are distinctly double; the e
D strim are strongly punctured and nearly effaced ee
the tip.

22. P. sordidus, Kirby, is merely an immature specimen
of P. bimaculatus, Kirb

23. Laccophilus biguttatus, Kirby, is an immature specimen
of our common small species, L. proximus, Say, —americanus,
Aubé.

24. Necrophorus obscurus, Kirby. This is the species, aliod
to N. MASA which I erroneously determined as N. Mels
` heimeri, Kir
M N. Melsheimeri, Kirby, =Sayi, Laporte, = lunatus,

^0. N. hebes, Kirby, is evidently one of the varieties of the.

ee afterwards described, from Alaska, as N. maritimus,
ann.

27. N. pygmzeus, Kirby, seems to be an unusually small
specimen of N. defodiens, Mann. The form of the prothorax
is a character of -great importance in the grouping of the spe-
cies of this genus, but was unfortunately not described by

. Kirby with sufficient minuteness to permit his species to
be properly referred without inspection of the types; on the
other hand, the form and size of the rhinarium, upon which,
with very small series of specimens, he laid great stress, is of
no specific value

28. Cry arse p concolor, Kirby, belongs to Frp
and was fe in described as T. ruficornis, Lec

29. C. humeralis, Kirby, is merely a paler specimen of the
same species.

30. Attagenus cylindricus, Kirby, is a very elongate species
with the prothorax densely punctured; it is quite distinct
from any other known to me.

31. Byrrhus concolor, Kirby, is a species of Cytilus which
differs from the American form of C. vari us (alternatus, Say)
ee scutellum being clothed with black, garter of golden,

32. B. picipes, Kirby, is the same species afterwards de-
scribed as B. geminatus, Lec. B. Kirbyi, Lec., is much more
robust and more obtuse behind.

33. T. mandibularis, Kirby, is T. fraxini, Say.

The speeimen labelled by Mr. Kirby * T. - (Linn.) " does
er. a

not seem to

COMw————————————————H

on North-American Coleoptera. 899

34. T. Samouelli and 7. Westwoodi, Kirby, are distinct and
well-defined species, not known in other collections.

35. Leptura longiceps, Kirby, is Aemeops strigillata (Fabr.),
an abundant species in the northern parts of both coun

36. L. longicornis, Kirby, = Acmeops marginalis, Lec.
The elytra vary greatly in colour : vile ae they are yellow,
with a sutural black stripe; sometimes, by the extension of
the discoidal black vitta, they become eds entirely black.

II. Types or Mr. Newman (British Museum).

37. Feronia merens, Newman, =Pterostichus flebilis, Lec.
I am disposed to believe per this and P. adjunctus, Lec., are
Only elongate forms of what I determined as P. cor acin
Newm.). No type of the last-named could, however, te found
in the boxes which were shown m
8. F. picipes, Newman, up stygicus (F. stygica, Say,
bisigillata; Harri
39. . (Pæcilus) atrata, Newman, = P. permundus (Say).
This species belongs to a peculiar group of Pterostichus, which
in the ‘List of North-American Coleoptera, I have name
Peristethus. It resembles P. fallax ; but the posterior extre-
mity of the prosternum is marked with a marginal line, as in
Pecilus. The P. atratus of my List is a — distinct €:
as yet, undescribed species from Winnipeg, in which the lowe:
joints of the antennz are den carinate, as in other Pæcili.
40. F. orbata, New = Evarthrus conviva, Lec. ‘The
Deus I have diseibutod. and described up to this time as
ewman's orbata is quite distinct, and must resume the
name Æ. sodalis, Lec., iler which I have made known its
most abundant form. Zvarthrus iren. Lec., and F. coraz,
Lec., are also varieties of E. sodalis

IIT. Types or Mr. WALKER (British M.

. Calosoma irregulare, W. p. 312. The two s
eed to a variety of C. tepidum, Lec., with the E ip um
of the elytra remarkably brilliant, almost as much so as in C.

calidum.
42. Callisthenes pimelioides, W. p. 312, = C. Zimmermann,
The large series of specimens in my collection shows
every gradation from this very rough form to one in which
the Mn ee nearly smooth : they are all races of Calosoma

43. y oe bicolor, W. p. 313, = Calosoma laqueatum, Lec.
' 44. co Mni. Ww. p. 314, = Pterostichus (Botrio-
ptm) oregonus, Lec.

400 Dr. J. L. Leconte’s Synonymical Notes

45. Amara extensa, W. p. 314, is a short stout Harpalus.
The dorsal puncture on each elytron is quite distinct. I had
not time to make such a detailed examination as would enable
me to oe D ern

6 nis, W. p. 315, =A. impuncticollis, Say.

4T. FHoryálue defixus hw. xr 316. I did not see the speci-
mens of this species: it is probably H. cautus, Dej.

48. Peryphus equalis, W. p. 316, — Bembidium planatum,

Lec.

49. Laccophilus maculosus, W. p. 317, — L. decipiens, Lec.
= L. truncatus, Mann

50. Atemeles reflexus, W. p. 3 darn cavus, Lec

51. Tropisternus binotatus, W. p.3 8, — Hydrophilus lim-

batus, Lec.,—the variety with the al” margin of the elytra

pale.
52. Philhydrus lividus (Forster) W. p.319. Not examined.

e mesosternum must be seen before this species can be
properly identified.

53. Saprinus consimilis, W. p. 319, is S. oregonensis, Lec.,
and is not at all allied to S. assimilis (Payk.), but to S.
lugens, Er.

Bite ‘Neer erophorus conversator, W. p. 320, =N. pollinctor, Lec.
My species has priority over the one described by Mannerheim
under pie same name, which is, moreover, a variety o
riti

55. ARIS ES armatus, W. p. 320, — C. angularis,

56. Anomala contermina, W. p. 321, is a small species of .

Lachnosterna belonging to the Trichesthes group: the punc-
tures are not very dense, but equally strong upon the prothorax
and elytra; but the hairs of the former are longer; the epi-
stoma is rounde d, and the margin is very strongly reflexed.
It is probably not ‘different from L. tristis (Fabr.) =M. pilosi-
Pent — ; which is very widely distributed in North

ot s: Jide collocatus, W. p. 321, = Phobetus testaceus,
58. Ancylonycha nigropicea, W. p. 322, = Diplotaxis brevi-
"e y "p , iP

H

59. A. us W. p. 322, is a smaller species of Diplo-
taxis, more strongly punctured and with the epistoma less
reflezed.' I cannot identify it without reference to the series
in my collection or to my monograph of the Melolonthide of

the Pee States
A, uninotata. , W. p. 323, is a Lachnosterna of the form
of L. fusca, but smaller, with the punctures of the prothorax

on North-American Coleoptera. 401

Sparse and distinct, but not coarse. I cannot from memory

name this species, if it has been previously T

61. Serica crassata, W. p. 323, = S. anthracina,

62. geaca ien. W. p: 324, is a series of speciet
of A. Langii,

63. LAU cor thia W. p. 324, =A. cavicollis, Lec.

64. Athous quadrivittatus, W. p. 325 , 18 an immature speci-
men of Corymbites lateralis, Lec., with "pale elytra.

imonius consimilis, W. p.3 325. This species has been
described ; but I cannot name it from memory. The e epistoma

s subtruncate and broadly rounded; the prothorax is very
inus and sparsely punctured, with ‘the hind angles acutely
carinate; the elytra are opaque, striate, with the intervals
densely puncture ed.

66. Diacanthus semimetallicus, W. p. 325, is the euge race
of Corymbites wripennis (Kirby), but has the prothorax un-
usually dull and opaque. I d described it as C. tinctus.

67. Clerus sobrius, W. p. 326, is the ancient and well-known
C. sphegeus, Fabr.

68. Iphthimus servilis, W. p. 326, is the typical form of 7.
serratus, Mann., with deep elytral strise

69. I. servator, W. p. 327, does not differ in any important
respect

10. I. subligatus, W. p. 327. A more finely striate race of
the same species, approaching J. sublevis, Bland.

T1. Eleodes subtuberculata, W. p. 328, is a spaa resem-

74. E. binotata, W. dp is of the same form as E. hispi-
labris (Say), sulcata, Lec.; but the elytra are only feebly
striate, as in Æ. nupta, Lec., from New Mexico. Comparison
is necessary to determine whether it is a distinct species or a
race ol: E. paun

9, resembles in form Æ. quadri-

75. E. latiuscula, W. p. 32
collis, Am but the prothorax is slightly narrowed behind,

and the elytra are not punctured, but densely granulated, an
obsoletely striate. It is perhaps Æ. subaspera, Lec., but my
remembrance of that species is not so distinct as to enable me
to decide with certainty.

16. Helops inclusus, W. p. 330. I did not see the type of
this species; but the euren. indicates that it is either H.

proce eo pernitens, Lec

p- 330, is a black Ruso. uni-
bescence

. Lyt zn
fornly clothed with short einereous vae

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ber. 4.

402 Dr. J. L. Leconte's Synonymical Notes

18. Nemognatha bicolor, W. p. 331, =N. apicalis, Lec., var.

79. Rhynchites congrua, W. p. 331, is a small bluish-black
species, with the prothorax and elytra equally coarsely punc-
tured; the latter are not at all striate.

80. Eutrypanus princeps, W. p. 331, is very similar to the
New-Mexican ZEdilis spectabilis, Lec., figured in my memoir
on the Coleoptera of Kansas and New Mexico, but is perhaps
different.

81. Typocerus cervinus, W. p. 332, = Toxotus spurcus, Lec.

82. Toxotus perductor, W. p. 333, is one of the varieties of
Leptura (Stenura) obliterata, Hald.

83. Clythra bisignata, W. p. 333, = Saxinis saucia, Lec.

IV. Types IN PARISIAN COLLECTIONS.

84. Amblychila Piccolomini, Reiche. The type in the col-
lection of Baron Chaudoir is a slender male AE A. lindri-
formis, Say, with the punctures of the elytra less deep than
usual, and the fovee more numerous. I have a specimen
from Fort Union, New Mexico, which resembles it in these
respects.

85. Cicindela blanda, Dej., = tarsalis, Lec. The female of
this species has the elytra feebly but distinctly sinuate obliquely
at tip, and the outer angle of the sinuosity is quite obtuse ;
the base of the prothorax is slightly flattened and deeply im-
pose at the hind angles, somewhat as in C. lacerata, Chaud.
B is therefore quite distinct from C. cuprascens and C. macra,

ec.
86. Omophron nitens, Chaud., is O. nitens, Lec., a species
found in Kansas and Texas. The species from Louisiana sent
Qu as my O. nitens, and

87. Cychrus Germari, Chaud., = C. Andrewsii, Harris.
is the race of C.
‘ e :

89. C. (5.) Schaumii, Chaud., is S. nitidicollis, Chevr.
This well-known species, conspicuous for its large size in the
up to which it belongs, is not uncommon in Virginia and

hio, but was first described as occurring in Newfoundland.
90. C. ventricosus, Dej. After a careful examination of
all the specimens of this and the allied species iu the collec-
tions of Paris, I find no correction to be made in the synonymy
given by me in the brief synopsis published in the ^ Transac-

on North-American Coleoptera. 403

tions of the American Entomological Society,’ i. 61. The
synonymy of the ‘ List of Coleoptera of North America’ is
erroneous.
91. ise viridans, Lec. =P. mexicanus, Gray.
eudomorphus Pilatei, Chaud., is dr allied to, and
probably. identical with, P. Cronhitet, Horn; the former was
collected i in Yucatan, the latter in Califo ornia

95. Dacnochilus lot tus, Lec., does not differ from D. angu-
laris, Harold & Gemminger (Lithocharis angularis, Ex.).

96. Lispinus rufescens, Lec., belongs to the genus Anceus,
Fauvel.

97. Hololepta excisa, Marseul, must be removed from the
list of species of the United States: it is quite abundant in
Mexico; but the only specimen labelled “ Am. bor.” in M. de
Marseul’s collection came from a source in which the localities
were not accurately stated.

98. Platysoma cylindroides, Marseul. One img is la-
belled “ California," on the authority of M. Bo
many of the localities given in the ‘ Eugenies i by that
author are erroneous, I rb not think there is sufficient evidence
to warrant the ee of this species into the fauna of
the United Stat

99. Oma Dd poU Marseul. The single specimen of
this species does not AE appreciably from the common

exican O. grossus. It came from the Pilate A PP db and
was perhaps erroneously labelled.

100. Hister cavifrons, Marseul. There is no North-American
specimen of this s cies in M. de Marseul’s collection: all are
ticketed as from Mexico and * Et. Un., Venezuela." The
label last mentioned gave rise to the confusion in locali-
ties by which it has been recorded as a North- American

Species
101. H. californicus, Marseul. Collected by Dr. gps m

in Mexico, where it is not uncommon. A single specimen
has been belied n California," b. probably in error.
102. Epierus co Mars One specimen is labelled

coproides,
* Am. bor., Laferté, 2* and: iwo A South America. Proba-

ay not found within the United States
103. Scaptolenus femoralis, Lec. a Chevr.). I have seen,
26*

404 Dr. P. L. Sclater on ZElian's Wart-Hog.

106. Megetra cancellata (Er.). This Mexican species is

published under its name, but which, with the study of a
larger series of specimens, Í think is a variety of M. vittata,
Lec., with irregular markings.

XL.—Note on Ailian’s Wart-Hog.
By P. L. SCLATER, M.A., Ph.D., FRS-

In the * Annals’ for August last (antex, p. 190) Dr. Gray has
proposed to found a new species of wart-hog (Phacocherus
Sclateri) upon an animal now living in the gardens of the
Zoological Society of London. On the same page Dr. Gray
had already stated his belief that this animal was “ only the
usual form of the female African wart-hog," i. e. the Ph.
ethiopicus. How the same specimen could be at once the
type of a new species and the female of a well-known one, it
is not easy to understand. :
In a second note on the same subject, in the following
number of the ‘Annals’ (anteà, p. 263), Dr. Gray acknow-
ledges his error in "believing" that the before-mentioned
animal could be the female of Ph. ethiopicus, but pays me the
additional compliment of supposing that it may not be a wart-
hog at all, and that it is Saai that I do not know the
difference between Sus and Phacochærus ! i
I had hoped that the October Number of the * Annals"
would contain a further communication from Dr. Gray on
the subject, in réctification of his second error; but such

- Dr. P. L. Sclater on Zilian’s Wart-Hog. | 405

not having been the case, I think it right in the interests of
science to state that the so-called Phacochwrus sive Sus Sclatert
to . Gray is, in my opinion, simply a female of the well-
known Phacocherus Æliani, Riippell. It is quite true, as
Dr. Gray has pointed out, that the animal in the Society’s
Gardens has the ears rather more naked than is represented
in Rüppell's figure (Zool. Atlas, tab. 25); but in other respects
the animal in question perfectly agrees with the figure, and
with Dr. Cretzschmar's excellent description in the letter-
press.

In my note on the arrival of this animal (Proc. Zool. Soc.
1869, p. 276) I have already pointed out the most obvious
external differences between it and the Phacocherus ethiopicus,
of which the fine pair presented to the Society, in May 1866,
by H.R.H. the Duke of Edinburgh, are still living in the
Saieta gardens. Although we have only the. female of
Ph. Æliani, yet the comparison of the latter with the corre-
sponding sex of Ph. æthiopicus will be sufficient to show that
those naturalists (F. Cuvier, Cretzschmar, and Sundevall) who
have distinguished the two species had ample grounds to go
upon as far as external appearance goes.

As regarcs the remarkable and well-known difference in
the dentition of the two JPhacocheri, viz. the permanent
presence of two upper incisor teeth in Phacocherus Aliant,
which are entirely absent in Ph. æthiopicus, I have re-read
what Dr. Gray has written upon this subject in his ‘Catalogue
of Carnivorous, Pachydermatous, and Edentate Mammalia,’
but have quite failed to see that he has upset the conclusions
arrived at upon this point by F. Cuvier, Cretzschmar, Owen,
Sundevall, and Van der Hoeven. The localities marked on
specimens in the British Museum are so frequently erroneous
that no argument can be based upon them ; and besides, from
what Sundevall has said *, it appears certain that both species
oceur in South Africa, though ae not quite in the same
district. I may add that Mr. Blanford, who recently examined
the question when engaged upon his work on Abyssinian
zoology, likewise came to the same conclusion, viz. that Dr.
Gray had made a great mistake in attempting to unite these
two well-marked speciesT.

* (Efv. af K. Vet. Akad. Fórh. 1846, p. 121.
t Blanford, Geology and Zoology of Abyssinia, p. 242.

E

COE

406 On a supposed new Species of Humming-bird.

XLL-—O» a supposed new Species of Humming-bird from
the Juan-Fernandez Group of Islands, By JOHN GOULD,
F.R.S,

e 0
men of Santiago de Chile having stated that the fine red bird

s p
Chile, have, I believe, been collected in the most eastern of the

islands during the last forty years. I therefore propose to
give this green bird a specific appellation, and in calling it
Eustephanus Leyboldi Y am only paying a just compliment
to a gentleman in Santiago who is endeavouring by all the
means in his power to set this vexed question at rest, and to
ascertain whether there be one, two, three, or four species of
Trochilide inhabiting that distant group of islands in the

wide Pacific.
Eustephanus Leyboldi

has a glittering green crown, and is in many respects very
similar to the bird usually called E. Stokes’, but differs in
having a longer bill, and in the spots on the throat being
bronzy and disposed in lines down that part of the under sur-,
face and the flanks, as in Æ. galeritus, instead of being gene-
rally dispersed over the throat and clustered on the face as
in Æ, Stokesi; but the greatest difference between the two
consists in the colouring of the tail-feathers, those of Æ. Stokest

aving their outer webs green, and their inner ones wholly
white, while in the present bird the outer webs and the basal
portion of the inner ones are green, and only the apical portion
of TA pue white.

otal length 48 inches, bill 14, wing 22, tail 2, tarsi 8.
co: as a Fuera, ‘one ae J P re group of
ands.

fà

Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. 407

XLIT.—List of Coleoptera received from Old dier on the
West Coast of Africa. By ANDREW Murray, F.L.S.
[Continued from p. 176.]

APOMEMPSIS, Pasc. Journ. Ent. ii. p. 278.
Apomempsis bufo. Pl. III. fig. 11.

Phrissoma bufo, Chevr. Rev. et Mag. d. Zool. 1855, p. 186.
Susie, bigibbosus, remote et fortiter punctatus et obscurus;
capite antice truncato et grosse punctato, declivi in vertice et
impunctato, in longitudinem anguste suleato, inter antennas
profunde. A Rear labioque A ni mandi-
ulis : ifidis; antennis undecim arti-
culis, tertio ere oibus thorace elongato, antice
pes recto, medio gibboso, nigricante et binodoso,
ateribus breviter unispinoso supra et ultra medium; scu-
tello lato, triangulari; elytris basi depressis (bispinosis),
subito dorso gibbosis cum seriebus duabus tuberculorum, ad
marginem obtuse serratis; abdomine quinque segmentis ; ;
femoribus tibiisque versus medium nigro annulatis, tibiis in
apice extus subemarginatis, fulvo pilosis.
Long. 5 lin., lat. 23 lin.

Winged, bigibbous, remotely and coarsely punctured, and
Secure’ Head deeply emarginate between the antenne, nar-
rowly longitudinally sulcate. Eyes small and bifid. Antenne
with eleven articles, third and fourth very long, the rest to

_ the apex small. "Thorax gibbous in the middle, blackish and

binodose, with the sides unispinose above and beyond the
middle. Scutellum broadly triangular. Elytra depressed at
the base (bispinose), abruptly gibbous on the back, with Pe:
rows of tubercles, obtusely serrate on the margin. ’ Abdom
with five segments. Thighs and tibie annulated with black
near the middle ; pate fulvo-pilose and subemarginate on the
outer side at the a

moved from the; genus Phrissoma, by Mr. Pascoe, into a
new genus, Apomempsis, established by him to receive it.
This is adopted by Prof. Lacordaire, and the genus ranked by
him among the Panai. Mr. Pascoe may be right in
separating it from Phrissoma, although it seems to me that it
would have been better to have widened the diagnosis of
that genus to receive or retain it; that, however, is not of
much consequence: but it seems to me that it is both in op-
position to its natural affinities and its geographical distribu-
tion to remove it into the Parmenide. ‘There is no other of

408 Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar.

the Parmenidz from Africa except a single species at the
Cape; and indeed the whole of the true Parmenide are of the
element I have elsewhere called microtypal, of which the
European is the type, and which are vi enini over Europe,
North America, California, Chili, New Zealand, Australia, and
neighbouring lands, to which they could obtain access. But
West Africa is not of them. ;

I place it alongside Phrissoma, a form peculiar to Africa,
Weg which it seems to have most natural affinity.

are.

VELLEDA, J. Thoms.
Velleda callizona. Pl. TII. fig. 12.

Parmena callizona, Chevr. Rev. et Mag. d. Zool. 1855, p. 186.

Velleda murinum, J. Thoms. Arch. Ent. ii. 189 (1858).

Alata, impunctata, plumbea; capite antice truncato, angus-
tissime sulcato, inter antennas angulose emarginato ; palpis
rufo-piceis; antennis undecim articulis, tertio longissimo,
primo et quarto subzqualibus, ultimis brevibus; thorace
cylindrico, antice posticeque recto ibique prope arcte bi-
stricto, lateribus acutissime spinoso; scutello albo ; elytris
ad apicem sensim latioribus et dorso convexis, breviter
truncatis, apice extusque obtuse unidentatis, punctato-
striatis, cinereo indutis cum fasciis duabus atro-brunneis,
duabus albis; tibiis quatuor posticis in summo extus sub-
ampliatis, pallide setosis.

Long. 5 lin., lat. 2 lin.

Winged, impunctate, lead-coloured. Head truncate in
front, very narrowly sulcate, angularly emarginate between
the antenne. Palpi rufo-piceous. Antenne with eleven
articles, the third the longest, the first and fourth subequal,
the last short. Thorax somewhat cylindrical, straight both in
front and behind, and twice almost narrowly constricted, the

sides very sharply spined. Scutellum white. Elytra gradu-

ally widened towards the apex, and convex on the back,
shortly truncate at the apex, and externally with an obtuse
tooth, punctate-striate, cinereous, with two blackish-brown
bands and two white ones. The four posterior tibisz slightly
iu on the outer side.

ACMOCERA.
Acmocera compressa, Fab. Syst. El.
Acmocera subundata, Chevr. Rev. et Mag. d. Zool. 1857, p. 107.
M. Chevrolat described my specimens of this insect as di-

Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from “Old Calabar.. 409°

not be universal in Guinea and only rarely present in Old

Calabar

part. Antenne shorter than the body, black, ringed with ash-
colour; the first article is tumid and scabrous on the outside,
the third is twice the length of the fifth, and the last article is
terminated with a claw. Thorax transverse, straight, grooved
near the anterior and posterior margins, ash-coloured an

depressed in the form of a sort of cross on the back, lateral spine
tolerably sharp. Scutellum large, short, semirounded, fawn-
coloured. Elytra short, deep, convex, broader than the head
and the thorax, rectangular at the base and to the outside of
the shoulder, rounded at the apex to the suture, which termi-
nates in a right angle and rises until near the middle; the
shoulder has a triangular yellow patch; and each elytron has,
behind the middle, two flexuous whitish bands, which are not
well defined; there are also indistinct longitudinal ridges with
an indistinct wrinkled punctation. Legs moderate; thighs
suddenly swollen, in some instances the anterior thighs rismg
continuously into a prominent flat tri i ibiæ

t flat triangular spine; tibiæ
arched near the knees, keeled longitudinally below, blackish,.

410 Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar.

ash-coloured in the middle; tarsi grey; claws simple, robust,
black. It is about 6 or 7 lines in length and 2} in breadth.

It seems to me that the proper place for this species is
among the Phrissomide, and next to Velleda, to which it
has much general resemblance.

BATOCERA, Cast.
Batocera Wyliet, Chevr.
Rev. et Mag. d. Zool. Feb. 1858, p. 54.
Batocera Albertiana, J. Thoms. Archiv. Entom. ii. 457 (1858).

With the perfect facies and characters of the genus. The
most striking differences that on the most superficial view
present themselves from B. rubus are the greater length, espe-
cially of the elytra, and comparative narrowness and greater
roughness and coarseness of texture or surface. Ashy brown,
more or less obscure. Head impunctate, vertical in front,
narrowly channelled in the middle. Mandibles and eyes black.
Labrum narrow, transverse, yellowish. Antennæ of the length
of the body, punctate, flattened above, and ash-coloured ; first
article obscure, strong, swollen at the top, with an oblique cica-
trice and tubercular asperities on its outer side; second artiele
very short; third very long and, as well as the fourth to the
eighth inclusive, armed below with small sharp spines, which
diminish both in number and length towards the latter. Tho-
rax a little narrower than long, straight and rounded cylin-
drically in front, deeply bisinuate behind, obscure on the
sides, with about a dozen transverse wrinkles, most of them
sinuous, the three next the base alone straight; lateral spine
very robust, sharp, blackish, and marked with a deep impres-
sion at the base. Scutellum large, subconical, although
rounded. Elytra elongate, narrow, parallel, convex, bearing
small, black, flattened, smooth a from the base to be-
yond the middle ; these become smaller and more numerous as
they recede from the base: there is a large irregular patch of
yellowish ash-colour about the middle; other smaller spots of

Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. 411

the same colour are dispersed here and there to the apex; the
shoulder is raised, and bears a spine; the apex of the suture
is also spined and sinuate; the margin is feebly raised and
blackish. Legs and body below obscure lead-coloured ; sides
of the breast and abdomen yellowish; posterior margins of
the abdominal segments fringed with yellow hairs, the last
segment emarginate at the apex.

This species was described and published (loc. cit.) by M.
Chevrolat in Feb. 1858, and again, in the same year, in the
‘Archives Entom.,’ by M. James Thomson, under the name
of B, Albertiana. That work appeared in numbers; and as it
does not occur until p. 457, there is little doubt that it must
have been in some part of the year subsequent to February.
M. Chevrolat’s name therefore is entitled to the precedence.

It was named by M. Chevrolat, at my suggestion, in honour
of Mr. Wylie, one of the Old-Calabar missionaries, to whose
assistance I was very particularly indebted. He returned to
this country only to die—another of the valuable lives which
have fallen before that baleful climate.

e genus Batocera is an Indian form. The type B. rubus
is found almost all over India and the Indo-Malayan district ;
and numerous other species have been found in the Malayan
and New-Guinea district, and in China. Its appearance in
Africa is to be explained by the former union of Africa and
India, and the common origin of a large number of their in-
habitants.

PHRYNETA, Cast. Suites à Buff. Ins. 474.
1. Phryneta brunnicornis, Guér. Regn. An. Ins. 239.

Phryneta bisignata, Dej. i

Dejean’s name is much the more characteristic, the most
striking feature in the species being the possession of a dark
brownish-black patch on the middle of the outer side of each
elytron, similar in shape and hue to that in Monohammus la-
teralis from Java. ;

This species is known from Angola. I have received one
Specimen from Old Calabar.

2. Phryneta obscura, Oliv. Ent.
Lamia spinator, Fab. Syst. El.
Phryneta rustica, Dej. Cat. ed. 3. p. 368.
Not very rare.
3. Phryneta luctuosa.
Affinis Ph. obscura, colore saturatiore, et elytris cum maculis
transversis fere in fasciis conyexis oscitur
Long. 10 lin., lat. 31-4 lin.

419 -Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar.

^. Very like P. obscura; but the colour of the pubescence is
bluish grey instead of ash-grey, and the black markings on
the elytra are more distinctly m bands—the second band be-
hind the middle being the longest, but reaching neither to the
suture nor the external margin, waved and broadest next the
suture; the other marks only a little longer than in P. obscura.
The thorax has the raised parts more distinct and flat on their
surface.
Not frequent.

PHRYSTOLA*, nov. gen. vel subgen.

The species on which I have founded this genus or sub-
genus is closely allied to Phryneta and Pachystola. M. Chev-
rolat described it as a Phryneta; but the facies is not that of
Phryneta, being less robust and more elongate. It is nearer
the form of Pachystola, but more convex on the back (Pachy-
stola has the back somewhat depressed). The antennz in bot
Phryneta and Pachystola are short, rarely exceeding the body
in length. In this insect they are longer than it, and, what 1s
of more importance, they have not the wire-like uniform thick-
ness of Pachystola nor the flatter thickness of Phryneta. The
are, like the antenne in Prosopocera, rather fine, especially to-
wards the apex, and each article defined by being a little
thicker at the apex ; the first article, however, is, like that of

hryneta, rounded in at the apex, and with scarcely any cica-
trice. The head is hollowed between the antenne, and raised
on each side at their base. The thorax is more elongate than

very broad, intermediate equal. Tubercle of the
sternum smaller than in most of the species of Phryneta and
Pachystola. In other respects it corresponds with Phryneta.

Phrystola ceca.
Phryneta ceca, Chevr. Rev. et Mag. d. Zool. 1857, p. 75.

Cinerea, obscura, nigro signata; capite lato, antice recte trun-
cato, suleo longitudinali angusto; mandibulis oculisque
(postice einereo marginatis) nigris; antennis gracilioribus,
corpore vix longioribus, infra parce pilosis, nigricantibus ;
thorace cinereo, in medio et lateribus nigricante, antice
recto, basi profunde bisinuato, anguste trisulcato, in mec
dorso tuberculum oblongum antice trinodosum et longitudine

* Name compounded of Phryneta and Pachystola, in allusion to its
partaking of the characters of both. : ae

Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. 413

cula communi rotundata infra scutellum, vitta obliqua e

apex. Legs unarmed, tolerably strong and thick, of an ob-
scure grey, shaded with black; thighs grooved longitudinally

[To be continued. ]

414

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

_ clature. By T. Tumoret, Ph.D., Junior Professor of Zoology in
the University of Upsala. 4to. Upsala, 1869-1870.

A GENERAL work on any order of the class Arachnida is of such rare

to vigour and terseness, a preference of Saxon to a Latin derivative ;
while other traces of foreign authorship, if not entirely absent, are

a systematic and synonymic view or table of families and genera of

Association to consider the subject, and whose report is published in
Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 1. vol. xi. p. 259 et seq.), the plan of

un
Mr. Blackwall laboured in his study of the Araneidea and the pro-
i

Bibliographical Notices. 415
exactly to the “ focios " of yug ipd are again subdivided
into twenty-two “families,” as follow

Order ARANEX.
Suborder I. Orbitelaric.
Fam. 1. Epeiroide.

Suborder II. Retitelaric.

Fam. 2. Theridioide. Fam. 4. Enyoidæ.
Fam. 3. Scytodoide.

Suborder III. Tubitelariæ.

Fam. 5. Urocteoidæ. Fam. 9. Drassoidæ.
Fam. 6. Omanoide. Fam. 10. Dysderoide.
Fam. 7. Hersilioide. Fam. 11. Filistatoide.

Fam. 8. Agalenoide.

Suborder IV. Territelaric.
Fam. 12. Theraphosoide. Fig. 14. Catadysoide.
Fam. 13. Liphistioide.

Suborder V. Laterigrade.
Fam. 15. Thomisoide.

Suborder VI. Citigrade.

Fam, 16. Lycosoide. Fam. 17. Oxyopoide.
Suborder VII. Saltigrade.

Fam. 18. Myrmecioide. Fam. 21. Eresoide.

Fam. 19. Otiothopoide. Fam. 22. Attoids.

Fam. 20. Dinopoide.

- Of the above families sixteen are considered European, and
these are divided = numerous genera, some of them also into two
or more subfam

In the smite of these uy atte Dr. Thorell has shown
coe boldness as well as grasp of his Secret It would be
f he aanp of the sine notice to enter into any detailed

criticism koe propriety of all the author's positions or the
scientific kyen of his system; it may, however, be added that

* This is'Dr. Thorell ’s statement (p. 4 42); but he ipe no reference ,
the work of Latreille in w these “families” characterized :
the only ek of that author accra to ^ E pem) yrs:
oe term * family" in a different sense, indica ting | pe o osi ofa of

the Arachnida ( Vide * Les Crustacés, 5, lee Arachnides etl
Latreille, i p.213 &c Paris, 1829.)

416 Bibliographical Notices.

vus European genera (120 in number) are distributed among the
een families in the following proportions :—

Fam. Epeiroide, 10 genera. Fam. E Lua À genera.

» Theridioide, 19 7, 2 toide, S
» Scytodoide, d o Es See s : zd
, Enyoide, Bed » Thomisoide, 14 ,,
» Urocteoide, Pe » Lycosoide, T9.
, Hersilioide, 1 ,, ». Oxyopoide, 2
» Agalenoide, 16 ,, , Hresoide, »
S Drassoide, bi » Attoide, 195.

Although nominally only treating of European Spiders, Dr. Thorell
offers many excellent remarks upon extra-European and exotic

siderably with fur rther information efore him—for min p. 44,
the ‘tale kerei «all those" spiders *that spin regular so-

a few irregular threads crossing each other on various planes, among
twigs or small branches and stems of herbaceous plants, very similarly

to some spiders of the genus Theridion, fam. Theridioides. aes,
p. 65, where an unvarying character of the Laterigrade is stated to
be the absence of “ accessory claws together with the (three) ordinary
genuine claws at the end of the tarsi:” Dr. Thorell was evidently
unaware that the genus.Arcys, which he hinted one of the Lateri-
grade, has these accessory claws. Of course, if Dr. Thorell had

rating Arcys from the Laterigrade and uniting it with the Orbitelarise,
with some genera of which the position of the eyes closely unites it.
There is no doubt that these two suborders (Orbitelari: and Lateri-
grads) border very closely upon each other, though, in the absence
of any knowledge of the habits of Arcys, or of any special functions
pedet with the accessory claws, it would seem to be premature
separate it, on account of these claws, from a ee with which
it ot certainly very strong structural fe atures in common.
. Again (p. 79), the distinguishing erga of all the Thomisoide

is stated to be the possession of but two terminal tarsal claws,
Vhtetid eps has three, and T'Maosoma (Cambr ) also three, though
in the description of this nus (Linn. Journ. vol. x. p. 273) the

* Or, including a joi European genus, 8.

Bibliographical Notices. 417

also T'Àlaosoma) being an Epeirid or Laterigrade. At page 43, the
nearness of the genus Otiothops (AREIA), to Tinian (Dufour)
is remarked upon; but, on account of t ers possessing an
abnormal number-of joints in the legs of rh first pair, and the ab-
sence (as stated by Macleay, but probably erroneously) of claws at
the end of the tarsi of that pair, Dr. Thorell has set up a new res 4
for i (Otiothopoide). This would hardly seem tenable on the

(as Dr. Thorell remarks, p. 202) so good a naturalist as Dufour,

who established the genus, repeatedly stated that it differed * from

all known spiders by having no claws on the first pair of legs,
i ol

microscope.” It does not, therefore, seem particularly captious to
conclude that it is more likely that aeg, overlooked the claws in
Otiothops than that a spider so nearly a both in structure an
form to Palpimanus should yet differ so aa in regard to the
possession of these tarsal claws, A very striking character of Palpi-
manus appears to have escaped Dr. Thorell as well as Dufour; and
that is the possession of but two spinners—a character hitherto un-
recorded of any known spider, though found in a very interesting
new genus lately received from Bombay, a description of which,
under the name Stenochilus Hobsonii, will shortly be publis hed.

er is not intended by any means in the above criticisms to detract

m the great and decided merits of Dr. Thorell’s wor re

Gade ied to him for the first general work on araneology (beyond
the mere limits of a cyclopzdia-artiele) that has ever appeare¢ 1n
the English language. To say that the limits ie in al! cases
by Dr. Thorell to the genera and families of Aranew will resist all
efforts that might be made to alter or modify them, would be to make
the very improbable assertion that the science of aug ee is in
capable of further modification or improvement. As it purae
we have in this present work a text-book for English poe of
Aranez which will soon be found to be indispensable to the study
of British (as well as European) Spiders.—O. P. CAMBRIDGE.

Flint Chips: a Guide to Prehistoric Archeology, as tiim by Py the
Collection in the Blackmore Museum, Salisbury. By
Srevens. Svo, with Illustrations. London, 1870.
Caratoeurs are proverbially dry reading; and it is rare to find a
publication of this character both interesting and instructive. Mr.
Stevens has fortunately fulfilled both these requirements of book-
making, and in ‘ Flint Chips’ has not only given us a very readable
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. vi. 27

418 Bibliographical Notices.

book, but has succeeded in making even the enumeration of speci-
mens lend its aid to the elucidation of the facts and theories he
brings to our n otice

‘Flint Chips’ is primarily a yp arranged Catalogue of the
Blackmore Museum at Salisbury; but it is something more than
this, for the author has appended to each subdivision of the sections
that comprise the collection a carefully written digest of all the
various subjects connected with their actual and a ssumed history.

ox the ** Bone-caves " and Peat of various parts of Europe, is pre-
faced by a description of the habits and Ru amc of the mam-
mals whose relics fill the museum-cases referred to at the end of the
chapter.

The enumeration of the durare remains from the Lake-dwel-
lings of Switzerland and elsew is furnished with a description
not merely of the locale and the pide under which the dis-
coveries were made, but also with a careful account of the actual
position of each series of articles in the “ Relic-bed,” and their proba-
ble uses and eg cum But it is regarding the relics of the “ Stone

ge," in w e Blackmore Museum is especially rich, that ihe
author has eod mie prolific of information, and has brought pro-

traces of human life and human labour (the lesson of the gradual
development and progress of our race), which day by day are be-
coming more closely examined and appreciated, as furnishing those
links in the history of the world with sies the ages before historic
times have otherwise failed to furnish u

The “ Palzolithic” period of the “ eem Age," that in which the
implements were produced by primary fracture of the rock-masses,

and a further completion into certain definite forms by chipping,
datos far back m the pasie era; and the types, few in nnum-
ber, comprise, one m arrow-heads, and rou h shoe-

-by the lower classes instead of knives, even at the present eue
pointed out; and carefully collated extracts from various authors

Bibliographical Notices. 419

describing the methods now in use by the aboriginal tribes to pro-
duce implements of stone of the same typical character as those of
the Paleolithic period furnish most valuable bases for conjecture,
not only as to the use, but as to the actual truth of the theories
Med regarding the intention and formation, of the prehistorie
relies

Proceeding further with the subject, we find the remains of the
“Neolithic” period, or that in which the implements have assumed
both a higher artistic type and greater perfection of finish, largely
represented in this account of the Blackmore Museum. Axes
fect in form and workmanship, and composed of the hardest mate-
rials, seem to have offered no resistance to the stubborn perseverance
of the savage races ; and here, again, the parallel between the facts
discovered as to the manufacture of similar implements in modern
times is wisely furnished. We cannot do better than quote the
writer’s words, as they serve to show how near an apparent relation
exists between the customs and habits of modern savage races and
those the date of whose history is lost in the mists of antiquity.
He says, in reference to the orifices formed in the heads of the, stone
axes or celts, **'That drilling has been effected in recent times with-
out tools of metal, is proved by the experience of travellers. Mr.
Wallace speaks of cylinders of rock-crystal four to eight inches long
and one inch in diameter, which are still made and perforated by
very low tribes on the Rio Negro. These are formed merely by
rubbing; and the perforation is effected by twirling a flexible leaf-
Shoot of wild plantain between the hands against the stone, and
thus, with sand and water, boring through the stone. This is said
to take years to effect. Such cylinders as the chiefs wear are stated

5

How easy becomes the deduction that, given the same character

mounds in Ohio, These mounds, which are very numerous, occur
in groups at various places on the American continent, and contain
numerous stone implements of the Paleolithic type; but though

pipe-bowls of various materials, such as siliceous slate, argilla-
ceous ironstone, ferruginous chlorite, and marly Kor vue and
;

420 ‘Bibliographical Notices.

these have been rudely carved to represent birds and beasts, and
in some cases human heads. In the very minute description of

embo ying. or example, the zigzag pecus on a figure assumed
to be that of aswallow are suggested to be indicative of the lightning-
like swiftness of the bird. It is equally possible they were crude
efforts to represent feathering on the very intractable material of
which this bowl is composed, the skill and tools of the workman
being incapable of a more delicate rendering of nature. Again, the
drawings of some Mind rude efforts at birds T the human face

lieta an f dient of severity." We are far from fae that ated

carving a fall and delicate mouth in “a compact black stone.

greater hardness” would be, with indifferent tools, a matter of dif-
fice aly ; and we think that the author, perhaps not unnaturally, in
his dezve to furnish material for conjecture and research, has gone
out of his way to discover forms and esthetic ideas of high art that,

oe. tne first rude mouldings of a sculptor, rarely zi beyond por-
traying very feebly the external appearance of the original; the
ideas that make the picture something more than a mere piece of
oe the sculptured form something more than a mere marble
e, belong to a cultivation and intellectual elevation which of
adr lead to a truer xg due of the first principles of art,
e beauty of truthfulness of form. We fail to see that the Ohio
relies fulfil this primary requirement ; and therefore we cannot agree
with Mr. Stevens's ingenious efforts to discover in these humble
imitations of life more than the fact that the inhabitants of these
ancient cities were certainly great smokers, and equally great as
indifferent carvers.

It is indeed un wise to bi lves tolimited vi fty f form,
whether of flint-chips or carved figures. We must remember that
similar circumstances lead to similar results, and the siliceous rocks
(jasper, agate, quartz, flint, and quartzite) will break under given
blows with a similar fracture, and that an uncultivated genius will
produce forms generally more or less of the same character, with
certain accidental and individual characteristics

pace fails us to do more than refer to the description of the other
American relics, full as itis of facts and numberless details of savage
bearing immediately on the subject; but, as an evidence of the

ee uS. cii c iE Bs

Bibliographical Notices: 421

as forgeries of more ancient relies) has not been forgotten; and a
paper written by Mr. Wyatt on the latter subject has been fur-
nished. It is satisfactory to find, with reference to these most
interesting relics, that “it is a curious fact that the climax of high

modus operandi seems altogether irrecoverable. The fine work
altogether defies imitation by the highly piget p and ingenious.”

V
logue; it is the — told cust of the » early human race, xs

performing an raida dads gens task. In one thing o gdt is the
title of the book deceptive: it does not convey an idea of the mass
of practical information, coupled with a very complete pae
of the varied details of life in prehistoric times, as far as we can
judge of them, for which Mr. Stevens’s valuable work is ipsc
noteworthy.

The Natural History of Commerce. With a copious List of Commer-
cial Terms, and their Synonyms in several Languages. By Joun
Yeats, LL.D. 12mo. London: Cassell, Petter, and Galpin
1870.

Dr. Yeats tells us in his preface that he was led to the produc-
tion of this little book by the desire to place within the reach of the
English student the means of obtaining some definite knowledge of

the nature and origin of those raw products which constitute the
principal objects of commerce. Abroad, especially in Germany and
Holland, he found that instruction in such matters was common ;

also to have the opportunity of acquiring an intelligent T
of the general objects and effects of commerce ; an nd: with a view to
the attainment of so.desirable a consummation, he has rarai the
excellent manual which we have now before us.

Works of this description may also have an effect altogether be-
side that which is their direct and ostensible purpose. Attracting

the minds of such readers as these with certain general scientific
facts, and in many cases doubtless lead to a desire for further infor-
mation upon particular points, and thus serve as an inducement to
the study of science on the part of those who would never haye taken
it up but in some such indirect fashion.

On the whole, as far as we can see, Dr. Yeats has executed his

422 Bibliographical Notices.

other natural causes upon the nature of these productions, and
briefly noticing the chief forms of produce which commerce derives -
from each country. The second part is devoted to the commercial
produets of the vegetable kingdom, the third to those derived from
the animal kingdom; and the fourth treats of mineral products.
Under each of these heads the subjeets are arranged in accordance
with the uses to which they are put; and in each case the sources
of the different commercial substances are indicated, and their com-
mercial statistics are given, generally, as far as this country is con-
cerned, up to the year 1867. As a general rule, these articles are
very accurate; but here and there, as perhaps was unavoidable in a
first attempt like this, small errors have crept in. Thus,for example,
under the head of ** furs,” we are told that furs are obtained from all
the orders of Mammalia except the Bimana and Cetacea. Apart
from the fact that all the skins enumerated by the author are not
furs in the true sense of the term, the Pachyderms certainly furnish
us with nothing that can be denominated a fur: an elephant-muff
or a rhinoceros-tippet would be rather a striking novelty. Again,
under the same head, there is an important omission: the only
seals noticed are the northern species, and the true fur-seals are
entirely unnoticed. The account of the natural history of the hive-
bee is nct quite what it should be, and might be considerably im-
proved without adding to the space it occupies; and the description
of the commercial products of the lac-insect is confused, and does
not clearly indicate that the dye is the produce of the insect itself,
whilst the shell-lac is an exudation from the tree.

Apart from the few inaccuracies above alluded to (the most im-
portant one that we have noticed being the omission of the fur-

£e
[^]
d
J
=
=
e
e
et
Am
mn
i
er
et
[2
[«"]
fav)
I
g
e
[em
[2
nm
j=")
®©
un
oO
M
a
=
ag
o
"t
og
M3
I
£e
p
"3j
x |
£5
[an
un
©
£5
B
Qu

producing them, in nearly all the European and in some oriental
ngnages ; it may prove useful to others besides those for whose
special behoof this book was written.

We should add that this is the first of a series of three works on
the same subject, of which one will be devoted to the industrial and
political history of commerce, and the second to the technical history
of the same subject.

423
MISCELLANEOUS.

On Astarte excurrens and A. modesta,
Lo the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,—In the paper upon the Mediterranean Mollusca, by
Mr. Jeffreys, published in your Magazine for es of d present

Which are there inserted as sti ing.
I wish particularly to notice one of. these E as my Supplement
to the Crag Mollusca gite preparation) ries made to en

Zool. Soc. 1869, pl. 19. f. 14) ; and it is there said to be “allied to
Astarte ewcurrens of Searles Wood, and possibly the same species.”
The recent shell has been placed by Mr. H. Adams as Gouldia of
C. B. Adams. I have written to Mr. H. Adams for his ee and
sent to him some Crag specimens of Astarte excurrens for compari-

examinatio

I have now no hesitation in saying that the recent shell (modesta)
is not only specifically distinct from the Crag one, but that it does
not belong to the same genus. My Cra shell has an external liga-

E

oblique, running out at the margin from eac ng
direction ; while the so- called Astarte modesta has an internal liga-
ment and concentric ridges (i.e. ridges parallel to the margin), and
belongs to the "gue. section of Crassatella of which C. B. Adams
has made the genus Gouldia.

I remain, Gentlemen, yours, &c.,
Brentwood, Oct. 1870. SzaRLES V. Woon.

: Helix personata, Lamarck.
The tale of British land and freshwater shells is not yet told.
dead specimen of Helix personata has been found by Mr. 8. A.
Stewart, of Glasgow, at Newcastle, i in co. Down; and it is now, through
his kindness, in my possession. Last yea r I examined Mr. Stewart’s
collection of fossil shells from the Post-Tertiary beds at Belfast and
in that neighbourhood ; and I have since received several communi-

424 Miscellaneous.

and Dalmatia. I found it under stones and among herbage in the
valley of St. Nicholas, on the way to Zermatt. This species belongs
to the section or subgenus Triodopsis of Rafinesque, vues of
Fitzinger, Gonostoma of Held, and Anchistoma of H. &

J. ies JEFFREYS.

Notice of the Falanaka of Madagascar (Eupleres Goudotii ?).
By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e.

The British Museum has lately received from Madagascar an
animal under the name Falanaka, which is new to our collection.
It is most likely the “Falanouc” of Flacourt, described from a
young Uis about E inches long, which M. Goudot obtained

in Tamat and gave the Museum of Paris, and which M.
d describe in o : ye des Sciences gite under
the n of Eupleres Goudotii (vol. iv. p. 281, tab, v

ii.).
It webs with the description in most ie Peele except that it
has no indication of a black streak across the shoulders. But I
suppose that, as the animal was figured from a specimen in spirit,
the band was produced by the skin being folded there so that the
dark tips of the hairs were all clustered together in this part, as 1s
often the case. The young skull of this animal is described and
figured in = same paper, and also in Blainville’s ‘Ostéogr.’ Viverra,
tab. viil., xi

The adult animal may be thus described :—Head elongate, nose
very much produced, elongate, conical, acute, rounded below, with
8 very narrow central nick beneath the no oss whiskers slender,
moderately long ; muzzle bald, cartilaginous; nostrils open on the
side; lower jaw narrow in front ; ears rounded, hairy on the outside ;
body elongate, rather slender, closely covered with hair; fur olive,
minutely punctulated with yellow ; the hairs dark at the ends, with
two or three very narrow yellow bands; cheeks, temples, chin,
throat, belly, and inner side of limbs pale bius dish. white ; under-
side of the base of the tail rather paler than the upperside; legs
moderate, of equal d ; soles of the feet with six pads, one cen-
tral; toes 5.5, united in the skin to the claws; claws of four
front toes elongated, mm ed, compressed, that of the inner toe
shorter; claws of the hind feet short, that of the inner toe abortive ;
the hinder side of the tarsus broad, rather concave, hairy; the tail
fact quite complete) j is rather shorter than the body, cylindrical,

neate, covered with abundance of hair, which is rather longer
than that on the fuck.

Length of body 22 inches, of tail 101 inches.

oyére regards the Eupleres as “Himin a distinct family,

called the Euplériens, of the Digitigrade Insectivora. Blainville
referred it, in his last work, to the genus Viverra. I think that
the right place is probably in the tribe Crossarchina of the family
Rhinogalide, where I placed the genus in the Cat. of Carnivorous
Mammalia in the Br ritish Museum, p. 176.

Miscellaneous. 425

On some new and little-known Myriopoda Pm the Southern
Alleghanies, By E. D. Cop

PETASERPES, Cope.

Head concealed to the bases of the antenne by the shield-like
expansion of the scutum of the first annulus. Ocelli two, beneath
the margin of the same, and at the approximated bases of the an-
tenne ; the latter large, stout, hairy, six-jointed. Annuli without
lateral processes, each with two pores, forming two rows on each
side of the body.

Petaserpes rosalbus, Cope.

The segments of the body are flattened below, and gently convex
above; their lateral pirre is a little greater than the length of
the extended feet; each elicate impressed line near the
posterior margin, whic pie e the extremity, producing the
semblance of a longitudinal angle. The extremital margins are
entirely contin The epu diameter contracts very rapidly
at both extremities, and the anal annulus and head are. relatively

the segment of i a hollow sphere. The anterior aspect is horizontal,

of the head. The antennz are of remarkable size for the head, and
originate near together, just at the inferior margin of the basilar
segment. Just within and above them, at their base, is situated on

mulation of a light-coloured deposit between the elevations. The
antenns possess six joints, of which the antepenultimate is a little
the shortest; they become PoE. EUN towards the extre-

mity of the anten nna, and are all quite

The reproductive organ of the male is a s sabglobilar body on a short
pedicel, hairy except the convex extremity, which is smooth. On
the inner side two short pedicels support each a short curved spine,
one curved backwards and another forwards.

The annuli are smooth. The anal onu is small, and for the
greater part overroofed by the gom. which is broader than

The le

at one extremity and pocas into orange at the

The number of the annuli in the adults I find e be fifty-three
down to fifty-one. In specimens a little smaller there are forty-
six and forty-four; and in the smallest and palest-coloured, hence
younger, the number ranges from forty-three to thirty-nine.

The locality whence I obtained this species is on the western

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. vi. 28

426 Miscellaneous.

of the Cumberland Mountains, in the northern part of East
c Sisi I found them under masses of chestnut-bark in es
places, in small families of some size, with Polydesmus. They hav
the motions of piv icti ; i. e. they progress slowly, and roll dine
selves up when captured

This form is near Wood's Octoglena, of which one species (O.
bivirgata) was found in Northern Georgia. It apia generically in
the great extent of the basilar segment, which is very short and
leaves the head exposed in Octoglena, and in the “agglomeration of
the ian which in the latter are arranged in two long series of
four

The d appear to be completely chitinized on the median line
below

Observations on other Myriopoda.

Brachycybe Lecontei, Wood, seh in J at County, in the
valley of East Tennesse ; it is not comm nd lives under
bark of fallen logs. The M votos of its beg is much like that of
Andrognathus externally ; ; and the genus is probably to be —
to the Andrognathidze x idm than to the Siphonophoride. It
from the former genus in marked characters, the sn T the

than corda, lactarius, which it considerably resembles, and
with which it is found under bark, &c.

As is known, the Myriopoda of the orders Strongyli and Sugentia
are sluggish in their motions, and not furnished with offensive
weapons. They cce bier secretions of a um acrid cha-
racter, which furnish a seeure defence against many en Lhe
species of Spirobolus eh yam discharge a yellowish Tie. having

much the smell of aqua regia, and a very acrid taste. Spiro-
j lasiri exudes, from a series of lateral pores*, a fluid
which has in its odour a close resemblance to creosote. Poly-

desmu.
the smell of hydrocyanie acid, and is fatal to small animals. Peta-
serpes rosalbus secretes a considerable quantity of a milky sub-
stance which has the perfume of gum camphor.

Pseudotremia cavernarum, Cope, is found in some of the limestone-
caves of the valley of Tennessee. I found it especially abundant

* I must co creen o lateral pores" for Spirostrephon (Proc.
Amer, Phil. Boc. 18 1869 P. DNI ty ^" oae eri à of pores.

Miscellaneous. 427

The writer examined the Lost-Creek Cave for a distance, stated
to have been measured, of nearly two miles from the mouth ; and je
statement is probably correct, judging by the time occupied in
ing through to the point reached. A creek of a BER PRA size
issues from the cave; near the mouth it is dammed; and a race
leads the water for a short distance to a corn-mill on the banks of

The passage is wide, dry, and with so few irregularities that a
publie road might be readily ped in it to that point. I could not
find any fishes; just outside the mouth a small Uranidea is not
uncommon. The dam within the cave abounds in dead Jos, Uniones,
&c., said to be carried there by floods of the Holston, but quite as
probably the refuse of the Fine of Indians. Bones of Indians,
turkeys, and game animals are to be found at the mouth of the
cave, which is in a bluff some fifty. feet above dio level of the river.
= one side of the entrance a hard limestone deposit contains char-

, Uniones, and Melanie. The limestone cliff produced abun-
ped of Asplenium montanum, Pellea nghi onec and a delicate
bipinnate JPteris.— From the Trans. Amer. . Soc. May 1870.
Communicated by the Author.

Note on the Ta pe -i fren
Dr. J. E. Gra

Mr. Moore has kindly sent me a bad specimen of Halerosia nigra

from the river Bonny, in West Africa, presented to the British

Museum by Dr. Forsyth, of 18 Saxon Street, Liverpool It is the

only fresh and the most adult specimen of the species I have seen,

and is nearly 4 feet long. It is interesting as making me more cer-
tain that Iam are in identifying it with the ** Krocodile noir du
Niger" of Adan

The whole sray is black both above and below; the belly has
a brownish tinge, very slightly and obscurely dotted with white.
The nuchal shields are very thick, Phos an upright outer edge.
raed emn has been described as a new species by Mr. Andrew
Murray and Mr. Cope, and was merde by Cuvier with the
Pu tasked alligator (Caiman trigonatus) of South America.

Note on Hyperoodon latifrons a

in the ee Museum at rcl Eschricht — that

. latifrons was established on a very old male of the n H.
rostratus; but Gray's species must now be regarded mre
blished.”

428 Miscellaneous.

Note on Testudo chilensis. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S.
Looking over Dr. Strauch’s ‘Mémoires’ on the geographical dis-
erie of Testudinata, I find that a Chilian tortoise I described in
rmer Number was known to D’Orbigny (Voyage ees l'Amér.

tortoise to compare it with, or they would not have made such a
mista . de Meussy (Desc. Géog. et Statist. de la Conféd. Argent.
ii. 38) mentions the same tortoise under the name of T'estudo mauri-
tanica ; but it has no similarity to that species.

Observations on some Vegetable Fossils from Victoria.

By Dr. Fernano von MünLER and R. BRoven Surg, F.G.S.
Mr. Smyth stated that the fossils, of which specimens were for-
warded by him, were obtained in one of the deep leads at Haddon, near
Smythesdale. No leaves have been obtained from the bed, which
consists of a greyish-black clay; the fruits and seed-vessels were
obtained about 180 feet from the surface, and represent a flora not
very dissimilar to that now characterizing. some parts of Queensland.

lostrobus. It is most nearly allied to Solenostrobus, Bowerbank ; but
its five etd are es keeled. The co lumella forms the main in body

d t
a genus Dysoaylon. r. Miller considered that these
mains indicate a former flora analogous to that of the existing
forest-belt of Eastern Australia.— Proc. Geol. Soc. June 22, 1870.,

The Female Le Bartlett's Spider Monkey (Ateles Bartlettii).
y Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e.
The. British ie has recen ins received a Spider Monkey.

or greyish white, the confines of the two colours are not so di-
stinctly ek, and the spots on the forehead and cheek are müch
sm. d much less

distinct, I have therefore little doubt it is
the Xd B of the above Species.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.
[FOURTH SERIES.]

No. 36. DECEMBER 1870.

XLIIL— Report on the Testaceous Mollusca obtained during a
Dredging-Excursion in the Gulf of Suez in the months of
February and March 1869. By RoBERT M‘AnpREw*.

In the course of an excursion in the East, accompanied by
my family, in the early months of 1868, I spent a day at Suez,
where I was so much struck by the novelty of the species of
shells on the shore of the Gulf, so totally different from any
I had seen on the coasts of the Mediterranean and Atlantic,
that I resolved to return the following year provided with the
implements &c. required for investigating the marine fauna,
more especially the Mollusca, of the district, which offered so
tempting a field for research.

Accordingly, in the month of January last year (1869),
having forwarded dredges, rope, and other appliances by
merchant-steamer, and having been so fortunate as to enlist Mr.
Edward Fielding as a companion, and engaged the assistance
of M. Susini, an experienced collector of shells, I proceeded by
way of Marseilles to Alexandria. The interval between our
arrival and that of the apparatus (about a fortnight) was occu-
pied in a short visit to uiro; and in coming to a determina-
tion, under the advice of our friends in those parts, as to our
course of proceeding, of which we had previously been enabled
to form no definite plan.

I was lucky in meeting with a dragoman in whom I had
full confidence, having made his acquaintance the previous
year; and I arranged with him to supply tents, provisions, and

the requirements for encampment in the desert, including
a good cook; and at Suez he brought me into contact with
boatmen, his compatriots (Maltese), with whom I made terms
for the cruise.

* Communicated by the Author, E been read at the Meeting of
the British Association held at Liverpool, Sept. 1870.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. vi. 29

430 Mr. R. M‘Andrew on Testaceous Mollusca

We sailed from Suez on the 10th of February, our little
squadron consisting of three boats, of which the largest (twelve
tons burthen) carried our luggage and stores, the second (five
tons) was the worker, and a small boat was only used for em-
barking and disembarking ourselves and effects. The crew, six
in number, was composed of four Maltese, a Neapolitan, and an
Arab, a native of Tur, who acted as pilot; and I have great
pleasure in stating that I found them all uniformly obliging
and desirous of assisting in my pursuits. The Arab turned
out to be a first-rate diver, and, not having the fear of sharks
before his eyes, thought nothing of going down like a frog to
the depth of four or five fathoms, to bring up any portable
object that had attracted our notice at the bottom.

We worked slowly down the Gulf, keeping to the Arabian
side, as the natives there were more to be trusted than the
Arabs of the opposite coast, changing our station about every
two days, till in about three weeks we reached Tur, which
may be called the seaport of the convent of Mount Sinai.
Thence we crossed over to the Point of Zeite and the deso-
late islands situated towards the western side of the Straits
of Jubal, so named from one of them.

After working for a week among these islands, where the
fecundity of the sea is as wonderful as the sterility of the
adjacent land, we bore away for Ras Mahommed, the extreme
point of the peninsula of Mount Sinai, dividing the Gulf
of Suez on the one side from that of Akaba on the other.
Here terminated our researches with the dredge, as, in conse-
quence of our having got on more slowly than we anticipated,
some of our stores were becoming exhausted, and our water
putrid—a slight drawback to what had been truly a pleasure-
excursion. The climate was all that we could desire.

_ We encamped four days at Ras Mahommed before embark-
ing on our return, which we then did in earnest, and, as the
prevailing winds are from the north-west, thought ourselves
fortunate to reach Tur in a week, without stopping to dredge
by the way, though we, of course, encamped on shore every
night. Sending the collections and spare luggage on by the
boats, we proceeded by land, having engaged a sheik from the
neighbourhood of Mount Sinai, with twelve camels and as
many Arabs, to convey us to Suez, which we reached in seven
days, just fifty days after our departure from it.

ow as regards results.

The total number of species of Mollusca I obtained in the
Gulf of Suez (not including the Nudibranchiates, of which I
pee a few in spirits) amounts to some 818, of which 619

ave been n: or described, the remaining 199 being

obtained in the Gulf of Suez. "5491

In my list of named species will be found about 355 not
previously recorded as inhabiting the Red Sea; of these,
53, including 3 genera, are new to science, and have been
described by Mr. Henry and Mr. Arthur Adams. Also most
of the undetermined species will probably prove to be new,
and all of them additions to the Red-Sea fauna.

Prof. Issel, of Genoa, has recently published a work upon
the shells of the Red Sea, in which he enumerates 640 species
of recent Mollusca as all that are recorded from that district.
His list includes about 100 new species described by himself,
some of which had been previously figured, but not named or
described, by Savigny in the ‘ Description de l'Egypte. As
he has inserted species upon the faith of various authors, it is
probable that there are some inaccuracies in his catalogue, as
in the case of Nassa circumcincta, which appears to be included
on the authority of Reeve. Not only did I not obtain this
species in the Gulf of Suez, but I did find it in the Mediterra-
nean, on the coast of Syria, in company with N. gibbosula,

The extraordinary dissimilarity between the fauna of the
Red Sea and of the Mediterranean, which has been frequently
remarked, and which appears to be confirmed by further re-
searches on both sides of the isthmus (holding good with re-
spect to the other Invertebrata and fishes as well as the Mol-
lusca), shows that a barrier between the seas must have existed
from very remote time ; and this is not inconsistent with Prof.
Issel's statement that an examination of the geological condi-
tions of the isthmus leads to the conclusion that the two seas

?
admit this with respect to all the species quoted by Issel as
Mediterranean equivalents. Such species, however, form but

about as many examples of relationship to the European
fauna.

The number of Suez species that are common to Japan, the
Philippine Islands, Australia, the Sandwich Islands, &c. is
worthy of remark, as showing that the Mollusca of the Pacific
and Indian Oceans have a much wider distribution than those
of the Atlantic, where the shores of America pone ut few

432 WR M'Andrew on Testaceous Mollusca

Species in common with the coasts of Europe and Africa.

he fact of a species having in several instances been obtained
from only two localities very remote from each other, such as
Suez eil Japan, is to be attributed to (while it is a proof of)
the very small amount of knowledge we possess ef the fauna
of the intervening seas.

It is not to be supposed that my present list is any near
approach to a complete catalogue of the Mollusca of the Gulf
of Suez, much less to that of the Red Sea, to which it forms
but a small contribution. Up to the very last we never returned

ay's work without having added several species to
our collection, and we might probably have long continued to
do so. It is also remarkable in how many instances we ob-
tained only one or two examples of a species.

In addition to the Mollusca, we omitted no opportunity of
collecting specimens of other branches of zoology. The
Echinodermata, Crustacea, and Corals, together with the soft
animals and a few fishes, I presented to the British Museum,
with a request that any spare duplicates might be forwarded
to the public museums of Edinburgh and Liverpool. I have
received no particular account of them ; but Dr. Günther in-
forms me that among the fishes was a new Hippocampus

. The sponges I sent to Dr. Bowerbank, on the express con-
dition that he was to give me a report on them; but this I
have not yet received. A small sponge which had casually -
been put into spirits among the soft animals has been described
by Mr. Carter, and made the type of the new genus (rayella.
It is interesting as showing some affinity to the family of

Of Cirripedia the only species met with in abundance was
Tetraclita porosa. I obtained a few specimens of a species of

casta, and a curious Pecilasma attached to spines of a Ci-
daris. Prof. Lovén informs me that it is closely allied to P.
eburnea of Darwin, which was also found on the spines of an
Echinoderm in New Guinea. I think that it may very pos-
sibly prove to be identical.

N.B. In the following list the localities quoted which are
ps within the limits of the Gulf of Suez are those from which

he 1 ive species are recorded to have been previously
obtai
Mollusca.
CEPHALOPODA.

pr un Savignyi, Blainv. Frequent on the shore from Suez to Ras
——— Lefovrei, D'Orb. The same.

obtained in the Gulf of Suez. 433

PTEROPODA.

Hyalæa longirostris, Desh.. Frequent on the shore.
——— quadridentata, Lesson. One specimen

GASTEROPODA.
Murex crassispina, Lam. Frequent in sand at moderate depth.
astern Deas.
Urbi anguliferus, Lam. Frequent at low water. Ceylon

corrugatus, Sow. Shore to 10 fathoms; only young

pone wm, living. North Australia.

) ramosus, Lam. "No t rare; shore and shallow water.

Eastern seas.

, SİX species, undetermined; one specimen of each.

Fusus marmoratus, Ph. Suez, common at low water. Australia
(Jukes).

polygonoides, Lam. Tur and Jubal Island, abundant at low
water. Eastern Seas,

—— strigatus, Ph. Low water; two specimen

oe ( Volema) pudoris Rve. yea. at low-water.

cean, Ceylon.

Prevent ( Tritonidea) aite. var. Rve. Two specimens, Ras
Mahommed. Red Sea

) funiculatus. - Not rare; shallow water, Ras Mahommed.

Turris grandis, ibid — l variety. Not rare; 5 f., Jubal Island.

"lam. f

rd tre Rye. “dam ent; 5 t, ; Jubal Island.

moniliferus, Pease. Not rare ; 5f, Jubal Isl. Sandwich Islands.

brevicaudatus, Rve. Not rare; 5 E Jubal Islan hilippin

violaceus. Not rare; 10-20 £, sand, New Guinea, Philippines
(Hinds), &e.

——, sp. One specimen ; öf., pya Island.

— etre radula, Hinds, 5 specimens, small var.; 5-10 f.
Straits of Malacca

Drilla flavidula, Lam. Frequent, dead on shore at Suez. China
nd Japan.

cagayanens pecori dus Not rare; 2—5 f., sand, Tur to Ras Ma-
hommed. Philippin
——— crenularis, Lam. T specimen; 2-5f, Jubal Island &c.
Tranquebar.
(Craseispira) tes tessellata, Hinds. Rare; 2-5 f., Jubal Island.
Straits of Macas
dint (Clavus) Vidt, var., Rve. Rare; 2-5 f., Jubal Island. Phi-

a em. species, undetermined.
Daphnella Cumingii, Powis. One specimen, young; 2-5 f., Jubal
Island. Pacific.

434 Mr. R. M‘Andrew on Testaceous Mollusca
Daphnella rissoides, Rve. One specimen; 2-5 f., Jubal Island.
hilippines.

sp. One specimen ; in 5 f., Jubal Island.
Defrancia rubida, var., One e specimen; 2-5 f., Straits of
Jubal. Philippines, Nos Guinea &e.
tritonoides, Rve. Three specimens, young; 2-5 f., Straits of
Pus ds Philippines.
ep AE _Four specimens. Straits of Jubal.
—— E Vnd s, Rve. Two specimens; Straits of Jubal. Lord
Hood's did, (Cumi ing).
, twenty-six species, undetermined.
Cythara aum Kiener. Not rare. Indian Ocean.
ve. Two specimens. Philippines.
CES: cpl, Rve. Five a Philippines.
s, undetermined.
Mena duran Taint ? Qt. pallida, Rve.?). Notrare. Phi-
e
ten species, undetermined.
Siiiinium a Linn. Saw a specimen in hands of fishermen.
Eastern s
— Rae bag Rve. One specimen ; shore, Ras Mahommed. China.
—— (Simpulum) rubeculum, Linn. Two specimens, Jubal Island.
Philippines &c.
ay pileare, Lam. ? One specimen, young; Tur. Philip-

pines

B V one. Rve. Two specimens, dead ; Ras Mahommed.
Philippines
— (Gtr gallinago, Rve. Three specimens, dead ; Ras
—— ippines
ee trilineatum, Two specimens, dead; Ras Mahommed.
Philippin ines.
—— (Epidromus) where DERG Four specimens, Ras Mahom-
med. Philippines and Marques
—— (——) an Rve. Three specimens, Ras Mahomme d.
—— (——) Sowerbii, Rve. One specimen, young; Jubal Island.
Pacific.
—— (Lagena) ne Rve. One asm: young; Jubal Is-
land. Philippin
——— , two species, pores. Ras Mahomm
Distortio anus, Linn. Shore, dead ; frequent at Has Mahommed and

es, &c.
iri bufonia, Bolten. Shore, dead; not rare at Ras Mahommed.
hilippines.

— (Lampas) hians, Schum., vars. a & b. Reefs, rare. Philippines.

— (—) Lapi Brod. Shore, dead ; frequent at Ras Mahom-
med. Pacific Ocean &c.

med a concinna, Ph. One specimen living, one dead; Ras
Mahommed. Red

(——) pusilla, B Brod. One eus. dead, at Ras Mahommed.
. Mauritius, Pacific Islands, Philippines

obtained in the Gulf of Suez. 435

Phos roseatus, var., Hinds. Two specimens; 5 f., sand, Jubal Island.
Philippines, Moluccas.

Nassa coronula, A. Ad. Frequent; shore to 5f., Straits of Jubal
&c. Philippines.

—— guum; Linn. Not rare; shore to 5f. Straits of Jubal &e.

Rumphii, Desh. Two specimens, Straits of Jubal &e. Phi-

lipp
— iatha) gemmulata. Rare, dead; 5 f., Straits of Jubal &c.
Philippin

—— (——) nodicostata, A. Ad. dead; shore, Straits of
Jubal &e. nre Gulf ( Col. Pally M "Philipp ines,

( Kieneri, Desh. Frequent; shore to 5f., Straits of
Jubal &c. Réunion.

—— (— cias hts A. Ad. One specimen ; 5 f., Straits of
Jubal. Philippine
(Uzita) Fin CO A. Ad. Rare; 5 f, Straits of Jubal &c.

Cape of Good
——, two species, undetermined. °
Teinostom ma, sp. One specimen.

Purpura (Thalessa) echinata, Blainy. Rare; shallow water, Straits
of Jubal. Singapore ( Leschke).
—— zr a pet Quoyi, Rve. One specimen, Straits of Jubal. New

ym EGRE Lam. One specimen, young ; Ras Mahommed.

itula, Rye. Not unfrequent; dead on shore, Ras à Cs UR
Anaa, Pacific (Cuming).

Pentadactylus albolabris, Blainv. Two specimens; shallow water,

as Mahommed. Philippines &e.

- arachnoides Lam. Several; shore, dead, Ras Mahommed.
Phili

— digitalis, Lam., var. 9. Two specimens, dead; Ras Mahommed.
Seychelle Islands.

horridus, Lam. One specimen, from dealer at Suez. Philip-
ines.

i (Sistrum) anawares, D'Orb. One specimen, dead ; Ras Mahom-
med. Lord Hood's Island, Nata

—— (—— —) dealbatus, Rye. Several, Ras Mahomm

) chrysostoma, Desh. Three specimens. Philippines.

—— (——) ochrostoma, Rve. One poan

—— (—_) fiscillum & var., Chemn. Not rare; on reefs, Suez to
Ras Mahommed. Philippines

—— (—) Savignyi, Desh. Common on reefs, Tur to Ras Ma-
hommed. Red Sea.
—— (——) tuberculatus, Blainv. Common on reefs, Tur to Ras

Mahommed. Pacific Islands.

) spectrum, Rye. One specimen. Philippine

——(í ) asper, Des Lam. Not rare; shallow i Straits
of Jubal. Philippine

—— (——-), sp. Not nia Straits of Jubal.

436 Mr. R. M‘Andrew on Testaceous Mollusca

Rapana bulbosa, Solander. Not rare; shore, dead. Eastern seas.
Rhizochilus (Coralliophila) costularis, Blainv. Shore, dead; rare.
Philippines.
—— (——) galea, Chemn. Shore, dead; rare. Philippin
—— (—— ) exaratus, Pease. Rare; sho re, Straits of UM
—— (——) madreporianus, A. Ad. Frequent on coral. Eastern

as.

Campulotus (Magilus) antiquus, Montfort. Common in old Madre-
re on the islands. astern seas.

Leptoconchus Lamarckii?, Desh. In Madrepore, Ras Mahommed.

Mauritius.

Harpa crassa, Ph. Not unfrequent on shore at Ras Mahommed and
Jubal Island. Red Sea.

Dactylus inflatus, Lam. On shore at Ras Mahommed. Persian
Gulf

&c.
Ancilla crassa, Sow. Sand at low water; frequent. Red Sea.
—— lineolata, A. Ad. Sand at low iie r; rare. Red Sea
di Rve. Sand at low water; Red Sea.
a, Sow. Sand at low water ; v P fquo nt. Red Sea.
Pocclaria pene Dead on shore, Ras Mahommed. Red Sea.
Latirus turritus, Gmel. (lineatus, Lam.). Six specimens. Ras Ma-
hommed. hilippines.
oe polygonus, Gmel. Dead; rare, Ras Mahommed.
)
Vasum cornigerum, Linn. Abundant on reefs. Moluccas &e.
Mitra Bovei, Kiener. Frequent, a on shore at Suez ; one living,
5 f., sand, Jubal Island.
oes (Scabricola) pretiosa, Rye. Six specimens ; sand at 5 f., Jubal

pura, A. Ad. Five specimens ; sand at 5 f., Jubal Island.
ELT Islands.

——), sp ur specimens; sand at 5 f., Jubal Island.
—— U Concilia) Sigo À.Ad. One specimen ; "sand at 5 f., Jubal

—— vary tar Antonelli, Dohrn. One specim
—— (——) fr - Quoy. One specimen. China, Philippines,
Lord Hood's Islan
—— (-——à jene Rve. Ones
—— (——) Wisemani?, Dohrn. One specimen. Sandwich Islands.
es specimen

One
stellaria » siridis, Issel Four specimens, Jubal Island,
Has a broad brown or black band

e (o) labro, Hi aa ak

—— d—————— PARRA

obtained in the Gulf of Suez. 437

Turricula (Pusia) pardalis, Kiister. Two specimens.
—— (——) tusa, Rve. One specimen. Philippines.
—— (——) glandiformis, Rve. Five specimens.

(——-, sp. pecime
Strigatella. Three species, undetermi ined.
Columbella flavida, Sow. Not rare, Tur and Jubal Island.
^an Sow. Frequent, Tur; sand, shallow water. Philip-

pine
—— oxen Rve. Moderate, Tur; sand. Philippines.
—— tringa, Lam. Rare, Jubal Isla nd; 5. f.
aai Lam. i Jubal Island ; 5f. Philippines.
—, three species, undetermined.
—— z Viidet) minima, Ska Abundant in 30—40 f., Straits of

—— vids two species, undetermined.
—— weis. albina, Kiener. Rare; 5-10 f., Straits of Jubal.

—— (Aia) conspersa, Gask. Frequent; 5-10 f., Jubal Island.
Philinp;

ppin
i] us, Rve. Rare; 5-10 f., Jubal Island. Chin

Engina mendicaria, Lam. Abundant at low water, Jubal dca
Philippines.

pecia pygmea, Issel. Sand, shore to 5 f.

—— Savignyi, Issel. Sand, shore to 5 f.

suezensis, Issel. Sand, shore to 5 f.

Erato nana, Due. ne specimen.

Cadium pomum, Linn. Rare, Ras Mahommed. Society and Philip-
pine Islands, &c.

Ringicula acuta, Ph. Not rare; 5-10 f., sand.

sp. Rare

Natica ert Rve. N ot rare; shore, Ras Mahommed. Aus irali,

marmorata, H. Ad. fide H. Adams. 2-5 f. ., sand. (Mérch
questions the species being identical.) Canary Islands (R. M.).-

— — maroccana, Chemn., several variet: Frequent; shore to

5f., sand. Canary Islands, Pacific,

Ruma melanostoma, Lam. Not common; Pain dead, Ras Mahom-
med. Seychelle Islands.

—— simia, ‘hin: Rare; shore, dead, Ras Mahommed. a
pines.

Mamma Cumingiana, Rve, Rare; shore, dead, Ras Moe.
Phili

—— me Lam. Moderate; shore, dead, Ras Mehmed.

na, Récl. ; shore, dead, Ras Monnet.
Semicassis (Casmaria) torquata, Rve., & var. Shore, dead, Ras
ahommed. New Hollend.

) vibex, Linn. One specimen ; shore, dead, Tás eins

=l
med. Philippines

Scala Ferussacci, FETE Two specimens,

—— Jomardi, Audouin. Seven specimens.

438 Mr. R. M‘Andrew on Testaceous Mollusca

Scala, seven species, undetermined.

Cirsostrema attenuata, Pease. Two specimens. Sandwich Islands.

Acus crenulata, Lam. Not rare. Moluccas and Pacific.

consobrina, Desh. Not rare. Red Sea

—— duplicata, Lam. Frequent, China, Indian Ocean, E. Africa.

maculata, Lam. On shore, in bad condition. Philippine and
Society Islands, Australia, Moluccas, Persian Gulf, &c.

—— nimbos a, Hinds Two specime Sea

(Abretia) fils, Hinds. Two specimens, ‘Austr

Terebra babylonia, Lam. Four specimens. China, ara Islands.

cingulifera, Lam. One specimen. apse Marquesas.

> nn iy ae ea One spec

—— (Myur ay aise, Stan ciiin Jubal Island. Philip-
—— —) colu imei Winds One specimen, Jubal Isl. Tahiti.
? variegata, Gray. Not rare, Jubal Island. West Africa,

deed

Californ
Pyramidella gracilis, A. Ad. Rare; 19-20 f., sand. Philippines.
corrugata, Lam. Moderately ı rare; 4f. Mauritius.
—— erba Ad. Not rare. Fo eds cimens; 4f, Philippines.
— — subulata, A. Ad. Rare; — “cece Philippines.
terse pus, A. Ad. Rar Philipp
A, Ad. Frequent ; 2-5 H Ta hiti.
— Kieneri Issel. Six specimens ; 2-5 f.
— oe Mill. Not rare; 2-5 f. Island of Masbate.
s, A. Ad. One specimen. Japan (A. Ad.).
k poies A, Ad. Rare. Japan (A. Ad.).

i Three v Mgr i Philippines (Cuming).
aciculata, A. Ad. Ran m nd Japan (A. Ad.).
—— lucida, A. Ad. One specimen, n. . Sp. (A. .Ad.).

——— pupina, A, Ad. Two specimens. Japan (A. Ad.).
subulina, A. ng One specimen. J. es (A. .Ad.).

A.Ad. On :

Agatha vitrea, A. Ad. One specimen, n. sp.
Turbonilla bifasciata, A. Ad. Rare. China (A. Ad.).
—— acicularis, A. Ad. Rare. os (Cuming).
— metula, A. Ad. Rare. Japan (A. A

candida, A. Ad. Rare. s eraoro (Cuming).
— fusca, A. Ad. Rare. i es (Cuming).
—— decussata, A. Ad. Rare. China Sea (A. Ad.).
—— scitula, A. Ad. One — China Sea (A. Ad.).

imen. pan (A. Ad.).

Oscilla annulata, A Ad. Four specimens.
tina ke: Á Ad. Three specimens.

e m € IE EPI EE t

Y p MEES LU ee e I E ee

obtained in the Gulf of Sues. 439

Monoptygma fulva, A. Ad. Three specimens. Philippines (Cum.).
Styloptygma lendiz, A. Ad. Four posee Japan (A, .Ad.).
nivea, A. Ad. One specimen, n.
Myonia casta, A. Ad. Two pictis. “China vay (A. Ad.).
Eulima —— A. Ad. Rare; 20f. Philippin
——— opaca?, Sow. Rare

subangulata, Sow. Rare. Indian Ocean.
lor e species, undetermined.
Lei iostra sp. Rare.
Sty Vliferina. callosa, A. Ad. One specimen, n. sp.
—— — goniocheila, A. Ad. One specimen. Japan (A. Ad.).
Niso candidula (young), A. Ad. One specimen. Philippine
Cingulina circinata, A. Ad. Two specimens. Japan (A. Ad.).
Cerithiopsis dathrata, A. Ad. Rare. pines.

os E Issel. Two specimens.

——, two species, undetermined.
Alaba imbricata, A. Ad. Not rare. Japan (A. T

(A. Ad.).
suturalis, A. Ad. One specimen. Philippines (Cuming).
—— — succincta, A. Ad. Three specimens, n. sp.

8.
Stalenostoma Deshayesii, n. sp. One specimen.
us undetermined.

Torinia perspectivuncula, Chemn. Rare; shore. Pacific.

Conus (Stephanoconus) lividus, Hwass. One specimen; shallow
water, Jubal Island. Society and Philippine Islands.

Riippellii, Rve. One specimen; shallow water, Jubal

IT ees d Sea.

——— (Puncticulis) arenatus, Hwass. Frequent; shallow water,
Jubal Tank cene &e.

naxi

— (——) paeen Sow. One specimen ; shallow water, Jubal
Island. Red Sea
(——) pusillus, Chemn. Frequent; shallow water, Jubal
-“Taland: Seychelle Islands.
oe Agent flavidus, Lam. Four specimens; shallow
water, Island. Society Islands.
— ch ae essellatus, Born. bt rare (small); shallow water,
Jubal Island. Ceylon, Ma

— ( ) virgo, rear tah pleni; living; shallow water,
- Jubal Island. Ce eylon
Leptoconus (Rhizoconus) ye One specimen, living, large ;

shallow water, Jubal Island. ceo thse Philippines.
ass. One specimen, dead ; ; shallow

nemocanus, Hwass. One specimen, living; shallow
water, Jubal Island. Pacific, Mauritius.

440 Mr. R. M‘Andrew on Testaceous Mollusca

Leptoconus (Rhizoconus) sumatrensis, Lam. Two specimens, living ;
ra.

( Adansoni, Lam. Three specimens; shallow
ders J say Island. Australia.
—— ) erythræensis, Beck. One specimen, living; shallow
alee Jubal Island. Red Sea
——à sepia Hwass. " Abundant ; low water, Gaysoom
Island. China se
Cylinder vicarius. "Sho ore, dead ; not rare, Tur. Mau
Hermes nussatella. Shore, dead ; not rare, Jubal lend. "oci
and Philippine Islands.
Strombus (Monodactylus) trie, Mart. Low water; frequent at
Z ppines, West Indies
Ae i: deformis, G ray. Three specimens, dead; Jubal
Austral

M dope, Sow. Six specimens; 3-10 f., Jubal
Island. Philippines.
— ) fasciatus, Born. One specimen, living, Jubal Island
dead on shore at Suez &c. Red Sea.
— gibberulus, Linn. Very abundant on reefs at Ras
Mahommed. Philippine and Society Islands.
— (—) des aie Sow. Three specimens, Jubal Island.
North Australi
—— (——) Tüppellii, Rve. Two specimens, Jubal Isl. Red Sea.
— E terebellatus, Sow. Two specim., Jubal Isl. Philippines.
— ( ) floridus, Frequent, Jubal Island, Philippines.
Kempu (Hiptadactytus) Sela, Valencienties. Not rare at 4f., Tur
and Jubal Island. Society Islands.
Gladius magnus. Not rare; dead on shore. Red Sea

Terebellum subulatum, Lam. Four specimens; 12 f., sand, Straits -

of Jubal. China and Sooloo archipelago (Ad.).
Cyprea fimbriata, Gmel. Abundant on shore, dead ; Zeite Point.
‘Japan.

carneola, Lam. Not rare; reefs, Tur &e. Pacific Ocean.
—— talpa, Linn. Not rare , dead. Eastern seas.
—— erythreensis, Beck. One specimen, dead ; Zeite Point. Red Sea.
Isabella, Linn. One specimen, in good condition ; Zeite Point.
Mauritius,
— Ma pondre, Sow.,n.sp. One specimen, in good condition;
Zeite Poin
ricia niis Martyn. Frequent, from fishermen. Eastern seas.
—— annulus, Linn. Shore. Eastern seas.
moneta, Linn. Shore, dead. Pacific Ocean.
f kes caurica, Linn. Not rare; from fishermen, Tur. Eastern seas.
——— erosa, . Not rare; from fishermen, Tur. Ceylon, Mauritius.
re “eon , Gray. One specimen, dead; 4f., Jubal Island.
gis

; Linn. Frequent, from fishermen. Pacific Islands,
ula, "Mauritius
pantherina, Solander. Frequent, from fishermen. Red Sea.

obtained in the Gulf of Suez. 441

Luponia turdus, Linn. Frequent, from fisherm
Trivia oryza, Lam. Shore, rare; Straits of Tubal. Philippines.
tremeza, Duclos. Shore; two specimens. Ras Mahommed.
. West Indies, Sandwich Islands.
nucleus. Two specimens, Jubal Island.

—— (Epona) cicercula, Gmel. On shore, in bad condition. Pacific.
Amphiperas, sp. Rare; 8 f., on coral.
Cerithium adenense, var., Sow. Five to ten f.; not rare. Persian

Gulf (Col. Pelly).
— ceruleum, Sow. Low water; frequent. Red Sea.
iiai, Sow. Low water, dead; five specimens. Philip-
pines.
A Pease. Low water, dead; two specimens.
pi

wate

lacteum, Kiener. Shore, dead; rare. Philippines. .
—— morum, Lam. Shore; one specimen. Madagascar.
rarimaculatum, Sow. Shore, dead; rare. Philippines.
rostratum, Sow. Six f.; ; rare. Philippin ines.
rugosum, Wood. Shallow water; moderate. Philippines.
—— Rüppellii, Ph. Shore and shallow water; Age tunm Red Sca.
scabridum, Ph. Shallow water ; moderat ed Sea
echinatum, Sow. Shore, dead; one poten as Society Islds.
——— tuberculatum, var., Linn. Shore, E pie Philippines.
turriculum, Sow. Rare; 5f. ippin
columna, Sow. Shore and iie der several varieties ;
not rare, Ras Mahommed &c. Philippines.

interstriatum, Sow, Shallow water; rare. Á

etrosum, Wood ? s tye
` oniliforuin; D tenet} Frequent; low water. Philippines.
variegatum, Quoy. Shallow esti rare, Philippines.
spathuliferum, Sow. Five f.

, three species, undeterm ined.
Vertagus fasciatus, Brug. Two specimens, living; 6 f., Jubal Island.

ines.
—— To Ph. Frequent; 4-6 f., Jubal Island. East Africa.
recurvus, Sow. Frequent; 5-10 f., Jubal Island.
, 5p. One specimen.
nia contracta, Sow. Shore; rare.
Bittium tenue, Sow. Shore; one specimen. Port Lincoln.
} . Ra

—— ornata, Desh. Not rare; 1 West Ind

—— rubra, Hinds. Rare; 10-30 f. Sandwich Islands, N. Ireland.
granulata, Ad. & Rve. Not rare; 10-30 f. China Sea.

—— , two > wie undetermined.

Cerithidea (Pirenella) Cuillaudi, Potiez & Mich. Abundant on shore.

E
e

—— (——), sp. Abundant on shore.

442 Mr. R. M‘Andrew on Testaceous Mollusca

onim caren intermedia, Ph. Low water, rare; Ras Ma-
hom New Holland, Philippines, Tahiti.

Molec. TM Ph. Between tide-marks, rare; Ras Mahom-

med. Sea.

— Ph. Between tide-marks, abundant; Ras Mahom-
med &e. Red Sea

Modulus candidus, Petit. Rare; one specimen, living, on coral, 4 f.

andwich Islands.

Risella Sismondi, Issel. Frequent, shore.

Fossarus trochlearis, A. Ad. Shore; one specimen. Eastern Seas
(Pegu,

Planasxis posi Desh. Low water; frequent.

Savignyi, Desh. Low water ; frequen

—— succincta ta, A, Ad. Low water; rare, dead.

a, Lam. Low water; frequent

gne
Ceratia a A. Ad., n.sp. Two

specimens. ee ue
Rissoina clathrata, A. Ad. Two specimens; shore, Zeite Point.

Australia, hilippin
spirata, Sow. Frequent; shore, Zeite Point and Tur. Aus-
tralia, Philippine
— tridentata, Mich. Frequent; shore, Zeite Point and Tur.
Philippines, Mauritius, Sandwich Islands.
scalariformis, C. . Not rare; shore, (ou Point and Tur.
Bertheloti, Audouin. Not rare; Zeite Point and Tur
erythraa, Ph. One specimen.
three species, undetermined,
Hydrobia?, ?, six pocion, Ma undetermined.
Hyala nitida, A. Ad., n. sp.
eiie A. rode n. iat
plumula, A. Ad. Jap
MER concinna, Ai dd I suspect to have been described from
“a worn and broken specimen of Rissoina spirata.
Corena tuberculifera, A. Ad., n. g. One specimen.
Rissoa ee: A. Ad., n. sp. One specimen.
specimen

sp.
Onobia soir hfe A. Ad. Four specimens. Japan.
Fenella pupoides, A. Ad, Frequent. Japan (A. Ad.).

n .
— — rufocincta, A, Ad. One specimen. Japan (A. Ad. ).
Turritella torulosa, Kiener. Not rare in 12-20
flammulata, Kiener. Two specimens, in e: condition, Red

; four species, undetermined.

hora solarioides, Rve. dg i specims. in 12 f., sand. Philippines
Calyptra E algo Rve. Two specimens ; shore. Philippines. .
sp. cimens ; shore
Conchlolepas gramdons, A. Ad. One specimen.

obtained in the Gulf of Suez. 443
Amalthea australis, Quoy & Gaim. Shore to 5 f. ; not unfrequent
-on shells. Australia.

conica, Schumacher. Two specimens.
Vanikoro rugata, A. Ad, Not unfrequent on shore, Zeite Point,
ur, &c. union.

, sp. Not unfrequent on shore, Zeite Point.

Neritopsis radula,Linn. Five specie on shore; dead. Philippines.

Nerita Rumphii, "Récluz. Not rare; low water. Philippines.

(Pila) quadricolor, Chemn. Low water. Red Sea.

— — (T'heliostyla) marmorata, Récluz. Low water ; e
—— (——) sanguinolenta, Menke. Low water; not r

Smaragdia (Vitta) Feuilleti, Audouin. Shore t o 25 £.; oce

,Sp. Not unfrequent; 20-30 f.

Eutropia Brongniarti, Audouin. Shore; not Mi ea

lineolata, Wood. Not unfrequent; 2-6 f. Mauritius

variegata, Lam. 2-6 f. ; frequent. Austr

Tricolia) splendida. 2-6 f; rare. Red cin:

Turbo petholatus, Linn. Shore, dead, Ras Mahommed. Philippines.

Reeveii, Ph. ? One specim., small ; shore, dead, Ras Mahommed.

—— pustulatus, Brocchi. Two specimens; shore,

arsinoénsis, Issel. One specimen; shore
sp. Three specimens, one — ng; 5
EPA Chemnitzianus, Rve. w water; abundant. Red Sea.

, two species, undetermin Fa
Collonia armillata, A. Ad. Not frequent. Australia.

Liotia, sp. Ten specimens.
Cyclostrema cingulifera, A. Ad. Nine specimens.
, two species, undetermined.

ndetermined. ecimen,
Morchia obvoluta, A. Ad. Two specimens. Japan
Umbonium roseum, Lam. One specimen, dead. Indian seas, Per-
sian

Isanda Emprichii, Issel. Frequent, on shore &e.

Ethalia, sp. Not rare; 10-20 f.

Cardinalia virgata, Gmel. Shore; not frequent. East Indies.

Tectus dentatus, Forsk. Low water; abundant. Red Sea.

Polydonta (infundibulum) erythræa, "Broc. Abundant; low water.

es

Clanculus Pharacmii, ‘Esa: Bh Shai, dead, Zeite Point &c. Red Sea.
——,sp. Frequent, with varieties ; allow water.

Monodonta dam a, Ph. Low water; ese a Red Sea.

Euchelus foveolatus, A. Ad: Rare; '8-10 f.

exasperatus, A, Ad. e specimen
——— (Perrinea) stellata, A. Ad. gwas ; 0 f.
Thalotia obscura, var., Wood. Not rare db rd Natal.
a.

Ziziphinus fagum , Ph. One specimen. ' Aus

Gibbula, two species, undetermined.
Solarie

lla scalari iformis, Sow. .

444 Mr. R. M‘Andrew on Testaceous Mollusca

Forskalia declivis, Forsk. Frequent; shallow water. Red Sea.
, 8p. On shore.

Stomatia duplicata, Sow. Rare; living in 8-10 f. Philippines
_phymotis, Helb. Frequent on shore, dead; living in 5f.

ipp
Stomatella arabica, A. Ad. One specimen.

—, rmined.

Gena lutea, Lam. Not unfrequent. Eastern s

— nigra, PE & Gaim. Two specimens. Sandweiol Islands.
varia, A. Ad. Few specimens. Philippines.

Haliotis scutulum, Rve. Not unfrequent on shore ; dead.
Incapina Hüppellü, Sow. Shore; frequent. Red Sea ~-
sp. w water; frequent.

Macrochisma megatrema, A. Ad, Rare ; shore, dead.

Cemoria, sp. One specimen.

Rimula exquisita isita, A. Ad. One specimen. Philippines.
Emarginula i incisura, A. Ad. n.

—— Cwvieri, Audouin. Three specimens, dead.

—, thr rmin
Nesta candida, H. Ad., n. g. One specim
Hematoma panhiensis, Quoy & Gaim. bore; several varieties.
Phili
— sp. One specimen ; living on coral, Jubal Island.
,Sp. One specimen; dea
ume granulatus, Brug. Rare; dead, Ras Mahommed. Philippines.
(Tugali), sp. Two specimens ; ea 22.
Dentalium Belcheri, Sow. | Notrare; 10 to 30 E Teden Islands.
bisexangulatum, Sow. One specimen. Jav
—— longitrorsum. One deeree, 20 f. ee
, eight species, undetermine
Cadulus —— Not unfrequent ; ` 20-30 f.
; 20-30 f.

» BP.
Seutellina po St Pease. Three specimens; dead.
Patella rota, Chemn. Frequent between high and low water. Mo-
zambique
biradiata, Rve. Rare, between high and low water. China
Sea.

—, five species, undetermined. Jat
Lo phyrus affinis, Issel. Frequent; several v:
Acanthopleurus spiniger, Sow. Frequent (teste veces BN Pacific
and Philippine Islands.
Tonicia suezensis, Rve. Not frequent.
oo Peyra] ee One specimen. Philippines. :
scutiger, Ad. & R Rare
Buccinulus coccinatus, Rve. Rare ; debis specimens. New Guinea. ;

Red Sea.
Hydatina physis, var., Linn. Three e specimens. Mauritius.
Cylichna decussata m Ad. Not common. ina Sea.
—— Villersii, Audouin. Not common.

obtained in the Gulf of Suez. 445
Cylichna biplicata, "s Ad. Four specimens. China Sea.
Fre

———

T
S
=
S
P1
S
a

—
oa
~
LE]
S
E
a
i
a
£5
HH
©

t.
China Sea.
e.

e species, undetermined.
Forala. acuminata, Brug. Two specimens: Britain, European Seas.
Bulla am mpulla, Linn. Shore; not common in good condition.
ines,
Haminea tenera, A. Ad. Three specimens.
vitrea, A. Ad. Five specimens. Philippines.
—, sp. “Not rare.
Atys alicula, A. Ad. Abundant ; Pe od in 5-20f. Red Sea.
—— Ehrenbergi, Issel. Shore; dead.
naucum, var., Linn. Dei ee
succisa, Ehrenb. Dead. Red Sea
—— (Dinia) dentifera, A. Ad. Dead. ‘Lord Hood's Island.
ecies, undetermine
Philine iant, Issel. Common on shore; living in 3-6 f.
e specimen, with gizzard.
E dSie tg T mane specimens, dead.
lanthina bifida?, N S Shore; dead. Pacific Ocean.
Melampus, sp. Shor
Marinula (Monica), four P undetermined.
Plecotrema, two species, undete Shore, Sue
Siphonaria EE Aa Rve. Between high a low water;
abundant. Kurrachee
, two species, undetermined. Ras Mahommed.

CoNCHIFERA.
Barnea erythrea, Gray. One valve, Sue
Teredo (Uperotis) pupina, Desh. Shore dn, on cone rare.
sypia ents Desh. pee — Réuni
i, Desh. Freq
Brita C gems Vipera Lam. Shore; broken. Red
ea

Solen th Dunk. Two specimens, young; 10f. Japan.
rneus, lam. 10f. P pm
Cut marmoratus ?, eec Rare; 10 f.

agmen
Macha | que coaretata, Gml. Rare; 10f. Britain, Med., &c.
Corbula sulculosa, H. ah n. 8p. Frequent ; 20—40 f.
d., Rare; 20-40 f.

pow red,
Sphenia Riippellii, A. fex "Three and a half : ecu in coral.
dnting mu decurtata A. Ad. One valve. pe Rund

angulata, H. Ad. One oie n. sp
Mea sem vs Cardiomya) pula, H ae Ad., n. sp. "Rare; 10-30 f.
Trigonella achatina, Chem. ; 10f. Philippines.
—— — olorina, Ph. "Frequent at an water. Red Sea.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.4. Vol. vi. 30

446 Mr. R. M/Andrew on Testaceous Mollusca

Ut acm Solanderi, Gray. Shore, rare; Ras Mahommed.
Mol

Aapki pae Forsk. Rare. Red Sea.

Gari dispar, Desh. Rare. P hilippines.
elegans, Desh. Rare. Philippines.

— pallida, e.

Psammotella oblonga, Desh. Common, Suez. Red Sea.

Tellina (Tellinella) posli, Gould. 6-10f.; rare; four specimens.
Torres Straits.

) Listeri, Hanley. Shore; rare. Senegal.

— — (——) Pharaonis, Hanley. Shore; rare. Red Sea

—— (———) rugosa, Born. New California.

—— (——) Woodii, Desh.

E ) resecta, Desh. One valve. N.E. Australia.
) venusta, Desh. Sandwich Islands.
p E ) erythreensis, H. Ad.

——— (Mera) silieula, A. Ad. W. Columbia

—— (Arcophagia) sponte Lam, Philippines, Australia.
—— (— —) Jsseli, H. Ad., n. sp.

—— (——) Savignyi, H. Ad., n. sp.

)scobinata, Linn. Rare; shore. Society and Philip-

ert
pine Islands.
—— oes Oa casea, G. B. Sow. Rare.

—— ) erythreensis, H. Ad., n. sp.
— — (Peroneoderma) simplex, H. Ad., n. sp.
— e ec ulus) pusi +» T. Sp.
) vernalis , Hanley? ppa Singapore
s ad ovalis, Sow. (Valves.) Molucca, Philippines.
Macoma truncata, Jonas. care Manilla.
Tellidora pusilla, H. Ad., n.sp. Rare; =Gouldia lamellata, Issel.
Lucinopsis (Lajonkairia) m. H. Ad., n. sp.
Serobicularia oat seychellarum, A. Ad. Rare; 10-20 f. Sey-
cag pasas
Sem ides æ, H. Ad., Rare.
Tee glabrata, “Gmnel E 2-10f. Australia.
scaliola, Issel. Rare; 15-25f.

Venus reticulata, Linn. Shore; valves. Philippines, Madagascar.
Chione lior, Ad. & Rve. Frequent; 15 x "Philippines
—— pulchella n. sp ; 15£.

; 10-20 f.
crocea?, Desh. Young; one specimen. Philippines.
Circe adenensis, Ph. Two specimens.
bica, Chemn. Abundant; several varieties ; shore. Red Sea.

obtained in the Gulf of Suez. 447

Circe corrugata, Chemn. Frequent; 2-5f. New Holland.
crocea, Gray. Frequent; 2-10 f.; two varieties. Red Sea.
e

pulchra, Desh. Not frequent ; low water. d Sea.

—— Savignyi, Jonas, =pectinata, var., Lam. Low water. Indian

Ocean, Philippines, &c.

semiarata, Dunk. Two specim

sulcata, Gray. Varioties Cumas 2-10f. Philippines.

lenticularis, Desh. Rare; 6f. Australia.

—— — (Hioconcha) castrensis , Linn. Rare. Indian Ocean.

) picta, Born. Mode erately rare; two vars Boss des

hebrea, Lam. Rare. Persian Gulf (Col. :

Dosinia erythrostoma, Rve. Shore to 5f. ; rie ee frequent.

= erythrea, Romer en.

hepatica, Ph and var. Rare; Ras Mahommed. Natal.

—— variegata, var., Chemn. Rare; precisely resembling var, from
Moluccas. Australia, Philippines, —

Clementia. Cumingüi, Desh. Valves ; e.

Tapes Deshayesti, Hanley. 5 f.; not uin. Philippines.

— — testrix, Chemn. 5f.; two specimens; young. Indian Ocean,
New Holland.

Rupellaria macrophylla, Desh. Four specimens, Philipp.

Bialonkose Midi ae Gmel. One specimen. Philippines

striolata, H. Ad., n. sp.

Petricola Hemprichii, Issel. Not frequent in Madrepore. Philippines.

Cardium (Trachicardium) maculosum, Wood. Rare. W. Columbia.

(Cerastoderma) magnum, Chemn. Valves; on shore. Ceylon,

Madagascar, &c.
— ( ) BEEE Issel.
——( ) parvum, H. Ad., n.sp. Not common.
— ( ) sueziensis, Issel. i ania
— ( ment:

pp EDs
Levicardium pectinatum. A fra sees
Papyridea (Fulvia) papyracea, Chemn. Not common. Philippines.
) tenuicostata, Sow. Not Prec ceti New Holland,
: ; cua

—— (——) sp. e specimen ; young.
—— (Lunulicardia) auricula, Forsk. Not common.
= —) subretusa, Sow. Rare.

(
Chama cornucopia, Rve. Frequent; reefs.
—— foliacea, Quoy? Rare; reefs. Philippines.
— Pom rape Common ; shallow water. N. Australia,
üppellii, Rve. Common; shallow water. Red Sea.
lee dagas ta, Lam. åf. ; reefs. Philippines
rudis, Rve. 4f.; reefs. Philippines.
NHAC dentifera, Jonas, Rare; 5-20 f. Red Sea.
riana, Issel. Common on shore at Suez.
ETAN au a, Issel. Frequent in 5—10 f.

448 Mr. R. M‘Andrew on Testaceous Mollusca
Lucina mn H. Ad., n. sp.

——— concin . Ad., n. a
— Fiddingi, H. Ad., sp.
—— (Cyclas) Duadvimendatà 1, ? ic
——) Macandree, H. Ad. .,n.Sp. Valves.
Urdaia exasperata, Rye. Shore ; valves. Honduras.
interrupta, Lam. Shore; rare. Torres Straits.
ji a Réunion.

decussata, H. Ad., n. sp. Rare.
are

Mysia tumida, H. Ad., n. x Rare

Diplodonta Savignyi, Vaillant, Not unfre equent.

Scintilla Oweni, Desh. Under stones, low water. Philippines.
Actinobulus angisuleatus, var., . Rare.

——— cardioides, Rve. Rare. ae

—— ovalis, var., Rye. Randy one valve. Philippines. —

ariegatus, Brug. Rare, Indian and Chinese Seas.
oa tsi (Aulacomya) Cumingianus, Rve. Rare. Panama.

——) variabilis, Krauss, Abundant. 8, Africa
Oimais gibba, H. Ad., n. sp.
ornata, H. », B. Bp.
— — (Modiolaria) cenobita, Vaillant. Persian Gulf.
) Ehrenbergi, ise À 7
— (——) viridula, H. Ad., n. sp.
Perna n Krauss. Te on reefs, | S. Africa.
. Ad., n. sp. One specimen.

= A SESE Rve. One ag oe young. Sidney.
setigera, Dunk., small var.
rhomboidea, var., Hanley. One specimen. Gambia.
(Brachydontes) subsuleata, Dunk., small var. Rare. Manilla.
Lithophaga cinnamonea, var., Lam. Philippine and West-Indian

on.

n
—— Han nleya na, Dk. Frequent. Red Sea.
Vulsella attenuata, Rye. Red Sea |

corollata, Rve. One specimen. Zanzibar. >
crenulata, Rye. Red Sea.

},-Rve.

— lingua felis, Rye. Red Sea.
— — mytilina, Lam. Frequent. Red Sea.
—— rugosa, Lam. Red Sea.

—— spongiarum, Lam. Common. Red Sea.
Avicula ala corvi. €— on coral ; - var. ? Red Sea.
marmorata, Ph. One specim
Bite margaritifera Ta Tot in Straits of Jubal.

Pa

—— muricata, Rye, ? Aini at low water. Philippines.
Isognomon caudatus, Rve.

obtained in the Gulf of Suez. 449

Lsognomon nanus, Gould.

rostratus, Schum. Rare.

Malleus decurtatus, Lam. New Holland.

regula, Forsk. Philippine Islands.

— side Rve. One specimen. Pacific.

—— tigrinus, Rve. Moluccas.

Crenatula aiaiai Lam. Shore; sponge. Red Sea.
Shore. Red Sea.

Pinna assimilis, Hanley. Shore. Torres Straits.

hystrix, Hanley. Shore ; two specimens. Australia, Amboyna.
—— eve esie Rve. Shore. ustralia.
— — (Atrina) saccata, Linn. Sandwich and iq Islands.
Arca tesi rug. Two specimens; 5 f.
—— arabica, Forsk. sigma ; = to 5 f. Red. Sea
Barbatia toada: Sow. Notr : ippines, Australia.
parva, Rve. Rare; 5f. Pacific Ocean, Persian Gulf.
— — setigera, Rye. Frequent; low water. Zanzibar.
— — striata, Rve. Frequent; low water, under stones.
— — trapezina, Lam. One specimen. ippines,
——, sp. minute, allied to B. raridentata. One specimen.
(Acar) plicata, Grep Not unfrequent. Red Sea.

Sp.
Anomalocardia Hankeyana, ke Shore ; rare. Mozambique.
transversa, d.
— rotundicostata, Rve. Shore; rare

Axinea arabica, H. Ad., n. sp. 8-10£.; frequent.

—— livida, Sow. Rare. Réunion =
EEE — (Pectunculus) pectiniformis, Lan. Shore; frequent. Philip-

D aet gipit ay Forsk. 5-20f, mud; abundant.
——— cancellata, Rye. Three specimens, Singapore.
Nucula ereptus H. Ad, n. sp. 30-40 f.; numerous valves, one

ivin

Pecten concinnus, Rve. Shore; valve
—— lividus, Lam. Frequent on Meee. Persian Gulf.

sanguinolentus, Rve. One young and a valve ; shore. Red Sea.
—— senatorius, Gmel. Shore; not feist Moluccas &c.
—— serratus, Sow. Rare ; valves. Philippines, Mauritius

jus, Linn. Rare; cannot be distinguished fro m European
specimens, prin Mediterranean, &e,

cre Frequent; 2-6 f. China, Ceylon. |
a eryt thraens is, Sow. ( filosa, Rve.). Notunfrequent. Australia.
Radula piileat, Sow. Not unfrequent on Madrepore. Réunion.

450 Mr. G. S. Brady on Recent Ostracoda

Radula inflata, Chemn. Rare; valves. Mediterranean.
—— tenuis, H. Ad., n.sp. Rare.
—— (Ctenoides) scabra, Born, dva Rare.
—— (Limatula) pusilla, H. Ad., n. Rare.
— (atti) f raris Bolten. "Rare. Philippine and Sand-
ands

Linea ond H. Ad. 40f.; valves; freque
Spondylus aculeatus, Chemn. Shallow water, on ic &c. Mauritius.
plurispinosus, Rve. One valve.
Plicatula philippinarum, Hanley.
edum spondyloidewm, Gmel. In coral. Indian Ocean, Mauritius.
Ostrea (Lopha) cucullata, Born. Low € rocks. Philippines
—— (——) frons. Valves. W. Indi

XLIV.— Contributions to the Study of the Entomostraca.
By GEORGE Srewarpson Brapy, C.M.Z.8.

No. V. Recent Ostracoda from the Gulf of St. Lawrence.
[Plate XIX.]

THE specimens which form the subject of the — notice
have been y placed in my hands by Dr. Dawson, of
Montreal, for examination and description. They were dredged
by Mr. G. . Dawson in various parts of the Gulf of St. Law-
rence, in depths varying mostly from 10 to 50 fathoms, but in
one case reaching 250 fathoms. The following is the list of
Species :—

Argillcecia, sp. Cytheridea punctillata, Brady.
Cythere kodara Norman. idc S by Jones.
üller,

t

, Mü ? elongata, Brady
—— pellucida, Baird. Eucythe is, Sars, sp.
—— emarginata, Sars, sp. Loxoconcha, s
——— concinna, Jones. Xestoleberis depre ssa, Sars.
—— tuberculata, Sars. Cytherura undata, Sars (var.).
—— canadensis, noy. sp. —— pumila, C., B. § R. (MS.).
—— villosa, Sars, —— ? eoncentrica, C., B. § R.(MS.).

—— dunelmensis, — sp. eesti oce nodosum, set

— awsoni, nov. ythocyt
abyssico. cola, Sars 3, Sp. Cytherideis ese ay noy. v.a.
eb Whiteii, Baird, sp: P Philomedes interpuncta, Baird, sp.
rad Bradycinetus, sp.

aay.
Gythesion sc ed Bosquet.

The determination of these species has been. a most MUS
ing task, owing to their variation in most cases from t

nown to us on this side of the Atlantic. It is wikis
mess, that many which I have here identified with well-
known Species wah by other carcinologists be thought worthy

|
|
|
l

dr

from the Gulf of St. Lawrence. —— 451

of distinct specific rank ; but, considering the small number
of specimens at my disposal for examination, I have thought
it better to err, if err I must, by allowing too much latitude to
variation, rather than by unnecessary species-splitting. The
variation, though in most cases such as to be almost incom-
municable by drawings or written description, is nevertheless
sufficient to be puzzling, consisting in very slight modifications
of the shell in almost all directions—in outline, proportions,
and degree of surface-ornament. Such remarks as I have
thought it necessary to make on these points will be found
under the names of the different species.

It would be unwise to generalize hastily from the small
number of dredgings here described; yet we cannot help no-
ticing that the general facies of this fauna much more nearly
approaches to that of the Shetland seas or of the Scottish glacial
clays than it does to that of England, while it has scarcely
any thing in common with that of the Mediterranean. The
species which give it an emphatically boreal character are
Cythere leioderma (perhaps the most abundant species in these
dredgings, and hitherto found only in the Shetland seas), C.
emarginata, C. costata, and Cytheridea Sorbyana, all of which
may be said to range, on our side of the Atlantic, north of the
60th degree of north latitude. And several other members of
the list become with us very scarce south o : these are
Cythere concinna, C. lutea, C. tuberculata, C. dunelmensis,

|. Cytheridea papillosa, and C: punctillata. Except the three

species here described as new, these two lists include all the
characteristic species of Dr. Dawson’s dredgings, the rest being
represented in each case only by one or two specimens, often
imperfect.

Argillecia, sp.
One specimen, possibly referable to A. cylindrica, Sars.

Cythere leioderma, Norman. (Pl. XIX. figs. 11-13.)
(Norman, Shetland Dredging Report, p. 291.)
Carapace, as seen from the side, subquadrate, slightly higher

in from: than behind; greatest one situated at the anterior
third, and equal to about half the length ; anterior extremity
obtuse, obliquely rounded ; posterior subtruncate, sinuated in
the middle: superior margin scarcely arched, obsoletely an-

452 Mr. G. S. Brady on Recent Ostracoda

situated near the middle: extremities broadly and evenly
rounded. Hinge-margins somewhat depressed ; hinge-pro-
cesses strongly developed. Surface of the shell smooth and
polished, beset with more or less numerous circular punc-
tures, each bearing a short rigid hair. Colour yellowish
white. Length =, inch.

all the localities. In Britain it is known only from the
single (?) specimen described by Mr. Norman, which was
taken in “very deep water" in Unst Haaf. Mr. Norman's
description applies accurately to the American specimens, ex-
cept in the matter of the ^ distant punctured papille." The
ornamentation, it is true, does appear papillose in some lights;
but this is, I think, an optical illusion: when carefully exa-
mined, the seemingly elevated circles resolve themselves into
coneave pits, each with a little central bristle. I have seen a
eg fossil valve of this species:from the Scottish glacial
clay.

Cythere tuberculata, Sars.

These specimens are much less rounded in outline and more
rugged in general appearance than is usual with European
specimens ; there is also a tendency, more or less pronounced,
to the formation of one or more longitudinal ridges near the
ventral border. But the distinctions do not seem sufficient to
warrant the separation of the form as a new species.

Cythere canadensis, nov. sp. (Pl. XIX. figs. 4-6.)

middle: superior margin gently sloping, nearly straight,
sinuated behind the anterior hinge; inferior margin also
straight, excepting a slight median sinuation. Seen from
above, somewhat lozenge-shaped, somewhat tapered toward

front, more rounded behind, widest near the middle ;
width equal to about two-fifths of the length; extremi-
ties obtuse, subtruncate. Shell-surface uneven, irregularly
pitted, marked with more or less prominent, flexuous, longi-
tudinal ribs, and bearing usually a rounded central tubercle ;
bordered in front, a little within the anterior margin, by a
wide, elevated, and rounded ridge ; posterior margin having
a similar but less conspicuous border. Length y's inch.

from the Gulf of St. Lawrence. 453

This species'approaches very closely to C. abyssicola, Sars,
and C. Stimpsoni, Brady. From the former it differs chiefly
in having a less pronounced marginal belt, a more rugged
surface, and a less angular outline when viewed from above ;
from the latter in the absence of any sharply cut longitudinal
crests, and by its more rounded contour and elevated anterior
margin. There is, however, considerable diversity amongst
the specimens here grouped under the specific name canadensis,
and it is possible that a more extended series might have
shown that they belong to two or more species. ‘The chief
difference resides in the surface-ornament, some exhibiting
several short, rough and abruptly elevated ridges, others being
only moderately pitted, while some (from one of which our
drawings are taken) are intermediate in character, being rather
delicately ridged, chiefly on the posterior half, and vaguely
pitted and ridged in front.

Cythere Dawsont, nov. sp. (Pl. XIX. figs. 8-10.)

This is apparently a very distinct species; but the single
specimen contained in these dredgings was unfortunately lost
while the drawings here given were in course of completion ;
so that I am unable to describe it as accurately as might be
wishe

Cytheridea elongata, Brady.
e specimen so named is very doubtfully referred to this
species; and the same remark may apply to. .

Xestoleberis depressa, Sars,

of which only a poor specimen occurs, and may perhaps be-
long to some other member of the genus.

454 Recent Ostracoda from the Gulf of St. Lawrence.

Cytherura undata, Sars, var. (Pl. XIX. fig. 7.)

A specimen which I suppose to belong to C. undata differs
enough to make it worth while to figure it. The difference 1s
chiefly in surface-sculpture, but slightly also in outline.

Cytherura pumila, C., B. & R., and Cytherura concentrica,
C, D. & H.

These species have already been figured and described (in
MS.) by the author in conjunction with Messrs. Crosskey and
Robertson, from fossil posttertiary specimens; and l have
not thought it right here to forestall those descriptions, the
publication of which I hope may not be long delayed.

Oytherideis foveolata, nov.ep. - (Pl. XIX. figs. 1-3.) -

Carapace elongate, compressed ; seen from the side, siliquose,
slightly depressed in front; greatest height situate about
the middle, and equal to rather more than one-third of the
length; extremities rounded, the anterior much the nar-
rower: superior margin almost straight, inferior slightly
sinuated in the middle. Seen from above, elongate ovate,
widest near the middle, tapering gradually toward the front,
more abruptly behind ; extremities acuminate ; width equal
to one-third of the length. Shell-surface smooth, minutely
yas somewhat densely punetate, semitransparent, horny.

ch.

ength 4'- inch

Nearly allied to C. subulata, Brady, but more robust and
more densely punctate.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIX.

Cytherideis foveolata, carapace, seen from the left side.
. The same, seen from above. > x40.
3. The same, seen from below.
. 4. Cythere canadensis, carapace, seen from the left side.
5 bove. > x50.
; same, seen from the front.
7. Cytherura undata, var., carapace, seen from thé left side. x 84.
- here Dawsoni, carapace, seen from the left side.
9. The same, seen from above. > x50.
10. The same, seen from below.
11. Cythere leioderma, carapace, seen from the left side.
12. The same, seen from above.
13. The same, seen from behind.

| x40.

———— E EEE

Ann.k Mag. Nat. Hist ..S.4. Vol. 6.PL IX.

bis

Dr. J. E. Gray on the Wart- Hogs. 455

XLV.—feply to Dr. Sclater on the Wart-Hogs.
By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &c.

THE only reply that I think it desirable to give to Dr. Sclater’s
observations in the preceding Number, as regards the Wart-
hogs, is to request such readers as take sufficient interest in
the question to read my two former notes on the subject, which
were called forth by Dr. Sclater’s remark in the ‘ Proceedings
of the Zoological Society,’ and then to read his observations ;
and I feel sure that they will think them as sophistical and
unlike a scientific communication as his paper in the ‘ Pro-
ceedings,’ in which he figured a head of an adult male and of .
a young female, without stating their age or sex, as ^ illus-
trative of the external difference between these two wart-
hogs” (P. ethiopicus and P. ZEliani). It has yet to be
proved that the whole difference between the two heads does
not depend upon the age and sex of the animals whose heads
are figured. The heads are known to change in form, an
very probably the hair on the ears becomes more developed,
as the animal reaches the adult age; and it is one of the
scientific uses of the Zoological Gardens to observe such facts.
And I think it a pity that Dr. Sclater did not wait until he
could inform us whether this was the case, more especially as
the nakedness of the ears is not the character given by Rüp-
` pell of P. Aliant; and if it should have been found that when
` the animal reached the adult age it had such ears as are figured,
it would have been the addition of an important fact to our
knowledge-of the genus, the existence of a second species of
which would give me great pleasure.
It is true that the observations of “ M. F. Cuvier, Van der

the o ce of examining when they made their observations
i h were all [e

patiently and repeatedly to discover if I could divide them
into two kinds, according to the characters which the natu-
ralists quoted had used to separate the two presumed kinds;
and I came to the conclusion that it was impossible to sepa-

456 Dr. J. E. Gray on the Wart-Hogs.

rate them by any of those characters, and at the same time
proved that the characters proposed were not sexual, but only
accidental variations to be found in specimens from the same
locality and killed at the same time; and I felt convinced
that if any of the authors named had had the opportunity of
examining a similar series of skulls, they would have come to
the same conclusion as M. de Blainville had come to, from

the opportunity of examining very few preserved skins or
living animals.

If the difference in the ears pointed out by Dr. Sclater

proves to be permanent in all ages of the animal, and the pe-
culiarity of a species which has not been before observed, it

als.

Lately almost all Dr. Sclater’s papers on mammalia have
been criticisms on my communications. As soon as these are
| qnie he generally comes to examine the specimens which

have described, consulting at the same time my assistant or
attendant on the subject, to all which I can have no objection
if they add any thing to the scientific knowledge of the subject ;
but they often end in the statement of a point I had already
examined and not considered worthy of recording, or, from his
want of experience in the study of mammalia (for birds have
been his chief study), in what I consider a mistake. I am quite
willing to leave these questions for future zoologists to decide

who was right.

i Ray E ane tt

Mr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys on Mediterranean Mollusca. 457

XLVI.—Mediterranean Mollusca. No. 2.
By J. Gwyn Jerrreys, F.R.S.

SINCE the publication of my paper on this subject in the
* Annals’ for July last I ees artes several cea collec-
tions in Sicily and at Naples; and I shall be glad to correct
a few errors which unavoidably occurred in my notice of more
than three hundred species.

BRACHIOPODA.

Platydia Davidsoni.—This certainly belongs to the genus
Megerlia; and I am inclined to agree with Philippi that it is
an abnormal form of M. truncata, as, indeed, was suspected by
Scacchi, who described it in 1833 under the name of Terebra-
tula monstruosa. The lower valve, being attached to coral,
1s usually flat, although sometimes puckered or indented so as
to fit the sinuosities of its point d'appui; and consequently
the striz on this valve are wanting. ‘The tubercles, however,
are now and then observable on its edges, where the attach-
ment has not been complete. A still greater range of varia-
tion, as regards shape and sculpture, is exemplified in Anomia
ephippium. I cannot detect any essential difference in the
skeletons of the typical and monstrous forms of M. truncata.

CONCHIFERA.

Pecten Teste.—With respect to the recorded depth of about
1100 fathoms, I may remark that when I was at Malta Mr.
Gibson, the manager there of the Anglo-Indian Submarine
Telegraph line, showed me a chart and notes which threw
considerable doubt on the accuracy of the information supplied
to M honse Milne-Edwards. It seems that the cable
between Cagliari and Bona parted and was taken up in com-

He is nearly right in
his inference that this is one of the Crag species hitherto con-
sidered extinct but inserted in my list as still living. I have
now, through the kindness of Mr. M‘Andrew, seen the typical

458 Mr.J. Gwyn Jeffreys ow Mediterranean Mollusca.

and perfect specimens of Gouldia modesta, and have for the
first time observed the cartilage, which is not possessed by any
Astarte. Mr. Wood has also obligingly allowed me to examine
his specimens of A. excurrens. Of course no part of the liga-
ment is preserved in the Crag shells. The first-named species,
therefore, must be placed in the genus Crassatella. Thetis
(afterwards changed to Gouldia) of C. B. Adams is merely a
synonym of Crassatella. Neither the American nor the English
eminent conchologists of the same name noticed the cartilage
or internal ligament in their descriptions of Thetis and Gouldia.
Astarte and Crassatella are closely allied. C. modesta and
A. excurrens have a great resemblance; and, in both, the
ridges are (to use Mr. Wood’s own words in his description of
the latter species) “ subconcentric, deviating a little from the
lines of growth,” so that at least one of the ridges disappears
on the anterior side.

Verticordia granulata.—I have now dredged specimens of
this species, as well as of V. acutecostata, pat in size to
those from North Japan.

GASTROPODA.

Gadinia Gussonii of Costa, not of Scacchi. G. excentrica,
Tiberi, is probably distinct.

Emarginula Adriatica—Read E. cancellata. The first-
named is a different species.

ela.—Footnote, for * dread” read “ drear.”

Pyramidella lexiuscula.—The specific name should be that
given by Bronn, plicosa. See Herr Weinkauff's notices in
the * Bullettino Malacologico Italiano,’ vol. iii. p. 97

Solarium Archite—Read S. fallaciosum. The former
species is flatter, with a rounded periphery, and it has a much
larger and more open umbilicus.

Pleurotoma carinata.—Professor Seguenza does not appear
to have read what I said in the fifth volume of ‘ British ped
chology ' (p. 222) as to the specific name, when he published
his article in the third number for this year of the ‘ Bullettino
Malacologico Italiano.’

PTEROPODA.

Clio pyramidata.—'This and the following two species
belong to the genus Clio, not Cavolina. By a mistake in
writing or printing, the letter C did duty for both genera.

Room i NE ONIS TTE MIS IN ENE

Mr. W. S. Kent on Madreporaria. 459

XLVIT.— Observations on the Madreporaria or “ Stony Corals ”’
taken, in the late Expedition of the Yacht * Norna,’ off the
Coast of Spain and Portugal. By W. Savie Kenr,
F.Z.S., F.R.M.S., of the Geological Department, British

useum.

Sect. APOROSA.
Fam. Turbinolidz.
Caryophyllia Smithii, Stokes.

This coral was dredged up attached to shells and stones, at
a depth of 20 fathoms, off Cezimbra. Specimens kindly placed
in my hands by Mr. Gwyn Jeffreys, from the Hebrides, Va-
lencia, and Malta, convince me of the correctness of Dr. Dun-
can’s opinion that C. Smithit, borealis, and clavus are merely
varieties of the same species; but at the same time there are,
I think, scarcely sufficient grounds for uniting with these, as
he proposes, the Mediterranean Caryophyllia cyathus. This
latter possesses a massiveness and compactness of its corallum
and internal arrangement and structure, and a smoothness
of the external surface of the theca, which bestow upon it
a facies quite distinct from what obtains in either of the other
varieties ; the columella, pali, and septa are far more solid,
and the latter would also seem to be more rounded and more
evenly exsert. In C. cyathus, again, the contour of the cali-
cinal fossa is almost or quite circular, while in the other va-
rieties it is usually more or less oblong.

Desmophyllum crista galli, M.-Edw.

Three examples of this species, all of which were attached
to masses of Lophohelia prolifera or its variety anthophyllites,
were obtained fat a depth of 500 fathoms. As individuals,
the three differ from one another considerably. One extreme
example has large prominent coste continuous from the exte-
rior margin of the exsert septa of the primary, secondary, and,
often, tertiary orders, to the very base: in the oppositely ex-
treme one the costal elements are entirely absent or merel
represented by obscure Ses emer strie. The mtermediate
form has the costæ produced superiorly, while towards the base
the theca is simply striate. In internal structure and arrange-
ment, including the development of the septa, the three speci-
mens taken agree precisely.

In consideration of the above remarks, it will, I think, be
necessary to refer to this same species the Desmophyllum Ruset
of Michelotti (Mém. sur les Corall. des Antilles, 1859), which

460 Mr. W. S. Kent on Madreporaria.

he distinguishes from D. crista gall simply on account of its
prominent and persistent costze.

Fam. Oculinidz.
Lophohelia prolifera, M.-Edw.

under, we may presume, modified external conditions. Dr.
. M. Duncan has already pointed out (‘ Porcupine’-Expedition
Madreporaria, Proc. Ro 1870) that the form hitherto

sented among the examples taken in our recent dredging-
cruise; and their study has suggested the following as the in-
terpretation of the causes at work which bring about this par-
ticular modification of form. One of the masses now before
me exhibits at its base the short wide-mouthed calices with
the characteristic exsert primary septa of Lophohelia prolifera,
while above, and springing from them, are the attenuate and
frequently almost cylindrical forms with little-exsert septa,
which constitute the leading features of L. anthophyllites. On
arriving on board our yacht the whole basal portion of this
specimen was invested and all the interstices filled up with
mud; and this, in connexion with the attenuate or, so to say,
drawn-up character of the superiorly situated calices, would
seem to indicate that at a certain period of its living history a
greater deposit of sedimentary matter had taken place in the
ocean bed; the coral-colony was consequently threatened with
speedy destruction, and in the struggle for existence it had
thrown off these longer forms of calices, which would serve to
raise it up beyond the action of the untoward conditions then
existing. This interpretation is further strengthened by the
direction of the calices in the two extreme portions of the
mass: in the lower part they all follow an irregular horizontal

ied .

disposition, while in the upper one they are all directed per-

Rev. M.J. Berkeley & Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 461

to. The character of the coste is
equally variable, being either highly developed or altogether
suppressed, with every intermediate condition. The colora-
tion by iron is very conspicuous in some of the older parts of
the corallum; and its presence in large quantity has been
clearly ascertained by my colleague Mr. Thomas Davies, of
the Mineralogical Department.

Amphihelia oculata, M.-Edw.

A single luxuriant example of this common Mediterranean
form was taken; but it does not possess any marked pecu-
liarities.

Sect. PERFORATA.
Fam. Eupsammidz.
Dendrophyllia ramea, Blainville.

Fragments of this magnificent arborescent form were ob-
served on various occasions in the houses of the residents at
Setubal; but not having heard of examples being taken so far
north, I presumed they had been obtained from the Mediterra-
nean, which sea is the headquarters of this coral. Before the
yacht’s departure, however, the fishermen brought us, freshly
taken, with the brilliant orange-coloured polypes scarcely
dead, huge masses, two feet in length, having some of the
main branches upwards of three inches 1n thickness.

The depth at which these specimens were taken is stated to
have been nearly 100 fathoms. The same statement applies
also to the example of Amphihelia oculata.

XLVIII.—Notices of British Fungi. By the Rev. M. J.
BERKELEY, M.A., F.L.8., and C. E. Broome, Esq.,
F.L.S.

[Continued from ser. 3. vol. xviii. p. 129.]
1182. Agaricus (Lepiota) metulespora, B. & Br. in Ceylon
Fungi, ined. 1
This species, which at present has been found only once in
this country by Mr. Broome, and which in external characters
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. vi. 31

462 Rev. M.J. > & Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi.

0002 inch long by 00015 wi

This species, which e. quite distinct, approaches A.
granulosus, on one side, an . acutesquamosus on the other,
but is nearer to the latter than the former. The spores of
A. granulosus are slightly larger, those of A. acutesquamosus
are rather longer, and at the same time narrower.

* 4. (Lepiota) ‘clypeolarius, Fr. Ep.

It is very desirable that the spores o this ee and allied
forms sho e carefully observed, as the m to be the
surest distinction between this species and A. cris talus.

1184. A. (Lepiota) d ern 7 Ep. p. 15.

Coed Coch, loyd

*4. (Lepiota) ramentaceus, Pull t. 595. 1. 3.

Under trees, Coed Coch, sometimes DR

1185. A. (Lepiota) holosericeus, Fr. Ep. p

ie the soil of flower-beds, Hasoa Chandan Chis-

bis. A. (Lepiota) ee Fr. Ep. Ks 18.
On sandy iain rry, Es sq., Forr
This pretty species is eme dabit for tho: filamentous ring.
1186. A. (Lepiota) delicatus, Fr. Ep. p
à d an old stump. Powerscourt, xe "Wicklow, Sept.
86
Pileus pe pecricel, obtuse, rivulose, viscid, smooth, pallid,
1 inch across ; Agee l inch ich, 3 thick, xe punc-

* The — of this species and those of A, cristatus will be figured in
a plate illustrating a subsequent communication.

Rev. M.J. Berkeley & Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 463

pallid. The veil is really "icta Pm ire with sealy
particles. Taste like that of Poly squamo

This is clearly a stout form of A, cad: ue which we
have a figure, from the author, closely corresponding with our
species.

1187. A. (Armillaria) denigritus, Fr, in Mus. Suec. Pileo
hemispherico, obtuso, carnoso, fusco ; carne albicante ; stipite
subzequali, solido, in ade annulum amplum striato, candido;
lamellis adnexis, fusc

xi a grass-plot, near shrubs. Coed Coch, Mrs, Lloyd

Wyn

Atf first sight very like 4. Leverllei ; but the white spores at
once distinguish it. We have an excellent drawing from
Fries; but we are not aware whether at present he has given
any character

1188. A, prin ustalis, Fr. Ep. p. 29.

Reigate, W. Wilson Saunders, Esq.

This and one or two other novelties are tW on the
authority of a beautiful set of drawings which have been sub-
mitted to us, some of which will shortly e NM by Mr.
W. G. Smith.

1189. A. E no pessundatus, Fr, Syst. Myc. i, p. 38.

In pitie-woods. Street, Somerset, Aubrey Lose, Esq.

1190. A. (Tricholoma) seca Fr. PE

Under an elm. Batheaston, Oct. 11, TN

Var. Pileus about 4 inches across, ' irregularly lobed and
undulated, minutely scaly, grey ; stem about 2 inches high,
thicker u sward, buff, yellow at the wei gills rather wide,
pallid. Smell strong, like that of chee

1191. A. (Tricholoma) pravus, i in Linn. vol. iy.
no. 532.

Inastove. Kew, July 1867.

1192. A. (Tricholoma) celatus, Fr. Ep. p
On the ground. C. E. Broome, Charmy om, Ap. 29, 1867.
ped subglobose, *0003 long, ‘00015 wi

A, (Tricholoma) tigrinus, Schaeff. t. =

Reigate, W. Wilson Saunders, Esq.

1194. A, (Tricholoma) acerbus, M t Vai £a.
In woods. King’s Cliffe, Wales, A gei
1195. A. (Tricholoma) brevipes, Fr, pP. p. 51; Bull, t. 521.

E
Melton Mowbray, the Rev. H. H. Gillett, June 19, 1869.
1196. A, (Tricholoma) sordidus, Fr. Syst. Mye, vol. i

:ol.
g On the ground, amongst dung. Great Elm, Somerset, Sept.
21, 1866. s

464 Rev. M.J. Berkeley & Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi.

Spores pale ferruginous, *0003 lon
1197. A. (Tricholoma) ) tizivius, Js . Ep. p. 91.
In pine-woods. Asco , Nov
1198. A. (Tricholoma) dés Re kr P». p. 54.
In fir-woods. A. Jerdon, Esq., Roxburghshire, Nov. 18,
1868; Ascot, Nov. 22, 1865. M. Terry, Esq., Forres.
1199. A. (Clitocybe) nigrescens, Lasch in Linn. vol. iv.
No. 521.
In a larch-plantation, W. G. Sm
1200. A. (Clitocybe) tornatus, Fr. Ep. p. 62.
Amongst grass at the foot of Er rayon elm-stumps.
meos Kilworth, Leicestershire, Oct. 10, 1870.
1200. A. (Clitocybe) orbatus, Fr., Ball t. 248. f. c.
EL. Nov. 12, 1870, W. Marshall, Esq
hon A. (Clitocybe) membranaceus, Fi. Dan. t. 1012; Fr.
p. 68.

‘Stet, Aubrey Clarke.
1202. A. (Clitocybe) Ld Fr. Ep. p
By the side of plantati Coe Gods Mrs. Lloyd Wynne.
de x cede) but not becoming white
1203. A. prime brumalis, Fr. Syst. Myc. vua rpi
. In woods. Ascot, 1868.

. tuberosus, ull.

n. summer form of this has no tuberous root; later in the
yer the tuber is formed, which produces its pileus the follow-
ing season
1206. A. (Collybia) collinus, Scop. Carn. p. 432.

On beech-stumps near Worthing, F. de Esq., Oct.
6

T

1207. A. (Collybia) coracinus, Fr. Ep. p. 95.

Fir lx Batheaston, Nov. 1865, C on Broome.

deret A, (Collybia) nolens, "Weinm. No.

In woods. Street, Somersetshire, Aubrey lake, 1868.
, 9. 4 A. (Collybia) plexipes, Fr. ' Ep. p. 96; Fl. Dan. tab.

g.2

In woods, = J —— Esq. Melrose, Leigh Wood, Oct.
1868, C. E. B

1910. 4. (oll bia) — e £19.

Marlborough Forest, Oct. 1 3.6. E. Broome.

es Ay (Collybia) nke, EN T 98.
minor.

Goal Coch, Oct. 1869.

PO OUTRE HEP RENE

Rev. M.J. Berkeley & Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi, 465

1212. A. (Mycena) coheerens, A. & S.

On bramble. Batheaston, Feb. 1869, Ex P Broome,
1213. A. (Mycena) atro-eyaneus, Batsch, f

On the ground. Ascot, 2,1

us, Fr. Ep. p. 1
On the pasos Lyndhurst, Oct. 22, 1868, c. E. Broome.
Vii 4. Mycena) citrinellus, Pers. Ic. et Dese. t. 11. f. 3.
oods, m Grove, Oct. 15, 1867, C. E. Broome.
1216. A, ers) sacchariferus, m. s. Albidus ; pileo
hemispherico toto, stipite brevi filiformi lamellisque paucis
crassiusculis granulis nitentibus obsitis.
On bramble- and nettle-stalks. March 1869, Batheaston.
Pileus 2 lines broad; stem 2 lines high, fixed at the base
by a few flocci; gills 8-9, very distant, arcuato-decurrent,
their margin and even the surface granulated.
Allied to A. tenerrimus, which has SESE particles on
the P but the gills are free and ventricos
121 at MAN leucophyllus, Fr. Món. Hym. Suec.

vol. i.
AE. be iens Coed Coch, 1869.
1217 bis. A Omphalia) ire, Pers. ihe i. tab. 4. f. 12; :
n the diee Sept. 7,1 6, Coed Coc

1218. A. (Pleurotus) RE ee in Linn. vol. iv.
o. 548.
‘Epping Forest, Oct. 12, 1869. On beech, Worthington
mith.
1219. A. (Pleurotus) craspedius, Fr. aha Myc. vol. i. p.187.
ds

dead trunks, W. Wilson Saunders
1220. A. (Pleurotus) circinatus, Fr. Ep. p. 132.
On dead wood, Worthington G. Smith.
Exhibited wi ith s pore at the Fungus Show, Oct. 5,
1870. W. W.
1221. A. Plautus ) mutil Fr. Syst. LEE
On dead wood. Penzance, Dec. 186 E. icons, and
J. Ralfs, Esq. Hastings.
1222. A. (Pleurotus) porrigens, P.
On dead fir. Inverary, Duke of "cert
1223. A. (Pleurotus) peitot, Bull. t. 226, 557.
On railroad-sleepers, abundantl d vios “Clarke.
1224. A. d D Syst. Myc. vol. i. | iia 196.
ynne.

On lawns, W.G. S d Coch, ar n oyd
1225. A ’(Le tonia) oe os Ep. p
Forres, Rev. J. Keith.

1226. A. (Leptonia) solstitialis, Fr. Ep. p. 1
Amongst stones by the side of Lake Ceneord AA dais,
oe 1870, with abundant specimens of Lactarius pubescens.

466 Rev. M.J. Berkeley & Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi.

age A, (Leptonia) lazulinus, Fr. Ep. p. 153.

On the T amongst grass. Aber, Sept. 30, 1867.

1228. A. (Nolanea) ENS Fr. Spi ic. p.

Amongst short grass. Aber, Sept. 30, 1867.

1229. A. (Stropharia) énunctus, Fr. Pileo e campanulato
convexo-plano, pellicula gelatinosa facile secernibili vestito ;
stipite deorsum attenuato candido, infra annulum floceoso-
fibrilloso ; lamellis latis, adnatis, fusco-subpurpureis

On rich ground. Ely, W. Marshall. Sibbertoft.

Pileus 2 inches across, fleshy, livid; stem 23 inches high,

+ thick, stuffed, composed of fibres ; spores purplish brown,

28 long. Resembles some states of A. eruginosus; but
the spores are of a different colour and much smaller.

1230. A. (Pholiota) heteroclitus, Fr. Obs. ii. p. 223.

On dead trunks. South of Englan
: a species, of which we have secured an excel-
ent dr

1231. Es Pholiota) junonius, Fr. Syst. Myc. vol. i. p. 244.

On the im. of tr E , j $

uu Danes itid. has been discovered in this country

T
1239, A (Pholiota confragosus, Fr. E 169.
Oh ta old fallen eia. Cori O och, 1866.

Spores oblong, ferruginous, ‘0008 | inch long by 0015.

1233. A. (Inocybe) pheocephalus, Bull. t. 555. fig. 1.

Rev. W. Houghton, Preston, near Wellington, Oct. 1869.

We regret very much that we have seen only one small
specimen of this species. The spores are bright ferruginous
red; and, if we are correct in our — MG the species
should be ped in the subgenus Znocybe

Prem . (Inocybe) éblisiiratus, Fr. Syst. Myc. vol. i.
p-

In fir-woods. Luggela, Wicklow, Sept. 1867.

Spores *0005 long, smooth.

A noble species, nakte for the blue colour of the base
of the stem.

“A. (inocy be) geophyllus, vax. lateritius.

This curious form, if it is really the same species, has been
sent to us b sem Jerdon from Jedburgh. When dry, it retains
its brick-red colour

1235. A. (Inocybe) arie Fr. Syst. Myc. vol. i. p. 259.

Amongst short grass. Little Ormes Head, Oct. 16, 867.

Pileus chestnut, pericno-aquianglos | stem white, pruinose
at s apex; ills ven ntricose, adnexed, ascending, pallid.

1236. A. (Hebeloma) firmus, Pers. (A. clavus, Batsch,f.199).

In fir-woods. Gwrwch, Denbighshire, Sept. 4,1 1866.

Rey. M.J. Berkeley & Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 467

Pileus viscid, gibbous, smooth; taste not bitter, smell ra-
phanoid; stem not attenuated, brown downwards and with in;
pills thin, slightly sinuated behind, cinnamon-brown ; colour
exactly as in Baisch’s fi figure.

1237. A. (Hebeloma) sznapizans, Fr. Ep. p. 180.

W. Wilson Saunders

1238. A. (Hebeloma) elatus, Batsch, f. 108.

. Wilson Saunders.

1239. A. (Flammula) helomorphus, Fr. Ep. p. 1
j In fir-woods. Roxburghshire, A. Jerdon, Tis s ` Nov. 3,
86

Spores *00015—00025 long, pale brown.

1239 bis. A. (Flammula) mixtus, Fr. Ep. p. 185.

On the ground in pine-woods, . E. Broome.

1240. A. (Flammula) spumosus, Fr. xd P. 185.

In woods. Epping Forest, W. G. Smi

qo 0002 long

1241. A. (Flaibinla) ci aen Smith, in Seemann's Journ.
1869, p. 249, t. 95. figs. 5—

On burnt earth, Epping Fo rest

Differs from A. carbonarius in the truly decurrent gills.

1242. A. (Flammula) aiioa Fr. Syst. Myc. vol. i. p. 250.

On stumps of various trees, Mr. James English,

1243. Fi (Flammula) aliens Fr. Ep. p. 187; Bull.
t. £78.

On dead stumps.
Often d zu A. fascicularis, but with differently
coloured gills and spore

* 4. (Flammula) A Fr. A p. 189.

On de eos te d wood of conifers. Lyndhurst, Oct. 16, 1868,
C. E. Broo

1244, A. pT picreus, Fr. Syst. Myc. vol. i. p. 239.

On the floor of Mr. Bull's orchard-house, Worthington G.
Smith.

1245. A. (Flammula) lubricus, Fr. Syst. Myc. p. 252.

Tunbridge Wells.

1246. p (Naucoria) semiflexus, B. & Br. Pileo hemi-
sphærico, castaneo, hygrophano, margine velo subtili albo or-
nato; carne alba; stipite semihorizontali, solido; lamellis
distantibus, adriexis, fulvis; sporis echinulatis.

On the side of a bank. Ascot, Oct. 30, 1867.

Pileus 4 inch across, subcampanulate, then hemi herical
or flattened d moderately fleshy ; stem 2 inch high, 4 line
thick. Spores oblong, *0003—0004 long, 00025-0003 wide.

Allied to A. horizontalis.

1247. A. (Naucoria) scolecinus, Fr. Ep. p. 194.

468 Rev. M.J. Berkeley & Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi.

On moist ground under Mes in the Deer-Park, Powers-
court, county Wicklow, Sept. 1867.

Spores apiculate, ‘0003 long by ed

1248. A. (Naucoria) D Fr. Syst. Myc. vol. i. p. 290.

With A. crobulus. Welford, oue. Oct. 13, 1868.

|. A, (Naucoria) crobulus, Fr. Syst. Myc. vol. i. p. 200.
" na oo eg fragments 'of sticks. Welford, Norths.,

< 13, 1

1250. Nh Galera) ovalis, Fr. Ep. p. 236; Bull. t. 552. f. 1.

Died grass. Sibbertoft, 1868.

1251. A. (Galera) antipus, Lasch in Linn. vol. iv. No.

On garden-pots, i in the soil of which a good deal of ee
dung had been used. Sibbertoft, March 1870.

This species occurred during a month or more on different
pots, but never in any large quanti

Pileus campanulate, with a pr vell; stem einate,
mu base subterraneous, rooting, more or = bulbous

pores rust-coloured, ‘0006-0007 long, -00035 w

1252. A. (Galena) dud roll P. Syn. p. 3 385.

Amongst moss. Kew ardens, Sept. 1866.

1253. A. (Psalliota) obturatus, Fr. Syst. Myc. p. 285.

On the ground amongst grass. Kew. Melrose, A. Jerdon,
Esq., 1868.

1254. A. (Psalliota) melaspermus, Bull. t. 540. fig. 1.

On the ground. Coed Coch, Oct. 19.

Requires to be carefully distinguished from <A. precoz.
Attention must be paid to the colour of the spores.

= (Hypholoma) lacrymabundus, Fr. Syst. Mye. vol. i.
p. 2

Fi p or, rather, condition of this species occurred at
Sibbertoft, in Sept. 187 0, in which the broadly adnate gills
remained ‘permanently white. The edge was studded with
beads of moisture, as in the more ordinary condition

ie A, (Psalliota) sa Fr. Syst. Myc. vol. i.

Ou dung. Sibbertoft, Oct. 28, 1870.
dica grogaziona. Pileus moist, prettily edged with the
ns of a veil, 3-1 inch across, stem 4—4 inch high

igh.
1256. A. ( holoma) ) leucotephrus, B. & Br. Ciespitosus ;
pileo eds pallido, subcampanulato, rugoso, dein convexo-
nso, albido ; ; stipite deorsum sericeo-fibrilloso, apice striato

suleato-striato, fistuloso, annulo amplo, hic illie appendicu-
lato: ; lamellis angustis, primitus cinereo-albidis, leviter adnatis,
dein e griseo

nigris.
In E masses at the base of ash trees. North Kilworth,
Oct. 10, 1870. |

Rev. M.J. Berkeley & Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 469

Pileus 3 inches across; stem 4 inches high, -$ inch thick ;
gus d 14 line broad. Spores "00028 long, -00019 wide, very
ark brown purple.

This is clearly different from A. Candollianus and A. ap-
pendiculatus, Fr. The pileus is vee ue a rich brown when
young, nor are the gills when old at all brown

1257. A. (Psilocybe) agnarius, Fr. MSS. cum icone,
Pileo e conico-convexo, expanso, albido, Aa non
hygrophano, subumbonato, subsulcato-striato ; ; eu
stipite flexuoso, fistuloso, candido; lamellis valde distintas
latiusculis, breviter adnatis adnexisve, cinereis.

About the roots of decayed trees. North Kilworth, ee
shire, Oct. 10, 1870, and in other places, but not co mm

Allied to A. coprophilus. In colour the pileus Potest
cru Hygrophorus ovinus.

1258. A. (Pansolus) —— Fr., Batt. t. 22 F.

On die Sibbertoft, Oct. 1870

Exactly according with Battara s figure, which scarcely
agrees with the specific n

1259. A. (Paneolus) fiidoola, Fr. Syst. Myc. vol. i. p. 301.

On dung. A stouter form than that of Bolton. Sibbertoft,
Oct. 1870

1260. E wp subatratus, Batsch, f. 89.

Batheaston, Sept. 1

Pu a bateli caudatus, Fr. Ep. p. 2
mongst the hee of a wooden pavement, D.
Siberia CEDE 19,1

A small form. ’Pileus at „first sienna-brown, at length
whitish, often recipe J ponit; stem at first white, fibril-
lose ; gills ventricose,

1262. A. (Psathyrella) aa innie, n.s. Pileo expanso,
hygrophano, atomato, e rufo pallescente; stipite elongato, se-
riceo-furfuraceo, pallido, eximie fistuloso ; ; lamellis latis,
crassis, distantibus, dente decurrente, adn qeu, acie pallidis.

On a wooden pavement. Sibbertoft, Oct. 28, 1870

Pileus 14 inch across, margin crena ate ; ts 6^ inches » high,
1} line thick, narrowly but ism fistulose ; gills 2
broad, connected by veins, rufous, then brown-purple. cenis
black.

Resembling A. confragosus so closely that, till the spores
were observed, it was tal n for that species

[To be continued. |

470 Dr. P. L. Sclater on Testudo chilensis.

XLIX.— Remarks on the Animals lately described by Dr. Gray
as "Testudo chilensis sg Ateles Bartlettii. By P.
ScLATER, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the Zoological
Society of London.

I Aw no lover of controversy ; but taking, as I am bound to

do, special interest in the correct determination of the animals

that have lived in the gardens of the Zoological Society of

London, I must ask the Editors of the * Annals’ to allow space

for a few remarks upon the tortoise and spider monkey re-

cently described by Dr. Gray in this journal, under the names
estudo chilensis and Ateles Bartlettir, female.

Testudo chilensis is described by Dr. Gray in the ‘ Annals’
for August last (anteà, p. 190) as a “ new eee " tortoise ;
but, in the first. place, it is = new, and, in the second place,
it is, as I believe, not Chili

That it is "x new, but mei hitherto incorrectly deter-
mined, has been already admitted by Dr. Gray himself, in his
second note on this subject (anteà, p. 428). This Tortoise was
ae discovered by D’Orbigny on the Rio Negro, in the south

he Argentine magn cii but referred by him and by Messrs.
iine and Bibron (Erp. Gén. ii. p. 79) to Testudo sulcata,
though the latter MS expressly notice the principal cha-
racters in which the single specimen examined differs from
that African species*.

Burmeister, in the second volume of his ‘ La Plata-Reise,’
also follows the determination of Duméril and Bibron, but
gives us the additional information that this pire “is found
near Mendoza, iud all over thé Pampas " (J. c.

In his excellent vus on the geographical distribution of
the Testudinata (Mém. Ac. St. Pét. 7th ser. vol. viii.),
Strauch discusses at full length the alleged occurrence of Tes-
tudo sulcata in Africa and South America as an extraordinary
exception to the general law of distribution of these animals,
and comes to the conclusion that either the African tortoise

“Dans Vhorizontalité un peu moins marquée des plaques dorsales, et
dass la présence d’un petit bord tranchant le long des flanes qui sont au
contraire arrondis or les autres.”

+ Dr. Peters has most kindly obtained from the Museum of Halle and
examined for me Burmeister’s specim ^" and has no doubt of their being
not Testudo faces but the so-called T. chilensis,

Dr. P. L. Sclater on Testudo chilensis. 471

revious writers, including the authors of the ‘ Erpétologie
no, the most ordinary book of reference on the Rep-
tilia.
Secondly, as to the locality of the two specimens of this
tortoise received by the Zoological Society, upon one of which
r. Gray has established his Testudo chilensis. It is true that
they formed part of a large collection of living animals brought
to England for sale from Santiago. But these were certainly
not all natives of Chili; for instance, the Burmeister's Ca-
riama (Chunga Burmeistert), of which three specimens were
in the collection, is confined to the provinces of Tucuman and
Catamarca in the north of the Argentine Republie. Again,
there were, besides the so-called Testudo chilensis, examples
of two other tortoises in the collection, neither of which is
Chilian—-one ( Testudo elephantopus) being probably from the
Galapagos, and the other (Geoclemmys annulata) from the
coast of Peru, or Ecuador*. Moreover it is expressly stated
by all authorities on the subject that no species of tortoises
at all are found in Chili T. Had any tortoise been more re-
cently discovered in that country, | cannot doubt that the
excellent naturalist Dr. R. A. Philippi, the director of the
Museum of Santiago, who has contributed so largely to our
knowledge of the Chilian faunaf, would have made the fact
kno I have very little doubt, therefore, that the speci-
mens received from Santiago, upon which the so-called Testudo
chilensis has been established, were either obtained from the
Argentine provinces on the opposite side of the Andes, along
with the Burmeister’s Cariamas, or, still more probably, from
near Buenos Ayres, where the vessel which brought them
touched on her way from Valparaiso, To make this point
certain, I have written to Dr. Philippi, and shall, in the event
of the answer confirming my belief that the tortoise is not
found in Chili, propose to change its name to Testudo ar-
gentina,
* In his A lu to the Catalogue of Shield Reptiles,' recently
. 29), Dr. Gray gives the “Gulf of Darien ( vin)” as a
ity for this Terrapin. ere mus some mistake here, as

the Pacific-coast region of

- Salvin’s map accompanying Dr. Günther's paper, Trans. Zool. Soe. vi.

L 53.
, t Cf. Guichenot, in Gay's * Historia Fisica y Politica de Chile,’ ii. p. 8;
Bibra, Denkschr. Akad. Wien, v. Abth. 2, p. 127; and Strauch, l.s. c. p. 27.
1 See his numerous articles in Wiegmann's Archiv, of most of which
a list is given in P. Z. S. 1867, p. 319.

472 Dr. P. L. Sclater on Ateles Bartlettii.
I may add that the typical specimen of Testudo chilensis,
i British M

by Wagner in 1840, in the supplementary notes to his first
volume of Schreber’s ‘ Saugethiere’ (p. 313). Further details
are given in one of Wagner’s articles on South-American
Mammals, in the ‘ Abhandlungen’ of the Academy of Munich
(v. p. 420); and the species is inserted in its proper place in
the fifth or * Supplement-Band " to Wagner’s ‘ Siiugethiere,’
the most ordinary book of reference on this Order of Mam-
mals (/. c. p. 78).

err v. Pelzeln, of the Imperial Cabinet of Vienna, who
has most kindly examined the typical specimens of this spider
monkey for me, and agrees in considering them the same as
Ateles Bartletti, Gray, so far as he can tell from the figure
and very short description * above referred to, informs me that
Natterer obtained five examples of this animal—a male, three
emales, and a young. But as the females agree with the
male in the yellow colour of the under surface, it follows that
the spider monkey just described by Dr. Gray as resembling
his A. Bartlettii, except in being “ greyish white” where the
A. Bartlettit is bright yellow,” cannot be the female of this
species. Nor can it, I think, be the young of this spider
monkey, as Herr v. Pelzeln informs me that the young indi-
vidual of A. variegatus, in the Imperial Cabinet of Vienna,
resembles the adult, except in the absence of the frontal spot
and the white stripe on the sides of the face. At the same time
the condition of the skeleton of the Society’s specimen shows
it to have been quite immature ; and the length of the fur and
other characters of this example agree so well with those of

. * Herr v. Pelzeln observes that the under colour is rather too bright
in the figure and that no dimensions are given. In two of Natterer's
"gni, also, the yellow colour of the under body is continued over
the upper surface of the limbs,

i

Í

On Chemical Reaction in British Species of Pertusaria. 473

A. variegatus that I should be sorry to make a new species
out of it without further evidence.

Dr. Gray gives no locality or other particulars concerning
this specimen, simply stating that it has been “ received” b
the British Museum. I may therefore add that it was ob-
tained by the Hon. A. Gordon, lately Governor of Trinidad,
from the upper part of the Caura river, a southern confluent
of the Orinoco, and presented alive to the Society’s collection
on the 14th of July last. It died on August 18th, and was
sent to the British Museum.

L.—Notulæ Lichenologicæ. No. XXXIV.
By the Rev. W. A. Lxianros, B.A., F.L.S., F.B.S. Ed.

Notes on the Chemical Reaction in the British species of

IN preparing my * Lichen-Flora of Great Britain’ I have had
occasion to devote a good deal of attention to the genus Pertu-
saria, and have discovered that in no series of lichens do the
chemical reagents give more important or more beneficial re-
sults. By their means we are not only enabled to define the
limits of the speciés themselves, but o definitely and satis-
factorily to allocate the forms comprised in the old pseudo-
genera of Variolaria and Isidium, which have ever proved a
sort of crux to lichenists, and have consequently performed a
continual migration from one genus to another. My proposed
arrangement is as follows :—

A. Thallus K yellow, then orange-red.

1. P. multipunctata (Turn.), E. Bot. 2061. Variolaria
multipunctata, T. & B.! Lich. Br. 73.

2. P. Westringii (Ach.). P. lactescens, Mudd!, Man. 272.
Isidium Westringtt, T. & B.! Lich. Brit. 93; E. Bot. 2204.

3. P. glomerata (Schleich.). zs : :

4. P. ceuthocarpa (Sm.), E. Bot. 2272. Isidium microstic-
ticum, 'T. & B.! Lich. Br. 94. a

5. P. dealbata (Ach.), E. Bot. 1541 & 1511. Istdium pa-
radoxum! and corallinum! and coccodes! a & B, T. & B. Lich.
Brit. 97, 100, 89. Vartolaria chlorothecia, Tayl. ! Fl. Hib. 2.
P. syncarpa, Mudd !, Man. 273.

B. Thallus K yellow, C yellow.
6. P. communis, DC., E. Bot. 677; and forma rupestris,

474 On Chemical Reaction in British Species of Pertusaria.
7. P. dactylina (Ach.), Fellm. 144. sidéum, Ach. Syn.

C. Thallus K yellow, C reddish orange.

8. P. bryontha (Ach.), Th. M. Fr. ET Fellm. 142; Arn. 108.
9. P. melaleuca (Sm.), E. Bot. 2
10. P. fallax om E. Bot. rai & 1529. Thelotrema
hymeneum, T. & B.! Lich. Br. 185. 7sidium lutescens, T. &
B. 1 1. c. p. 87.
D. Thallus K yellow, C crimson.

11. P. gyrocheila, Nyl. in Flora, 1865, p. 354.
E. Thallus K-—, C crimson.

12. P. velata M E. Bot. 2062. Variolaria lactea,
T. & B.! Lich. Br. 69; E. Bot. 2410. Variolaria aspergilla,
T.«& B. i E Bot. 2401. Variolaria ey tar, T.
oq Lie 55; É. Bot. 964. — Isidium. coccodes B, r ;1
. e. 89

F. Thallus K— , C. rose-colour.

13. P. faginea (L.), E. Bot. 1718. Variolaria, T. & B. !
l. c. 64. Variolaria ilicea, Lyell!, MS. in Herb. Borrer.

G. Thallus K—,C€C—. =
14. P. ophthalmiza, Nyl.! Scand. 180. In Herb. Borrer at
Kew is an lrish specimen labelled, in Dr. Taylor's hand-
kg. P, constellata, Tayl., which appears identical with
t

I5. P. ius oe (Turn.), E. Bot. 2008 & 1714. es
eri T. & B.! 1. c. 59. Variolaria discoidea, T. & B

16. P. Hutchinsiæ Bor S Borr.), E. Bot. Suppl. 2652.
Sur T. & B.!

17. P. glomulifera, Bort Tight, Ang. Lich. 30, t. 11. f. 2.

cas F Susila (Ach.), Leight. Ang. Lich. 30, t. 10. £ 4.

19. P. leioplaca (Ach.).

20. P. nolens, Nyl.! in Flora, 1864, p. 489.

H. Thallus K brownish, C —.
21. P Jortigiata M & Borr.). Zsidéum oculatum B.

Lou natum & 108. Variolaria polythecia
"FIR Y" oo e
k sublactea, Leight., n. sp. Variolaria lactea, in Herb.

Bact “and plant spoken of in T. & B. Lich. Brit. p. 72.

Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. 475

LI.—List of Coleoptera received from Old Calabar, on the
West Coast of Africa. By ANDREW Murray, F.L.S.

[Continued from p. 413.]
MOoNOHAMMUS, Serv.
1. Monohammus ruspator, Fab. Syst. El. ii. 300.
M. nubifer, Schonh. Syn. Ins. iii. App. 165,
Sese iie opacus, dense umbrino-pubescens; thorace in-
equali utrinque unispinoso ; elytris fasciis duabus cinereis

obliquis divergentibus obsoletis.
one 8-10 lin., lat. 3 lin

ie a be apes one with a dense umber-brown
close pile with a stout spine on each side. Elytra
with two cinereous an diverging fasciæ. The scutellar
space usually darker brown than the rest, and always stopping
short of and within the humeral angle

I have come to the conclusion that Fabricius’s M. ruspator
and Schönherr’s M. nubifer are the same species. It varies
much in size, and somewhat in shade of colour, and in the
markings ; but their character is always the same.

The relations of the Old-Calabar Monohammi are to the
Indian species, and not to the European and North-American,
which differ from them somewhat in facies and more especially
in texture. 'lhe genus is not represented in the Brazilian
region, but is forlaodd by Teeniotes, Ptychodes, &c.

= Monohammus eer oie Rev. et boe d. Zool.

de: 80 ue as A RUN the colour and markings, to M. irro-
rator (posteà), but, as reg form, to the M. ruspator of Fa-
ricius, only a little smaller, ash-coloured, and with only some
scattered punctures on the head and thorax ; on the first is a
longitudinal groove. Mandibles and eyes black. Antenne
brownish black, ringed with ash-colour at the base ofthe arti-
cles, starting from the fourth. "Thorax transverse, unequal,
straight, and narrowly grooved transversely on the anterior

476 Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar.

and posterior margins, with the base regularly constricted.
Scutellum marked with a yellowish rounded patch. Elytra
broader than the thorax, broad and little flattened, projecting
and rectangular, on the shoulder, shortly truncate at the apex,
marked with striz formed of small punctures placed rather
close to each other. Their surface is covered with little drops
of blackish brown. Legs and underside of a uniform grey.

Described by M. Chevrolat from a specimen received by
Mr. Hislop; but a specimen, named by him, which I have
seems to me only a small variety of M. ruspator.

3. Monohammus basalis, Chevr. Rev. et Mag. d. Zool.
4

Brunneo cinereoque variegatus ; capite thoraceque (spina late-
rali valida) vage punctatis ; palpis oculisque nigris; anten-
nis nigris, longis (9), robustis, fusco longe cinereoque
breviter annulatis; scutello subquadrato, cinereo, intus de-
presso; elytris crebre punctatis, ad basin minute tubercu-
latis, ad apicem subtruncatis, fasciis duabus nigricantibus
prima lata basah infra triangulariter protensa, secunda
obliqua ultra medium.

Long. 91-12 lin., lat. 3-31 lin.

strong lateral spine, which is closely punctate; the disk and
he sides are only sparsely punctate. Scutellum somewhat
square, ash-coloured, depressed in the middle. Elytra of the

Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. 477

on the basal band. Body below and legs of an ash-colour
less obscure than above, marked by scattered distant punc-
tures; middle tibiæ excised about the middle of the outer
margin, and feebly pilose to the apex ; tarsi of a more or less
obscure ash-colour fringed by silken and golden hai

M. ruspator, Fab. (nubifer, Sch.), differs in E "is basal
dark-brown space triangular, and never occupying the oe
der; this has the whole base, shoulder included, of the brow
colour. It is a larger species, and has longer and de'n
antennæ

One specimen. In my collection.

4. Monohammus Map ind Chevr. Rev. et Mag. d. Zool.
1856, p. 490.

Vage punctatus, fuscus; mandibulis, oculis et in vertice ca-
pitis quatuor maculis sericeis nigris; thorace antice uni- et
postice bistricto, tuberculis duobus dorsalibus, spina laterali
sat valida ; elytris fasciis duabus obscuris, LPS latissima
e basi ad medium, e secunda ultra mediu

Long. 10 lin., lat. 34 li

This species would ni been more correctly named had
it been called oculiocciput instead of oculifrons, the black
patches from which it is named being quite at the back of the
head, so as to be almost concealed under the thorax when the
head is bent back. It is of a brownish ash-colour,and marked
by small distant punctures. Head strong, longitudinally sul-
cate in front, with four subocellate velvety black patches
joined together posteriorly on the occiput. Labrum large,
square. Clypeus transverse, pale ash-coloured. Ante
entirely brown, scarcely longer than the body (in the ERR ;
first article elongated, swollen and nodulated at the apex.
Thorax as long as broad, straight at the extremities, with `
three bagi ie grooves, of which the anterior is flexuous and
the two at the base straight; it is bituberculate towards the
disk near the anterior sides, depressed in the centre, and with

Scutellum pp rather
large. Tiris rid rectangular, raised on the shoulder

tends from the base to the middle e, and the second, which is
narrow, is beyond the middle. Middle tibize furnished on the
outside with an emarginate tooth, and fringed up to the apex
with a yellowish down. Five abdominal segments, first =
fifth large:

Not comm
Ann. & Mag. 'N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. vi. 32

478 Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar.

5. Monohammus cordifer, Chevr. Rev. et Mag. d. Zool.
18 . 490.

Parvus, minute et ordine punctatus, griseus ; mandibulis apice,
oculis maculaque subscutellari et cordiformi in elytris nigris;
antennis longis, fuscis; elytris anguste truncatis, fasciola
fusca ultra medium signatis

Long. 4 lin., lat. 14 lin.

Small, regularly and finely punctate, obscure ash-coloured.
Head slightly inclined and longitudinally sulcate. Palpi
brown, yellowish at the apex. Mandibles and eyes black.
Antenne once and a half the length of the body ; the first article
grey, and thefollowing ferruginous. "Thorax straight in front
and behind, grooved on the anterior margin; lateral spine
situated in the middle, tolerably strong and sharp. Scutellum
semicircular, silky and ash-coloured. Elytra broader than the
thorax, cut straight at the base, rectangular at the shoulder,
parallel, narrowly truncate at the apex, marked with a black
silky subcordiform patch behind the scutellum; an obscure
obsolete transverse band which reaches to the margin is placed
beyond the middle, and some small spots of the same colour
are scattered here and there. Legs and body below of a uni-
form ashy-grey colour; middle tibia emarginate on the outer
side, and clothed with a pale villous pubescence.

One specimen in my collection.

6. Monohammus Thomsoni, Chevr. Rev. et Mag. d. Zool.
1855, p. 184. PL. II. fig. 4.

Affinis M. Lusce, Fab. Vage punctatus, fuscus; mandibulis
oculisque nigris; capite longitudinaliter suleato; antennis
pubescentibus, apice infuscatis; thorace transverso (cinereo
breviter et dense piloso) antice posticeque recto, lateribus
acute et valide spinoso; scutello albo; elytris cum macula
communi magna scutellari alteraque laterali ampla virguli-
formi atro-holosericeis (fcemina).

Long. 93 lin., lat. 31 lin

Allied to M. Lusce, Fab. Fuscous, irregularly punctate.
Mandibles and eyes black. Antenne pubescent, with the
apex fuscous. "Thorax densely covered with a cinereous pile,
the sides armed with an acute and stout spine. Scutellum
white. Elytra with a large, black, velvety, silky, scutellar
patch common to both, and another large one on the sides.

Named px Chevrolat, in accordance with my wish, in
honour of Mr. W. C. Thomson, at that time missionary at

L

Old Calabar, now a medical practitioner in Liverpool, to whom

Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. 479

I am indebted ve a very large number of the species received
from Old Calab

T. Monohammus trrorator, Chevr. Rev. et Mag. d. Zool.
1855, p. 517.

Alatus, elongatus, vage punctatus, nigro cinereoque vestitus;
antennis (cinereo annulatis) tibiisque partim ferrugineis ;
thorace antice posticeque recte truncato, ad basin late sul-
cato, spina laterali valida; elytris thorace multo latioribus
(humeris rectangulis), in apice obtuse truncatis, striato-
pun ous cinereis Egi irroratis et fere trifasciatis.

Long. 8 lin., lat. 23 lin
Of the size of M. ruspator, Fab., but somewhat narrower

and proportionally more elongate. ody ash - coloured,

covéred with black spots and patches. Head with only
some scattered punctures, binckbk aa ash-coloured behind, and
with a triangular black patch on its occipital part and an

elongated one on each side facing the eyes. Longitudinal
channel very narrow. Palpi brown, yellowish at the apex of
the articles. Mandibles black, rugose at the base, smooth at
the tip. Eyes black. Antenne ferruginous, ash-coloured at
the base of e articles, siti from the fourth: first article
obscure, punctate. "Thorax almost as long as broad, truncate
rather broadly grooved at the base; its disk has. three small
blackish convexities with some scattered punctures; the
lateral spine is broad and thickened at the base. Scutellum
broad, semicircular, ash-coloured, with a large black rounded
spot. Elytra three times the length of the thorax, broader
than it, projecting and. truncate rectangularly at the shoulder,
subtruncate at the apex, nig aga the punctures trans-

versely tubercular on their front, near the base, as if im-

pressed from behind; the ims is ashy, and covered

with black spots which are more or less confluent, forming as

it were three transverse bands. Body below uniform ash-

coloured. Thighs arched, dg eru tarsi ix ferruginous.
Only one or two specimens

` 8. Monohammus viridipennis, Chevr. Rev. et Mag. d.
Zool. 1855, p. 284.

acus, nigro-plumbeus, pube albida indutus ; capite in longi-
ae ad jalas onio bifoveolato ; Mie palporum =

apice luteis; antennis nigris, corpore vix longioribus ; P tho

race antice posticeque recto et marginato, transvers

stricto, vix punctato, spina laterali valida, je, ia

480 Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar.

minusve viridibus (fcemina)

Long. 74 lin., lat. 23 lin.

Opaque, leaden black, with a whitish pubescence. Head
sharply longitudinally sulcate, bifoveolate in front. Antenne
black, scarcely longer than the body. Thorax transversely
thrice constricted, scarcely punctate, with a strong short lateral
spine. Scutellum semirotundate, black, shining. Elytra di-
stinctly punctate-striate, in some specimens more or less green,
in others of the general lead-colour, sometimes faintly obliquely
clouded.

In my collection.

semirotundato, nigro nitido; elytris punctato-striatis, plus

PACHYSTOLA, Reiche, Voy. en Abyss. p. 393.

1. Pachystola annulicornis, Chevr. Rev. et Mag. d. Zool.
55, p. 184. PI. III. fig. 5.

Cinereo-glauca; capite antice cervino, postice fusco variegato,
longitudine suleato, mandibulis oculisque nigris; antennis
nigris, cum tertio articulo apice quartoque basi cervinis ;
thorace transverso, antice posticeque (bistricto) recto, lateri-
bus breviter unispinoso, fusco irrorato, vittis tribus glaucis ;
scutello magno, semirotundato ; elytris remote et subseriatim
punctatis, glaucinis, cum macula magna scutellari vittaque
laterali arcuata, intus ramosa, fuscis ; corpore infra cineras-
cente, lateribus abdominis fusco maculatis.

Long. 12 lin., lat. 4 lin.

The excellent figure by M. Migneaux renders it unnecessary
to add any thing to the above rubric, except that the light parts
are einereous or glaucous and the dark parts fuscous.

Several specimens received from the neighbourhood of

ek Town.
This genus, it is scarcely necessary to say, has nothing to
do with Lamia textor, although that species stands as the first
species under a genus of this name in Dejean’s Catalogue.

2. Pachystola arcuata, Chevr. Rev. et Mag. d. Zool. 1855,
: . 184

Fusca; mandibulis oculisque nigris; capite truncato, inter
os angusto et inter antennas angulosim emarginato ;
antennis crassis, apice acutis ; thorace transverso, inzequaliter
d lateribus late et acute spinoso; elytris cum maculis

*

uabus brunneis, prima decussata (e scutello ad medium

marginem), secunda laterali (infra humerum) et ubique grosse

punctata; vitta alba pectorali.
Long. 11 lin., lat. 34 lin.

éxzc iie dir rtis I OEE P E EE TE AEL A e Rer

——————————————

Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar. 481

Fuscous ; mandibles and eyes black. Thorax unequally
plicate. Elytra with two brown patches: the first decussate,
from the scutellum to the middle of the margin; the secon
lateral, below the shoulder, and everywhere coarsely punctate.
Underside with a white pectoral stripe.

everal specimens.

3. Pachystola decussata, Chevr. Rev. et Mag. d. Zool.
1856, p. 530.

Brunnea; vittis duabus in thorace (prima laterali, secunda
infra lata post oculos), in elytris vittis duabus decussatis,
magnam literam X formantibus, tertiaque parte apicali
suture, femoribus posticis ad apicem maculis duabus cor-
poreque infra (medio excepto) albidis ; mandibulis, clypeo et
oculis amplis nigris; antennis validis, corpore brevioribus,
articulo ultimo acuto

Long. 16 lin., lat. 5 lin.

Brown. Head convex on the forehead, truncated obliquely
below, marked behind with five lines and with a longitudinal
narrow channel which borders the eyes. Mandibles brilliant
black. Labrum pilose, square. Clypeus very ciet trans-
verse. Eyes large, slightly emarginate above, black. Antenne
hardly reaching more than two-thirds of the ES of the
body, tolerably thick, with the last article acuminate. Thorax
straight in front and behind, marked with three transverse
channels ; four white longitudinal dorsal tubercles two lines in
length, the first on the side, and the second omnis facing the
eye; lateral spine very stout and sharp. tellum semi-
circular. Elytra broader than the thorax, seals on the shoul-
der, and depressed within it, parallel and rounded towards the
apex of the suture, which is slightly angular; they have two
white bands crossed in the form of an X, and of which each
starts obliquely from the shoulder to the dedita of the suture,
and thence proceeds backwards obliquely to the margin, which
it reaches at the level of the apex of the posterior thigh ; at that
place it bends back in a semicircle towards the extremity, and
remounts on the suture, where it terminates below the union
i of € lines. Legs and middle s the body of an ashy brown.

One secim en.
4. Pachystola ligata.

Fusca; capite, fronte et clypeo pube grisea (versus oculos

482 Mr. A. Murray on Coleoptera from Old Calabar.

dilutiore) vestitis, postice medio atque pone oculos vitta brevi

albida vestito, macula subbrunnea vel derasa pone angulos

oculorum et supra et subtus; thorace supra vittis tribus,
una media dorsali, alteris utrinque ad latera et margine
basali albidis; pectore pube grisea vestito, vitta laterali
albida utrinque instructo; elytris vittis albidis, bis decus-
satis ; antennis articulo tertio macula parva postica ad basin
et breviter ad apicem, articulo quarto breviter ad basin
albidis: subtus albido-grisea.

Long. 73 lin., lat. 3 lin.

Brown; entirely clothed with dark-brown pubescence.
Head with front and clypeus brownish griseous, turning paler
and yellowish white next the eyes, and also on their posterior
margins, except at the upper and under angles. Eyes coarsely
granular, emarginate, and very nearly meeting on the top of
the head; back of the head with a groove and a whitish stripe,
the sides obliquely white. Antenne as long as the body, with
a whitish i at the back of the base of the third article, the

w fringe running round the apex to the sutural
angle, the other trends obliquely across to the suture, which
it reaches a short distance from the apex, and continues down
to the sutural angle, there joining the marginalline. Under-
side and legs clothed with yellowish white; the upperside of
the last two tarsi brown.

Unique. In my collection.

[To be continued.]

Vy

483

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.
1. Preliminary Field- Heport of the United-States Geological Survey of
Co lorado and New Mexico, conducted, under the authority of the

lo eit With a Report on the Mines and Minerals of Colorado,
by Pxrstror Frazer, junior; and a Report on the Agriculture
a "eh ado, by Cyrus Tuomas, Svo, pp. 155. Washington,

ho

. DM gical Report of the Exploration of the Yellowstone and Mis-

souri Boe y Dr. F. V. Haxpzs, under the direction of Captain

xNorps, Eng. 1859-60. "With Report on the Cretaceous

and Tertiary Plants, by J. S. N dde quA M.D. 8vo, pp. 174.

Washington, 1869. With a Geological

The Lifted and Subsided Rocks of ee with their Infivenoet
on the Oceanic, Atmospheric, and Land Currents, and the Distri

et of Races. By Grorer Carrin. 8vo, pp. 228. fondos.

e

Lum ia States Secretary of the Interior reported last year that
Congress had appropriated $10,000 for the continuance of the Geo-
logieal Survey of the Territories of the United States by Professor
Hayden, and that he was instructed by the Department of the
Interior to direct his attention especially to the geological, minera-
logical, and agricultural resources of the Territories of Colorado and
N :

other deposits of ores, coals, clays, marls, peat, and other mineral
substances, as well as the fossil remains of the different formations

He entered on his labours in the field the last day of June 1869, at
Cheyenne, Wyoming Territory. His route was through Denver, the
silver- and gold-mining region of Georgetown and Central City, the
Middle Park, Daten City, and Fort Union to Santa Fé, returning
through the San-Luis valley and South Park to Denver. The ex-

the collections in geology, mineralogy, botany, and zoology were
extensive. His preliminary report bears date October ~ It is
eiie sepas by two other reports made to him by his assistants—
e on mines and mining, the other on agriculture ese papers,

the Secretary of the Interior remarks, are valuable contributions
to our knowledge of the subjects they embrace, and merit careful
perusal; and certainly we fully agree with him, even if we take this
Field-report of Colorado and New Mexico by itself ; and their value
is more fully seen when studied together with Dr. Hayden’ s Report
on the Exploration of the Yellowstone and Missouri Rivers, and
other reports on sas, Nebraska, &e., by United States geologists.
The Colorado Territory, b between 37° and 41? N, lat. and 102? and
109° W. long., almost equally divided into highlands, on both slopes
of the Rocky "Mountains (reaching 13,000 feet above the sea), and

484 Bibliographical Notice.

flats of the “Great Plains,” is nearly 110,000 square miles in ex-
tent, nearly equalling the area of Great Britain and Ireland. It has

may travel over the upturned edges of nearly all the formations in
the geologi al i

for ‘tracing out their relations by studying the junction of the
changed with the unchanged rocks.” Indeed to the geologist Colo-
rado is almost encyclopedic in its character, as indeed the magnifi-

azer reports on the metallic (iro ne, lead,

silver, gold) and other minerals, including turquoise, coal, albertite,
, and notices most of the chief lodes and are being
worked, also the oil-wells and the medicinal a t springs.

“ The gold- and silver-lodes of this Territory, so far as they are
observed, are entirely composed of the gneissic and granite rocks,
possibly rocks of the age of the Laurentian series of Canada. A
any rate, all the gold-bearing rocks about Central City are most
distinctly gneissie, while those containing silver at Georgetown are
both gneissic and granitie. The mountain in which the Baker,
Brown, Coin, Terrible, and some other rich lodes are located is com-
posed mostly of gneissic and reddish feldspathie granite, while the
Leavenworth and M‘Clellan Mountains, equally rich in silver, are
composed of banded gneiss, with the lines of bedding or stratifica-
tion very distinct.

“ There is an important question that suggests itself to one at-
tempting to study the mines of Colorado; and that is, the cause of
the wonderful parallelism of the lodes—the greater portion of them

king one general direction or strike, north-east and south-west.
We must at once regard the cause as deep-seated and general; for

Bibliographical Notice, : - 485

we find that most of the veins or lodes are true fissures, and do not
iminish in richness as they are sunk deeper into the earth. All
these lodes have more or less clearly defined walls; and some of
them are quite remarkable for their smoothness and regulari rity. We
assume the position that the filling-up of all thes e lodes or veins
with mineral matter was an event subsequent to any change that
may have occurred in the country rock. Now, if we look carefully
at all the azoic rocks in this region, we shall find, more or less di-
stinctly defined, depending upon the structure of the rock itself, two
planes of cleavage, one of them with a strike north-east and south-
west, and the othe er south-east and north-west. Beside these two
sets of 7 pce there are in most cases distinct lines of bed-
ding. The question arises, what relation do these veins hold to
these lines of cleavage ? Is it not possible Hes they occupy these
cleavage: -openings as lines of greatest weakness
* [ have taken the direction of these two wh of cleavage-planes
many ics with a compass, over a large area; and very seldom do
they diverge to any great extent from these two di ections, north-east
and south-west, or south-east and north-west. In some instances
the north-west and south-east plane would flex around so as to
strike north and south, and the other one so as to trend east and
west; but this is quite seldom, and never occurs unless there has
been some marked disturbance of the rocks. There are, however, a
few lodes which are called ‘east and west lodes, and some ‘north
and south.’ A few have a strike north-west and south-east, but
are generally very narrow, and break off from the north-east and
south-west lodes, are very rich for a time, and then ‘ pinch’ out.
t would seem, therefore, quite possible that the north-east and
south-west veins took the lines of cleavage in that direction as lines
of greatest weakness, and that the north-west and south-east lines
cross the other set, and that a portion of the mineral material might
accumulate in that Medscape merely throw out this as a
hint at this time, which I wi sh to follow out in my future studies.

onally e

purely eruptive ranges of the nor ibant. portion of the San-Luis valley
seem to be composed of a series of minor ranges en échelon, with a
trend north-east and south-west. But as soon as this range joins on
to a range with a metamorphic or granitic nucleus, the trend changes
around to north-west and south-east. Many of the ranges have a
nucleus of metamorphic rocks, though the central and highest ndi
tions may be eomposed of eruptive peaks and ridges. In this

e igneous material is thrust up in lines of the same direction as Vibo
trend. It becomes, therefore, evident that all the operations of the

486 © Bibliographical Notice.

eruptive forces were an event subsequent to the elevation of the
metamorphic nucleus. This is shown in hundreds of instances in
Southern Colorado and New Mexico, where the eruptive material is
oftentimes seda out over the metamorphie rocks, concealing them
over large area
** All over ie mining-districts are well-marked anticlinal, s syn-

clinal, and what I have called * monoclinal' valleys. Nearly all the
little streams flow, a portion or all their way, through these mono-
clinal valleys or rifts. In most cases the stream passes along the
rift from source to mouth, but occasionally bursts through the up-
heaved ridges at right angles, resuming its course again in some

the mining-distri

** In these bes are oftentimes aecumulated immense — of
modern drift. Sometimes there are proofs that these valleys have
been gorged for a time, and a bed of very coarse gravel and boulders
will accumulate, hundreds of feet in thickness. Near Georgetown
there is a fine example of this modern drift-action

* It would seem that the valley of that branch ‘of Clear Creek in
which the Brown and Terrible silver-lodes are located was gorged

m e fin

at one time, p es of e sand and
coarse materials accumulated against the gorge, and at a subsequent
period the creek wore a new channel through this material e

upper side of this drift-deposit is fine sand, but the materials grow
coarser as we descend, until, at the lower "ane there are immense
irregular or partially worn masses of granite. On the sides of the
valley the rocks are often mueh smoothed and grooved as if by
floating masses of ice. We assume the position, of which there is
most ample evidence all over the Rocky-Mountain region, that at a
comparatively modern geological period the temperature was very

South Platte, as that stream flows through the range east - Ras

uth Park, shows not only these accumulations of very c
boulder-drift, but when this drift is stripped off, the deste
rocks are found smoothed, and in some instances scratched, as if by
floating icebergs

Dr. PRA regards the lignites nius agra into rds coal) of
er; of little
to

for a id of 600 to 1000 miles in ev every dirdi there is little or
no fuel either on or beneath the surface ;” and if these coals can be
made useful for smelting the iron-ore abounding on all sides, and
now reduced with charcoal, “ the future value of these deposits can-
not be over-estimated " in exerting * the same kind of influence over

T

Bibliographical Notice. 487

the ae wall of the West that Pennsylvania exerts over all the con-
us States.” The fossil flora of these Lignites ee by
aissim made by Drs. Hayden and Leconte, and determined by
Professor Lesquereux in 1868) is enumerated at pages 95-97; and
Tepecik rar Tertiary age, Dr. Hayden says, at p. 97 :—
* In conclusion, I beg leave to say that, while I have the most
profound peepest for the labours of my fellow geologists in the same
eld, I differ with them somewhat, simply because the evidence, to
my mind, poin ats in a different direction. In various portions of the
Laramie Plains, Colorado, Raton Hills, &e., I have observed between
the well-defined Cretaceous and Tertia ary beds a group of strata,

w s
these beds I were to find some purely marine remains, even Inoceramus
or Baculites, I should then call them transition beds, in accordance
with the evidence of the continuous uninterrupted growth of the
continent from the Citic through the Tertiary period. There

beds, and no evidence of any change in sediments or any catastrophe
sufficient to account for the sudden and apparently agre destruc-
tion of organic life at the close of the Cretaceous peri

examinations of the coal-formations over so vast an ek Ihave never
yet seen a trace of a Cretaceous fossil in any strata above the coal.”

the widely spread Tertiary deposits dacs along the eastern

side of the Rocky Mountains, and mainly consisting of limited, though

grand, lacustrine accumulations, but possibly here and there defined

new by denudation, Dr. Hayden enumerates many local groups,

which it is impossible at present to collate in detail. Of these,

arranged provisionally, there are, belonging to the Upper Tertiary,
the :—

Salt-Lake group (1000 to 1200 feet of sandstones and marls) ;
Bridger group (upward continuation of the Green-River group) ;
Arkansas marls and Santa-Fé marls; and the Loup-River group,

with remains of “ Aa foxes, tigers, hyenas, camels, horses,
mastodons, elephan

To the Middle Tels belong the

Echo-Caüon group, 9000 to 5000 feet thick, including conglo-
merates from 1500 to 2000 feet thick ; Wasatch group, reddish and
variegated sands and clays, west of the Bridger group; Green-River
shales, containing asphaltic shales, with fishes, insects, m and
next below the Bridger group; Washekee group, with im
nite; Gallisteo sands, with silicified wood, overlying ie "Miser.
Mountain group; Monument-Creek group ; White-River group (with
Upper Tertiaries on it), covering at least 150,000 square miles,
* remar a pi as one of the most wonderful deposits of gums mam-
malia on the globe," and of paray freshwater origin *; the
Wind-River group, of limited e

* See Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3. vol. xi. pp. 976, 377.

488 Bibliographical Notice.

To the Lower Tertiary belong the :—

Bear-River group, with coal-beds 26 feet thick at Evanston (p.91);
Placer-Mountain group, with coal, thirty miles south of Santa Fé,
New Mexico ; Raton-Hills group, with coal; Cafion-City group, with
coal ; Judith-River group ; and, lastly, the Fort-Union or Great Lig-
nite group,of which probably the Placer-Mountain, Raton-Hills, and
Cajion-City groups are fragments ; whilst those of Bear River, Judith
River, and perhaps other places, were independent lacustrine forma-

ions*,

In the * Annals,’ ser. 3. vol. xi. (1862), we have already given an
abstract view of the geology and natural history of the Upper Mis-
souri (a continuation northwards of the geology of New Mexico and
Colorado), founded on Dr. Hayden’s researches (with Dr. Meek and
others) in 1857—60, published in his Report of 1862; and we have
now before us a fuller account (published in 1869) of some of the
researches there referred to, namely those carried out in company
with Capt. (now Lt.-Col.) Raynolds, in 1859-60, on the Yellowstone
and Missouri Rivers, and by the author on the Niobara and White
Rivers, and some remarks on the Dakota Territory. A special fea-
ture in this report (pages v-ix) is the careful historical account of
earlier labours in this grand geological field of North-western Ame-
rica, extending from 42° to 49° North lat., and between 98° and

whether Triassic or Lower Cretaceous Dr. Hayden does not feel
competent to declare.

In Dr. Newberry’s Report on the Cretaceous and Tertiary Plants,
we have an eloquent exordium on the growth and scientific value

nd
left in their accumulating deposits. In speaking of the Cretaceous

has left behind it a grand series of monuments on this continent,
from which may be read all the more important facts of its history.
In some localities the strata of that age attained a thickness of 3000

* Ann. Nat. Hist. loc. cit.

Bibliographical Notice. 489

slight, and resulted in the addition of but a narrow margin of Cre-
taceous rock, much of which has doubtless been cut away by the
waves of the ‘Atlantic, extending from Martha’s Vineyard around our
Atlantic and Gulf-coast to Mexico. The north-eastern portion of
the continent seems not to have shared in this depression, as no Cre-
aedes rocks have yet been found there. West of the Mississippi,

ico, and

vered by its caleareous i beccud . Suffice it to say that over a

well = its fossils, prove that it is sate of the immediate débris
of the land, and it was gradually submerged beneath the ocean—
m Soke leaves, trunks > — &c.,—and is, in fact, simply an

unbroken series of sea-beac
« These coarser beds are Saeed, in the ascending series, by
strata of more or less pure limestone, iun. Masi with charae-
teristic Cretaceous Mollusks (Znoceramus, Ammonites, Baculites, &c.),
the natural aecumulation from the waters of the ocean, and form ing
a marked contrast with the mechanical sediments and terrestrial

fossils of the underlying beds.

. That the encroachment of the ocean was from the east and south
towards the Rocky Mountains is proved by the fact that as we go
from Texas and Arkansas in that rection, we find the limestones.
becoming less pure, containing more inorganic id (sand and
clay), until in New e ert Colorado but little true limestone

ed in the whole format
uring this rubmergenee there was oceanic communication be-

b
through the British Possessions. All the eastern half of the con-
tinent was; however, out of water, for we find no Cretaceous

alif
little way up the flanks of the Sierra Nevada, and in some portions
of ~ Rocky-Mountain country no traces of these rocks can be

foun

rE o Plants to which I have referred as forming the characteristic
fossils of the Lower Cretaceous beds are of special interest, as they
open a new chapter in the botanical history of the world. Altho
the region which furnishes them has been but partially surveyed,
and collections made under the most unfavourable circumstances,
already fully fifty species of forest-trees are represented in these

490 Bibliographical Notice.

collections, and fragments obtained of at least as many more. The
character of the vegetation which they reveal is that of a fertile

collected by myself or others in New J ersey, Kansas, New Mexico,
Colorado, Utah, and Vancouver's Island, are now in my hands, and
others still have been described by Heer and Lesquereux ; all of
which confirm the statements which I have heretofore published in

probable, however, that we shall find that by the contraction of the
land-surface the cli ini

became more insular in character, and was thus capable of support-
d

(* Not published with this Report.]

Bibliographical Notice. 491

sea retreated from the area it had invaded at the commencement of
the Cretaceous period; and this retreat would seem to have been
considerably rapid, from the fact that over most of the area covered
by the Cretaceous sea we find no evidence of the deposition of the

of the Tertiary, the Eocene. In the region east of the er
on the shores of the Gulf and Atlantic, the Eocene beds form a con-

except in Calif

a great part of the coast-mountains and cover the base of the Sierra
Nevada, they are altogether of freshwater origin. In the area of
the Great Basin, between the Sierra Nevada and the Rocky Moun-
tains, these lacustrine deposits are =— developed; and in the
region of the plains they extend in a series of local shies asins from the
north line of Texas far up into the British Possessio

** Conclusive evidence of the progressive ovation of this portion
of our Continent is afforded by the observations of Dr. Hayden, who
found the lower beds of some of these freshwater deposits containing

water sediments. During this elevation, the arm of the sea, which,
in the P eene and early Tertiary ages, extended up the valley
of the Mississippi to and beyond the mouth of the Ohio, gradually
prise] and the Tertiary beds were left as parallel belts of de-
posit from its waters, covering a V-shaped area along the lower
yam RA including the eastern portion of Arkansas, the State of
Louisiana, the western and southern portions of the State of Missis-
sippi, and e reaching around along the coast up on to the
Atlantic shore. In the Miocene epoch, therefore, our continent had
nearly the outlines which it exhibits at the present time, and the
topography of the eastern portion remained almost unchanged. At

ti
jointa, upon which the plates of the continent turned.

* These mountain-masses were not wholly submerged during the
Silurian period; but the Carboniferous sea swept over nearly all parts
of them. In the great Cretaceous subsidence they were but partly
covered ; and since then they, with the tablelands which they crown,
have remained far above the sea and the general level of the conti-
nent, and, exposed to atmospherie erosion during all subsequent
ages, now exhibit the most rd evidences of the potency of this
agent to be found upon the earth's surface.

* From the freshwater coms Tertiaries to which I have referred,
Dr. F. V. Hayden has obtained a magnificent series of fossil plants,

492 Bibliographical Notice.

and from these and the overlying beds a still more interesting
collection of the remains of vertebrate animals....As a whole, the
flora which the plants represent is strikingly like that of the Lower
Miocene of Europe, which has heen so amply illustrated in the
PRE : :

Du

however, that there is here an entire absence of the Indo-Australian
plants which give character to the flora of the Eocene and, to a cer-
tain degree, to that of the Miocene of Europe. ,Ün the contrary, we
have a grouping of plants which is closely copied by the flora of our
Southern States at the present da wW

Dr. Hayden discovered are the only plants in the collection which

©
H
T
"d
e
mM
B
ü
E.
O
B

of Bellingham Bay, species of Cinnamomum have been found, as

also in the Eocene deposits of the Mississippi valley, and the Eocene

lignites of Brandon, Vermont— fossils which are indicative of a

interior of the continent—and that during the Eocene period the
climate of the eastern half of the continent was warmer than now,
corresponding in some degree to the tropical climate which prevailed
in Europe during the same epoch.
“In the collection of fossil plants recently described by Professor
h

..

us Macquarrii, and Rhamnus Eridani, which are characteristic of

continent, showing that our plants have experienced far less changes
than our animals. This fauna includes Elephas, Mastodon, Rhino-

—————————

€ A ——ÀÀ

Bibliographical Notice. 493
ceros (three species), and a great variety of ruminants, rodents,
carnivores, &c., forming more than sixty species, many o of

re size. Such a groaping of animals might be considered indica-

ve of a warmer climate than the present; but the associated plants
bieten some living species, and are all closely allied to our present
flora. Of the freshwater shells found in these beds the same may

the Mississippi, from strata which c rrespond v very closely in age
with ge containing the Plioceno vethebtalnn, include a still larger
number of living species.

“We co e every reason to believe, therefore, that during the
cae and Pliocene Tertiary periods the form and climate of our
ontinent were similar to what they now are, that, while the cli-

across the continent very much as now. is indicated by the
flora on the north-west coast, er includes several of Dr. Hayden’s
Upper-Missouri species, and yet with them some which he did not
find, and such as are indicative te a peo es warmer climate

“ The Drift Period.—Having such an approach to the present con-
dition of our continent during the later Tertiary ages, when many of
our living species of both animals and plants were introduced, we
have been very slow to accept the evidence which the glacial epoch

ry, scar

Briones! history. It would be foreign to my purpose to discuss
e all the phenomena of the Drift Period; and it will be sufficient

ios give conclusions without the proofs upon which they rest, merely

remarking that these conclusions are now generally accepted: by

those who have bad the best opportunity of observing the facts.

They are in general terms as follows :—

“First. That during the Drift Period a great depression of tem-
perature took place over our continent, and that, at a co fesponding
period i in the chain of events (whether synchronous or not), a similar

cold period occurred in the Old World.

“Second. That during the prevalence of this cold term ice co-
vered the greater part of the hemisphere down to the parallel of 38°
or 40°, and covered the summits of our western mountain-ranges
down to the northern line of Mexico and Arizona. South of these
limits we have no proof of the exi^tence of glac ers; and if they had
existed, they would have been sure to leave their traces behi
them. During this cold interval the fauna and flora of the northern
po-tion of oar continent must have been driven southward many
degrees below their previous and present range.

“E After a longer or shorter period of continuance, the

M Fo urth. ben e melting of the aceumulated snow ‘aa ice, the
central portions of the continent were flooded, and the basin of the
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. vi. 33

494 tots Ne asta Notice.

surface of this inland sea, and dropped upon the fine and stratified
es that covered its bottom.

« Tt is also evident that during the ice-period the northern portion
of our continent was considerably elevated, as the channels of all the
draining streams were then deeply excavated (to be one se

rtially fil'ed with sand, gravel, &c.), and are now trave
streams which in some instances are flowing 100 or 200 feet ped
their ancient beds. During this interval the. deeply eroded trough
of the Hudson, the ines of the Mississippi, the mouth of the
RUM: and the en Gate must have been excavated.
is elevation was perhaps sufficient cause for the increase of
eid for it was doubtless attended by a great expansion of our
continental surface toward the north, which would be a further
of The dr portion would serve as a condenser,
ate with the temperature below 32°, would arrest and accumulate
the precipitation voa now forms the great streams which drain
to northern half of o tinent.

“ The period of the paor of the ice was one of depression, as
on the Atlantic coast it was followed by the deposition of Drift clays,
which reach high above the present ocean level. This depression was
perhaps in itself sufficient to restore the climate to its previous
standar

“The few fossils found in the Drift deposits of = interior of De
continent are the remains of coniferous trees of species which n
live throughout its northern portions (balsam, i red va White
pine, &c.), while on the Atlantic coast the Drift clays contain large
numbers of marine mollusks; and these, as might have ear expected,
are e or subarctic in character.
s to the effect produced by the cold period upon animal and
tels life, it would seem probable that many of the larger verte-
brates which lived on our continent during the Pliocene age were

pie of ihe cold period was us limited to those portions of the conti-
nent lying north of the 38th parallel. That the p-e-existent flora
and fauna were driven southward, and suffered a narrowing of their
range, is unquestionable; and this was perhaps fatal to the larges:
of our land animals ; but it had little effect on the flora and mollus-
eous fauna, which are found to be essenti ially the same that they
were before the Glacial epoch.

* On the whole the effect of the M nd was highly beneficial
to the portions of our continent most affected by it, as all the aspe-
rities of the surface were ground down and diminished, while the

CURE ROPA E UNIS rcgi

Miscellaneous. 495

—— were more or less filled, and the whole covered with
mminuted materials which, spread smoothly over the underlying
rocks, fo formed a surface particularly favourable for cultivation.”

Turning from the systematic, exact, ard well-applied geology of
the United States surveyors to the vague and dogmatic, uneducated
and pretentiors elaboration of an amateur's attempt at riae
and correlation of tbe grand geological phenomena of the
hemi phere, we take up, in Mr. G. Catlin’s * Lifted and Subsided od
of America, a budget of as imperfect observations, erroneous im-
pressions, false conclusions, and baseless fantasies as were ever put
together in a so-called geological book. The only point of interest
is the reference to subterranean streams of water in the Rocky-
Mountain district; but far other means than crude notions, picked
up casually in travel, and shaped by a little book-reading, must be

used to indicate their unseen courses and lighten their obscure his-
tories, whether they come out in the Pacific or the Atlantic, in both
or in neither

MISCELLANEOUS.
Land- Planaric.

To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Astral History.
GENTLEMEN,—In the September Number of the * Annals of Natural
oe hl (page 255) I observe a notice of two species of us

Planaric trom Borneo, by the Rev. W. Houghton, who inquires re-
Vincit iio occurrence of similar forms elsewhere. It | may interent
Mr. Houghton to know that I described a similar species, occurrin,

at Madras in the cold season, under the name of Planaria pe
nm ier of larger size an had no transverse stripes on the
t give an exact reference to the volume of the ‘Madras
J pital of Literature and Science’ in which the description occurs*
but, i oughton desires, do so on my return home, and
Tu ufus even be able to find a loose copy of the paper itself for
him I remain, Gentlemen, yours &c.,
WALTER Exzror, F.LS.
ia Nov. 11, 1870.
m now able to add the reference :—Madras Journ. of Lit. and Sc.
ú xv. (1848) p. 162, pl. 1.
Walfelee, Nov. 26th.

Notes on the Genus Myoictis. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S.

I described this m. in the * Proceedings of the Zool ogical
Society for 1858, from a small animal which Mr. Wallace found in
the Island of Aru, where it “lee in houses and is as destructive as
rats to every thing eatable.

e British Museum received Aes Mr. Franks, as coming from
ue Leyden Museum, in 1868, uch larger animal, under the

me of “ Myodictus Thorbeckii.” « Guilolo * Sala com-
pases of the two animals, it is vedi "the adult state of the

496 Miscellaneous.

animal discovered in the Aru Islands by Mr. Wallace; it chiefly

ers from his specimen in the colours being brighter and more

vetas d — ge parts which are rufous in the young beng
red-bay in the adult.

"Prof. Schlegel, in "pon * Nederl. Tijdschr. Dierk.’ vol. iii., describes
the adult animal under the name of Phascogalea Thorbeckiana, ard
Pi to the younger one as P. Wallacei (Gray). (See Record Zool.
ii. p. 43.

The examination of the skull of the adult animal shows that the
skull described and figured in the Proc, Zool. Soc. 1858, p. 112, tab.
64, is that of an animal with milk-teeth, while the teeth of the adult
skull are very like those of Phascogale and Antechinus: they agree
with the teeth of Antechinus apicalis in the third false grinder on
each side being much smaller than the preceding teeth; but it differs
from both se S gets in not having any small third false grinder

the lower ; the true grinders in both jaws are more like those
of ropes ‘aan Phascogale.

e synonymy of the species will be :—

Myoictis Wallacii, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1858, p. 112, t. 64; Cat.
Mam. N. in B. M. 1859, p. 11. figs. 1-4 (yor mg).
dro o. BES Wallacet (Gray); Schlegel, Nederl. Tijdschr. Dierk. iii.
PM Thorlecian pei Nederl. Tijdschr. Dierk. iii. (1866)
p. 257; Zool. Record, iii. p. 4

Inhabits Aru (Wallace), e of Salawattie (Schlegel).

On a new Locality for Trocheta subviridis.
To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,— In February 1869 I published my identification of
certain leeches sent to me for examination from the neighbourhcod
of Horsham ; andi in May of the same year Mr. Gedge mentioned, in
the ‘ Annals,’ having found in his note-book a memorandum of
some having been sent to him, in the preceding January, from the
same locality. I have now the pleasure of recording my having
found this leech in the ditches of the Beddington sewage-irrigation
farm of the town of ae m

where it has been four weeks, with the exception of a few hours
spent in an envelope in my pocket. Iam told that these leeches
are also abundant on the other sewage farm belonging to the town
of Croydon at Norwood.
Iam ee aman
The Waldrons, Croydon. Your obedient Servant,
Noy. 19, 1870, Henry Ler.

Miscellaneous. 497

On the Motory Phenomena caf Animal Cells.
By N. LigszgküEN

M. Lieberkühn's memoir contains numerous observations upon
the obscure phenomena of intracellular life. It is difficult to arrange
them in a single whole, although they relate without exception to a
common subject. e following is a sketch of the principal facts. —

Schwann had already been struck by the resemblance of the tissue
of the chorda dorsalis to that of vegetable cells. "This comparison
has since been confirmed. The fund amental chondrogenous sub-

of changes of form are often stretched. The nuclei are applied
against the wall. At a later period of development the granular
protoplasm disappears, and there smi uud a frothy substance,

whieh at last disappears in its turn. Some very small granules
which are sometimes found in the saltus liquid show 7 their mo-
lecular movement that they are situated in a very medium ;

. and their movement of progression proves the existence bof determi-
id.

nate currents in this
arge portion of M. Lieberkühn's researches bear upon the rela-

as to give origin to a sort of v in which small vacuoles may
unite to form larger ones. Sometimes we even find one large va-
cuole in each cell. In this case ere contain a transparent liquid,
and the nucleus is always placed in the protoplasm surrounding it

its turn disappear completely ; or only a few small vacuoles may re-
main in the protoplasm of the cell, and then these vacuoles suddenly
contract like the contractile vesicles of the Infusoria. Notwith-
Standing assertions to the contrary, M. Lieberkühn maintains the
opinion that the contractile substance of the Spongille is formed
entirely by the aggregation of independent cells; this he demon-
strates by bringing a Spongilla to a temperature of about 140° F.
The cells are then seen to contract and separate from each other in

isolated masses, each furnished with a nucleus. The cells of
Spongilla, like the tissue of the chorda dorsal, are able, in certain
cases, to reproduce the plan of vegetable cells. "This is what occurs
during the formation of the siliceous parts of the Bicis of Es.
gemmules. Thus, at the surface of the soft protoplasm of the c

his

becomes atrophied. It is certain that the vacuoles of the cells of
Spongilla are filled with a liquid of very small density; for the gra-
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. vi 34

498 Miscellaneous.

nules senes penetrate it enter upon molecular movements in the

same way as in the vacuoles of the cells of the chorda dorsalis.
Phonak i very similar to those described in the cells of the

Spongille have been observed by M. Lieberkühn in the pd

bran 1
execute movements and envelope red corpuscles, exactly as the:

mæbæ, or a Monas amyli, or an Actinophrys will swallow foreign
bodies.

Analogous phenomena also take place in the Se of the
skin of the tadpoles of frogs and toads. Here also we find large
vacuoles holding in suspension hp i erac: which move about
rapidly ; and the cell may present amceboid movements.

n all the cases just enumerated it is important that we should
not confound vital phenomena with those which are not vit oe

olecular movements are now-a-days justly regarded as havin,
thing to do with life, Eee it is generum. sudor that the puoi
moyements of cells are a phen M. Lieberkühn rejects
this notion as erroneous, ie oes T oba Pranon made upon. the
gemmules of sponges, that iod sig may manifest amoeboid move-
ments. When a little glycerine or common salt is added to the
water in which a Spongilla is vine the body of the Spongilla con-
tracts Sey, loses its transparency, and all vital manifesta-
tions cease entirely, never to D If a gemmule be crushed
in glycerine, the ung escape it as a mass of perfectly motion-
less les e cells are ny dead, and quite incapable of
being developed like the cells of a gemmule crushed i in water. And
nevertheless these dead cells present amceboid movements as soon

eford. der gesammten Natu wu Marburg, Band ix. 1870); Bibl,
Univ. October 14, 1870, Bull. Sei. pp. 158-160.

On the Heptilia of the Triassic heir aan d ed Eee Region of
nited States. By P
Prof. Cope es some observations on di ne of the Triassic
formations of the Atlantic region of the United States. He observed
that thirteen species had been described and referred to ten genera.
None of these had been referred by their describers to their : appro-
priate orders, and he had undertaken an investigation of them,
having for its ue such reference, as wellas the determination of
the closer affinities
Three of the species he proved to be Dinosauria. He had already
assigned Megadactylus and Bath; ygnathus to this division, and would
now add Clepsysawrus, Lee, from evidence derived from an ischium

Miscellaneous. - 499

Punkte among the original remains. It resembled that of Mega-
ctylus

Of the remaining ten species, he was satisfied that those referred
to Paleosaurus by Emmons, as well as the Compsosaurus and Eury-

said that nothing was to be found in the descriptions of Rhytidodon,
mmons, and Omosaurus, „Leidy, to dd them from Am
to which genus he was inclined to the remains which
fallen under his observation. Thus this: Mes pe were certainly to a
distinguished from the ten, viz. :—Belodon carolinensis, Emm. (Rhy-
tidodon, Emm., ? Centemodon sulcatus, Lea); Belodon priscus, Leidy
(Plena caroli nensis, Emm., ? Compsosaurus priscus, Leidy,

an
discovered by Chas. M. Wheatley in the Triassic tracks of Phoenix
ville, Pennsylvania, which was apparently distinet from the above,
and of larger size. The remains preserved were dorsal, lumbar, and
caudal vertebra, with costal and abdominal ribs; left femur and
“i nearly perfect ; portion of pelvis; ungueal and chevron
bones, &e. "The femur measured 13 inches i in gemis and the lum-
bar rm exhibited slender cylindrie diapophyses, which bore
ribs to the sacrum. This reptile = named Belodon lepturus, and
was aer to have attained a length of about 12 feet.
ven ofthe thirteen species being thus disposed of, there re-.
t ue the Dicynodon rosmarus, Cope, and Rhabdopelix longispinis,
Cope. The latter he had formerly suspected to be a Pterosaurian,
but he thought it more likely that it would turn out to be a Rhyn-
chocephalian reptile.
He called attention ud four remarkable vertebre from the Creta-

ceous greensand of ersey, which were characterized by the
possession of enormous dieser er foramina. e articular ex-
tremiti r ose, and with scarcely any T layer, so

that they probably belonged to an immature animal, and were to
be referred to the sacral or the lumbar region. If they be-
longed ‘to the latter, they indicated a coossification similar to that
seen in many birds. That they were not dorsal is indicated by the
lack of capitular articulations. The pneumatic foramina occupied
half of the centrum, along its middle, leaving abutments fore and
aft for the support of the neural arch, which was lost in each one.
i hyses

xpansion near the articulations. Centra much compressed mesially,
as well as contracted upwards ; articular extremity subtriangular,
with rounded angles and notch for neural canal one-third its vertical
diameter. Cancellous tissue coarse, but much finer than in Lælaps;
the dense layer thin. The total length of the four is 174 inches, o
shortest measuring 4, the other three 4j inches in length.
complete number of six would have aamtited 26 inches in Eu

500 Miscellaneous.

known, and do not present any pneumatie foramina whatever, which

resemblance to Ornithopsis in its exce ly coarse structure;
bs in Megadactylus the lumbar vertebre appear to be absolutely
ollow.

ad Mr. Seeley been acquainted with these genera, he would
probably have referred Ornithopsis to the Goniopod Dinosauria
rather than to the Ornithosauria. Prof. Cope added that he had
already (Aug. 1869) published the view that the bone described
previously as a quadratum of Iguanodon (the type of Seeley's Orni-
thopsisy-was evidently not a cranial bone, but that he had always
Supposed it to be a vertebra.

bones to those of a tortoise could not be overlooked. The speci-
mens were discovered by Dr. John H. Slack, in Monmouth Co.,
N. J.— Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. vol. xi. No. 84.

501

INDEX to VOL.

ay

—G— ——

ABLABES, new adi m 107.
Acmella, observations
Acton, new gi ds of 4, 216.

Adams, y w genera and spe-
cies of 'Gasteropodous Mollusc ca
from the Gulf of Suez,

Admete, new species of, "is.

Agaricus, new species of, 462

Agatha, new T 127.

Amphibia, on some Todian and Ma-

layan, 105.
Amphibian, on a new Labyrintho-

don
Animal cll, m the motory pheno-
of, 4

Ani nim: als on JH heat evolved by In-
vertebrate, 351.
gode description of the new ge-

Aphoplistus, characters of the new

rs n n" peres of, 16.

Ascidia, on organization and
embry pei p the, 109; new spe-
cies of simple, 353.

te excurrens and A. modesta,
notes on,

Ateles Bartlettii, on the female of,

Atthey, T., on a new Labyrintho-
dont ‘Amphibian, 56.
Axos Cliftoni, d on,

lietto, Dr. F; ona new genus of
Lichens,
æna ma inata,onthe skull of 154,

E ME description of the
"e -—

il, r little-known
shells "fioi "the Oreg formations,
213.

Bergm . H., on a collection of
er bh China ue Japan, 157.
E mens Rev. M. J., on British

Fun

ps new species of, 152, 224, 312,
3; notes on Chinese and
se, 157.

5
ord, W. T., on Georissa, Ac-
mella, Tricula, and Cyathopoma
—€— bise
Books, — Wallich's Eminent

Men of: the Day, 97 ; Seeley's Or-

?

Bl

nithosauria, 186; Masters's new
edition of Henfrey’ 8 Plamen
Course of Botany, Thor
European Spiders, 414 ; Bees 8
Flint Chips, 417 ; Yeats's Natural
History of Commerce, ; Hay-

Lifted and Subsided Rocks of
America, 495.

Bothriocephalus proboscideus, on the

mbryonal development of; 111.

Brachicpods, on the 5 pose on of the,
in the s kingdo

Brady, G. S., n the Ost aioin and
F pina T ap of tidal rivers, 1, 273;
ke recent — from the Gulf
of St. Law 450.

Brady, H., on «pon "Tossa of
un rivers, KE

Broome, C. E., n British Ni

Bacall sis, new species 14.

ree ed on vx 7

Bur T, the Buenos-

Ayres ps inner, L1. on the genus

Saurocetes , 190.

Candon na, new species of, 17.

antoria, new species of, 108.

Capulus, new d of, 16.

Carter, H. J., wo new species of
subspherous s sponges, 17 b. on i

n de cachet
pu

tran, M., on the natural history
yea

of | the Crayfi sh, 2
Fine Dr. T 'A., n the life-his-
ry of Rhipi sra paradoxus,
Chryso solampis, new species of, 346.
one new species c^ 364.
acogra e genus, with
notes on the Phitish species of, 370.
PM IL peu Old Calabar, on the,

, 475; synonymical
notes on ' Nor Abi 394,

502

Cope, E. D., on new € little-known
m opod. ia, cag: the Reptilia
e Formations of the

Stat

Corella, description of the new ge-

nus, 362

Corena, arco of the new ge-
s, 122.

Crayfish, on the natural history of
e, 26

Sho ee new species of, 153,
doge es oma milium, observations
368.

n,
Gypridopaia, new species of, 14.
Cypris, new species of, 12,
Po edictyhas new species of, 107.
Cythere, new species of, 21, 459,

as ri
Dentalium, new species of, 74.
Dero obtusa, on É e circulatory ap-

paratus of, 2
a, new species 124.
Dimorphodon, arks on Prof

9.
Dioplodon sechellensis, onthe skele-
of,
Rehinospongia Sooma of the
272.

iot, D. G., on a new species of
Pheasant, 312; on a new species
mi rd

?

346,
uA W., on some Land-Planariee,

E

ies 5 152.

ugyra, description of the new ge-

nus, 567.

Euphorbia, on cross fertilization and
i

Eupteres Gondotii, : notice of, 424.

Eustephanus, new species of, 406,

Favositi Ipora, description of the new
genus,

Fieldingin, description of the new

Wore. on the pre-Carboniferous, of
North-eastern Ameri

Foraminifera and Os

INDEX.

Fungi, notices of British, 461.

Georissa, runes on, 368.

Girard, M., on the heat evolved by

Inverte ite x animals,
Goniocy pris, description ot the new
s, 15.

Gould, J. ; On a new species of Sei-
a, ; on a new species of

Fa E 4

anew g

ascar, 424 ; A the Black

Crocodile of Africa, 427 ; on the
teles Baniel, 428;

e genus Myon 495.

Guepi ae characters of the new
genus, s

Haast, Dr. J., on a Ziphioid Whale

captured 2 Fe New Zea-

Fiona nigra, no

n, 427.
Hancock, A., on a e ap pe intho-
dont Amph ees oa on the larval

He carve new species of, 154.
, on the

Homolo e use of the term in

modern zoolo , 94, HN 5 2.
Bonghi, Rev. W., on two species
and- Pianist fon Borneo

Hyala, new species of, 123.
Hylorana, ne new species of, 106.
Hyperoodon ons, n note on, A
Insects, on the heat E anc
& 3 0,5
Mollusca, 65, 457; on Helix | aa
sonata. , 493,
ent, S., ew Vitreous
Sponge, 182; x eds new Siliceous
of thes 8, 217; > the affinities
ird oogen, 2 50; on an exist-
loeciy allied to Favo-

INDEX.

tes, 384; on Madreporaria taken
n the coast of Spain and Portugal,

Lac Mic eae M., on the dev
lopme i of Molg zula ES 109.

Lankest . R., x =
term Ho molog ri in sod
logy, 34, 342; on iie Pado
affinities of the Sponges, 86,

y onte, Dr, J. L., synonymical notes

the North-American Coleo-

dia a by, 394.

Leda, new ‘species o of, 6

Lee, E. on a new locality for Tro-
cheta subviridis, 496.

Lee, R. J., on the organs of vision
in the eps Mole, 9

Leighton tulee

Lichenologice, 249, 473; on pum

chemical reaction in the British

Species of Pe 473.

i ew genus of, 249;

n, 47:
Lieber N., on the ard phe-
of animal cells, 497.
Fitcnioa, wets ion of the new
ge Dum we

As dre w, R., on the testaceous
Mollusca obtained in the Gulf o

Mntosh, W. C., on Land-Planariæ
m

rneo,
Madreporaria, "notes on, from t
coasts of S. dn eg Portugal, 459.
Mecznikow the embr onal

development of Bothriocep
„proboscideus ;
n, T., on cross fertilization and

e
mpus, new species of, "913,
Metacypris description of the new
Microscope, on improvements in the,
Microstelma, new Be geo of, 121.
Mivart, St. G., the use of the

term feque i "113.

Mole, on the organs of vision in the,

Molgula, on the organization and

503

ee of, 109 ; on the larval
tate of, 353; new species of, 365

Mollusca, on Mediterranean, 65, 457;

d es of Gastero-

polois testa-

Monohammus, on some species of,
475.

[rien new gre of, 127.
Morse, E. S., e position of the
Brachiopoda in the animal king-

m .

Müller, Dr. F. von, on some vegeta-
ble fossils y Vieto oria, 428.

Murray, A., Pigs ee of
Old Dia 44, 161, 407, 475;

8 on the genus, 495.
Myri iopoda, on new or little-known,
425

Naidina a, on the pe Dtm repro-
duction of the, 271
Neobalzna, description of the new
154

Nicholson Dr. H. A., on the genus
acograpsus, with feu on the
British species, 370.
No J. > on our two Swallows
eg their ests, 270.
Odostomia, Rent species of, 79.
De qo on the circulation: of

Orina, new species of, 126.
paring and Foraminifera of tidal
rivers, on the, 1, 273; on recent,
bon the Galfer St. Lawrence, 450.
Pachystola, = a species of, 480.
Periphyllus testudo, on the origin
and vu sued of, 93.
errier, a on the circulation of the
lig

in the British species of, 473.
Petaserpes, description of the genus,
425.

Phacocheerus, on the species of, 189,
263, 4 sg baie

ir iste, new species of, 411.

504 INDEX.

Phrystola, description of the new
nus, 412,

ge
Physalus pa queccgen; note on, 112.
Planaris, on some species of land-,

255. , 347, 495.
Polycheles, description of the new
genus, 25.

Poly e. new i-am es of, 106.

m loculina, new species of, 286.

e United States, 498.
Rhaphidothees, Tete ax ag of the
3, 222.

Rhipiphorus d cw on the life-
history 526.

Rh kno is ‘on the morphology and
classification of the

Rich, W., on new ae for Zo-
nites glaber, 112.

ied new spaw of, 107.

Rissoa, new Jap of, 122.

Ritsema ; the and de-
velopment of des testudo,

Robertson, D., de the Ostracoda and
Foraminifer of tidal, aT. 273.
Royal Sa Soe; roang of the,

Royston Pigott, p W., on an apla-
earcher
EL em on d. dde us, 190.

arp lect tion of
birds from China sew Japan, 157.

Shells, on new or little-known, from

the Crag, 213; on the mode of
owth of discoid and osii.

Smyth, R B. o o
tur pm n ipd getable

a description of the
428.
Sponge, sls a lea Mem 182; on
of, 272.

Spa inn, on xh new species of sub-
n 176; on the eorom
affinities of the, 86, 192, 250;
two new siliceous, 217; notes RE
an the

ring ; on ultimate
Si of marine,
Sponge- iv po 3, on fossil, 192.
quamulin

a scopula, on the branched
ety of, 346,
Stoliczk

, Dr. E. Indian
and Malis Amphiin eau Rep-
tilia

PH Barbet of. the ih Lis em
3

Syrnola, new species of, 125
Testudo chilensis, notes on, “ioo, 428,

4
Tethya, new aiaa i 176.

Tiliqua, new species of, 107.
Trachelophanes, obw of the
new genus, 170.

Trachya, description of the new ge-
s, 178.

Tricula, observations on, 368.

Trimeresurus, new species of, 108.

Trochammina, new species of, 290.

Trocheta subv iridis, on a new loca-
lity for,

Wasp, on the history of the, and
Rhipiphorus paradoxus, 204, 314,

Whale, observations on a Ziphioid,

Whales, observations on, 193.

Wood, S. V., on Astarte excurrens

and A. mode sta, 422 $^ ice

Xystocera, new species

Zines glaber, new British localities
for, 112.

END OF THE SIXTH VOLUME.

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,
RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.